Manual Oil India LTD Truck PDF

THE
GROUP LLC
6400D Series
Wireline Truck
Artex Truck Manual

www.artexgroupllc.com
The Artex Group LLC
6351 Highway 36 South
Brenham, Texas, 77833-7055
Toll free in the US: 877.839.5533

Phone 979.836.5533
sales@artexgroupllc.com
ISO Registration Number: 4124011 Proudly ISO Certified

PLATINUM
REGISTRATION, INC.
NOTICE: This document, including all attachments, contains confidential and proprietary information that is the property of The Artex Group, LLC, its subsidiaries and/or affiliates (“Artex”). Use of this document is restricted to authorized
employees, customers and agents of Artex, to aid in repair and preventive maintenance of equipment manufactured by Artex. This document may not be altered, reproduced or re-transmitted without the express written authorization of Artex.
Artex strictly prohibits unauthorized use of this document. Copyright © 2010, The Artex Group, LLC. All rights reserved.
THE
GROUP LLC
PROPRIETARY AND TRADE SECRET

INFORMATION
Not to be disclosed for use other than the

purpose of your custody without express
written permission of Artex Group LLC.
Manual number: 108823
Issued to:Oil India Ltd.
The Artex Group LLC

Phone 979.836.5533

PLATINUM
REGISTRATION, INC.
THE
GROUP LLC
6400D Series Wireline Truck

Table of Contents
Bill of Materials ...... Pag. 5 Hydraulics
Hydraulic Inspection and Maintenance ...... Pag. 174
Filters ...... Pag. 175
General Unique Medal ID System ...... Pag. 181
Unit Start-Up ...... Pag. 30
Remote Control Joystick ...... Pag. 182
Truck Specifications ...... Pag. 31
Hydraulic Manifold ...... Pag. 183
Chassis Specifications ...... Pag. 32
Flow Control Check Valve ...... Pag. 184
Trucks Checks ...... Pag. 33
PTOs ...... Pag. 34
Hydraulic Generator
Drive Shafts ...... Pag. 61
Generator Control Card ...... Pag. 187
Generator System ...... Pag. 189
Winch Assembly Generator 30 kw ...... Pag. 190
Overhead Spooler ...... Pag. 63 Rexroth Motor ...... Pag. 192
Winch Drum ...... Pag. 64 Generator Pump ...... Pag. 205
Draw Works
Electrical HD Hydrostatic Winch Pump ...... Pag. 145
Winchman Panel ...... Pag. 66
Bent Axis Motor ...... Pag. 306
Kerr Hoist Panel ...... Pag. 68
Torque Hub ...... Pag. 337
Backup Display Panel ...... Pag. 104
Torque Valve ...... Pag. 340
Pump Joystick ...... Pag. 121
Thermostatic Valve ...... Pag. 342
Power Distribution Panel ...... Pag. 122
Shooting Panel ...... Pag. 125
Warrior Interface System ...... Pag. 126 Accessories
Measuring Head ...... Pag. 127 Intercom System ...... Pag. 345
Diesel Generator ...... Pag. 162 Collector ...... Pag. 346
Roxtec ...... Pag. 164 Cabin Pressurizer ...... Pag. 347
Printers ...... Pag. 349
RF Monitoring Panel ...... Pag. 350
Pneumatic Reels ...... Pag. 361
Air Manifold ...... Pag. 166
Rig Up ...... Pag. 362
Air regulators ...... Pag. 167
Volt-Ohm-Milliameter ...... Pag. 363
Safety Air Valve Timer ...... Pag. 168
Grease Injector System ...... Pag. 169
Pressure Display ...... Pag. 170
Pressure Transducer ...... Pag. 171
Line Oiler ...... Pag. 172
3
The Artex Group LLC Toll free in the US: 877.839.5533 Phone 979.836.5533 www.artexgroupllc.com Mail: sales@artexgroupllc.com
THE
GROUP LLC
Bill of Materials
The Artex Group LLC

Phone 979.836.5533

PLATINUM
REGISTRATION, INC.
THE
GROUP LLC

BOM Indented 7 Levels Bill of Materials
460-108658 Oil India #1 Rev Last UpDate
Qty / Part Rev Description Reference Designators Type / Lev

1 460-001 Chassis, Oil India #1 L1
1 108823 Chassis, Peterbilt, Model 367, Year Model 2011 L2
1 460-002 Aluminum, Oil India #1 L1

1 03-109785 Skin and Trim, 6400D L2
108 100271 B Trim, Corner, Cabin, Aluminum Sub-Asy L3
6 100838 Tape, Adhesive, 3M, 4920,2" (GENERAL - C4) L3
10 101094 Sheet, Alum, .090" x 48" x 120" (4' x 10') L3
1 101095 Sheet, Alum, .090" x 4' x 17' L3
1400 101159 Fastener, Rivet, Shaved Head Rivets3/16 dia L3
1/2 grip range 7/16" Head
1 105239 Sheet, Alum, 0.090" x 8' x 10' L3
7 105572 Sheet, Alum, .063" x 48" x 144" (4' x 12') L3
105 105884 Trim, Side, Cabin, 2" x 21 ft Product L3
1 106368 Sheet, Alum., 5052 H32, .090" x 48" x 288" (4' x L3
24')
1 03-109920 Cabin, Frame Assembly, Oil India L2
0.25 103310 Sheet, Diamond Tread , Alum, 1/8" x 4' x 16', L3
Brite Finish
1 106099SA Panel, Front, Artex 4200/6400 Sub-Asy L3
60 100543 Tubing, Square, Alum, 2" x 2" x 1/8" Wall x Custom L4
253", Sq. Corner
1 108130SA Panel, Divider, Artex TR Hole, With Roxtec Sub-Asy L3
Location
253", Sq. Corner
1 109911SA Panel, Floor, Artex 6400/950D L3
74 101098 Tubing, Square, Alum, 3" x 3" x 1/4" Wall x L4
253", Sq. Corner
111 101100 I-Beam, Alum, 3" x 2.33" x .170" x 300", L4
American Standard
53 103990 Tubing, Rectangular, Alum, 3" x 1-1/2" x 1/8" L4
x 21', Sq. Corner
1.25 106699 Sheet, Diamond Tread, Alum. 1/4"x 4' x 16', L4
Brite Finish, 3003
1 109912SA Panel, Driver Side, Upper Storage, 6400 Series L3
Oil India #460
253", Sq. Corner
6 100557 Flat Bar, Alum, 1/4" x 2" x 144" Sub-Asy L4
38 101097 Tubing, Square, Alum, 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 1/8" L4
Wall x 253", Sq. Corner
8 101193 Tubing, Rectangular, Alum. 2" x 1-1/2" x L4
1/8", Sq. Corner
1 109913SA Panel, Curb Side, Upper Storage, 6400 Series L3
Oil India #460
8 100542 Tubing, Square, Alum, 1" x 1" x 1/8" wall x Sub-Asy L4
253", Sq. Corner
253", Sq. Corner
12 100556 Angle, Alum. 3" x 3" x 1/4" Structural , 25 ft Sub-Asy L4
Wednesday, November 10, 2010 460-108658 Page 1 of 24
5
THE
GROUP LLC

Bill of Materials
0.5 101094 Sheet, Alum, .090" x 48" x 120" (4' x 10') L4
1/8", Sq. Corner
Brite Finish
x 21', Sq. Corner
Brite Finish, 3003
1 109916SA Panel, Curb Side, Lower Storage Boxes, 6400 L3
series Oil India
253", Sq. Corner
253", Sq. Corner
12 100556 Angle, Alum. 3" x 3" x 1/4" Structural , 25 ft Sub-Asy L4
7 101093 Angle, Alum, 3/4" x 3/4" 1/8" x 192" Arch L4
0.6 101094 Sheet, Alum, .090" x 48" x 120" (4' x 10') L4
1/8", Sq. Corner
Brite Finish
x 21', Sq. Corner
Brite Finish, 3003
1 109917SA Panel, Driver Side, Lower Storage Boxes,6400 L3
W/ Diesel Generato
253", Sq. Corner
253", Sq. Corner
6 101093 Angle, Alum, 3/4" x 3/4" 1/8" x 192" Arch L4
1 101094 Sheet, Alum, .090" x 48" x 120" (4' x 10') L4
Brite Finish
x 21', Sq. Corner
Brite Finish, 3003
1 109918SA Panel, Roof, 6400 series Oil India L3
253", Sq. Corner
13 101096 Channel, Alum, 2" x 1" x 1/8" x 16' L4
4 104817 Fastener, Nut, Alum, #1-8 (GENERAL - L4
D1)101880
1 106323SA Cabinet, Control Panel, Upper Panel Sub-Asy L2
6
THE
GROUP LLC

Bill of Materials
18 100542 Tubing, Square, Alum, 1" x 1" x 1/8" wall x 253", Sub-Asy L3
Sq. Corner
1 101094 Sheet, Alum, .090" x 48" x 120" (4' x 10') L3
2 102063 Hinge, Alum, 5005-H16-3/4, 96" length 2" L3
1 105092 Control panel Cabinet Powder Coating L3
1 105096 Cabinet, Upper Control panel Powder Coating L3
1 110046SA Cabinet, Grease Injector, Storage w/ Sub-drawers L2
Sq. Corner
2 101094 Sheet, Alum, .090" x 48" x 120" (4' x 10') L3
0.5 106491 Hoodliner, Dynamat, 32" x 54" Sheet L3
7 107800 Tubing, Rectangular, Alum, 1-1/2" x 1" x 1/8", L3
Sq. Corner
1 110067SA Cabinet, 6' Computer Rack, w/ Drawers - Sub L2
Assembly
Sq. Corner
1.25 101094 Sheet, Alum, .090" x 48" x 120" (4' x 10') L3
13.5 107800 Tubing, Rectangular, Alum, 1-1/2" x 1" x 1/8", L3
Sq. Corner
1 110073SA Cabinet, Light Table, Desk Area - Sub Assembly L2
Sq. Corner
1.25 101094 Sheet, Alum, .090" x 48" x 120" (4' x 10') L3
5.75 107800 Tubing, Rectangular, Alum, 1-1/2" x 1" x 1/8", L3
Sq. Corner
1 110076SA Cabinet, Microwave, Coffee Pot, Ext. to Lower L2
Counter Top - Sub Assem.
Sq. Corner
1.75 101094 Sheet, Alum, .090" x 48" x 120" (4' x 10') L3
Sq. Corner
1 110081SA Cabinet, Driver Side Storage, Ext. to Lower L2
Countertop - Sub Assembly
53.5 100542 Tubing, Square, Alum, 1" x 1" x 1/8" wall x 253", Sub-Asy L3
Sq. Corner
1.25 101094 Sheet, Alum, .090" x 48" x 120" (4' x 10') L3
Sq. Corner
1 110339SA Cabinet, 6' Bench w/ Back Rest, Passenger Side - L2
Sub Assembly
1 100482 Lumber, Plywood, 4 x 8 x 3/4 CC, Treated Sub-Asy L3
Sq. Corner
0.75 101094 Sheet, Alum, .090" x 48" x 120" (4' x 10') L3
0.75 106686 Wood, Plywood, 4' x 8' x 1/2", Untreated L3
1 109326 Cushion, Bench, 45-1/4" x 23-1/4", 4" Foam, L3
Split Seat
1 109790 Cushion, Bench, 24" x 19-1/2", 4" Foam L3
1 460-003 Steel, Oil India #1 L1

1 05-108318 Rear Bumper, Single Step, 4200/6400 Series L2
3 100771 Strip, Steel, 1/2" x 12" Sub-Asy L3
4 100956 Flat Bar, Steel, 3/16" x 1" x 20' L3
2 101754 Angle, Steel, 1-1/2" x 1-1/2" x 3/16" x 20' L3
7
THE
GROUP LLC

Bill of Materials
8 101762 Flat Bar, Plate, Steel, 1/2" x 10" x 20' L3
17 101828 Channel, Steel, C 8 x 11.5 L3
0.25 104453 Bar Grating 3/16"x1"-19w4-36" L3
4 104463 Hinge, Weld-on (with brass pin and washer) L3
(GENERAL - C1)
4 104605 Tubing, Square, Steel, 2" x 2" x 1/4" 5.41# L3
2 105481 Tubing, Square, Steel 2-1/2" x 2-1/2" x 3/16" L3
0.25 105534 Sheet, Expanded Metal, Steel, #9 Gauge, 4' x L3
8', Raised
3 106182 Floor Tread Plate, Steel, 3/16" x 4' x 10' L3
1 460-004 EM Cable/ Wireline, Oil India #1 L1

22967 108909 Cable, 7/32", 400F L2
22967 108910 Cable, 5/16", 500 F, 1-H-322K L2
1 460-006 Power Distribution Panel, Oil India #1 L1

1 04-108105 Power Distribution Panel Phantom L2
22 100399 Wire, TFFN 16 BLK 26 STR 500S/R L3
(ELECTRICAL - E1)
22 100400 Wire, TFFN 16 RED 26 STR 500 S/R Sub-Asy L3
(ELECTRICAL - E1)
7 100722 Fastener, Hex Nut, 8-32 SS Sub-Asy L3
20 100723 Fastener, Screw, Button Head Socket cap 6- Sub-Asy L3
32x1/4 Bind. Head
1 101070 DC Voltmeter/Shurite 8109Z (ELECTRICAL - F2) L3
4 101122 Terminal, Ringl Yellow 12-10 AWG 1/4" Stud L3
Per 100, mfg.# 35110
1 101123 Terminal Strip 8 Circuit 30A/8-32 Screws L3
(ELECTRONICS - E3)
1 101125 Circuit Breaker, Thermal, 10A/Schurter L3
ABTBL100C0 (ELECTRONICS - E3)
10 101126 Circuit breaker Magnetic 1 Pole 20A L3
(ELECTRONICS - E3)
1 101127 Shurtie Frequency Meter 55-65Hz-120V L3
AC/8011Z
1 101128 Shurite AC Voltmeter 150V AC/8406Z L3
(ELECTRICAL - F2)
2 101129 Shurite AC Ammeter 50A AC/8506Z L3
(ELECTRICAL - F2)
1 101166 Gauge, Air pressure 150 psi, VDO (GENERAL - L3
C2)
10 101214 Fastener, Screw, 8 x 3/4" Zinc Plated Hex L3
Washer Head Self-Drilling
1 101236 Relay Encl Style, Spst-NO (ELECTRICAL - E1) L3
1 101265 Fuse Block, ATC (ELECTRICAL - F1) L3
1 101287 Duct Cover, 1" X 72" / Panduit C1LG6 L3
1 101288 Wiring Duct, 1 x 2 X 6 ft./ Panduit G1X2LG6 L3
1 101655 Fuse Block, 1/4" X 1 1/4"Block Assy, 12 Circuits L3
3 101707 Bus Bar 150a 10 Screq.6"L 2301/Blue Sea L3
35 101709 Terminal, Ring Yellow, 12-10 AWG #8 Stud, L3
mfg. # 35108
20 101712 Terminal, Ring, Blue. 16-14 AWG #8 L3
Stud/320565
30 101713 Terminal, PIDG Faston, Blue, 16-14 AWG Blade L3
35 101736 Wire, THHN 12 BLK 19 STR Cu 500 S/R L3
(ELECTRICAL - E1)
8
THE
GROUP LLC

Bill of Materials
2 101738 Wire, THHN 12 WHT 19 STR Cu 500 S/R L3
(ELECTRICAL - E1)
3 101740 Wire, THHN 10 WHT 19 STR CU 500 S/R L3
(ELECTRICAL - E1)
1 101814 Switch, Transfer, Generator, Krause & Naime Product L3
(ELECTRICAL - E2)
11 101982 Wire, THHN 12 RED 19 STR Cu 500 S/R L3
3 101987 SouthCo Knob, Interior (GENERAL - C1) L3
9 101991 Fastener, Screw, Phillips, PH, 4-40 x 3/8, Gr 8 Z L3
11 102099 Wire, THHN 10 BLK 19 STR CU 500 S/R L3
(ELECTRICAL - E1)
18 102240 Fastener, Lock Nut, 8-32 Zinc Plated Type NM L3
Nylon Insert
50 102286 Cable Tie, 6" x 3Dia. UV Black (GENERAL - C4) L3
2 102407 Terminal Strip, 6 points, 40A (ELECTRONICS - L3
E3)
6 102554 Trim-lock, Door Jam and Window Seal, Single L3
Side Adh. Bl. Rubber, 3/8"
12 102562 Fastener, Hex Nut, 10-32, SS MS L3
1 102631 GEM 2600 Display, Engine Display CanTrak L3
(ELECTRONICS - E3)
1 102647 Connector,Body,12pin,Deutsch, For Cantrak L3
Display (ELECTRONICS - E3)
1 102648 Connector, Wedgelock,12Pin, Deutsch, For L3
Cantrak (ELECTRONICS - E3)
4 102649 Connector,Terminal, Gold, 12Pin Deutsch L3
Cantrak (ELECTRONICS - E3)
0.12 102671 Grommet, Extruded, Caterpillar/ Abbatron/HH 3 feet L3
Smith 2694
11 102677 Cable Tie, 1 1/8" Sq Mounting Base, #8 Screw L3
100PK
22 102977 Fastener, Screw, Flathead Phillips, Black Oxide, L3
8-32 x3/8"
66 103351 Wire, THHN 14 Red 26 STR 500 S/R L3
6 104450 Fastener, Screw, Drill and Tap 1/4 x 1 1/2 L3
8 105090 Wire, 16 AWG Yellow 26 Str (ELECTRICAL - L3
E1)
1 105216 Wire, Purple, TFFN 16 awg 26str cu 500ft L3
1 105725 Tape, electrical, vinyl, Scotch Super 33+ L3
1 105729 Power / Engine Panel, Cabin, Fabrication L3
1 105775 Wire, 10 AWG, THHN STR, RED, 500 S/R L3
3 106834 Cable Tie Mounting Base, T18, T30, .75" x .75", L3
pkg 500
7 107229 Electrical, Circuit Breaker, 20A, 125/250 V, L3
Shurter QC
1 107289 Hour Meter, Quartz, 12 VDC, 2.87 dia.-3 Hole L3
Flange Mount
3 107777 Fastener, Lock Washer, Nylon Insert, 4-40 L3
1 108186 12 Volt DC Filter Product L3
1 103006 Electrical. Power Inductor, 1000uH, for Gen L4
Card Filter
1 103007 Capacitor, Ceramic,1.0uf 50V, for Gen Card L4
Filter
1 103008 Capacitor, Electrolytic, 3300 uf 16V, For Gen L4
Card Filter
1 103009 Flanged Lid Plastic Case, 3.34 x 2.20 x 1.38 L4
(ELECTRICAL - E4)
1 108638 Power Distribution Panel, Interior Bottom L3
Panel, Cabin, Fabrication
1 109017 Gauge, Hydraulic Temp, Digital, Cyberdyne L3
Wednesday, November 10, 2010 460-108658

9 Page 5 of 24
THE
GROUP LLC

Bill of Materials
0.01 109143 Electrical, Tinned Copper Wire, Bus Bar, 1 foot L3
14AWG, 100' Roll
1 109466 Generator Control Card, HGC2-25-MI-001 L3
1 101814 Switch, Transfer, Generator, Krause & Naime Product L2
(ELECTRICAL - E2)
1 105096SA Cabinet, Upper Control Panel L2
0.25 101094 Sheet, Alum, .090" x 48" x 120" (4' x 10') L3
1 105096 Cabinet, Upper Control panel L3
1 460-007 Winchman's Control Panel, Oil India #1 L1

1 04-109936 Winchman's Panel, Benchmark, OH Spooler L2
1 100119 Valve, Hydraulic, Relief, Dennison, Torque Product L3
3 100124 Fitting, Hydraulic, Ell, Steel,04MJ X 06 MAORB, Sub-Asy L3
90
1 100125 Fitting, Hydraulic, Steel, Tee .25 MJ x .25 MP Sub-Asy L3
x .25 MJ
1 100138 Valve, Air, Emergency Stop Product L3
2 100148 Manifold,1/4 NPT, 5 Port, Air L3
1 100226 Valve, Hydraulic, Dump, 1/4" Dump Sub-Asy L3
1 100509 Valve, Left Right, Eaton Joystick, Spooler L3
1 100512 Gauge, 0-600 PSI McDaniel Gauge Product L3
1 100513 Gauge, 0-6000 PSI McDaniel Gauge Product L3
2 100571 Fastener, Hex Socket Plug, 3/8, Steel Sub-Asy L3
4 100572 Fastener, Hex Socket Plug, 1/4" NPT, Steel Sub-Asy L3
1 100785 Valves, Air shift safety, Product L3
3 101526 Regulator, Air, 0-150 1/4 NPT, W/ bracket and L3
gauge
4 101597 Fitting, Hydraulic, 90 deg Male Elbow, 4MJ X Sub-Asy L3
4MP, 1/4 x 1/4
7 101598 Fitting, Hydraulic, Steel, 04 MJ X 04 MP Sub-Asy L3
STRAIGHT
2 101606 Fitting, Hydraulic, Steel, 04MJ X 04FP Sub-Asy L3
1 101610 Fitting, Hydraulic, Steel, 16MP X 12FP Sub-Asy L3
1 101745 Valve, Brake, Proportional, Rexroth, M-2-F L3
1 101749 OEM Joystick, In hole-out hole L3
1 101750 OEM Joystick, Throttle Control L3
6 101792 Fitting, Steel, F 37* Swivel, 4G-4FJX L3
5 101835 Tubing, Stainles Steel, 1/4" x .035, Items 6,13, L3
and 24
4 101941 Fastener, Screw, 1/4-20 X 3/4 Phillips Flat L3
Head, SS
10 101943 Fastener, Screw, 1/4-20 x 1, SHCS, SS L3
2 101987 SouthCo Knob, Interior (GENERAL - C1) L3
4 102244 Fastener, Screw, 5/16-18 x 1" SS Socket Head L3
Cap
6 102438 Elbow 90, DOT, 1/4T x 1/4 L3
1 102486 Fastener, Washer, 1" USS YZ Plated Thru-Hard L3
4 102559 Fastener, Screw, 10-32 x 1/2,SS FPHMS L3
8 102617 Fitting, Cap, 04JIC L3
1 103112 Fitting, Hydraulic, 6801 - 06MJ X 06MAORB 90* L3
4 103354 Fitting, Hydraulic, Steel, F37* 4G-4FJX45 L3
8 104725 Hydraulic, 1/4" Sleeve, for tubing seal on L3
winchman's panel
1 105634 Fitting, 5605 4FP x 4FP x 4FP L3
10
THE
GROUP LLC

Bill of Materials
1 105791 Valve, Pressure Reducer w/panel mount and L3
Hand Knob, Catridge Only
1 105792 Aluminum valve Housing 3 way SAE L3
1 105793 Panel Mount Adapter 02-161837 L3
1 105794 Aluminum Knob Kit 10 Series L3
5 105982 Fitting, Hydraulic, Straight Con., 6MJ X 6MORB, L3
3/8 x 3/8
1 105983 Fitting, Hydraulic, Hex Nipple, 5404-04MP X L3
04MP
1 106355 Fitting, Hydraulic, 6804-4-6-4, 4MJ x 6MB x L3
4MJ, Tee
4 107106 Fitting, Air, DOT, Straight Male Connector, 1/4T L3
x 1/4NPT
1 107335 Snubber, 910.12 Pistion, 1/4 NPT Brass 5000, L3
McDaniels Gauges
10 107529 Fastener, Split Lock Washer, 1/4", SS L3
10 107609 Fastener, Nut, SS, 1/4-20 L3
4 108013 Fastener, Washer, Lock, 5/16, SS L3
4 108038 Fastener, Nut, 5/16-18, SS L3
10 108043 Fastener, Washer, Flat, 1/4, SS L3
1 108347 Fitting, 3/8 x 1/4NPT, PTC, DOT, Swivel Ell L3
1 108348 Fitting, 3/8 x 3/8NPT, PTC, DOT Swivel Ell, L3
5 108396 Fitting, 3/8T x 1/8NPT, PTC Male Ell, Brass, Ni L3
Plt
1 109800SA Winch Panel, Electrical L3
1 100380 12 VDC Socket w/cover, Power Jacks Sub-Asy L4
(ELECTRONICS - E3)
(ELECTRICAL - E1)
(ELECTRICAL - E1)
4 101022 Jumper/95B Cinch L4
2 101122 Terminal, Ringl Yellow 12-10 AWG 1/4" Stud L4
Per 100, mfg.# 35110
2 101265 Fuse Block, ATC (ELECTRICAL - F1) L4
1 101707 Bus Bar 150a 10 Screq.6"L 2301/Blue Sea L4
4 101709 Terminal, Ring Yellow, 12-10 AWG #8 Stud, L4
mfg. # 35108
Stud/320565
12 101713 Terminal, PIDG Faston, Blue, 16-14 AWG L4
Blade
1 101857 Terminal Strip, 12 pos/Molex 0382110112 L4
(ELECTRONICS - E3)
1 101861 Time Delay Relay-Hyd Shifter L4
1 102006 Insulation, Foam, Great Stuff, Walls and L4
Cracks, 12 oz (GENERAL - D2)
4 102074 Fastener, Screw, 10 x 3/4" , Drill Point L4
30 102075 Fastener, Screw, 8 x 3/4" Zinc Plated Phillips L4
Pan Head Self-Drilling
50 102286 Cable Tie, 6" x 3Dia. UV Black (GENERAL - L4
C4)
30 102287 Cable Tie, 12" x 3Dia. UV Black (GENERAL - L4
C4)
2 102359 Terminal, PIDG, Butt Splice 22-18/ 320559 L4
1 102389 Switch, Toggle, SPST, (ON)-NONE-OFF L4
30 102677 Cable Tie, 1 1/8" Sq Mounting Base, #8 L4
Screw 100PK

11 Page 7 of 24
THE
GROUP LLC

Bill of Materials
1 105466 Indicator, Watertight Led 1000 FT 11/16" 12 L4
VDC Panel 6" Wire 25-DEGC:
18 105743 Wire, Cable, SOOW black, 16 AWG - 2 CON L4
16/2
1 105936 Glue, Loctite Superglue Gel .14 oz. L4
2 106023 Fastener, Screw, Phillips Pan Head Mach, L4
SS, 10-32 x 1/2
4 106441 Fastener, Machine Screw, Slotted Round L4
Head, 10-32 x 3/4"
18 106834 Cable Tie Mounting Base, T18, T30, .75" x L4
.75", pkg 500
10 107615 Terminal Ring, 16-14 AWG, 4-6 Stud L4
2 107877 Electrical, Terminal, Quick Disconnect, L4
Female, 12-10, .250
8 108460 Fastener, Screw, 10-16 x 1-1/2", Hex Head L4
Drill Point
1 109961 Winch Control Panel, Right, Fairfield Trans L3
Switch, Kerr AMK Hoist Pan
1 109836SA Cabinet, Winch Control Pedestal L2
Sq. Corner
0.75 101094 Sheet, Alum, .090" x 48" x 120" (4' x 10') L3
2 102063 Hinge, Alum, 5005-H16-3/4, 96" length 2" L3
1 105092 Control panel Cabinet Powder Coating L3
2 109376 Latch, Black, Non-Locking Compression L3
Trigger, Eb. # 635-30
1 460-008 Hydraulic Power Train, Oil India #1 L1

1 07-109773 Hose List, Overhead Spooler L2
1 105645 Hose, Dump Valve to Return Header L3
2.875 103359 Hose, Hydraulic,4G2 L4
1 105646 Hose, Torque Valve to Return Header Sub-Asy L3
2 103359 Hose, Hydraulic,4G2 L4
1 105647 Hose, Left and Right Valve to Return Header Sub-Asy L3
1 105648 Hose, Up and Down Valve to Return Header Sub-Asy L3
1 105649 Hose, Up and Down to Blind End Sub-Asy L3
1 105650 Hose, Left and Right to Rod End Sub-Asy L3
1 105651 Hose, Left and Right to Blind End Sub-Asy L3
12
THE
GROUP LLC

Bill of Materials
1 105652 Hose, Line Oil Tank to Line Oil Tube Sub-Asy L3
1 105653 Hose, Generator Pump Suction Sub-Asy L3
1 100823 Fitting, Hydraulic, Steel 24-24FJX Swivel L4
1 103353 Fitting, Hydraulic, Steel, 24C2-24FJX90S, L4
Short Ell
2 103358 Hose, Hydraulic, 24GMV L4
1 105654 Hose, Winch Pump Suction Sub-Asy L3
1 102614 Fitting, Hydraulic, Steel, 20G-20FJX, Straight L4
1 102615 Fitting, Hydraulic, Steel, 20GE-20FJx90M L4
Swivel
2.75 103357 Hose, Hydraulic, 20GMV L4
1 105655 Hose, Generator Pump to Generator Motor Sub-Asy L3
12.6 101796 Hose, Hydraulic, 16 G5K L4
1 102610 Fitting, Steel, F 37* Swivel, 16GE-16FJX90M L4
1 108575 Fitting, Hydraulic, 16GE-16FJX, Straight L4
1 105656 Hose, Motor Relief to Dump Valve Sub-Asy L3
1 105657 Hose, Winch Pump A to A on Motor Sub-Asy L3
1 105658 Hose, Winch Pump B to B on Motor Sub-Asy L3
1 105659 Hose, Heat Exchanger to Reservoir Filter Sub-Asy L3
1 105660 Hose, Heat Exchanger to Thermo Valve Sub-Asy L3
1 105661 Hose, Charge Pump to Filter In Sub-Asy L3
4.375 101797 Hose, Hydraulic, 12G1, 200 Ft. Reel L4
1 105229 Fitting, Hydraulic, Steel, 12GE- 12FJ x L4
XBulk, Str. Swivel
1 108598 Fitting, Hydraulic, Steel, 12GE-12FJX 90S, L4
Short Bend
1 105662 Hose, Charge Pump to Filter Out Sub-Asy L3
XBulk, Str. Swivel
1 105663 Hose, Generator Pump Case to Tank Sub-Asy L3
9 101797 Hose, Hydraulic, 12G1, 200 Ft. Reel L4
XBulk, Str. Swivel

13 Page 9 of 24
THE
GROUP LLC

Bill of Materials
1 105664 Hose, Generator Motor B to Heat Exchanger Sub-Asy L3
5.25 105105 Hose, Hydraulic, 12G2 L4
XBulk, Str. Swivel
1 105665 Hose, Generator Motor Case to Tank Sub-Asy L3
XBulk, Str. Swivel
1 105666 Hose, Winch Pump Case to Tee Sub-Asy L3
XBulk, Str. Swivel
1 105667 Hose, Motor Case to Tee, Sub-Asy L3
XBulk, Str. Swivel
1 100050SA Tank, Hydraulic, 65 Gal, Artex Std Sub-Asy L2
1 100050 Tank, Hydraulic, 65 Gal, Artex Std Sub-Asy L3
1 100109 Gauge, Level, Sight Glass, 5" Product L3
1 100511 Filter, Hydraulic Spin On Return Filter, .0/12 B6 Product L3
1 100516 Valve, Hydraulic Check, Winch Pump (tank) Sub-Asy L3
KW 17/10
3 100728 Nipple, 1-1/2" Close, Schedule 40 Sub-Asy L3
3 100753 Suction Strainer, Hydraulic Tank,Flow Ezy, 1 Product L3
1/2 NPT, 100 Mesh
3 100846 Valve, 1 1/2" Brass Ball L3
1 101142 Valve, Brass Ball, 3/4", 600 psi L3
1 101610 Fitting, Hydraulic, Steel, 16MP X 12FP Sub-Asy L3
1 101615 Fitting, Hydraulic, Steel, 12MP X 12MP Sub-Asy L3
4 101627 Fitting, Hydraulic, Steel, 5404, 20MP X 20MP Sub-Asy L3
1 101629 Fitting, Hydraulic, Male Con., 24MJ X 24MP, 1 Sub-Asy L3
1/2 x 1 1/2
1 101630 Fitting, Hydraulic, Steel, 2404-12MJ x 16MP Sub-Asy L3
1 101778 Fitting, Steel, 16 MJ X 16 MP X 16MJ L3
1 102639 Fitting, 3/4NPT Close Nipple. Steel L3
1 103110 Fitting, 12MJ X 12MP X 12MJ L3
1 104771 Fitting, Swivel Nut Run Tee, 12MJ x 12FJS x L3
12MJ Tee
1 105302 Plug, Threaded Square Head Cast Pipe, 3/4" L3
150/lb 304 SS
2 105518 Fitting, 2404-20-24 L3
1 106029 Fitting, Hydraulic, Hex Nipple, 16MP x 16MP L3
1 107022 Fitting, Hyd. Straight Reducer, 6410 20MORB x L3
16FORB
1 107461 Fitting, Hydraulic, Str. Reducer, 2406-12FJ x 08 L3
MJ
1 108088 Filler Cap, Breather L3
1 109018 Sender, Hydraulic Temp., Cyberdyne L3
1 101698SA Pump, Hydraulic, Generator Eaton ADU062 Sub-Asy L2
2 100344 Fastener, Hex Nut 1/2-13 GR 8 Sub-Asy L3
4 101476 Fastener, Hex Bolt, GR 8 3/8-16 x 3 L3
1 101592 Fitting, Hydraulic, Steel, 12MJ X 12MAORB,90 Sub-Asy L3
1 101601 Fitting, Hydraulic, Steel, 4MJ X 4 MAORB, 90 Sub-Asy L3
14
THE
GROUP LLC

Bill of Materials
1 101609 Fitting, Hydraulic, Steel, 10MORB X 12 FORB Sub-Asy L3
Straight Reducer
1 101688 32CFHS Half Flange, Code 61 L3
1 101698 Pump, Hydraulic, Generator Eaton ADU062 L3
1 101835 Tubing, Stainles Steel, 1/4" x .035, Items 6,13, L3
and 24
1 102190 Generator Control Valve, Command controls, 18 Product L3
gallon
2 102224 Fastener, Washer, 1/2" USS Thru-Hard, YZ, L3
Gr8, Wide
4 102227 Fastener, Washer, Split Lock, 3/8" High Alloy YZ L3
2 102617 Fitting, Cap, 04JIC L3
1 103113 Fitting, Hydraulic, 6400, 08MJ X 08MORB L3
2 103114 Fitting, Hydraulic, Straight Conn., 6400 - 4MJ - L3
4MORB, 1/4 x 1/4
1 103115 Fitting, Code 61- 24MJ x 32 Flange L3
2 104725 Hydraulic, 1/4" Sleeve, for tubing seal on L3
winchman's panel
1 105142 Generator Control Manifold L3
4 107107 Clamp, Hose, T-Bolt, 2", Stainless Steel L3
1 108681 Fitting, Hydraulic, Cap, 5406C-06 L3
1 101744SA Pump, Hydraulic, Winch, Non-Thru Drive, Eaton L2
ACL 105 Series
1 100097 Fitting, Hydraulic, Steel, 20 MORB x 20 Sub-Asy L3
MJ
1 100099 Fitting, Hydraulic, Steel 1.00 MORB x 1.25 Sub-Asy L3
FORB
1 100100 Fitting, Hydraulic, Straight Con., 16MJ x Sub-Asy L3
16MORB, 1 x 1
1 100123 Fitting, Hydraulic, 90 deg Elbow, 16MJ X 16 Sub-Asy L3
MORB, 1 x 1
3 100124 Fitting, Hydraulic, Ell, Steel,04MJ X 06 MAORB, Sub-Asy L3
90
2 101599 Fitting, Hydraulic, Straight Con., 4MJ X 6MORB, Sub-Asy L3
1/4 x 3/8
1 101609 Fitting, Hydraulic, Steel, 10MORB X 12 FORB Sub-Asy L3
Straight Reducer
1 101637 Fitting, Hyd. Steel, W48-16-16-U Anchor Sub-Asy L3
Flange, code 62
1 101744 Pump, Hydraulic, Winch, Non-Thru Drive, Eaton L3
ACL 105 Series
4 102095 Fastener, Hex Nut, 1/4" - 20 L3
4 102183 Fastener, Hex Bolt, Gr 8 1/2-13-2 1/4 L3
4 102224 Fastener, Washer, 1/2" USS Thru-Hard, YZ, L3
Gr8, Wide
4 102226 Fastener, Washer, Split Lock, 1/4" High Alloy L3
YZ, Gr. 8
1 106508 Flange, Winch Pump A and B, W184-16-16U, L3
includes mounting hardware
2 106843 U-Bolt, SS, 1/4"-20 x 1-1/2" x 2-3/4" L3
1 107451 Fitting, Hydraulic, 90 Deg. Ell, 12MJ x 08MORB, L3
6801-NWO-12-08
1 109599 Valve, Shuttle, 5K L3
1 102394 Adapter Gear L2
1 106849 PTO, Chelsea, 489, Winch L2
15
THE
GROUP LLC

Bill of Materials
1 106850 PTO, Chelsea, 442, Generator 153%, L2
1 107534 Drive Shaft, Winch Pump, 1.25keyed shaft PTO, L2
Pump 1.75s 13 t
1 107535 Drive Shaft, Generator Pump, 1.25keyed shaft L2
PTO, Pump .75s 13 t
1 109798SA Heat Exchanger, Dual Fan L2
MORB, 1 x 1
1 100218 Fitting, Hydraulic,16MJ X 16MJ X16 MP Sub-Asy L3
9 100348 Fastener, Hex Bolt, 3/8 -16 x 1 1/4" Sub-Asy L3
1 100756 Valve, Thermostatic L3
1 101608 Fitting, Hydraulic, Steel, 12MJ X 12MJ X Sub-Asy L3
12MAORB
1 101634 Fitting, Hydraulic, Steel, 16MORB X 12FORB Sub-Asy L3
1 101789 Fitting, Steel, 16MORB X 16 FJS L3
1 106968 Heat Exchanger, Hyd. Oil, TTP Mod. MF-60-1- L3
4A, 12 VDC
2 107255 Fitting, Hydraulic, Red. Bushing, 24MP X 16FP L3
1 107483 Fitting, Hydraulic, 2501 - 16 MJ x 16 MP, 90 Deg L3
1 460-009 Winch Assembly, Oil India #1 L1

1 02-108658 Winch Assembly, 950D, Fairfield W12T L2
Transmission
2 100083 Actuator Brake, 30/30 Spring Sub-Asy L3
MORB, 1 x 1
1 100692SA Equalizer Bar, Brake, 950 Series Drum Sub-Asy L3
3.5 106503 Flat Bar, Steel, 1-1/2' x 4" x 20' L4
2 100694SA Spring Cage, Brake, 950 Series Drum Sub-Asy L3
0.5 101756 Flat Bar, Steel, 3/8" x 2" x 20' L4
8 105291 Angle, Steel, 2" x 2" x 3/16" L4
1 100696 Brake Rod S/A, Series 950 Drum - Fab L3
2 100697 Bearing, 950 Brake Shaft, 2 Dia. L3
2 100830 Fastener, Hex, Nut, 1-8 YZ 8 L3
4 100902 Spring Extension 3/4x2" C-171 package of 2 8 Total L3
0.16 101424 Tubing, DOT Airline Hose, Nylon, 3/8", Black 16 feet L3
2 101515 Fastener, Hex Nut, GR 8, YZ, 1-14 L3
1 101596 Fitting, Hydraulic, Steel, 2603-04 MJ X 04 MJ X Sub-Asy L3
04 MJ TEE
4 102059 Fastener, Hex Bolt, 5/8-11 x 1 1/2 Gr 8 L3
4 102225 Fastener, Washer, 7/8" USS YZ Plated Thru- L3
Hard Bulk
30 102226 Fastener, Washer, Split Lock, 1/4" High Alloy L3
YZ, Gr. 8
4 102230 Fastener, Washer, Split Lock, 1" High Alloy YZ L3
4 102237 Fastener, Hex Nut, 7/8-9 Grade 8 YZ Plated L3
2 102365 Valve, 1/4, Emergency Quick Release L3
4 102486 Fastener, Washer, 1" USS YZ Plated Thru-Hard L3
2 102513 Rod, Threaded Zinc 5/8-18 X 3 L3
4 103098 Fastener, Screw, Hex Cap, 3/4 - 10 x1 3/4 YZ 8 L3
30 104762 Fastener,Hex Bolt, 1/4-20 x 1/2, Grade 8, L3
4 104784 Fastener, Washer, High Allow L/W 5/8 YZ L3
Wednesday, November 10, 2010

16
460-108658 Page 12 of 24
THE
GROUP LLC

Bill of Materials
4 105251 Fastener, Washer, Split Lock, 3/4" High AlloyYZ L3
L/W/3/4
2 105535 Fastener, Screw, HCS 1-14 x 4 Grade 8 YZ L3
1 105796 Clevis Pin, Brake Equalizer, 1"dia., 3 1/8" UL, L3
Zn-Plt, w/ Ret. Pins
4 106559 Fastener, Hex Bolt, Gr 8, 7/8 - 9 x 5" L3
2 106984 Clevis, Yoke End, 5/8 - 18, Drop Forged L3
2 106997 Fitting, Hyd, Steel, 6MP x 4MP L3
4 107163 Clevis Pin, 5/8 x 1-3/4 L3
4 107168 Fastener, Cotter Pin, 1/8 x 1", 18-8 Stainless L3
Steel
16 108263 Tubing, DOT Airline Hose, Nylon, 3/8", Red L3
2 108347 Fitting, 3/8 x 1/4NPT, PTC, DOT, Swivel Ell L3
2 108348 Fitting, 3/8 x 3/8NPT, PTC, DOT Swivel Ell, L3
1 108657 Drum, Ser.4818/09D(950D Split), Oil India - L3
Fabrication
1 108663 Transmission, Fairfield W12T40, 4.09 Split L3
Speed, 39.34:1 Red.
1 108664 Motor, Hydraulic, Bent Axis, Eaton Model 87, L3
SAE D/D
2 109141 Fitting, DOT, 3/8" Union Tee, P-T-C Nylon L3
Body
1 109432 Bearing, QM, 3-7/16 dia., Steel Housing, CL L3
Series, Dbl. Collar
2 109557SA Brake Band S/A, Segmented Liner, 950 Ser. L3
Drum, Standard Cradle
81 101908 Fastener, Rivet, 7-8 L4
4 102095 Fastener, Hex Nut, 1/4" - 20 L4
2 102238 Fastener, Hex Nut, 5/8-18 Grade 8 YZ Plated L4
2 102513 Rod, Threaded Zinc 5/8-18 X 3 L4
7 105591 Brake Liner, .375" x 4.50"W, Non-asbestos L4
16 106369 Strip, Steel, 4-1/2" x 8' x 1/8", 1018 CD Steel L4
1 106984 Clevis, Yoke End, 5/8 - 18, Drop Forged L4
1 109724 Transmission Mount, W12T, 950D Drum L3
Cradle - Fabrication
1 109725SA Drum Cradle, 950D Drum, W12T, Band Brakes L3
1 07-105078 B Line Oiler Phantom L2
4 100348 Fastener, Hex Bolt, 3/8 -16 x 1 1/4" Sub-Asy L3
0.03 100873 Air Brake Line, Black, 1/4"x .040 Wall, DOT 3 feet L3
1 101247 Valve, ASME, Air Safety, 1/4" NPT, 60 PSI Set L3
Pressure
2 101801 Cap, Black Iron, 3/4" L3
5 101845 1/4 VEEJET Brass Spray Tip 80* Size 0.3 L3
3 102113 Valve, Ball, Brass 1/4 L3
4 102223 Fastener, Washer, 3/8" USS YZ Plated Thru- L3
Hard Bulk
4 102364 Fastener, Hex Nut, 3/8-16 Gr 8 L3
1 102399 Fitting, Hydraulic, Steel, 8 MP x 4 FP Sub-Asy L3
1 102438 Elbow 90, DOT, 1/4T x 1/4 L3
2 105250 Clamp, Vinyl 1P Clamp COV1717Z1, L3
1 105417 Pipe, Black Iron, 3/4 x 4 L3
1 105429 Plug, 2" Brass Plug with Hex- for Tank L3
2 105634 Fitting, 5605 4FP x 4FP x 4FP L3

17 Page 13 of 24
THE
GROUP LLC

Bill of Materials
1 105695 Air Tank, 11 Gallon L3
6 105983 Fitting, Hydraulic, Hex Nipple, 5404-04MP X L3
04MP
1 106728 1/4" Solenoid Valve, Normally Closed, 12 VDC, L3
2-Way, 2-Position
2 107072 Fitting, Hydraulic, Steel, 04FP x 04FP L3
2 107106 Fitting, Air, DOT, Straight Male Connector, 1/4T L3
x 1/4NPT
1 107372 Fitting, Pipe Plug, 1/2" NPT, Steel, Sch 40, L3
Black
1 107502 Coupling, Steel Merchant, 2" NPT L3
1 106909 Valve, Sun, RVGA-LWN-HCM/S L2
1 460-010 Grease System, Oil India #1 L1

1 101303 Pressure Transducer, Hydac L2
1 101304 Grease Display, HDA5500-0-DC-000 L2
1 107054 Air Motor, Lincoln Mod. 84806, Grease Pump, 14 L2
KSI
1 107055 Pick-up Tube, Lincoln 85305, 140:1, 27 3/8", L2
Grease Pump, 14 KSI
1 107286 Hose, High Pres Asy, KCH, 14,500 PSI, 3/8" ID, L2
1/2" Male NPT on ends
1 107491 Fitting, Autoclave, 1/2" Female Pipe to 13/16-16 L2
Male
1 107791 Regulator, Air, 1/2", 0-150 psi, Fairchild Mod. 10, L2
No. 10264
1 109180SA Grease Tank, Lower Compartment, 50 Gallon L2
1 100570 Angle, Alum, 2" x 2"x1/4" Structural Sub-Asy L3
3 100759 Coupling, 3/4" Aluminum Sub-Asy L3
1 105337 Coupling, 2" Aluminum L3
Brite Finish, 3003
1 109337 Coupling, 4" NPT, Merchant Half, Aluminum L3
1 109338 Coupling, 2-1/2" NPT, Merchant Half, Aluminum L3
1 460-011 Generator, Oil India #1 L1

1 07-108323 Generator System, 30K Phantom L2
6 100290 Mounting Pad, Generator, Artex 10K Sub-Asy L3
1 105539 Generator, Hydraulic, 30K, Mecc Alte, Eco 31- L3
1L/4
1 105540 Motor, Rexroth, for 30K L3
1 105541 Motor Generator Adapter L3
1 105542 Clamp, Type Coupling for 30K Generator L3
1 108654 Generator, Diesel, Cummins Onan, 6000 Watts L2
1 460-012 Measuring System, Oil India #1 L1

1 02-105784 Spooler OH, Artex 3x8, 950 Cradle Phantom L2
1 100032 Spooler, Boom, Artex Standard Sub-Asy L3
1 100182 Cylinder, Hydraulic, 2 x 8 ASAE Sub-Asy L3
1 100183 Cylinder, Hydraulic, 3 x 8 ASAE Sub-Asy L3
1 100312 Fitting, Grease, Push-in, 3/16 x 1/4 Sub-Asy L3
8 100343 Fastener, Hex Bolt 1/2-13 x 1 1/2 L, gr 8 Sub-Asy L3
2 100606 Bearing, F4B, 1-1/2 Dia., Normal Duty Sub-Asy L3
2 102078 Bearing, PB, 1-3/4 Dia., Normal Duty Product L3
18
THE
GROUP LLC

Bill of Materials
4 102221 Fastener, Washer, 1/2" SAE Thru-Hard, YZ, Gr8 L3
2 105781 Boom Riser, 950 Cradle, 3 x 8 ASAE Cylinder - L3
Fabrication
1 106052 Panel Hoist Operator Display, AM5K L2
1 106053 Back Up Display Unit, Measuring Head L2
2 106054 Cable Assembly, Encoder L2
1 106056 Cable Assembly, 1.5V TEN L2
1 107434 Measuring Head, Benchmark, Measurement 2 ft. L2
Tangent, Cased Hole, AM5K
Qty /1Part 109870 Rev Description
Cable Assembly, Power In 3 Socket Reference Designators Type / Lev
L2
3
1 105746
109935 PAINT,Assembly,
Cable U-TECH 200 473CI
3 Pin, Grey, ENOS
Overtension Hoistgrey, L2
parts grey
Shutdown
1 460-014
460-013 Acquisition
Paint, System,
Oil India #1 Oil India #1 L1
2
1 100994
03-109925 Printrex
Paint, Plotter,White,
Peterbilt PL 840QF
BOMRM Product L2
2 1 105571
101173 Monitor,
6388 19" Rack MountLow VOC Surface Cleaner, 1
Kleanz-Easy Product L2
L3
gallon
1 108053 Module, Ultralink Telemetry, MK2, H2S Line L2
4 101243 Tape, Masking, 2"
Compatible L3
1 0.5108089
101523 Kit, Installation, ULM for SDS
Plastic, Painters12' x 400'Panel
x .31 mil L2
L3
1 4 108655
101617 Plotter, Iterra A
UTECH Lite
200Color
Activator (qt) (PAINT) Product L2
L3
1 1 109751
101618 Warrior System,
Paint, Tool
UTECH Interface/Power
R200 Supply
Reducer, slow, with
gal (PAINT) Sub-Asy L2
L3
Software, Cased Hole
3 101620 UTECH 460 Activator, qt (PAINT) L3
1 150382 Warrior System Rack Mount Computer with Product L2
2 101621 Sikkens
telemetry cardWashprimer CR, gal (PAINT) Sub-Asy L3
1 2 150383
101622 Warrior System,
Sikkens Rackmount Keyboard
Washhardener- with mouse
gal (PAINT) Product
Sub-Asy L2
L3
and cables
2 102039 Tape, Painters, Masking, 3/4" L3
1 460-015
2 102073 Auxillary Spray
Electronics,
Sock, Oil India #1
Painters' Particulate Protection, L1
L3
Medium
1 08-101705 Panel, Safety Shooting Phantom L2
1 102419 Sandpaper, 80 Grit L3
1 100075 Panel, Shooting, Split, Artex Sub-Asy L3
1 100375 Hardware, Mounting Brackets Sub-Asy L3
1 100465 Relay, General Purpose, 20A, 12VDC/ Tyco CII Product L3
3 103121 U-Tech 460 High Solids Sealer, White (PAINT)
187-32B200 L3
1
4 100466
103996 Switch,DPN
Paint, Toggle, DPST,
00064 WhiteON-NONE-OFF, Spade
Peterbilt U200 MH Sub-Asy L3
Terminals,/ Carling 2GK51-73
(ACCURATE)
1
4 100467
105443 Switch,Toggle,
Tack Rag Combi-Term. DPST, On-None- Sub-Asy L3
(On)/Carling 6GL5G-73-XA
2 105500 Coveralls, XL Kimberly Clark, kleanguard, 25 L3
1 100470 BNC STR.PLUG,Connector/ Amphenol 31-2 UG-
per box Sub-Asy L3
88 U
1 105595 High-Build 2K Primer Surfacer L3
2 100473 UHF STR PLUG FOR CABLES/Amphenol 83- Sub-Asy L3
1 105596 Activator,
58FCP-RFX High Build 2K100 L3
1 100475
105597 Switch, Toggle,
EZ- Mixing Cups,DPDT, on-none-on
5 Quart, 25 per boxSpade Sub-Asy L3
Term.Toggle/Carling 2GL51-73
1 105619 U-TECH E380 Grey Epoxy Primer, item L3
1 100476 DCV Meter/
#399142, Shurite KLY-D3V-600-DC-IV-R
1 gallon Sub-Asy L3
1 100477
105620 DCA Meter/
U-TECH Shurite
E 385 EpoxyKLY-D3A-10-DC-IV-R KLY
Hardener, item #399111, Sub-Asy L3
1 qt. Guard/ Eaton 8497K1
2 100493 Switch Sub-Asy L3
6 105895 E-Z Mixing Cup, 1 quart, 100 per box L3
1 100494 Transformer, 291 Variable, Staco 5874-291, Product L3
1 105967 Masking Paper, Paint,
Shoot. panel-adjust 35"
voltage L3
3.5 4 100495
101617 UTECHResistor,
A 200 Chassis,
Activator Mount, 50 Watts, 4.7 Ohms/
(qt) (PAINT) Sub-Asy L3
L2
Arcol HS50-4.7F
1 101618 Paint, UTECH R200 Reducer, slow, gal (PAINT) Sub-Asy L2
1 100496 Bridge Rectifier, 4A, 800V/Collmer KBL08 Sub-Asy L3
0.5 105484 Paint, U-TECH 200 Black UTE99U L2
2 100499 Resistor, Chassis Mount/ Dale/Vishay RH25- Sub-Asy L3
0.5 105595 High-Build
10K1 2K Primer Surfacer L2
0.5 1 105596
100501 Activator,
BananaHigh BuildRed/
Jack, 2K100
Johnson Compnents 108- Sub-Asy L2
L3
0902-001
3 105619 U-TECH E380 Grey Epoxy Primer, item #399142, L2
1 100502 Banana Plug, Patch Cord, Stacking, Red, 4in/
1 gallon Sub-Asy L3
Fluke Elect. B-4-2
3 105620 U-TECH E 385 Epoxy Hardener, item #399111, 1 L2
1 100531 qt. Switches, Snap Action,SPDT 0.271", 5amp @ Sub-Asy L3
125/250 VAC
1 100789 LED, watertight indicator, 19
Red 12V 557-1503- L3
Wednesday, November 10, 2010 203 460-108658 Page 15 of 24
1 100794 Banana Jack, Black/ 108-0903-001 L3
1 Artex, to100858
employees, customers and agents of Red
aid in repair and preventive maintenance LED Counter
of equipment Display/PAXC0010
manufactured by Artex. This document may not be altered, reproduced or re-transmitted without the express writtenL3 authorization of Artex.
(ELECTRONICS
Artex strictly prohibits unauthorized use of this -document.
E3) Copyright © 2010, The Artex Group, LLC. All rights reserved.
2 100872 Fuse, AGC glass, 5 AMP L3
THE 3 105746 PAINT, U-TECH 200 473CI Grey, ENOS grey, L2
parts grey
1 460-014 Acquisition System, Oil India #1 L1

2 100994
GROUP LLCPL 840QF RM
Printrex Plotter, Product L2
2 105571 Monitor, 19" Rack Mount Product L2
1 108053 Module, Ultralink Telemetry, MK2, H2S Line
Compatible
6400D Series Wireline Truck L2
108089
Bill of Materials
1 Kit, Installation, ULM for SDS Panel L2
1 108655 Plotter, Iterra Lite Color Product L2
1 109751 Warrior System, Tool Interface/Power Supply with L2
Software, Cased Hole
telemetry card
Qty / Part 150383

1 Warrior System, Rackmount Keyboard with mouse Product L2
Rev andDescription
cables Reference Designators Type / Lev
1
3 105746
460-015
PAINT, U-TECH 200 473CI Grey, ENOS grey,
Auxillary Electronics, Oil India #1
L2
L1
parts grey
1 08-101705 Panel, Safety Shooting Phantom L2
1 460-014
1 100075
Acquisition System, Oil India #1
Panel, Shooting, Split, Artex Sub-Asy
L1
L3
1 100994
2 Printrex Plotter, PL 840QF RM Product L2
100375 Hardware, Mounting Brackets Sub-Asy L3
1 105571
2 Monitor, 19" Rack Mount Product L2
100465 Relay, General Purpose, 20A, 12VDC/ Tyco CII Product L3
1 108053 Module, Ultralink Telemetry, MK2, H2S Line
187-32B200 L2
Compatible
1 100466 Switch, Toggle, DPST, ON-NONE-OFF, Spade Sub-Asy L3
1 108089 Kit, Installation,
Terminals,/ULM for SDS
Carling Panel
2GK51-73 L2
1 1 100467
108655 Switch,Toggle,
Plotter, Combi-Term. DPST, On-None-
Iterra Lite Color Sub-Asy
Product L3
L2
1 109751 Warrior System, Tool Interface/Power Supply with L2
1 100470 BNC Cased
Software, STR.PLUG,Connector/
Hole Amphenol 31-2 UG- Sub-Asy L3
88 U
2 100473 UHF card
telemetry STR PLUG FOR CABLES/Amphenol 83- Sub-Asy L3
58FCP-RFX
1 150383 Warrior System, Rackmount Keyboard with mouse Product L2
1 100475 Switch, Toggle, DPDT, on-none-on Spade
and cables Sub-Asy L3
1 460-015
1 100476 AuxillaryDCV Meter/ Shurite
Electronics, Oil IndiaKLY-D3V-600-DC-IV-R
#1 Sub-Asy L3
L1
1 100477
1 08-101705 DCA
Panel, Meter/
Safety Shurite KLY-D3A-10-DC-IV-R KLY
Shooting Sub-Asy
Phantom L3
L2
2
1 100493
100075 Switch Guard/ Eaton
Panel, Shooting, Split,8497K1
Artex Sub-Asy L3
1 100494
100375 Transformer, 291 Variable,
Hardware, Mounting Staco 5874-291,
Brackets Product
Sub-Asy L3
Shoot. panel-adjust voltage
4 100495 Resistor,
187-32B200Chassis, Mount, 50 Watts, 4.7 Ohms/ Sub-Asy L3
Arcol HS50-4.7F
1 100466 Switch, Toggle, DPST, ON-NONE-OFF, Spade Sub-Asy L3
1 100496 Bridge Rectifier,
Terminals,/ 4A,2GK51-73
Carling 800V/Collmer KBL08 Sub-Asy L3
2
1 100499
100467 Resistor, Chassis
Switch,Toggle, Mount/ Dale/Vishay
Combi-Term. RH25-
DPST, On-None- Sub-Asy L3
10K1
1 100501
100470 Banana
BNC Jack, Red/ Johnson Compnents
STR.PLUG,Connector/ 108-UG-
Amphenol 31-2 Sub-Asy L3
0902-001
88 U
1
2 100502
100473 Banana
UHF STR Plug,
PLUGPatch
FORCord, Stacking, Red, 4in/
CABLES/Amphenol 83- Sub-Asy L3
Fluke Elect. B-4-2
58FCP-RFX
1 100531
100475 Switches,
Switch, Snap Action,SPDT
Toggle, 0.271",Spade
DPDT, on-none-on 5amp @ Sub-Asy L3
125/250 VAC
1 100789
100476 LED, watertight
DCV Meter/ indicator,
Shurite Red 12V 557-1503-
KLY-D3V-600-DC-IV-R Sub-Asy L3
203
1 100477 DCA Meter/ Shurite KLY-D3A-10-DC-IV-R KLY Sub-Asy L3
2 100493 Switch Guard/ Eaton 8497K1 Sub-Asy L3
1 100858 Red LED Counter Display/PAXC0010 L3
1 100494 Transformer, 291 -Variable,
(ELECTRONICS E3) Staco 5874-291, Product L3
Shoot.AGC
panel-adjust
glass, 5 voltage
2 100872 Fuse, AMP L3
4 100495 Resistor, Chassis, Mount, 50 Watts, 4.7 Ohms/ Sub-Asy L3
7 101022 Jumper/95B Cinch
Arcol HS50-4.7F L3
1 101123
100496 Terminal Strip 8 Circuit
Bridge Rectifier, 30A/8-32 Screws
4A, 800V/Collmer KBL08 Sub-Asy L3
(ELECTRONICS - E3)
2 101229 Terminal
10K1 Blocks, Kobiconn 2 POSITION L3
BARRIER
1 100501 Banana Jack, Red/ Johnson Compnents 108- Sub-Asy L3
0902-001
100502
1
Banana Plug, Patch Cord, Stacking, Red, 4in/
460-108658
Sub-Asy
Page 16 of 24
L3
Fluke Elect. B-4-2
1 100531 Switches, Snap Action,SPDT 0.271", 5amp @ Sub-Asy L3
125/250 VAC
1 100789 LED, watertight indicator, Red 12V 557-1503- L3
203
1 100858 Red LED Counter Display/PAXC0010 L3
(ELECTRONICS - E3)
2 100872 Fuse, AGC glass, 5 AMP L3
(ELECTRONICS - E3)
2 101229 Terminal Blocks, Kobiconn 2 POSITION L3
BARRIER
20
THE
GROUP LLC

Bill of Materials
0.2 101655 Fuse Block, 1/4" X 1 1/4"Block Assy, 12 Circuits L3
36 101656 Cable, Coaxial Black RG58A/U L3
8 101711 Terminal, Ring, Blue, 16-14 AWG #6 stud, mfg. L3
#320619
Stud/320565
0.2 101875 Tubing, Heat Shrink, Clear, High Temp, Kymar L3
1/8"x 6"
3/16"x 6"
1/4"x 6"
1 101903 CCL/Depth Display Module A Product L3
2 100434 Potentiometer, , 5k ohms/ Vishay/ 249-9-10- Sub-Asy L4
502
1 100439 Switch, Toggle, 2 Pole, ON-ON-ON, Sub-Asy L4
Electroswitch/ A232T1TZQ
1 100450 Switch, Pushbutton, Submin, NKK/ Sub-Asy L4
MB2061SB1W01-DA
1 100452 Black Enclosure, Mounting Foot,/Polucase Sub-Asy L4
LP-70F (ELECTRICAL - E4)
1 100453 Connector,/ North.Technologies D15PTES Sub-Asy L4
1 100490 Connector, D-Series, D15STS Connector/ Sub-Asy L4
Molex/GC 8106026
1 100491 Connector Accessory, Hardware, Female, Sub-Asy L4
Screw Lock/ Molex 40-98440F
2 100721 Fastener, Hex Nut, 10-32 NyLocknut S/S Sub-Asy L4
2 101668 Knob, 1/4" Shaft, Black,Plastic 3/4" Dia./ L4
PKA70B1/4
2 101898 Fastener,Screw Black /nylon washer, 10-32 x L4
5/8" (ELECTRONICS - E3)
4 101900 Wire, Cable, 8 shielded wire 100Ft/Alpha L4
6344 SL005
4 102342 Spacers, Round, Nylon # 4, Abbatron/4006 L4
1 102630 CCL-Depth Circuit Broad-SM PCB for Module L4
1 105758 Piezo electric buzzer, 2800 HZ, 3-24VDC, 2 L4
wireleads
1 105868 Hood, mini, metal shielded L4
2 107339 Electrical, Post Shunt, 0.1 spac. 15u Gold L4
contacts, Open Top
4 108464 Fastener, Screw, 2-56 x 1/2", Phillips Flat L4
Head
4 108465 Fastener, Nut, 2-56 L4
1 102047 Switch, DPDT, ON-OFF-ON, Screw L3
Terminals/Carling 2GM54-73
1 102385 Connector, NPT 1/2" Non Metallic, .200"-.470" L3
(ELECTRICAL - E2)
1 102387 Fastener, Lock Nut, NTP-1/2", Black LAPP USA L3
911371 (ELECTRICAL - E2)
14 102970 Fastener, Screw, Binder Head, 4-40 x 3/16" L3
Zinc Plated
1 105145 Capacitor, Al Electrolytic; 470muF; Snap-in; L3
Radial; +/-20%; Case H9
1 105202 .500KVA dongan transformer, shooting panel L3
take 120v to 240v
4 105226 Fastener, Screw, 6-32 X 1/2 S/S FPHMS L3
1172622
21
THE
GROUP LLC

Bill of Materials
4 105227 Fastener, Hex Nut, 6-32S/SMS 1170705 L3
16 105242 Cable Tie, 4" L3
1 105920 Resistor, electrical, 5k, 25 watt L3
4 106023 Fastener, Screw, Phillips Pan Head Mach, SS, L3
10-32 x 1/2
2 106044 Contact Block, 22mm, Panel Mount L3
7 106835 Cable Tie Mounting Base, T18 - T50, 1.12" x L3
1.12", pkg 500
1 106927 Contact Block, 22mm, Panel Mount, NC L3
Contacts
1 107388 Electrical, Switch, Maintained, 3 Position, 22 L3
mm, Key,Altech 2AK2-07
1 108218 Shooting Panel, Interior Bottom Panel, Cabin - L3
Fabrication
1 108243 Plexiglass, Clear, 10" x 13" x 1/8" L3
4 108252 Electrical, Standoff, 6-32, Alum. Hex, Clr L3
Anodized, 1 5/8"
2 108464 Fastener, Screw, 2-56 x 1/2", Phillips Flat Head L3
2 108465 Fastener, Nut, 2-56 L3
1 08-108202 A Radio Frequency Panel, BOM L2
(ELECTRICAL - E1)
6 100401 Wire, TFFN 16 BRN 26 STR 500 S/R L3
(ELECTRICAL - E1)
6 100402 Wire, TFFN 16 GRN 26 STR 500 S/R Sub-Asy L3
(ELECTRICAL - E1)
187-32B200
1 100471 UHF Standard Panel Recepticle/ Amphenol 83- Sub-Asy L3
1R (SO-239)
1 100789 LED, watertight indicator, Red 12V 557-1503- L3
203
6 101739 Wire, TFFN 16 ORN 156 STR CU 500 S/R L3
6 101741 Wire, THHN 10 GRN 19 STR CU 500 S/R L3
(ELECTRICAL - E1)
1 102680 Terminal, PIDG, Butt Splice, 16-14, Amp 320562 L3
1 104578 Antenna, Meter with Cable and Converter Product L3
1 105270 Banana Plug (black)10-pak L3
1 105271 Banana Plug (red) 10-pak L3
1 105466 Indicator, Watertight Led 1000 FT 11/16" 12 L3
VDC Panel 6" Wire 25-DEGC:
1 105718 Potential Monitor, radio frequency panel Product L3
16/2
1 106158 Connector, Coax, Teflon Insulated, PL259 L3
1 106282 UHF -Type Reducers, RG58 Cable L3
6 107615 Terminal Ring, 16-14 AWG, 4-6 Stud L3
1 107641 Clamp, Ground, Detachable Cable Connection, L3
600 Amp, MIG-600-D
150 108484 Wire, 10 AWG, 1 Conductor, Neoprene Jacket L3
1 109162 Reel, Cable, Hannay, SPAVC 16-10-11 L3
1 08-108652 Intercom System, Artex L2
4 101898 Fastener,Screw Black /nylon washer, 10-32 x L3
5/8" (ELECTRONICS - E3)
22
THE
GROUP LLC

Bill of Materials
16/2
1 105802 Reel Hand No Cord Grainger Item#4V075 L3
1 109128 Microphone Clip, CB Radio L3
1 109603 Intercom, Case for Speaker T00140001 L3
1 109604 Intercom, Panel, T00140000 L3
1 109706 Speaker, Electro Voice, Intercom L3
1 109707 Panel Mount, Microphone Jack L3
150 109708 Wire, Cable, 16 awg, 2 Conductor, (Intercom) L3
3 109727 Connector, Amphenol, Circular, 97-3102A-16S- L3
5S (INT)
5P (INT)
5P (INT)(Speaker Cable)
5S (INT()12v Cable)
4 109732 Cable Clamp, Amphenol, 97-3057-1008-1 (INT) L3
1 109733 Dust Cap, Amphenol, 9760-16, (INT) L3
1 109734 Connector, Amphenol, MS3112E12-3S, (INT) L3
1 109735 Connector, Amphenol, Plug, MS3116F12-3P, L3
(INT)
1 109736 Connector, Dust Cap, Glenair, MS3180-12CA, L3
(INT)
1 109737 Connector, Dust Cap, Glenair, MS3181-12CA, L3
(INT)
1 109738 Microphone, COBRA, HG M73, (INT) L3
1 08-109159 Line Selector L2
1R (SO-239)
10K1
8 102970 Fastener, Screw, Binder Head, 4-40 x 3/16" L3
Zinc Plated
1 106023 Fastener, Screw, Phillips Pan Head Mach, SS, L3
10-32 x 1/2
2 106044 Contact Block, 22mm, Panel Mount L3
12 106412 Fastener, Screw, Phillips Pan Head Machine, 4- L3
40 x 1/4
2 106927 Contact Block, 22mm, Panel Mount, NC L3
Contacts
2 107030 Grommet, Round, Rubber, 9/32"IDx9/16"OD, L3
1/8 Groove
1 107388 Electrical, Switch, Maintained, 3 Position, 22 L3
mm, Key,Altech 2AK2-07
1 108589 Panel - Line Selector Safety Swith Enclosure L3
4 109160 Electrical, Terminals, Lug, Locking Tinned #8 L3
4 109161 Fastener, Nut, 4-40, Zinc L3
1 09-108248 Heater, Bus Type Phantom L2
1 100528 Heater Kit. Complete 400H series Product L3
1 100725 Valve, 1/2", 3-Way, Brass Ball Nibco T585-70- Sub-Asy L3
W3-1/2
1 101802 Heater Grill, Black, L3
7 1/2 x 17 1/2 (GENERAL - C3)
15 101832 Hose, Heater, 5/8" L3
23
THE
GROUP LLC

Bill of Materials
1 09-108251 Stereo System Phantom L2
2 101984 Speaker, 4 Inch(2 per pkg) (ELECTRICAL - E1) L3
1 102662 Antenna, 1" Universal Radio (ELECTRICAL - E2) L3
2 103212 Wire, 22 gauge speaker wire L3
1 107089 Cable Extension, Antenna, Stereo, 12' L3
1 108779 Stereo, CD Player, Kenwood L3
3 09-108529 Air Conditioner, 13.5K L2
1 108529 Air Conditioner, 13.5K (BTUH), White, Colemann L3
1 108530 Air Conditioner, Controls, White, Colemann L3
1 101970 Microwave, .8 Cu. Ft, Black/ Sharp R-209KK L2
1 108690 Coffee Maker, Countoure, CCM1000 L2
1 108870 Temperature and Humidity Indicator L2
1 109928 Pressurizer Blower Kit, Horizontal, Model 6400 L2
Don, 12 Volt
1 460-016 Hardware, Oil India #1 L1

15 100363 Hinge, Flush, Stainless Steel, 4", Rght Hand, Sub-Asy L2
(GENERAL - C1)
18 100533 Hinge, Flush, Stainless Steel, 4", Left Hand, Sub-Asy L2
(GENERAL - C1)
8 100535 6" Stainless Door Holder (GENERAL - C1) Product L2
1 100537 Refridgerator Lock, Chrome, w/push Rod Product L2
(GENERAL - C1)
15 100718 Lock, 3 pt w 34" rod SS (GENERAL - C1) Sub-Asy L2
64 101159 Fastener, Rivet, Shaved Head Rivets3/16 dia 1/2 L2
grip range 7/16" Head
2.25 102063 Hinge, Alum, 5005-H16-3/4, 96" length 2" L2
20 102558 Gas Spring Mounting Bracket (GENERAL - C1) L2
15 102966 Gasket, 3 Point Lock L2
1 102986 Plunger, 3 1/8 L2
1 102987 Socket w/insert L2
10 103089 Gas Springs-34 psi L2
2 104617 Mud Flaps, 24" x 24" with Artex logo L2
198 105685 Fastener, Screw, 10-32x3/4 SS Torx Screw M L2
10 107578 Drawer Slide (12"), Full Extension (120lbs. @ L2
18"), sold in pairs
13 109376 Latch, Black, Non-Locking Compression Trigger, L2
Eb. # 635-30
1 460-017 Interior & Accessories, Oil India #1 L1

1 03-105757 Tarp, White Phantom L2
Sq. Corner
32 101160 Plug, 1" Square, 11 Gauge (GENERAL - C2) L3
32 102337 Fastener, Rivet, Shaved Head 3/16" dia 5/8" L3
Grip Range 5/8" Head
2 104947 Footman Loops, Tarp straps (GENERAL - C1) L3
1 107252 Tarp, Roof, 4200/6400 Series, White L3
400 100393 Fastener, Screw, Wall Liner, PK 50, # 10-16 X 1" Sub-Asy L2
1 100769 Versi Foam Products-50 Sub-Asy L2
1 101072 Tool, BC410 Bench Chain Vise L2
2 101103 End Cap White Vinyl Mold 8' L2
2 101112 Fastener, Rivet, White Drive Rivets 3/4" ,FRP L2
18 101226 Adhesive, PL200, Construction L2
11 102307 Lumber, Plywood, 4' x 8' x 3/8" Rated Shtng L2

24
460-108658 Page 20 of 24
THE
GROUP LLC

Bill of Materials
1 102325 Window, 24 1/2wx19 1/2h Series 1600 Single L2
Pane Rectangle, Dark Grey
1 103034 Chair, Black Leather L2
9 104835 Molding, Corner White Vinyl, 8' I/S L2
6 104837 8' Divider Bar White Vinyl Mold L2
1 105133 Key Truck Counter Top "Stormy Gray" MFG L2
Avonite
1 105986 Truck ID Plates L2
1.25 106699 Sheet, Diamond Tread, Alum. 1/4"x 4' x 16', Brite L2
Finish, 3003
1 107607 Vise, 5-1/2" Tradesman Combination Jaw & Pipe L2
Vise
13 107922 FRP Panel, Smooth, White L2
1 109908 Window, Series 1600 Single window -Slider 39- L2
1/2Wx24-1/2H, Light Gray
1 460-018 Wiring Harness, Oil India #1 L1

1 06-106123 A Wiring Harness, Chassis Phantom L2
28 101043 Wire, Electrical, SOOW/SOW 8/4 Black L3
(ELECTRICAL - E1)
15 101737 Wire, THHN 12 GRN 19 STR Cu 500 S/R L3
(ELECTRICAL - E1)
(ELECTRICAL - E1)
(ELECTRICAL - E1)
64 101768 Wire, 4/ C 18 AWG/ Belden 8489, 500' Roll L3
28 102098 Wire, TFFN 16 BLU 26 STR CU 500 S/R L3
(ELECTRICAL - E1)
(ELECTRICAL - E1)
30 104644 Wire, THHN 6 Gauge 19 strd Red L3
30 104645 Wire, THHN 6 Gauge 19 Str. Blk L3
16/2
28 105744 Wire, Cable, SOOW, 10 AWG - 3 CON, 10/3 L3
34 105750 Cable, 2 Gauge 1 Conductor, Black, Ground to L3
Chasis
16 105775 Wire, 10 AWG, THHN STR, RED, 500 S/R L3
2 105847 Electrical friction tape L3
38 106842 Cable, Data, Polyethylene Insulated, 20/2, 1000' L3
30 107016 Wire, 4 gauge, 1 Conductor, Red L3
1 460-019 General Electrical, Oil India #1 L1

50 100364 1/2 Blue Ent Cond. 200 Ft Coil/Carlon 12005-200 Sub-Asy L2
(ELECTRICAL - E2)
20 100365 1/2 Thrd Male Adapter (ELECTRICAL - F3) Sub-Asy L2
(ELECTRICAL - E1)
1 101837 4"x4" Metalic Square Box, Electrical, with flaps L2
(ELECTRICAL - F5)
70 101882 Conduit, 1/4" Nylon Split Loom, Black L2
70 102097 Wire, TFFN 16 WHT 26 STR CU 500 S/R L2
25
THE
GROUP LLC

Bill of Materials
100PK
9 103001 Outlet/switch box, 2 gang, 1/2" KO L2
(ELECTRICAL - F3)
5 103002 2 gang Cover, 1/2" Raised, PVC (ELECTRICAL - L2
F3)
4 103003 Single gang Cover, 1/2" Raised, PVC, Carlon L2
A410 (ELECTRICAL - F3)
18 103350 Fastener, Screw, 10x 3/4 Drill Tap PPH z L2
4 105867 1/2" Blue Conduit connector, conuit to conduit L2
8 107340 Fastener, #10-16 x 3/4, Phillips Pan head, Self- L2
Tap., 410 S/S
2 109510 Light, Marker Light, Red, LED, w/ Flange L2
1 460-020 Lights & Fixtures, Oil India #1 L1

1 08-108201 Grounding Reel L2
1R (SO-239)
1 105878 Reel, Cable,HD L3
120 105977 Cable, Wire, 10 Gauge - 1 conductor, SO, L3
Water/Oil Resistant
1 106158 Connector, Coax, Teflon Insulated, PL259 L3
1 106282 UHF -Type Reducers, RG58 Cable L3
2 106999 Lug, Copper, Tin-plated, 3/8" Stud, 4AWG L3
2 107641 Clamp, Ground, Detachable Cable Connection, L3
600 Amp, MIG-600-D
3 100396 Switch, 120V White AC Switch/LEV SP 15A Sub-Asy L2
(ELECTRICAL - F4)
3 100397 Duplex Receptacle Wall Plate, White, 1 Gang, Sub-Asy L2
(ELECTRICAL - F4)
(ELECTRICAL - E1)
(ELECTRICAL - E1)
2 100463 Switch, Limit, / Honeywell/Microswitch SZL-VL-B Product L2
(ELECTRONICS - E3)
1 100507 Connector Plug ( Eaton Pump) (ELECTRONICS - Sub-Asy L2
E3)
2 100863 Lamp. Fluorescent, 4 ft./PHIL F34CW/RS/EW- L2
ALTO
2 100864 Lamp, Fixture, Flood lamp, 500 W Quartz Halogen L2
(ELECTRICAL - E1)
1 100866 Lamp, Fluorescent, Fixture,, 3 Ft, Curved Lenses, L2
(ELECTRICAL - E5)
2 100970 Electrical, PHIL F30T12/ (ELECTRICAL - E5) L2
6 101043 Wire, Electrical, SOOW/SOW 8/4 Black L2
18 101159 Fastener, Rivet, Shaved Head Rivets3/16 dia 1/2 L2
grip range 7/16" Head
2 101243 Tape, Masking, 2" L2
1 101253 Electrical, Blank Round Cover, L2
Weatherproof/BWFRBCV (ELECTRICAL - F5)
1 101254 Round Box, weatherproof. 3/4" hole/BWFRB7V L2
(ELECTRICAL - F5)
1 101257 Electrical, Plug 120V AC Cord End 5-15P, 2P/Grd L2
(ELECTRICAL - F4)
65 101710 Terminal, Ring, Yellow, 12-10 AWG #10 stud, L2
mfg. # 35109
30 101712 Terminal, Ring, Blue. 16-14 AWG #8 Stud/320565 L2
(ELECTRICAL - E1)

26 Page 22 of 24
THE
GROUP LLC

Bill of Materials
85 101737 Wire, THHN 12 GRN 19 STR Cu 500 S/R L2
(ELECTRICAL - E1)
(ELECTRICAL - E1)
10 101740 Wire, THHN 10 WHT 19 STR CU 500 S/R L2
(ELECTRICAL - E1)
(ELECTRICAL - E1)
1 101826 Electrical, AC Breaker Box 3 phase 60 A/Square L2
D, Q0403L60NRB
1 101827 Main A/C Breaker Switch, 50 A 3-pole 240V CB L2
2 101957 Electrical, CG-.500-.625 Cord Grip L2
(ELECTRICAL - E2)
3 101972 Electrical, Duplex Receptacle Plate, 2 Gang, L2
White (ELECTRICAL - F3)
13 101973 Outlet, Levitron (ELECTRICAL - F4). L2
2 101974 Duplex Receptacle Cover 1 Gang, Outdoor L2
(ELECTRICAL - F4)
4 101980 Lamp, Dome, Interior, Clear, Black Finish, 15 CP L2
(ELECTRICAL - F1)
60 102075 Fastener, Screw, 8 x 3/4" Zinc Plated Phillips Pan L2
Head Self-Drilling
(ELECTRICAL - E1)
20 102154 Splice, Butt, PIDG, 12-10 AWG, Yellow, 0.220 in., L2
Tyco 320570
4 102633 Lamp, Toolbox, Dome Light, Perko 1253-DP1- L2
WH (ELECTRICAL - E1)
100PK
1 102694 Lamp, License Plate, Clear, Gray Finish L2
(ELECTRICAL - F2)
8 102980 Conduit, 3/4" Nylon Split Loom, Black L2
10 103020 Toggle Switch Plate, 2 Gang, White L2
(ELECTRICAL - F4)
1 103032 Vaporite/weatherproof Cover,4ft fluorescent fixture L2
(ELECTRICAL - E5)
2 103081 Connector, 3/4" LiquidTight flexible conduit L2
(ELECTRICAL - E2)
40 103351 Wire, THHN 14 Red 26 STR 500 S/R L2
20 104450 Fastener, Screw, Drill and Tap 1/4 x 1 1/2 L2
1 104626 Rigid Conduit Locknut 1/2" 2PCS Per PKG L2
#49101 (ELECTRICAL - E2)
1 104627 Poly Glaze Plus Silicone Neutral Cure White L2
(GENERAL - C3)
4 104630 Lamp, 4" LED Stop turn tail w/SS Flange, Red L2
(ELECTRICAL - F2)
2 104631 Lamp, 4" LED Back-up Lamp, 2 Lamp system L2
Clear (ELECTRICAL - F2)
20 104632 Flange, 4" Stainless Steel, Theft Resistant Flange L2
(ELECTRICAL - F2)
6 104633 3-Wire Plug In Pigtail for male pin Lamps 6" L2
(ELECTRICAL - F2)
40 104663 Fastener, Screw, 6 x 1 Flat Phillips-Zinc Plated L2
H#35048
6 105154 Lamp, Par 36 Rubber Tractor & Utility 12V Sealed L2
Beam (ELECTRICAL-F1)

27 Page 23 of 24
THE
GROUP LLC

Bill of Materials
3 105282 Conduit Locknut Plated 3/4" (ELECTRICAL - E2) L2
1 105447 Strain Relief Connector, Steel 1/2" .250-.375 L2
3 105449 Strain Relief Connector, Steel. 3/4" .750-.850 L2
2 105725 Tape, electrical, vinyl, Scotch Super 33+ L2
12 105743 Wire, Cable, SOOW black, 16 AWG - 2 CON 16/2 L2
30 105744 Wire, Cable, SOOW, 10 AWG - 3 CON, 10/3 L2
8 105750 Cable, 2 Gauge 1 Conductor, Black, Ground to L2
Chasis
40 105773 Wire, 14 AWG, THHN, BLACK, 500 S/R L2
1 105797 Electrical, Roxtec, RM kit 605 L2
1 105808 Electrical, Roxtec, Module Kit Wedgekit "GALV" L2
2 106022 Lug, Copper, 2/0, 3/8 Stud L2
20 106833 Cable Ties, Dual Clamp, pkg 50 L2
20 106840 Cable Tie Mount, 5/16" L2
15 106930 Wire, 12 Gauge, Yellow, Stranded L2
1 106969 Electronic Fan Cont.Kit 96171, TTP Heat L2
Exchanger, 12 VDC
3 106999 Lug, Copper, Tin-plated, 3/8" Stud, 4AWG L2
2 107016 Wire, 4 gauge, 1 Conductor, Red L2
1 107018 Cover, Combination Switch & Outlet Plate, White L2
25 107340 Fastener, #10-16 x 3/4, Phillips Pan head, Self- L2
Tap., 410 S/S
1 108329 Light Table, 2' Phantom L2
1 103349 Plexi-Glass, 1/4" X 18-1/2" X 25" L3
4 105511 Lamp, F96T8TL741/Cool White, 2 foot Light L3
Bulb
2 106721 Ballast, for 3' Light Table L3
8 106723 Socket for Light Table L3
4 109332 Light, Marker, LED, Infinity, Red, 13 diode, Flush L2
Mount
7 109333 Light, Marker, LED, Infinity, Amber, 13 diode, L2
Flush Mount
1 109471 Lights, Guide L2
3 109511 Plug, 2 wire, for Marker Light L2
3 109512 Grommet, 2", Rubber, For Marker Light L2
1 109691 Circuit Breaker, Resettable, 120 Amp., Type III L2
3 109782 Light, Marker Light, Red, LED, w/o Flange L2
1 460-021 Wireline Extras, Oil India #1 L1
End of BOM
28
THE
GROUP LLC
General
The Artex Group LLC

Phone 979.836.5533

PLATINUM
REGISTRATION, INC.
THE
GROUP LLC
General
Unit Start-Up
Requirements
Do not operate this unit for any purpose it was not

originally designed for. The user agrees to operate this
unit safely and in accordance with normal operating
practices.
Electrical
Initial Inspection:
Upon receipt of unit make sure to familiarize yourself
with electrical systems and function. Please check
with Artex-USA service department if any problems
are detected immediately. If you are not sure if any
system is functioning properly,
DO NOT OPERATE!
Perforating Systems:
DOT Lighting: Some or all wireline trucks are delivered with Wireline
Inspect color and function of all lights prior to driving perforating initiating systems. DO NOT OPERATE IF
any vehicle. YOU ARE NOT PROPERLY TRAINED TO DO SO.
Cabin Wiring: NEVER ALLOW UNTRAINED OR INCOMPETENT

Units are equipped with both AC and DC circuits. PERSONAL TO HANDLE EXPLOSIVE DEVICES.
Fatal and or serious injuries can occur if you are not ALWAYS FOLLOW
properly trained. API-RP 67 Second Edition.
DO NOT TOUCH UNLESS YOU ARE PROPERLY If you do not have access to the API-RP 67 Second
TRAINED AND APPROVED TO WORK ON THESE Edition guide lines please request a copy from Artex
SYSTEMS! USA .
Lock Out Tag Out: Do not by-pass or disable any safety features designed
Follow OSHA approved lock out and tag out by Artex USA for your safety.
procedures if you detect any non functioning circuits.
30
THE
GROUP LLC
General
Truck Specifications
Heavy Duty Tandem Axle Truck designed to operate in most worldwide locations and conditions.
Typical uses includes: Logging, Perforating and many other Wireline Services.
Dimensions:
Length: 35.5 ft
Width: 9.5 ft
Total Height: 12.8 ft
Ground Clearance: 10 in
20.00 101.00 144.00 110VA /C

110V A/C
PORCH POSITIVE
LIGHT AIR BLOWER
GREASE REELS
14'T OOL RACK

H/E
GENERATOR GENERATOR
GREASE TANK
DAYBOX
CA
177.00
245.00
389.00 OVERALLL ENGTH( VARIES)
98.00
MICROWAVE
SPARET IRE CABINET ABOVE 55.00
HYDRAULICT ANK
1-1/2
1-1/2
WINCHMANS
CONTROL
GREASE INJ.
142.50
CABINET
98.00
LIGHTT ABLE
CABINET
14'T OOLR ACK
COMPUTER RACK 16'B ELLY RACK

ACCESSD OOR,
14'T OOL RACK COLLECTOR
BATTERIES
250.00
31
THE
GROUP LLC
General
Chassis Specifications
Peterbilt 367 2011
Weight: 14645 lbs
Engine Specifications: ISX 475@2000 1650@1200

EURO-3 Export
Lubrication: Check PB MANUAL
Transmission:
Fuller RTO16908LL 10 Speed
SPL 250 HD-XL Driveline with Single Midship
bearing.
Operation: Check PB MANUAL
265.00
177.00
245.00
32
THE
GROUP LLC
General
Trucks Checks
Predeparture Check for Trucks
These checks must be done before the truck departs

from the shop towards the well or viceversa:
Check:
1. Engine Oil
2. Hydraulic Oil
Truck checks (after every job)
3. Radiator Water
1. Clean, wash and service winch frame
4. All lights and horn
2. Clean engineer cab and replenish those supplies
5. Belts Tension used on the previous job
6. Tires and Spare Tire 3. Clean driver’s cab
7. Jack and Wheel Chuck 4. Check and clean all truck attachments
8. Engineer Cabin: Everything well secured 5. Check oil, water, batteries and fuel level
9. Rear Part of the truck: everything well secured 6. Drain air tanks
10. Generators: Oil and battery 7. Check tires
11. Underneath truck: nothing loose 8. Run the engine and all gauges
12. Drain air tanks 9. Look for leaks in the transmission or hydraulic
system
Maintenance: Check PB MANUAL
10. Check all lights
33
THE
GROUP LLC
General
PTOs
PN: 01-108304
1 Provides external horse power for winch and generator packages
1. Winch PTO PN:106849

2. Generator Adapter PN:102394
3. Generator PTO PN:106850
489 Winch PTO 442 Generator PTO
34
THE
GROUP LLC
PTOs
Exploded View
Bulletin HY25-2442-M1/US Power Take-Offs PN: 01-108304
Exploded View 442, 442GMT, 447 & 489 Series
35
1 Parker Hannifin Corporation

Chelsea Products Division
Olive Branch, MS 38654 USA
THE
GROUP LLC
PTOs
Bulletin HY25-2442-M1/US Power Take-Offs Bill of Materials
Bill of Materials 442, 442GMT, 447 & 489 Series
PN: 01-108304
Item Part Number Description Quantity
442 447 489
1 1-P-557X Housing, Standard Mount ( “X”,”G” & “K” ) (Includes Item 23) ........... 1 1 -
1-P-558X Housing, Deep Mount ( “Z” & “L” ) (Includes Item 23) ......................... 1 1 -
1-P-552X Housing, Standard Mount (Includes Item 23) ....................................... - - 1
1-P-562X Housing, Deep Mount (Includes Item 23) ............................................. - - 1
2 See Chart Gear, Output ........................................................................................ 1 1 1
3 See Charts Shaft, Output Pump Mount ................................................................... 1 1 1
4 3-P-202 Shaft, Output (“XD”) Standard 1.250" Rd. .313" K.W. ........................... 1 1 1
5 378391 Lockring (All other shifter types) .......................................................... 2 2 2

6 550397 Bearing Cone ....................................................................................... 1 1 1
7 550532 Bearing Cone ....................................................................................... 1 1 1
8 22-P-24-1 Gasket, Bearing Cap (.010) ................................................................. A.R. A.R. A.R.
22-P-24-2 Gasket, Bearing Cap (.020) ................................................................. A.R. A.R. A.R.
22-P-24-3 Gasket, Bearing Cap (.015) ................................................................. A.R. A.R. A.R.
9 328274X Bearing Cap Assembly, Close End ....................................................... 1 1 1
N.S. 550221 Bearing Race ....................................................................................... 1 1 1
10 328273X Bearing Cap Assembly, Open End (“XD” Output) ................................ 1 1 1
N.S. 550221 Bearing Race ....................................................................................... 1 1 1
See Charts Bearing Cap Assembly, Pump Mounts ................................................. 1 1 1
11 378430-10 Capscrew, Hex Head (.312"-18 x 1.00") (Closed cap side) ................. 4 4 4
11A 378430-10 Capscrew, Hex Head (.312"-18 x 1.00") (“XD” Output)) ...................... 4 4 4
12 28-P-216 Oil Seal, “XD” Output ........................................................................... 1 1 1
See Charts Oil Seal ................................................................................................ 1 1 1
13 500007-29 Key, Woodruff (“XD” Output) ............................................................... 1 1 1
14 See Chart Gear, Input ........................................................................................... 1 1 1
15 See Chart Gear, Input Ratio .................................................................................. 1 1 1
16 379522 Lock Ring ............................................................................................ 1 1 1
17 550439 Bearing Cone ....................................................................................... 2 2 2
17A 561006 Bearing Cone (“A” & “C” only) .............................................................. 1 - 1

18A 14-P-75 Spacer, Input Bearing (“A” & “C” only) ................................................. 1 - 1
19A 550890 Bearing, Needle Roller (“A” & “C” only) ................................................ 1 - 1
18 14-P-73-1 Spacer, Idler Gear (.149-.151) ............................................................ A.R. A.R. A.R.

14-P-73-2 Spacer, Idler Gear (.152-.154) ............................................................ A.R. A.R. A.R.
14-P-73-4 Spacer, Idler Gear (.158-.160) ............................................................ A.R. A.R. A.R
19 31-P-102 Thrust Washer, Bearing ....................................................................... 1 1 1
20 9-P-88 Shaft, Idler Standard ........................................................................... 1 1 1
9-P-89 Shaft, Idler Pressure Lube (“P”) .......................................................... 1 1 1
21 28-P-191 O-ring .................................................................................................. 1 1 1
22 379672 Plug, O-Ring w/Socket Face (NWD Plug) ........................................... 1 1 1
23 500597-14 Roll Pin, Deep Mount (1" long) ............................................................ 1 1 1
500597-16 Roll Pin, Standard Mount (1.125" long) ............................................... 1 1 1
CABLE CONTROL COVER ASSEMBLIES

Ratios “Q”, “W” & “X”
329119-1X Shifter Cover Ass’y, Wire Control (Assy 3 & 6) ................................... 1 - 1
Ratios “F”, “L”, “R”, “S” & “U”

Ratios “A” & “C”

329271-1X Shifter Cover Assembly, Wire Control (Ass’y 3 & 6) ........................... 1 - 1
329271-2X Shifter Cover Assembly, Wire Control (Ass’y 4 & 5) ........................... 1 - 1
N.S.— Not Shown A.R.—As Required Continued on following page

36
2
employees, customers and agents of Artex, to aid in repair and preventive maintenance of equipment manufactured by Artex. This document may not be altered, reproduced Parker Hannifinwithout
or re-transmitted Corporation
the express written authorization of Artex.
THE
GROUP LLC
PTOs
PN: 01-108304
442 447 489
Ratios “Q” & “W”
329151-1X Shifter Cover Assembly, Wire Control (Ass’y 3 & 6) ........................... - 1 -
Ratios “R”, “S” & “U”

All the above shift cover assemblies include items 24 thru 35

24 34-P-39 Cover Plate, Shifter - Constant Mesh ............................................... 1 1 1
34-P-74 Cover Plate, Shifter .......................................................................... 1 - 1
25 37-P-19 Spring ............................................................................................... 1 1 1
26 63-P-16 Poppet Pin ........................................................................................ 1 1 1
27 28-P-191 O-Ring .............................................................................................. 1 1 1
Ratios “Q” & “W” & “X”

28 329118-1X Post And Plate Assembly, (Ass’y 3 & 6) ........................................... 1 1 1
Ratios “F”, “L”, “R”, “S” & “U”

Ratios “A” & “C”

28 329265-1X Post And Plate Assembly, (Ass’y 3 & 6) ........................................... 1 - 1
28 329265-2X Post And Plate Assembly, (Ass’y 4 & 5) ........................................... 1 - 1
29 378004 Flat Washer ......................................................................................... 1 1 1

30 51-P-22 Shifter Lever ..................................................................................... 1 1 1
31 500365-22 Flat Washer ...................................................................................... 1 1 1
32 500356-10 Lockwasher ...................................................................................... 1 1 1
33 500409-6 Capscrew, Hex Head (.312"-24 x .625") ........................................... 1 - 1
34 379639 Indicator Switch, Pin Style (Normally Off) .......................................... 1 - 1
379652 Indicator Switch, Pin Style (Normally On) ........................................... - 1 -
35 35-P-8 Gasket, Shifter Cover ....................................................................... 1 1 1
35A 5-A-188 Gasket, Shifter Cover (“A” & “C” Ratio Only) ................................... 1 - 1
35B 35-P-8 Gasket, Shifter Cover (“A” & “C” Ratio Only) ................................... 2 - 2
36 378430-9 Capscrew, Hex Head (.312"-18 x .875") (Wire Shift) .......................... 4 4 4
378430-8 Capscrew, Hex Head (.312"-18 x .750") (Electric, Lever, Air Shift) .... 4 4 4
378430-10 Capscrew, Hex Head (.312"-18 x 1.000") (Wire Shift A & C Ratio) .... 4 - 4
N.S. 68-P-2 Name Plate .......................................................................................... 1 1 1

N.S. 378422 Drive Screw, Name Plate .................................................................... 2 2 2
Loose Parts
P.T.O. Mounting Kit
328170-76X Mounting Kit (“X” Mounting Type) ........................................................ 1 1 -
328170-77X Mounting Kit (“Z” Mounting Type) ........................................................ 1 1 -
7170-72X Mounting Kit (“G” Metric Mounting Type) ............................................ 1 1 -
7170-68X Mounting Kit (“G” Metric Mounting Type) ............................................ - - 1
328170-200X Mounting Kit (“X” & “Z” Mounting) ....................................................... - - 1
328346-10X Cable, Wire Control (“W” Shifter) ........................................................ 1 1 1

328380X Parts Bag, Wire Control (“W” Shifter) .................................................. 1 1 1
329245X Bracket Kit, Wire Control (“C” Shifter) ................................................. 1 - 1
37
3
employees, customers and agents of Artex, to aid in repair and preventive maintenance of equipment manufactured by Artex. This document may not be altered, reproduced Parker Hannifin Corporation
or re-transmitted without the express written authorization of Artex.
Artex strictly prohibits unauthorized use of this document. Copyright © 2010, The Artex Group, LLC. All rightsChelsea
reserved. Products Division
THE
GROUP LLC
PTOs
Bill of Materials 442, 442GMT, 447 & 489 Series PN: 01-108304
442 447 489
Air Shift Installation Kit
328388-37X Air Shift Installation Kit (“A” Shifter) .................................................... 1 1 1
328388-47X Air Shift Installation Kit (“P” Shifter) .................................................... 1 1 1
328388-48X Air Shift Installation Kit (“Q” Shifter) .................................................... 1 1 1
328388-65X Air Shift Installation Kit (“S” Shifter) .................................................... 1 1 1
328388-72X Air Shift Installation Kit (“T” Shifter) .................................................... 1 - 1
328751-1X Installation Kit (“C”, ”H”, ”W”, ”X”, ”Y”) ................................................ 1 1 1

68-P-18 Name Plate ....................................................................................... 1 1 1
378978 Indicator Light,12V ........................................................................... 1 1 1
378884 Fuse Holder, 9-Amp ......................................................................... 1 1 1
379252 Butt Connector ................................................................................. 2 2 2
379254-16 Ring Connector ................................................................................. 1 1 1
379254-3 Wire, Green ...................................................................................... 1 1 1
68-P-18 Name Plate ....................................................................................... 1 1 1
379319 Indicator Switch Booth ........................................................................ 1 1 1
379640 Booted Connector ( “V” Shifter Option) ............................................... 1 - 1
328948-6X Gasket and Installation Instructions .................................................... 1 1 -

328948-8X Gasket and Installation Instructions .................................................... - - 1
329166-12X Electric Shift Installation Kit ................................................................ 1 1 1

378414 Pressure Protection Valve ( “V” Shifter Option) .................................. 1 1 1
328075X Pressure Lube Hose (“HVP” Input Gear Only) .................................... 1 - -
328711X Pump Mounting Kit (“XR” Output) ....................................................... - 1 -
Service Kits
329202X Indicator Switch Connector Service Kit .............................................. 1 - 1
329218X Indicator Switch Service Kit ................................................................ 1 - 1
329304X Bearing Cap and Seal Assembly (Pressure Lube) .............................. 1 - 1
Pump Field Conversion Kit ................................................................... 1 1 1

328356-67X Gasket & Seal Kit .................................................................................
22-P-24-1 Gasket, Bearing Cap ........................................................................ 4 - 4
28-P-191 O-Ring .............................................................................................. 2 - 2
28-P-216 Oil Seal ............................................................................................. 1 - 1
35-P-8 Gasket, Shifter Cover ....................................................................... 1 - 1
35-P-9-1 Gasket, Housing ............................................................................... 2 - 2
35-P-9-2 Gasket, Housing ............................................................................... 2 - 2
378391 Lockring ............................................................................................ 2 - 2
328356-13X Gasket & Seal Kit ................................................................................ - 1 -

22-P-24-1 Gasket, Bearing Cap ........................................................................ - 4 -
28-P-190 O-Ring .............................................................................................. - 1 -
28-P-191 O-Ring .............................................................................................. - 2 -
28-P-216 Oil Seal ............................................................................................. - 1 -
35-P-8 Gasket, Shifter Cover ....................................................................... - 2 -
35-P-9-1 Gasket, Housing ............................................................................... - 2 -
35-P-9-2 Gasket, Housing ............................................................................... - 2 -
378391 Lockring ............................................................................................ - 2 -
378774 Lockwasher ...................................................................................... - 6 -
38
4
THE
GROUP LLC
PTOs
PN: 01-108304
442 447 489
Service Kits (Continued)
328356-15X Shifter Cover Seal Kit (Wire Control) .................................................... 1 1 1
22-P-69 Gasket .............................................................................................. 1 1 1
28-P-191 O-Ring .............................................................................................. 1 1 1
28-P-226 Oil Seal ............................................................................................. 1 1 1
35-P-8 Gasket, Shifter Cover ....................................................................... 1 1 1
35-P-9-1 Gasket, Housing ............................................................................... 2 2 2
35-P-9-2 Gasket, Housing ............................................................................... 2 2 2
328356-69X Shifter Cover Seal Kit (Wire Control “A” & “C” ratio) ............................. 1 - 1
22-P-69 Gasket .............................................................................................. 1 - 1
28-P-191 O-Ring .............................................................................................. 1 - 1
28-P-226 Oil Seal ............................................................................................. 1 - 1
5-A-188 Spacer .............................................................................................. 1 - 1
35-P-9-1 Gasket, Housing ............................................................................... 2 - 2
35-P-9-2 Gasket, Housing ............................................................................... 2 - 2
328356-71X Shifter Cover Seal Kit (Air Shift) ........................................................... 1 1 1

28-P-41 O-Ring .............................................................................................. 1 1 1
28-P-42 O-Ring .............................................................................................. 2 2 2
378316 Retainer ............................................................................................ 2 2 2
35-P-8 Gasket, Shifter Cover ....................................................................... 2 2 2
35-P-9-1 Gasket, Housing ............................................................................... 1 1 1
35-P-9-2 Gasket, Housing ............................................................................... 1 1 1
329096-1X Field Conversion Kit (Self Lube Replace 3-P-202) ............................... - 1 -

329097-1X Field Conversion Kit (Self Lube Replace 3-P-282) ............................... - 1 -
328594-13X Bearing and Spacer Kit (Non-Pressure Lube) ...................................... 1 1 1

14-P-73-1 Spacer, Idler Gear (.149 - .151) ........................................................ 1 1 1
28-P-191 O-Ring .............................................................................................. 1 1 1
31-P-102 Thrust Washer, Bearing ................................................................... 1 1 1
379672 NWD Plug ......................................................................................... 1 1 1
550439 Bearing ............................................................................................. 2 2 2
9-P-88 Shaft, Idler ......................................................................................... 1 1 1
328594-14X Bearing and Spacer Kit (Pressure Lube)

14-P-73-1 Spacer, Idler Gear (.149 - .151) ........................................................ 1 - 1
28-P-191 O-Ring .............................................................................................. 1 - 1
31-P-102 Thrust Washer .................................................................................. 1 - 1
379672 NWD Plug ......................................................................................... 1 - 1
500841-1 Street Elbow 90° ................................................................................ 1 - 1
500897-3 Shipping Plug ..................................................................................... 1 - 1
550439 Bearing ............................................................................................. 2 - 2
9-P-89 Shaft, Idler ......................................................................................... 1 - 1
Service Kits (Continued)
39
5
THE
GROUP LLC
PTOs
Bulletin HY25-2442-M1/US
Bill of Materials
Power Take-Offs
442, 442GMT, 447 & 489 Series
Bill of Materials
PN: 01-108304
442 447 489
328594-15X Bearing and Spacer Kit (Non-Pressure Lube “A” & “C” ratio)
14-P-73-1 Spacer, Idler Gear (.149 - .151) ....................................................... 1 - 1
14-P-75 Spacer, Input Bearing ....................................................................... 1 - 1
28-P-191 O-Ring .............................................................................................. 1 - 1
31-P-102 Thrust Washer .................................................................................. 1 - 1
379672 Plug, NWD ........................................................................................ 1 - 1
550890 Needle Bearing ................................................................................. 1 - 1
561006 Bearing ............................................................................................. 1 - 1
9-P-88 Shaft, Idler ........................................................................................ 1 - 1
328594-16X Bearing and Spacer Kit (Pressure Lube “A” & “C” Ratio) .................... 1 - 1
14-P-75 Spacer, Input Bearing ....................................................................... 1 - 1
28-P-191 O-Ring .............................................................................................. 1 - 1
31-P-102 Thrust Washer .................................................................................. 1 - 1
379672 Plug, NWD ........................................................................................ 1 - 1
500841-1 Street Elbow 90° ............................................................................... 1 - 1
500897-3 Plug, Shipping .................................................................................. 1 - 1
550890 Needle Bearing ................................................................................. 1 - 1
561006 Bearing ............................................................................................. 1 - 1
9-P-89 Shaft, Idler ........................................................................................ 1 - 1
329260X Conversion Kit, 440 to 442 series ....................................................... 1 - -

329261X Conversion Kit, 440 deep mount to 442 deep mount .......................... 1 - -
329262X Conversion Kit, 488 to 489 Series ........................................................ - - 1
329263X Conversion Kit, 488 deep mount to 489 deep mount ............................ - - 1
40
NOTICE: This document, including all attachments, contains confidential and proprietary information that is the property of The Artex Group, LLC, its subsidiaries and/or affiliates
Parker (“Artex”). Corporation
Hannifin Use of this document is restricted to authorized
6
THE
GROUP LLC
PTOs
Bulletin HY25-2442-M1/US Power Take-Offs
E-Z Shift™ Parts (“Z” Designator)
E-Z Shift Parts (“Z” Designator) 442, 442GMT, 447 & 489 Series
PN: 01-108304
45
44
43
41
37
46 38
42
39
47 40
45

442 447 489
329165-1X Shifter Cover Assembly, 12V (Ass’y 3 & 6) 1 - 1
329165-2X Shifter Cover Assembly, 12V (Ass’y 4 & 5) 1 - 1
329169-1X Shifter Cover Assembly, 12V (Ass’y 3 & 6) - 1 -
329169-2X Shifter Cover Assembly, 12V (Ass’y 4 & 5) - 1 -
(All assemblies shown above include items 37 thru 45)
37 34-P-76 Shifter Cover 1 1 1
38 32-P-166 Shifter Fork 1 1 1
39 329225-12X Electric Shift Assembly 1 1 1
40 378447-4 Capscrew, Socket Head (.312"-18 x .750") 1 1 1
41 28-P-207 Oil Seal 1 1 1
42 379639 Indicator Switch 1 - 1
42 379652 Indicator Switch - 1 -
43 35-P-14 Gasket, Shifter Shaft Cover 1 1 1
44 65-P-23 Shifter Shaft Cover 1 1 1
45 378430-4 Capscrew, Hex Head (.312"-18 x .500") 4 4 4
47 35-P-8 Gasket, Shifter Cover 1 1 1
E-Z SHIFT CONVERSION KITS

328390-138X Cable to E-Z Shift (Ass’y 3 & 6) 1 - 1
328390-139X Cable to E-Z Shift (Ass’y 4 & 5) 1 - 1
328390-141X Cable to E-Z Shift, “Q” & “W” Ratios Only (Ass’y 3 & 6) - 1 -
328390-142X Cable to E-Z Shift, “Q” & “W” Ratios Only (Ass’y 4 & 5) - 1 -
328390-143X Cable to E-Z Shift, “R”, “S” & “U” Ratios Only (Ass’y 3 & 6) - 1 -
328390-144X Cable to E-Z Shift, “R”, “S” & “U” Ratios Only (Ass’y 4 & 5) - 1 -
328390-140X Lever to E-Z Shift 1 1 1
41
Olive
NOTICE: This document, including all attachments, contains confidential and proprietary information that is the property of The Artex Group, LLC, its subsidiaries and/or Branch,
affiliates MSUse
(“Artex”). 38654
of thisUSA
document is restricted to authorized
THE
GROUP LLC
PTOs
Power Take-Offs
Air Control Parts (“A” Designator)
Air Control Parts (“A” Designator) 442, 442GMT, 447 & 489 Series
50
PN: 01-108304
51
57
53
49
60
52
48
58
54
51
50
49
55
59
56

442 447 489
329361X Shifter Cover Assembly, Air Shift ( Includes Items 48-57) 1 1 1
48 34-P-130 Shifter Cover 1 1 1
49 378316 Snap Ring 2 2 2
50 378315 Cover Plug 2 2 2
51 28-P-42 O-Ring 2 2 2
52 37-P-21 Shifter Spring 1 1 1
53 11-P-75 Shaft, Shifter 1 1 1
54 28-P-41 O-Ring 1 1 1
55 32-P-180 Shifter Fork 1 1 1
56 378447-4 Capscrew, Socket Head w/ lockpatch (.312"-18 x .750") 1 1 1
57 379639 Indicator Switch (Normally OFF) 1 1 1
58 379904 Push Connect, for 1/4" tubing 1 1 1
59 35-P-8 Gasket, Shifter Cover 1 1 1
Air Shift Conversion Kits

328390-105X Lever to Air 12V 1 - -
328390-106X Lever to Air 24V 1 - -
328390-117X Lever or Cable to Air 1 1 1
328390-119X Lever or Cable to Electric/Air, 12V 1 1 1
328390-120X Lever or Cable to Electric/Air, 24V 1 1 1
42
The Artex Group LLC Toll free in the US: 877.839.5533 Phone 979.836.5533
8 www.artexgroupllc.com
Parker Mail: sales@artexgroupllc.com
Hannifin Corporation
Olive (“Artex”).
Branch, MSUse of thisUSA
38654 document is restricted to authorized
THE
GROUP LLC
PTOs

Shifter Kits
Shifter Kits 442, 442GMT, 447 & 489 Series PN: 01-108304
For P.T.O.’s ordered without the shifter (Shifter Type “H”), the kits shown below
will provide all the components required to complete the assembly.
Part Number Description Quantity

442 447 489
329106-39X Shifter Kit (Air Shift, “A” shift option) ............................................................... 1 - 1

329106-43X Shifter Kit (Air Shift, “P” shift option) ............................................................... 1 - 1
329106-45X Shifter Kit (Air Shift, “Q” shift option) ............................................................... 1 - 1
329106-71X Shifter Kit (Air Shift, “A” shift option) ............................................................... - 1 -
329106-75X Shifter Kit (Air Shift, “P” shift option) ............................................................... - 1 -
329106-77X Shifter Kit (Air Shift, “Q” shift option) ............................................................... - 1 -
329106-105X Shifter Kit (Wire Control 3 & 6, Q,W,X ratio; “W” shift option) .......................... 1 - 1
329106-106X Shifter Kit (Wire Control 4 & 5, Q,W,X ratio; “W” shift option) .......................... 1 - 1
329106-107X Shifter Kit (Wire Control 3 & 6, Q,W,X ratio; “X” shift option) ........................... 1 - 1
329106-108X Shifter Kit (Wire Control 4 & 5, Q,W,X ratio; “X” shift option) ........................... 1 - 1
329106-109X Shifter Kit (Wire Control 3 & 6, F,L,R,S,U ratio; “W” shift option) ..................... 1 - 1
329106-110X Shifter Kit (Wire Control 4 & 5, F,L,R,S,U ratio; “W” shift option) ..................... 1 - 1
329106-111X Shifter Kit (Wire Control 3 & 6, F,L,R,S,U ratio; “X” shift option) ...................... 1 - 1
329106-112X Shifter Kit (Wire Control 4 & 5, F,L,R,S,U ratio; “X” shift option) ...................... 1 - 1
329106-113X Shifter Kit (Wire Control 3 & 6, Q & W ratio; “W” shift option) .......................... - 1 -
329106-114X Shifter Kit (Wire Control 4 & 5, Q & W ratio; “W” shift option) .......................... - 1 -
329106-117X Shifter Kit (Wire Control 3 & 6, Q & W ratio; “X” shift option) ........................... - 1 -
329106-118X Shifter Kit (Wire Control 4 & 5, Q & W ratio; “X” shift option) ........................... - 1 -
329106-125X Shifter Kit (Easy Shift 12V, 3 & 6) .................................................................... 1 - 1
329106-126X Shifter Kit (Easy Shift 12V, 4 & 5) .................................................................... 1 - 1
329106-143X Shifter Kit (Wire Control 3 & 6, A & C ratio; “W” shift option) ........................... 1 - 1
329106-144X Shifter Kit (Wire Control 4 & 5, A & C ratio; “W” shift option) ........................... 1 - 1
329106-145X Shifter Kit (Wire Control 3 & 6, A & C ratio; “X” shift option) ............................ 1 - 1
329106-146X Shifter Kit (Wire Control 4 & 5, A & C ratio; “X” shift option) ............................ 1 - 1
329106-151X Shifter Kit (“V” shift option) ............................................................................. - 1 -
329106-153X Shifter Kit (“V” shift option) ............................................................................. 1 - 1
329143X Field Conversion Kit (Shifter Shaft) ................................................................. 1 1 1
43
Artex strictly prohibits unauthorized use of this document. Copyright © 2010, The Artex Group, LLC. All rightsParker
9 reserved.Hannifin Corporation
THE
GROUP LLC
PTOs
Constant Mesh Parts
Power Take-Offs (“Z Designator)
Constant Mesh Parts (“M” Designator) 442, 442GMT, 447 & 489 Series PN: 01-108304
86 82 85 82 85 86
84 84
Lockring Lockring
83 Input Ratio Gear 83 Input Ratio Gear
442 & 489 Series Ass’y 4 & 6 442 & 489 Series Ass’y 3 & 5
87 87
447 Series Ass’y 3 & 5 447 Series Ass’y 4 & 6

442 447 489
82 See Charts, Pgs 12-14 Gear, Output ....................................................................................... 1 - 1

83 See Charts, Pgs 12-14 Gear, Input .......................................................................................... 1 - 1
84 4-P-177 Spacer, Drive Shaft ............................................................................. 1 - 1
85 4-P-178 Spacer, Drive Shaft ............................................................................. 1 - 1
86 378391 Lockring (Shifter Type “M” ) ................................................................ 1 - 1
87 4-P-165 Spacer, Drive Shaft ............................................................................. - 1 -
N.S. 34-P-39 Cover Plate, Shifter ............................................................................. 1 1 1
N.S. 35-P-8 Gasket, Shifter Cover ......................................................................... 1 1 1
N.S. 378430-6 Capscrew, Hex Head (.312-18 X .625) ............................................... 4 4 4
N.S.— Not Shown
44
THE
GROUP LLC
Bulletin HY25-2442-M1/US Power Take-Offs PTOs

Self Lube Parts 442, 442GMT, 447 & 489 Series
Self Lube Parts
PN: 01-108304
NOTE: Pump must rotate in
direction of arrow
11
87
88
90 89
NOTE: Install Street Elbow

into idler shaft before
installing idler shaft
Pump assembly as shown is for “Q”, “W” and “X” ratios.

Rotate as needed for “A”, “C”, “F”, “H”, “L”, “R”, “S” and “U” ratios.

442 447 489
11 378430-10 Capscrew, Hex Head (.312"-18 x 1.00") ............................................. 4 4 4

87 3-P-857 Shaft, Output (“LD” Output) ................................................................ 1 1 1
3-P-858 Shaft, Output (“LA”, “LB”, “LC”, “LE”, “LF” Output) ............................ 1 1 1
88 329091X Lube Pump & Bearing Cap Assembly ................................................ 1 1 1
89 329092X Pressure Lube Hose Assembly .......................................................... 1 1 1
90 500841-1 Street Elbow, 90° ................................................................................ 1 1 1
45
The Artex Group LLC Toll free in the US: 877.839.5533 Phone 979.836.5533 www.artexgroupllc.com Mail:MSsales@artexgroupllc.com
Olive Branch, 38654 USA
THE
GROUP LLC
PTOs
Bulletin HY25-2442-M1/US Gear Chart - 442 Series
Power Take-Offs
Gear Chart — 442 Series 442, 442GMT, 447 & 489 Series
PN: 01-108304
Model Part Gear No.Teeth No.Teeth Model Part Gear No.Teeth No.Teeth
Number Number Type Input Gear Ratio Gear Number Number Type Input Gear Ratio Gear
Input Gears for L, Q, R, S, U, W & X Ratios 442**GQ 5-P-1150 Left Helix 26
442**AB 5-P-1001 Spur 19 442**GS 5-P-1152 Left Helix 29
442**AC 5-P-1002 Spur 19 442**GR 5-P-1157 Spur 23
442**AG 5-P-1003 Spur 22 442**HW 5-P-1235 Spur 35
442**AH 5-P-1004 Spur 22 442**HX 5-P-1236 Spur 32
442**AP 5-P-1006 Left Helix 21 442**HY 5-P-1237 Left Helix 26
442**AQ 5-P-1007 Left Helix 21
442**AR 5-P-1008 Left Helix 21 442**JA 5-P-1243 Left Helix 27
442**AW 5-P-1009 Left Helix 22 442**JD 5-P-1248 Left Helix 20
442**AX 5-P-1010 Left Helix 22 442**JG 5-P-1256 Left Helix 28
442**JH 5-P-1257 Left Helix 29
442**BA 5-P-1011 Left Helix 23 442**JK 5-P-1261 Left Helix 24
442**BC 5-P-1012 Left Helix 18 442**JM 5-P-1263 Left Helix 22
442**BG 5-P-1015 Left Helix 23 442**JP 5-P-1268 Left Helix 33
442**BH 5-P-1016 Right Helix 25 442**JS 5-P-1310 Left Helix 20
442**BJ 5-P-1017 Left Helix 25 442**JU 5-P-1316 Left Helix 25
442**BK 5-P-1018 Left Helix 23 442**JW 5-P-1319 Left Helix 23
442**BL 5-P-1019 Right Helix 22 Input Gears “A” Ratio Only
442**BM 5-P-1020 Left Helix 22 442*AAB 5-P-1279 Spur 19 14
442**BN 5-P-1021 Left Helix 22 442*AAH 5-P-1280 Spur 22 14
442**BP 5-P-1022 Right Helix 26 442*AAP 5-P-1282 Left Helix 21 14
442**BQ 5-P-1023 Left Helix 25 442*AAR 5-P-1283 Left Helix 21 14
442**BR 5-P-1024 Right Helix 26 442*ADA 5-P-1284 Spur 23 14
442**BS 5-P-1025 Left Helix 26 442*AES 5-P-1285 Left Helix 22 14
442**BU 5-P-1026 Spur 33 Input Gears “C” Ratio Only
442**BY 5-P-1027 Right Helix 26 442*CAB 5-P-1286 Spur 19 17
442**BZ 5-P-1028 Left Helix 26 442*CAH 5-P-1287 Spur 22 17
442*CAP 5-P-1289 Left Helix 21 17
442**CB 5-P-1029 Left Helix 25 442*CAR 5-P-1290 Left Helix 21 17
442**CD 5-P-1031 Left Helix 27 442*CDA 5-P-1291 Spur 23 17
442**CR 5-P-1036 Left Helix 17 442*CES 5-P-1292 Left Helix 22 17
Input Gears “F” Ratio Only
442**DA 5-P-1037 Spur 23 442*FAB 5-P-1076 Spur 19 21
442**DB 5-P-1038 Spur 39 442*FAH 5-P-1077 Spur 22 21
442**DC 5-P-1039 Spur 19 442*FAP 5-P-1079 Left Helix 21 21
442**DD 5-P-1040 Spur 20 442*FAR 5-P-1080 Left Helix 21 21
442**DH 5-P-1041 Left Helix 21 442*FBC 5-P-1081 Left Helix 18 21
442**DJ 5-P-1042 Left Helix 28 442*FBG 5-P-1082 Left Helix 23 21
442**DK 5-P-1043 Left Helix 26 442*FBM 5-P-1083 Left Helix 22 21
442**DM 5-P-1045 Left Helix 17 442*FBQ 5-P-1084 Left Helix 25 21
442**DN 5-P-1046 Left Helix 19 442*FDA 5-P-1085 Spur 23 21
442**DP 5-P-1047 Left Helix 27 442*FDJ 5-P-1086 Left Helix 28 21
442**DQ 5-P-1048 Left Helix 20 442*FDN 5-P-1087 Left Helix 19 21
442**DU 5-P-1050 Left Helix 28 442*FDU 5-P-1088 Left Helix 28 21
442**DX 5-P-1052 Left Helix 26 442*FEC 5-P-1089 Left Helix 36 21
442*FED 5-P-1090 Left Helix 34 21
442**EA 5-P-1054 Left Helix 26 442*FEP 5-P-1091 Right Helix 35 21
442**EC 5-P-1055 Left Helix 36 442*FES 5-P-1092 Left Helix 22 21
442**ED 5-P-1056 Left Helix 34 442*FET 5-P-1093 Left Helix 19 21
442**EL 5-P-1075 Right Helix 30 442*FEV 5-P-1094 Spur 40 21
442**EP 5-P-1057 Right Helix 35 442*FEW 5-P-1095 Left Helix 20 21
442**EQ 5-P-1058 Left Helix 30 442*FFE 5-P-1096 Left Helix 29 21
442**ES 5-P-1059 Left Helix 22 442*FFN 5-P-1097 Left Helix 26 21
442**EV 5-P-1060 Spur 40 442*FGQ 5-P-1149 Left Helix 26 21
442**EW 5-P-1061 Left Helix 20 442*FGS 5-P-1151 Left Helix 29 21
442*FHV 5-P-1300 Spur 24 21
442**FC 5-P-1064 Left Helix 26 442*FJS 5-P-1311 Left Helix 20 21
442**FE 5-P-1065 Left Helix 29 442*FJT 5-P-1314 Left Helix 19 21
442**FK 5-P-1067 Left Helix 21 442*FJU 5-P-1317 Left Helix 25 21
442**FL 5-P-1068 Left Helix 25 442*FJW 5-P-1320 Left Helix 23 21
442**FM 5-P-1069 Spur 28 Input Gears “H” Ratio Only
442**FN 5-P-1070 Left Helix 26 442*HAH 5-P-1364 Spur 22 23
442**FP 5-P-1071 Left Helix 23 442*HAD 5-P-1365 Spur 23 23
442**FW 5-P-1098 Left Helix 28
46
The Artex Group LLC Toll free in the US: 877.839.5533 Phone 979.836.5533 www.artexgroupllc.com Mail:
Olive Branch, MSsales@artexgroupllc.com
38654 USA
THE
GROUP LLC
PTOs
Bulletin HY25-2442-M1/US Ratio Gear Chart - 442 Series
Power Take-Offs
Ratio Gear Chart — 442 Series 442, 442GMT, 447 & 489 Series
PN: 01-108304
Input Ratio Gear Chart — 442 Series Output Gear Chart — 442 Series
Ratio Part Number No. Teeth Ratio Part Number No. Teeth
442*A See Chart Page 13 442*A 2-P-791 39
442*C See Chart Page 13 442*C 2-P-792 37
442*F See Chart Page 13 442*F 2-P-726 37
442*HAH See Chart Page 13 442*H 2-P-802 35
442*HDA See Chart Page 13 442*H 2-P-802 35
442*L 5-P-964 25 442*L 2-P-727 34
442*Q 5-P-965 19 442*Q 2-P-559 24
442*R 5-P-1214 22 442*R 2-P-559 24
442*S 5-P-966 24 442*S 2-P-637 22
442*U 5-P-967 26 442*U 2-P-560 20
442*W 5-P-968 26 442*W 2-P-561 17
442*X 5-P-969 38 442*X 2-P-728 21
Gear Chart — 447 Series

Model Part No. Helix No. Teeth* No. Teeth** Part No. No. Teeth
Number Input Gear Angle Input Gear Ratio Gear Output Gear Output Gear
447*QET 5-P-865 Left Helix 19 19 2-P-697 24
447*QES 5-P-869 Left Helix 22 19 2-P-697 24
447*QFX 5-P-979 Left Helix 24 19 2-P-697 24
447*QGP 5-P-1145 Spur 23 19 2-P-697 24
447*QCD 5-P-1178 Left Helix 27 19 2-P-697 24
447*QEV 5-P-1205 Spur 40 19 2-P-697 24
447*SET 5-P-866 Left Helix 19 24 2-P-698 22

447*SES 5-P-870 Left Helix 22 24 2-P-698 22
447*SFF 5-P-891 Left Helix 32 24 2-P-698 22
447*SEQ 5-P-892 Left Helix 30 24 2-P-698 22
447*SGP 5-P-1146 Spur 23 24 2-P-698 22
447*SCD 5-P-1179 Left Helix 27 24 2-P-698 22
447*SEV 5-P-1206 Spur 40 24 2-P-698 22
447*SJX 5-P-1270 Spur 40 24 2-P-698 22
447*RET 5-P-1215 Left Helix 19 22 2-P-697 24

447*RES 5-P-1216 Left Helix 22 22 2-P-697 24
447*RGP 5-P-1217 Spur 23 22 2-P-697 24
447*RCD 5-P-1218 Left Helix 27 22 2-P-697 24
447*REV 5-P-1219 Spur 40 22 2-P-697 24
447*UET 5-P-867 Left Helix 19 26 2-P-699 20

447*UES 5-P-871 Left Helix 22 26 2-P-699 20
447*UFE 5-P-889 Left Helix 29 26 2-P-699 20
447*UGP 5-P-1147 Spur 23 26 2-P-699 20
447*UCD 5-P-1180 Left Helix 27 26 2-P-699 20
447*UEV 5-P-1207 Spur 40 26 2-P-699 20
447*UJX 5-P-1271 Spur 40 26 2-P-699 20
447*WET 5-P-868 Left Helix 19 26 2-P-700 17

447*WES 5-P-872 Left Helix 22 26 2-P-700 17
447*WFE 5-P-890 Left Helix 29 26 2-P-700 17
447GWFH 5-P-900 Right Helix 20 26 2-P-700 17
447GWFG 5-P-901 Right Helix 18 26 2-P-700 17
447*WGD 5-P-988 Right Helix 19 26 2-P-700 17
447*WGP 5-P-1148 Spur 23 26 2-P-700 17
447*WCD 5-P-1181 Left Helix 27 26 2-P-700 17
447*WEV 5-P-1208 Spur 40 26 2-P-700 17
447*WJK 5-P-1272 Spur 40 26 2-P-700 17
* Input gear meshes with the transmission

** Ratio gear meshes with the P.T.O. Output Gear
NOTE: The unique design of the 447 Series input gear requires that the spacers used to shim the input bearings be placed opposite of the
normal position found on the 442 and 489 series. For the 447 Series install the Input gear spacers ( item # 18 on pg. 2)
on the idler shaft between the Input Gear and P.T.O. housing.
47
The Artex Group LLC Toll free in the US: 877.839.5533 Phone 979.836.5533 www.artexgroupllc.com Mail:
Olive Branch, MSsales@artexgroupllc.com
38654 USA
THE
GROUP LLC
PTOs
Gear Chart — 489 Series
Gear Chart - 489 Series
Power Take-Offs
442, 442GMT, 447 & 489 Series
PN: 01-108304
Input Gear Chart — 489 Series
Model Part Gear No.Teeth No.Teeth Model Part Gear No.Teeth No.Teeth
Number Number Type Input Gear Ratio Gear Number Number Type Input Gear Ratio Gear
489**AB 5-P-1001 Spur 19 489*CAB 5-P-1286 Spur 19 17
489**AH 5-P-1004 Spur 22 489*CAH 5-P-1287 Spur 22 17
489**AR 5-P-1008 Left Helix 21 489*CAR 5-P-1290 Left Helix 21 17
489**BG 5-P-1015 Left Helix 23 489*CDA 5-P-1291 Spur 23 17
489**DA 5-P-1037 Spur 23
489**DU 5-P-1050 Left Helix 28 489*FAB 5-P-1076 Spur 19 21
489**EV 5-P-1060 Spur 40 489*FAH 5-P-1077 Spur 22 21
489**DB 5-P-1038 Spur 39 489*FAR 5-P-1080 Left Helix 21 21
489**CR 5-P-1036 Left Helix 17 489*FBG 5-P-1082 Left Helix 23 21
489**HW 5-P-1235 Spur 35 489*FDA 5-P-1085 Spur 23 21
489**HX 5-P-1236 Spur 32 489*FDU 5-P-1088 Left Helix 28 21
489*FEV 5-P-1094 Spur 40 21
489*AAB 5-P-1279 Spur 19 14
489*AAH 5-P-1280 Spur 22 14 489*HAH 5-P-1364 Spur 22 23
489*AAR 5-P-1283 Left Helix 21 14 489*HDA 5-P-1365 Spur 23 23
489*ADA 5-P-1284 Spur 23 14
Ratio Gear Chart — 489 Series
Input Ratio Gear Chart — 489 Series Output Gear Chart — 489 Series
Ratio Part Number No. Teeth Ratio Part Number No. Teeth
489*A See Chart Above 489*A 2-P-791 39

489*C See Chart Above 489*C 2-P-792 37
489*F See Chart Above 489*F 2-P-726 37
449*HAH 5-P-1364 22-23 449*H 2-P-802 35
449*HDA 5-P-1365 23-23 449*H 2-P-802 35
489*L 5-P-964 25 489*L 2-P-727 34
489*Q 5-P-965 19 489*Q 2-P-559 24
489*R 5-P-1214 22 489*R 2-P-559 24
489*S 5-P-966 24 489*S 2-P-637 22
489*U 5-P-967 26 489*U 2-P-560 20
489*W 5-P-968 26 489*W 2-P-561 17
489*X 5-P-969 38 489*X 2-P-728 21
48
Parker (“Artex”). Use
Hannifin of this document is restricted to authorized
Corporation
14
THE
GROUP LLC
PTOs
Bulletin HY25-2442-M1/US Direct Mount Power
Direct Mount Pump Conversion Kits
Pump Take-Offs Conversion Kits
442, 442GMT, 447 & 489 Series
PN: 01-108304
Flange Suffix Flange Type Shaft Type Conversion Kit
AA Special for England .982"-6 Spline
AF S.A.E. “B” 2 or 4 Bolt 1.0"-15 Spline XD to AF 328591-30X
AK S.A.E. “B” 2 Bolt 7/8"-13 Spline XD to AK 328591-28X
AZ S.A.E. 4 Bolt 1-1/4"-14 Spline XD to AZ 328591-70X
FF S.A.E. “B” 2 or 4 Bolt 7/8" Round XD to FF 328591-29X
GA Rotatable S.A.E. “B” 2 Bolt  7/8"-13 Spline XD to GA 328591-72X
XR to GA 328591-73X
RA to GA 328591-106X
GB Rotatable S.A.E. “B” 4 Bolt  7/8"-13 Spline XD to GB 328591-74X
XR to GB 328591-75X
RB to GB 328591-107X
GF S.A.E. “BB” 2 or 4 Bolt  1.0"-15 Spline XD to GF 328591-71X
AF to GF 328591-108X
GH Rotatable S.A.E. “BB” 2 Bolt  1.0"-15 Spline XD to GH 328591-116X
RF to GH 328591-114X
GJ S.A.E. “B” 4 Bolt Rotatable  1.0"-15 Spline XD to GJ 328591-138X
RE to GJ 328591-114X
GK S.A.E. “B” 2 or 4 Bolt  7/8"-13 Spline XD to GK 328591-89X
XK to GK 328591-86X
GM Din 5462 Pump Mounting  DIN 5462 XD to GM 328591-148X
GP S.A.E. “A” Pilot 2 or 4 Bolt  7/8"-13 Spline XD to GP 328591-90X
XP to GP 328591-86X
 GQ S.A.E. “B” 2 or 4 Bolt  7/8"-13 Spline XD to GQ 328591-91X
XQ to GQ 328591-86X
GR Chelsea Special 4 Bolt  7/8"-13 Spline XD to GR 328591-76X
GY Din 5462 Pump Mounting  7/8"-13 Spline XD to GY 328591-92X
XY to GY 328591-87X
GZ Non-standard 4 Bolt  1-1/4"-14 Spline XD to GZ 328591-93X
AZ to GZ 328591-88X
 LA S.A.E. “B” 2 Bolt 7/8"-13 Spline AK to LA 328591-44X
 LB S.A.E. “A” Pilot 2 Bolt 7/8"-13 Spline XP to LB 328591-45X
 LC S.A.E. “B” 2 Or 4 Bolt 7/8"-13 Spline XQ to LC 328591-46X
 LD Similar to “XD” 1-1/4" Round XD to LD
 LE 6 Bolt Round 7/8"-13 Spline XN to LE 328591-47X
 LF S.A.E. “B” 2 or 4 Bolt 7/8"-13 Spline XK to LF 328591-48X
MY Din 5462 Pump Mounting DIN 5462 XD to MY 328591-146X
PA Parker P2-060 Pump Mounting 7/8"-13 Spline XD to PA 328591-143X
PF Parker P2-060 Pump Mounting 1.0"-15 Spline XD to PF 328591-142X
RA Rotatable S.A.E. “B” 2 Bolt 7/8"-13 Spline XD to RA 328591-55X
XR to RA 328591-53X
RB Rotatable S.A.E. “B” 4 Bolt 7/8"-13 Spline XD to RB 328591-56X
XR to RB 328591-54X
RC Rotatable S.A.E. “A” 2 Bolt 5/8"-9 Spline XD to RC 328591-112X
RD Rotatable S.A.E. “A” 2 Bolt 7/8"-13 Spline XD to RD 328591-113X
RE S.A.E. “B” 4 Bolt Rotatable 1.0"-15 Spline XD to RE 328591-134X
RF Rotatable S.A.E. “B” 2 Bolt 1.0"-15 Spline XD to RF 328591-78X
RY Rotatable DIN 5462 DIN 5462 XD to RY 328591-131X
XE S.A.E. “A” 2 or 4 Bolt 5/8"-9 Spline XD to XE 328591-27X
XG Non-standard-S.A.E. “A” 2 Bolt 3/4" Round w/ 3/16 key XD to XG 328591-10X
XJ Non-standard 2 Bolt 3/4" Round XD to XJ 328591-11X
XK S.A.E. “B” 2 or 4 Bolt 7/8"-13 Spline XD to XK 328591-16X
XL Non-standard 2 Bolt 7/8"-13 Spline XD to XL 328591-18X
XO S.A.E. “A” Pilot 2 Bolt 3/4" Round w/ 3/16 key XD to XO 328591-26X
XP S.A.E. “A” Pilot 2 Bolt 7/8"-13 Spline XD to XP 328591-23X
 XQ S.A.E. “B” 2 or 4 Bolt 7/8"-13 Spline XD to XQ 328591-17X
XR Chelsea Special 4 Bolt 7/8"-13 Spline XD to XR 328591-52X
XV Round Shaft 1-1/4" w/ set screw XD to XV 328591-130X
XX S.A.E Tapered Shaft 1-1/4" w/ 5/16" key XD to XX 328591-122X
XY Din 5462 Pump Mounting DIN 5462 XD to XY 328591-121X
NOTE: Check Current Price Sheet for Availability of Output Options
XR to “XK” Conversion Flange 21-P-525

 Shaft with Grease Fitting
 Similar to Ass’y “XK” Flange Rotated 90°
 Lube Pump Option
49
THE
GROUP LLC
PTOs
Bulletin HY25-2442-M1/US Output Options
Power Take-Offs Bill of Materials
Output Options Bills of Material 442, 442GMT, 447 & 489 Series
PN: 01-108304
Flange Assembly
Gasket
Output Shaft Lockring
Hex Socket Head Screw
Output Part Number Description Qty

AA 3-P-862 Output Shaft ................................................................................................................... 1
28-P-216 Oil Seal ........................................................................................................................... 1
239102X Bearing Cap Assy.(21-P-532) ......................................................................................... 1
378447-8 Socket Head Capscrew (.312" - 18 x 1.5") ..................................................................... 4
AF 3-P-854 Output Shaft ................................................................................................................... 1

28-P-219 Oil Seal ........................................................................................................................... 1
AK 3-P-282 Output Shaft ................................................................................................................... 1

28-P-216 Oil Seal ........................................................................................................................... 1
AZ 3-P-844 Output Shaft ................................................................................................................... 1

28-P-230 Oil Seal ........................................................................................................................... 1
379982 Hex Washer Flange Bolt (.312" - 18 x 2.5") ..................................................................... 4
FF 3-P-851 Output Shaft ................................................................................................................... 1

28-P-219 Oil Seal ........................................................................................................................... 1
329088X Bearing Cap Assy. (21-P-522) ........................................................................................ 1
G* 3-P-923X “GA”, “GB”, “GR”, Shaft Assemblies ............................................................................... 1 or

3-P-921X “GF” Shaft Assemblies ................................................................................................... 1 or
3-P-933X “GQ”, “GK”, “GP” Shaft Assemblies ................................................................................ 1 or
3-P-938X “GM”, “GY” Shaft Assemblies ......................................................................................... 1 or
3-P-939X “GZ” Shaft Assemblies ................................................................................................... 1 or
3-P-941X “GH”, “GJ” Shaft Assemblies .......................................................................................... 1
500168-2 Lube Fitting (Zerk) .......................................................................................................... 1
379819 Grease Fitting Cap ......................................................................................................... 1
379688 Coupling Lube Pack (5/8 fl.oz) ........................................................................................ 1
28-P-268 Rear Bearing Cap Shaft Oil Seal ..................................................................................... 1
328273X Rear Bearing Cap Assembly ........................................................................................... 1
378430-10 Rear Bearing Cap Hex Head Capscrew ......................................................................... 4
L* 3-P-857 Output Shaft (“LD”) ......................................................................................................... 1

3-P-858 Output Shaft (“LA”, “LB”, “LC”, “LF”) ............................................................................... 1
329091X Lube Pump & Bearing Cap Assy. .................................................................................... 1
329092X Pressure Lube Hose Assy. ............................................................................................. 1
500841-1 Elbow 90° Street ............................................................................................................. 1
378430-10 Hex Capscrew (.312" - 18 x 1.0") ................................................................................... 4
MY 3-P-768 Output Shaft ................................................................................................................... 1

28-P-275 Oil Seal ........................................................................................................................... 1
Continued on following page
50
16 www.artexgroupllc.com Mail: sales@artexgroupllc.com
Parker Hannifin Corporation
employees, customers and agents of Artex, to aid in repair and preventive maintenance of equipment manufactured by Artex. This document may not be altered, reproduced Olive orBranch, MS 38654
re-transmitted without USA
THE
GROUP LLC
PTOs
PN: 01-108304
Output Part Number Description
PA 3-P-283 Output Shaft ................................................................................................................... 1

28-P-216 Oil Seal ........................................................................................................................... 1
21-P-661 Pump Flange .................................................................................................................. 1
328170-207X Capscrew Bag Kit ........................................................................................................... 1
PF 3-P-924 Output Shaft ................................................................................................................... 1

28-P-219 Oil Seal ........................................................................................................................... 1
21-P-661 Pump Flange .................................................................................................................. 1
28-P-271 O-Ring ............................................................................................................................ 1
RA 3-P-283 Output Shaft ................................................................................................................... 1

28-P-216 Oil Seal ........................................................................................................................... 1
21-P-628 Pump Flange (Ship Loose with unit) ................................................................................ 1
378447-6 Socket Head Capscrew .................................................................................................. 4
RB 3-P-283 Output Shaft ................................................................................................................... 1

28-P-216 Oil Seal ........................................................................................................................... 1
21-P-572 Pump Flange (Ship Loose with unit) ................................................................................ 1
RC 3-P-800 Output Shaft ................................................................................................................... 1

28-P-216 Oil Seal ........................................................................................................................... 1
329322X Bearing Cap Assy (21-P-640) ......................................................................................... 1
21-P-638 Pump Flange .................................................................................................................. 1
378447-4 Socket Head Capscrew (.312" - 18 x .75") ..................................................................... 6
RE 3-P-924 Output Shaft ................................................................................................................... 1

28-P-219 Oil Seal ........................................................................................................................... 1
21-P-654 Pump Flange .................................................................................................................. 1
28-P-271 O-Ring ............................................................................................................................ 1
RF 3-P-924 Output Shaft ................................................................................................................... 1

28-P-219 Oil Seal ........................................................................................................................... 1
21-P-626 Pump Flange .................................................................................................................. 1
28-P-271 O-Ring ............................................................................................................................ 1
RY 3-P-768 Output Shaft ................................................................................................................... 1

21-P-625 Pump Flange .................................................................................................................. 1
329356X Bearing Cap Assy (21-P-532) ......................................................................................... 1
329355-1X Standard Loose Parts Kit ................................................................................................ 1
379740-6 Socket Head Capscrew (M10 - 1.5" x .984") .................................................................. 3
22-P-100 Gasket ........................................................................................................................... 1
22-P-84 Gasket ........................................................................................................................... 1
379231 Pipe Plug ........................................................................................................................ 2
51
employees, customers and agents of Artex, to aid in repair and preventive maintenance of equipment manufactured by Artex. This document may not be altered, reproduced OliveorBranch, MS 38654
re-transmitted USA
without the express written authorization of Artex.
THE
GROUP LLC
PTOs
PN: 01-108304
XE 3-P-800 Output Shaft ................................................................................................................... 1

28-P-216 Oil Seal ........................................................................................................................... 1
XG 3-P-281 Output Shaft ................................................................................................................... 1

28-P-216 Oil Seal ........................................................................................................................... 1
XJ 3-P-284 Output Shaft ................................................................................................................... 1

28-P-216 Oil Seal ........................................................................................................................... 1
XK 3-P-282 Output Shaft ................................................................................................................... 1

28-P-216 Oil Seal ........................................................................................................................... 1
XL 3-P-283 Output Shaft ................................................................................................................... 1

28-P-216 Oil Seal ........................................................................................................................... 1
XO 3-P-284 Output Shaft ................................................................................................................... 1

28-P-216 Oil Seal ........................................................................................................................... 1
XP 3-P-282 Output Shaft ................................................................................................................... 1

28-P-216 Oil Seal ........................................................................................................................... 1
XQ 3-P-282 Output Shaft ................................................................................................................... 1

28-P-216 Oil Seal ........................................................................................................................... 1
XR 3-P-283 Output Shaft ................................................................................................................... 1

28-P-216 Oil Seal ........................................................................................................................... 1
329194X Bearing Cap Assembly (21-P-574) ................................................................................. 1
379673 Hex Shoulder Screw (.312" - 24) .................................................................................... 4
379063 Flat Washer .................................................................................................................... 4
328711X Pump Mounting Kit .......................................................................................................... 1
378919 Washer ........................................................................................................................... 4
500963-1 Hex Lock Nut (.312" - 24) ............................................................................................... 4
XV 3-P-202 Output Shaft ................................................................................................................... 1

28-P-216 Oil Seal ........................................................................................................................... 1
329273X Bearing Cap Assy. for 660 & 680 Series .......................................................................... 1 or
378430-10 Hex Capscrew (.312" - 18 x 1.0") ................................................................................... 4
500007-29 Woodruff Key .................................................................................................................. 1
379828 Companion Flange .......................................................................................................... 1
378431-8 Set Screw ....................................................................................................................... 1
52
employees, customers and agents of Artex, to aid in repair and preventive maintenance of equipment manufactured by Artex. This document may not be altered, reproduced Olive orBranch, MS 38654
re-transmitted without USA
THE
GROUP LLC
PTOs
Output Options Bill of Materials
PN: 01-108304
XX 3-P-766 Output Shaft ................................................................................................................... 1

28-P-216 Oil Seal ........................................................................................................................... 1
329273X Bearing Cap Assy. for 660 & 680 Series .......................................................................... 1 or
378430-10 Hex Capscrew (.312" - 18 x 1.0") ................................................................................... 4
379111 Square Key ..................................................................................................................... 1
501181 Hex Locknut (1.0" - 20) .................................................................................................. 1
XY 3-P-768 Output Shaft ................................................................................................................... 1

28-P-275 Oil Seal ........................................................................................................................... 1
53
THE
GROUP LLC
PTOs
P.T.O. Housing Dimensions
P.T.O.
PowerHousing
Take-Offs Dimensions
442, 442GMT, 447 & 489 Series
PN: 01-108304
Part
P.T.O. Series Number CA CB CD CH CV
442/447 Standard 1-P-557X 0.793 3.800 (F,H,L,R,S,U) 3.317 (F,H,L,R,S,U) 6.428 7.000
3.701 (Q,W,X) 3.087 (Q,W,X )
3.568 (A,C) 3.050 (A,C)
442/447 Deep Mount 1-P-558X 0.573 3.580 (F,H,L,R,S,U) 3.317 (F,H,L,R,S,U) 6.207 7.000
3.481 (Q,W,X) 3.087 (Q,W,X )
3.348 (A,C) 3.050 (A,C)
489 Standard 1-P-552X 1.072 4.079 (F,H,L,R,S,U) 3.317 (F,H,L,R,S,U) 6.708 8.500
3.980 (Q,W,X) 3.087 (Q,W,X)
3.847 (A,C) 3.050 (A,C)
489 Deep Mount 1-P-562X 0.930 3.937 (F,H,L,R,S,U) 3.317 (F,H,L,R,S,U) 6.566 8.500
3.838 (Q,W,X) 3.087 (Q,W,X)
3.705 (A,C) 3.050 (A,C)
Assembly Arrangements
.500" .500"
3 4
.500" .500"
5 6
54
The Artex Group LLC Toll free in the US: 877.839.5533 Phone 979.836.5533 www.artexgroupllc.com
Chelsea Mail: sales@artexgroupllc.com
Products Division
Olive
affiliates MS 38654
(“Artex”). USA
Use of this document is restricted to authorized
THE
GROUP LLC
PTOs
Pump Flange & Shaft Dimensions
Pump Flange & Shaft Dimensions 442, 442GMT, 447 & 489 Series
PN: 01-108304
Bolt Holes FC FD FE FF FH Output Shaft

Pump Bolt No. Female Face to Face Face to
Flange Circle Tapped Equally Pilot Pilot end of thru Center Hole Keyway
Suffix Dia. Hole Spaced Dia. Depth Shaft Hole of P.T.O. Diameter Width
AA 2.834 M10-1.5 6 2.05 N/A N/A N/A 3.447 .982/.816 - 6 Spline —
AF, GF 5.750 .500"-13 2 4.003 0.406 0.516 1.984 4.322 1"-15 Spline —
5.000 .500"-13 4 4.003 0.406 0.516 1.984 4.322 — —
AK 5.750 .500"-13 2 4.003 0.406 0.562 2.062 3.688 7/8" - 13 Spline —
AZ, GZ 5.000 .500"-13 4 4.003 0.406 0.695 2.392 4.985 11/4" - 14 Spline —
FF 5.750 .500"-13 2 4.003 0.406 0.516 1.984 4.322 7/8" Round 1/4"
5.000 .500"-13 4 4.003 0.406 0.516 1.984 4.322 — —
MY, GM 3.15 x 3.15 M12-1.75 12 3.152 0.393 0.594 2.508 4.697 DIN 5462 —
PA 5.750 0.536 2 4.003 0.406 0.558 2.058 4.588 7/8"-13 Spline —
PF 5.750 0.536 2 4.003 0.406 0.501 1.969 4.569 1"-15 Spline —
RA, GA 5.750 .500"-13 2 4.003 0.406 0.558 2.058 4.588 7/8"-13 Spline —
RB, GB 5.000 .500"-13 4 4.003 0.406 0.558 2.058 4.588 7/8"-13 Spline —
RC 4.188 .375"-16 2 3.253 0.270 0.525 1.462 3.694 5/8"-9 Spline —
RD 4.188 .375"-16 2 3.253 0.270 0.525 1.462 3.694 7/8"-13 Spline —
RE, GJ 3.532 x 3.532 .500"13 4 4.003 0.406 0.501 1.969 4.569 1.0"-15 Spline
RF, GH 5.750 .500"-13 2 4.003 0.406 0.501 1.969 4.569 1"-15 Spline —
RY 3.150 M12-1.75 4 3.152 0.394 0.360 2.274 4.790 DIN 5462 —
XE 5.000 .500"-13 4 3.253 0.344 0.562 1.500 3.688 5/8"-9 Spline —
XG 4.188 .375"-16 4 3.253 0.562 0.593 2.218 4.562 3/4" Round 3/16"
XJ 4.188 .375"-16 4 3.253 0.562 1.406 2.906 4.562 3/4" Round 3/16"
XK, GK 5.750 .531"-134 2 4.003 0.406 0.562 2.062 3.688 7/8"-13 Spline —
5.000 .531"-134 4 4.003 0.406 0.562 2.062 3.688 — —
XL 4.188 .375"-16 4 3.253 0.562 0.562 2.062 4.562 7/8"-13 Spline —
XO 5.000 .500"-13 4 3.253 0.344 0.562 2.062 3.688 3/4" Round 3/16"
4.188 .375-16 2 3.253 0.344 0.562 2.062 3.688 — —
XP, GP 5.000 .500"-13 4 3.253 0.344 0.562 2.062 3.688 7/8"-13 Spline —
4.188 .375"-16 2 3.253 0.344 0.562 2.062 3.688 — —
XY, GY 4.454 M12-1.75 4 3.152 0.393 0.594 2.508 4.697 DIN 5462 —
XQ, GQ 5.750 .500"-13 2 4.003 0.406 0.562 2.062 3.688 7/8"-13 Spline —
5.000 .500"-13 4 4.003 0.406 0.562 2.062 3.688 — —
XR, GR 3.710 .312"-24(Studs) 4 2.752 0.281 N/A N/A 2.809 7/8"-13 Spline —
 Rotatable Flange Rotates in 30° Increments

 Two Set of Holes Spaced 14° Apart
 Not Tapped
NOTE: To convert an “XR” to an “XK”, use conversion flange number 21-P-525
55
The Artex Group LLC Toll free in the US: 877.839.5533 Phone 979.836.5533 www.artexgroupllc.com Mail: MS
Olive Branch, sales@artexgroupllc.com
38654 USA
THE
GROUP LLC
PTOs
442GMT Assembly Drawing
442GMT Assembly Drawing
Power Take-Offs
442, 442GMT, 447 & 489 Series
PN: 01-108304
P.T.O. Switch
56
Olive
affiliates MSUse
(“Artex”). 38654
of thisUSA
document is restricted to authorized
THE
GROUP LLC
PTOs
442GMT Bill of Materials 442GMT
442, 442GMT, 447 & Bill
Power Take-Offs
of Materials
489 Series
Wiring Harness
PN: 01-108304
14
379640 To G.M. P.T.O.
Booted Connector Connector
329333X Installation Kit 442 P.T.O. (Includes 329333-1X, 329333-2X, ..................................... 1 or

329333-3X & 329333-4X)
329333-1X Pump Tube Kit (Includes 329333-2X)
1 379846 Tube Assembly Pump, Suction ............................................................................. 1
2 379845 Tube Assembly Pump, Discharge ......................................................................... 1
329333-2X Pump Tube Support Kit
3 379848 Bracket, Hydraulic Tube Support ........................................................................... 1
4 379706 Bolt, 13mm Clamp Tube (M10 x 1.5) .....................................................................
5 379141-9 Nut, 13mm Clamp Tube (M10 x 1.5) .................................................................... 1
6 501211-8 Clamp, Discharge 3/4" ........................................................................................... 1
7 501211-12 Clamp, Suction 1" ................................................................................................. 1
8 379892 Bolt, Hex Flange Head (M8 X 1.25) ...................................................................... 1
9 379893 Nut, Hex Flange Head (M8 X 1.25) ....................................................................... 1
329333-3X Heat Shield Kit
10 379847 Heat Shield ........................................................................................................... 1
329333-5X Heat Shield Installation Kit .................................................................................... 1
11 379862 Heat Shield Bracket .............................................................................................. N.S.S.
12 378430-8 Hex Head Capscrew (.3125"-18 x .750") .............................................................. N.S.S.
13 379872 U-Nut .................................................................................................................... N.S.S.
329333-4X Wiring Harness
14 379895 Wiring Harness Assembly w/379640 Booted Connector ....................................... N.S.S.
15 379857 P.T.O. Switch ......................................................................................................... N.S.S.
16 328591-112X Pump Field Conversion Kit (Converts “XD” to “RC”) ................................................. 1
N.S.S. - Not Sold Seperately
442GMT Pumps
Pump Model Cubic Inch Gals/Min Maximum Maximum
Number (Item 17) Displacement @ 1000 R.P.M. Pressure (PSI) Speed (R.P.M.)
CGP-P5A008-1AA 0.18 0.80 4400 4000
CGP-P5A010-1AA 0.23 1.00 4400 4000
CGP-P5A013-1AA 0.31 1.34 4400 4000
CGP-P5A019-1AA 0.44 1.90 4400 3300
CGP-P11A016-1AC 0.37 1.60 4400 4000
CGP-P11A021-1AC 0.49 2.10 4400 4000
CGP-P11A026-1AC 0.60 2.60 4400 3600
CGP-P11A029-1AC 0.67 2.90 4400 3600
CGP-P11A037-1AC 0.85 3.70 4400 3300
CGP-P14A049-1AE 1.13 4.90 3000 3600
CGP-P14A062-1AE 1.43 6.20 3000 3400
442GMT Pumps & Fittings

Pump Fitting Swivel Nut Std Th’d O-Ring Swivel Nut Std Th’d O-Ring
Series Kit (Item 18) Suction Suction Discharge Discharge
CGP-P5 329335-1X 379866* 379870 379868* 379869
CGP-P11 329335-2X 379866* 379867 - 379850*
CGP-P14 329335-3X - 379849* - 379850*
* 45° Elbow Fitting

57
THE
GROUP LLC
PTOs
Model Number Designation
Bulletin HY25-2442-M1/US Power Take-Offs PN: 01-108304
Model Number Designation 442, 442GMT, 447 & 489 Series
442 X Q AB X – Y 3 XD
BASIC MODEL OUTPUTTYPE

AK = SAE “B” 2 Bolt 7/8" 13T LF = SAE “B” 2 or 4 Bolt w/Self Lube 7/8" 13T
442
AF = SAE “BB” 2 or 4 Bolt 1" 15T MY = DIN 5462 8T
MOUNTING TYPE AZ = SAE “B” 4 Bolt 1-1/4" 14T RA = Rotatable SAE “B” 2 Bolt 7/8" 13T
G = Standard Mount W/Metric Studs FF = SAE “B” 2 or 4 Bolt 7/8" Rd RB = Rotatable SAE “B” 4 Bolt 7/8" 13T
K = Standard Mount Less Stud Kit GA = Greaseable Rotatable “B” 2 Bolt 7/8" 13T RC = Rotatable SAE “A” 2 Bolt 5/8" 9T
L = Deep Mount Less Stud Kit GB = Greaseable Rotatable “B” 4 Bolt 7/8" 13T RD = Rotatable SAE “A” 2 Bolt 7/8" 13T
X = Standard Mount GF = Greaseable SAE “BB” 2 or 4 Bolt 1" 15T RE = Rotatable SAE “BB” 4 Bolt 1" 15T
Z = Deep Mount GH = Greaseable Rot. SAE “BB” 2 Bolt 1" 15T RF = Rotatable SAE “BB” 2 Bolt 1" 15T
GEAR RATIO GJ = Greaseable Rot. SAE “BB” 4 Bolt 1" 15T RY = Rotatable DIN 5462 8T
A = 0.391:1 R = 0.941:1 GK = Greaseable SAE “B” 2 or 4 Bolt 7/8" 13T XD = 1-1/4" Rd Standard Shaft
C = 0.489:1 S = 1.205:1 GM = Greaseable DIN 5462 8T XE = SAE “A” 2 or 4 Bolt 5/8" 9T
F = 0.520:1 U = 1.410:1 GP = Greaseable SAE “B” 2 or 4 Bolt 7/8" 13T XG = SAE “A” 2 Bolt 3/4" Rd
H = 0.716:1 W = 1.713:1 GQ = Greaseable SAE “B” 2 or 4 Bolt 7/8" 13T XJ = SAE “A” 2 Bolt 3/4" Rd
L = 0.691:1 X = 2.000:1 GR = Greaseable Chelsea Special 7/8" 13T XK = SAE “B” 2 or 4 Bolt 7/8" 13T
Q = 0.865:1 GY = Greaseable DIN 5462 8T XL = SAE “A” 2 Bolt 7/8" 13T
GZ = Greaseable SAE “B” 4 Bolt 1-1/4" 14T XO = SAE “A” 2 Bolt 3/4" Rd
INPUT GEAR DESIGNATOR
LA = SAE “B” 2 Bolt w/Self Lube Pump 7/8" 13T XP = SAE “B” 2 or 4 Bolt 7/8" 13T
LUBRICATION LB = SAE “A” 2 Bolt w/Self Lube Pump 7/8" 13T XQ = SAE “B” 2 or 4 Bolt 7/8" 13T
X = No Lubrication LC = SAE “B” 2 or 4 Bolt w/Self Lube 7/8" 13T XR= Chelsea Special 7/8" 13T
P = Pressure Lube LD = 1-1/4" RD w/Self Lube Pump XX= Tapered Output Shaft
ASSEMBLY ARRANGEMENT
XY= DIN 5462 8T
3, 4, 5, 6
SHIFTER TYPE
A = Air Shift U = P.T.O. & Pump Valve with Kick
C = Heavy Duty Bracket Less Cable out Less Neutral Spring Return
H = No Wire Shift Cover V = Air Shift Less Installation Kit
M = Constant Mesh W = Cable Shift
P = 12 Volt Electric/Air X = Wire Less Cable & Knob
Q = 24 Volt Electric/Air Z = E-Z Shift - 12 Volt
S = Combo Valve
T = P.T.O. & Dump Pump Combo
Valve Less Kick-out
58
THE
GROUP LLC
PTOs
Model Number Designation
Power Take-Offs
Model Number Designation 442, 442GMT, 447 & 489 Series PN: 01-108304
447 A U FY X – A 5 XE
BASIC MODEL OUTPUTTYPE

447 AK = SAE “B” 2 Bolt 7/8" 13T LF = SAE “B” 2 or 4 Bolt
AF = SAE “BB” 2 or 4 Bolt 1" 15T w/Self Lube 7/8" 13T
MOUNTING TYPE
AZ = SAE “B” 4 Bolt 1-1/4" 14T MY = DIN 5462 8T
Z= Deep Mounting
FF = SAE “B” 2 or 4 Bolt 7/8" Rd RA = Rotatable SAE “B” 2 Bolt 7/8" 13T
G= Standard Mount W/Metric Studs
GA = Greaseable Rotatable “B” 2 Bolt 7/8" 13T RB = Rotatable SAE “B” 4 Bolt 7/8" 13T
K= Standard Mount Less Stud Kit
GB = Greaseable Rotatable “B” 4 Bolt 7/8" 13T RC = Rotatable SAE “A” 2 Bolt 5/8" 9T
L = Deep Mount Less Stud Kit
GF = Greaseable SAE “BB” 2 or 4 Bolt 1" 15T RD = Rotatable SAE “A” 2 Bolt 7/8" 13T
GH = Greaseable Rot. SAE “BB” 2 Bolt 1" 15T RE = Rotatable SAE “BB” 4 Bolt 1" 15T
GEAR RATIO GJ = Greaseable Rot. SAE “BB” 4 Bolt 1" 15T RF = Rotatable SAE “BB” 2 Bolt 1" 15T
Q = 0.865:1 GK = Greaseable SAE “B” 2 or 4 Bolt 7/8" 13T RY = Rotatable DIN 5462 8T
R = 0.941:1 GM = Greaseable DIN 5462 8T XD = 1-1/4" Rd Standard Shaft
S = 1.205:1 GP = Greaseable SAE “B” 2 or 4 Bolt 7/8" 13T XE = SAE “A” 2 or 4 Bolt 5/8" 9T
U = 1.410:1 GQ = Greaseable SAE “B” 2 or 4 Bolt 7/8" 13T XG = SAE “A” 2 Bolt 3/4" Rd
W = 1.713:1 GR = Greaseable Chelsea SpeciaL 7/8" 13T XJ = SAE “A” 2 Bolt 3/4" Rd
INPUT GEAR DESIGNATOR GY = Greaseable DIN 5462 8 T XK = SAE “B” 2 or 4 Bolt 7/8" 13T
GZ = Greaseable SAE “B” 4 Bolt 1-1/4" 14T XL = SAE “A” 2 Bolt 7/8" 13T
LUBRICATION
LA = SAE “B” 2 Bolt W/Self Lube Pump 7/8" 13T XO = SAE “A” 2 Bolt 3/4" Rd
X = No Lubrication
LB = SAE “A” 2 Bolt W/Self Lube Pump 7/8" 13T XP = SAE “B” 2 or 4 Bolt 7/8" 13T
P = Pressure Lube
LC = SAE “B” 2 or 4 Bolt W/Self Lube 7/8" 13T XQ = SAE “B” 2 or 4 Bolt 7/8" 13T
LD = 1-1/4" RD W/Self Lube Pump XR = Chelsea Special 7/8" 13T
ASSEMBLY ARRANGEMENT XX = Tapered Output Shaft
3, 4, 5, 6 XY = DIN 5462 8T
SHIFTER TYPE
A = Air Shift T = P.T.O. & Dump Pump Combo
C = Heavy Duty Bracket Less Cable Valve Less Kick-out
H = No Wire Shift Cover U = P.T.O. & Pump Valve with Kick
M = Constant Mesh Out Less Neutral Spring Return
P = 12 Volt Electric/Air V = Air Shift Less Installation Kit
Q = 24 Volt Electric/Air W = Cable Shift
S = Combo Valve X = Wire Less Cable & Knob
Z = E-Z Shift
59
THE
GROUP LLC
PTOs
Bulletin HY25-2442-M1/US Model
PowerNumber
Take-Offs Designation
Model Number Designation 442, 442GMT, 447 & 489 Series PN: 01-108304
489 X F AH X – P 3 XD
BASIC MODEL OUTPUT TYPE

489 AK = SAE “B” 2 Bolt 7/8" 13T
AF = SAE “BB” 2 or 4 Bolt 1" 15T
MOUNTING TYPE
G = Standard Mount w/Metric Stud Kit AZ = SAE “B” 4 Bolt 1-1/4" 14T
X = Standard Mount FF = SAE “B” 2 or 4 Bolt 7/8" Rd
Z = Deep Mount GA = Greaseable Rotatable “B” 2 Bolt 7/8" 13T
GB = Greaseable Rotatable “B” 4 Bolt 7/8" 13T
GF = Greaseable SAE “BB” 2 or 4 Bolt 1" 15T
GEAR RATIO GH = Greaseable Rot. SAE “BB” 2 Bolt 1" 15T
A = 0.391:1 R = 0.941:1 GJ = Greaseable Rot. SAE “BB” 4 Bolt 1" 15T
C = 0.489:1 S = 1.200:1 GK = Greaseable SAE “B” 2 or 4 Bolt 7/8" 13T
F = 0.520:1 U = 1.410:1 GM = Greaseable DIN 5462 8T
H = 0.716:1 W= 1.714:1 GP = Greaseable SAE “B” 2 or 4 Bolt 7/8" 13T
L = 0.691:1 X = 2.000:1 GQ = Greaseable SAE “B” 2 or 4 Bolt 7/8" 13T
Q = 0.865:1 GR = Greaseable Chelsea Special 7/8" 13T
INPUT GEAR DESIGNATOR GY = Greaseable DIN 5462 8T
GZ = Greaseable SAE “B” 4 Bolt 1-1/4" 14T
LUBRICATION
LA = SAE “B” 2 Bolt w/Self Lube Pump 7/8" 13T
X = No Lubrication
LB = SAE “A” 2 Bolt w/Self Lube Pump 7/8" 13T
P = Pressure Lube
LC = SAE “B” 2 or 4 Bolt w/Self Lube 7/8" 13T
SHIFTER TYPE LD = 1-1/4" Rd w/Self Lube Pump
A = Air Shift LF = SAE “B” 2 or 4 Bolt w/Self Lube 7/8" 13T
C = Heavy Duty Bracket Less Cable MY = DIN 5462 8T
H = No Wire Shift Cover PA = Special SAE “B” 2 Bolt 7/8"-13 Spline
M = Constant Mesh PF = Special SAE “B” 2 Bolt 1"-15 Spline
P = 12 Volt Electric/Air RA = Rotatable SAE “B” 2 Bolt 7/8" 13T
Q = 24 Volt Electric/Air RB = Rotatable SAE “B” 4 Bolt 7/8" 13T
S = Combo Valve RC = Rotatable SAE “A” 2 Bolt 5/8" 9T
T = P.T.O. & Dump Pump Combo RD = Rotatable SAE “A” 2 Bolt 7/8" 13T
Valve Less Kick-out RE = Rotatable SAE “BB” 4 Bolt 1" 15T
U = P.T.O. & Pump Valve with Kick RF = Rotatable SAE “BB” 2 Bolt 1" 15T
out Less Neutral Spring Return RY = Rotatable DIN 5462 8T
V = Air Shift Less Installation Kit XD = 1-1/4" Rd Standard Shaft
W = Cable Shift XE = SAE “A” 2 or 4 Bolt 5/8" 9T
X = Wire Less Cable & Knob XG = SAE “A” 2 Bolt 3/4" Rd
Z = E-Z Shift XJ = SAE “A” 2 Bolt 3/4" Rd
XK = SAE “B” 2 or 4 Bolt 7/8" 13T
XL = SAE “A” 2 Bolt 7/8" 13T
XO = SAE “A” 2 Bolt 3/4" Rd
XP = SAE “B” 2 or 4 Bolt 7/8" 13T
XQ = SAE “B” 2 or 4 Bolt 7/8" 13T
XR = Chelsea Special 7/8" 13T
XX = Tapered Output Shaft
XY = DIN 5462 8T
ASSEMBLY ARRANGEMENT
3, 4, 5, 6
60

THE
GROUP LLC
General
Drive Shafts
PN: 01-108305
Linkage between PTO and pump
1. Generator Pump Drive Shaft PN: 107535

2. Winch Pump Drive Shaft PN:107534
61
THE
GROUP LLC
Winch Assembly
The Artex Group LLC

Phone 979.836.5533

PLATINUM
REGISTRATION, INC.
THE
GROUP LLC
Winch Assembly
Overhead Spooler
PN: 02-105784
1. Hydraulic Cylinder 3x8 PN:100183 The overhead spooler is designed to assists in the
2. Boom Riser PN:105782 spooling of various types of cables, for the use in
3. Bearing 1½ Diameter PN:100606 wireline operations. It can hold different types of
4. Hydraulic Cylinder 2x8 PN:100182 measuring heads, which measure the depth and
5. Bearing 1¾ Diameter PN: 102078 tension of the cable as it travels down hole.
6. OH Boom Shaft PN:105779
7. Spooler Boom PN:100032
3 4 5 6 3
2 2
5 7
63
THE
GROUP LLC
Winch Assembly
Drum
PN: 108657
950 Split Direct Drive System Features
• High zinc rich primer, paint.

• Hydrostatic closed loop hydraulic system.
• 3 fpm – 800 fpm drum speeds.
• Certified welds.
Model: 481809D5 950 Split
64
44.00
1 X 5 X 12 LONG, STEEL FLAT,

(12) 3/4-16 UNF HOLES X 1.50" DEEP 16 PCS. EQUALY SPACED, EACH
18.00 9.00 EQUALLY SPACED ON A 16.75 BC FLANGE
6.75
DRILL FOR
COLLECTOR
Ø14.460
Ø18.00 Ø42.00 Ø48.00
Ø3.435 Ø14.475
45° 11.00
Ø3.430
45°
3
8 DRILL THRU
FOR E-LINE FEED;
HAND GRIND TO 3.00
REMOVE ALL
SHARP EDGES 5.00
32.00 DRILL FOR COLLECTOR
34.00 1/4-20 HOLE; .50 DEEP, (4) HOLES

EQUALLY SPACED ON A Ø1.562 BC
MATERIAL: A36 STEEL OR EQUIVALENT
CAPACITY: 23K FT - 5/16Ø E-LINE TOLERANCES

(UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED)
23K FT - 7/32Ø E-LINE
000.0 = +/- 0.100
00.00 = +/- 0.030
0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG
FIN = 125 RMS
DRUM, SER.4818/09B6 (950D SPLIT),
THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY DEPICTED IN IT ARE
OWNED BY AND INTENDED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF BRENHAM ARTEX LLC
ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES OIL INDIA - FABRICATION
dba ARTEX USA AND ITS AUTHORIZED DESIGNEES, IN RELATION TO SPECIFIED
PURCHASE ORDERS. ANY UNAUTHORIZED USE OR REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWN BY: JMH
PROPERTY IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED. B -
10.15.08
DATE: NONE P/N
108657 1 OF 1
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
The Artex Group LLC

Phone 979.836.5533

PLATINUM
REGISTRATION, INC.
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Winchman Panel
PN: 04-109936
1. Throttle PN:101750
2. Transmission Control PN:108228
3. Kerr Operator Hoist Display PN:106052
4. System Pressure PN:100513
5. Charge Pressure PN:100512
6. Dump Valve PN:100226
7. Torque PN:100119
8. Measuring Head Left-Right Control PN:100509
9. Measuring Head Down-Up Control PN:100508
10. Inhole-Outhole Pump Joystick PN:101749
11. Air Brake PN: 101745
12. Emergency Stop PN:100138
2 3 4
5
1
12 11 10 9 8 7
66
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Winchman Panel
PN: 04-109936
1. Throttle. Controls the RPM’s of the truck engine. 7. Torque valve.

RPM’s set to run from idle to 1800. To increase RPM’s Regulates system pressure. Turn valve clockwise to
move joystick forward toward the drum. To decrease increase pressure and counterclockwise to decrease
RPM’s, move joystick backwards, toward the operator. pressure.
2. Transmission Control. Controls which gear the 8. Measuring Head Left-Right Control.
transmission is in. Controls movement of the measuring head from left
The brake must be set and the in/out hole in center to right. Move the joystick to the left to move the
position to change gears. You CANNOT change gears measuring head to the left and move the joystick to
while the drum is moving. the right to move the measuring head to the right.
3. Kerr operator Hoist Display. 9. Measuring Head Down-Up.

Controls movement of the measuring head down and
up. Turn the control clockwise to raise the measuring
head and turn the control counterclockwise to lower
Top Middle Bottom
the measuring head.
Neutral Out Out In
Low Gear In In In 10. In hole–Out hole.
2nd Gear Out In In Controls speed and direction of the drum. To release
High Gear Out Out Out line into the hole move joystick forward toward the
drum. To reel line back onto the drum, move joystick
backwards, toward the operator.
4. System pressure gauge.
Shows Hydraulic pressure. 11. Air Brakes. Set and release brake for Drum.
To set brakes lift handle up. To release brakes, push
5. Charge pressure gauge. the handle down.
It needs to be over 300 psi for operation.
12. Emergency Stop. Must be engaged for Air brake
6. Dump Valve. to function.
Shuts off hydraulic supply to motor in the up position, Emergency stop button must be pushed in for normal
in the down position the dump valve is engaged. The operation. Pull emergency stop button out to cut off
dump valve has to be in the down position to operate. all air to the system and engage the brakes.
67
REVISIONS
12V IN/OUT JOYSTICK

RED WHT
RED
9 A
3 RELAY
B
RED
BLK SELECTOR
1
B1 SOLENOID
2 D D WHT BLK
COM 3 WHT BLK
4 B2 SOLENOID
1
A2 SOLENOID
2 WHT BLK
COM 3 WHT BLK

D D A1 SOLENOID
4
1 “BRAKE” RED BLK

D = STTH5L06 12V LED LAMP (4X)
OR SIMILAR 2 “LOW” RED BLK
(5A. / 50V.)
COM 3 “HIGH” RED BLK
4 “NEUTRAL” RED BLK
TOLERANCES
000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030
0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG
FIN = 125 RMS
ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES
DRAWN BY: M.H. SIZ E EC N DWG NO. REV
PURCHASE ORDERS. ANY UNAUTHORIZED USE OR REPRODUCTION OF THIS
CHECKED BY: -
DATE: 12-10-10 SC ALE NONE P/N

110690 SH EET 1 OF 1
REVISIONS
IN/OUT JOYSTICK OMRON

MJN2CE-DC12
1 2
EMS 4M13756 RED
3 4
5 6 +12V RED
A + - X B A B
WHT
WHT
RED GND / BLK
RED +12V GND / BLK
(SCREW TERMINALS)
DECK I
COM SOLDERED
B2 SOLENOID
B1 SOLENOID
DECK 2
COM SOLDERED
DIODES ARE 5 Amp. / 50V.

A1 SOLENOID
OR SIMILAR A2 SOLENOID
DECK 3
COM SOLDERED
LAMP NEUTRAL
LAMP HIGH
LAMP LOW
LAMP BRAKE
TOLERANCES
000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030
0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG
FIN = 125 RMS
HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC SINGLE
OWNED BY AND INTENDED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF BRENHAM ARTEX LLC ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES DRUM ARTEX OVERHEAD SPOOLER
DRAWN BY: M.H. SIZ E EC N DWG NO. REV
CHECKED BY: -
DATE: 12-10-10 SC ALE NONE P/N

110689 SH EET 1 OF 1
- - -
Red 14 AWG Red 14 AWG
Red 14 AWG
Tool Box Compartments
Driver Side
Terminal Strip Fuseblock
F1-1 F2-1
10 Amp
F1-2 F2-2
F1-3 F2-3
Red 14 AWG
F1-4 F2-4
F1-5 F2-5
Black 14 AWG
F1-6 F2-6
Red 10 AWG
Black 14 AWG
Tool Box Compartments
Passenger Side Black 10 AWG Red 10 AWG Red 10 AWG
Red 14 AWG
DC 2 DESCRIPTION PART #
DC Ground
DC Busbar
Power Distribution Panel Terminal Strip 101857
Fuse block 101655
Generator Compartment
PDP 04-108105
- +
Winch Panel 04-109936
DC Disconnect
- + Red 2 AWG DC Ground 101707
Black 2 AWG DC Busbar 101707
Battery Compartment
TOLERANCES
000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030
0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG

FIN = 125 RMS
SCHEMATIC, TOOLBOX LIGHTS
OWNED BY AND INTENDED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF BRENHAM ARTEX LLC ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES

PROPERTY IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED.
DRAWN BY:
CHECKED BY:
M.H.
-
B - 110807 -
DATE: 09.07.10 NONE P/N
110807
- - -
Winch Panel
Fuseblock
Black 10 AWG
DC Ground
Hyd Cont Module F1-1 F2-1 Toolbox Lights

Black 10 AWG
10 Amp 10 Amp
Line Oiler F1-2 F2-2 Computer Rack 12VDC

5 Amp 10 Amp
Shooting Panel 12VDC F1-3 F2-3 Transmission Switch

Power Distribution Panel
10 Amp 10 Amp
Encoder 12VDC F1-4 F2-4 Backup Odometer

5 Amp 5 Amp
DC Ground
F1-5 F2-5
DC 2
Grease System Kerr Panel

Red 10 AWG
5 amp 5 Amp
DC Busbar
Grease Pressure Meter F1-6 F2-6 Intercom

5 amp 10 Amp
DESCRIPTION PART #
Black 2 AWG
DC Ground 101707
Red 2 AWG
12 VDC Red 10 AWG Fuse block 101655

PDP 04-108105
DC Busbar 101707
Battery Compartment
V1
- + - + Breaker
12VDC
120 Amp TOLERANCES
000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030
0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG

FIN = 125 RMS
SCHEMATIC, WINCHMAN PANEL 12VDC

DRAWN BY:
CHECKED BY:
M.H.
-
B - 110792 -
110792
- - -

Computer Rack F1-1 F2-1
10 Amp
F1-2 F2-2
Fuseblock
F1-3 F2-3
Ground
F1-4 F2-4
F1-1 F1-4
F1-5 F2-5
F1-2 F1-5 F1-6 F2-6
F1-3 F1-6
Red 10 AWG
Black 10 AWG Red 10 AWG Red 10 AWG DESCRIPTION PART #

DC 2
Computer Rack 110067SA
DC Ground
DC Busbar
Power Distribution Panel Fuseblock 101655
Terminal Strip 101857
- +
PDP 04-108105
DC Disconnect
- + Red 2 AWG
Black 2 AWG
Battery Compartment
TOLERANCES
000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030
0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG

FIN = 125 RMS
SCHEMATIC, COMPUTER RACK 12VDC

DRAWN BY:
CHECKED BY:
M.H.
-
B - 110787 -
DATE: 09.07.10 NONE P/N 110787
- - -
Winch Panel
Grease Pressure Meter Red16 AWG

F1-1 F2-1
Black 16 AWG
F1-2
F2-2
F1-3
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
F1-4 F2-3
F2-4
F1-5
F2-5
F1-6
F2-6
White 16 AWG
10 Amp
Black 16 AWG
Black 10 AWG
Red 10 AWG
DC 2
DESCRIPTION PART #
Passenger Side Compartment
DC Ground
DC Busbar
Power Distribution Panel Terminal Strip 101857
Fuseblock 101655
PDP 04-108105
2
4
1
- -
+ Breaker 120 Amp
+ Red 2 AWG
Black 2 AWG
3 Battery Compartment
Transducer Connector
Connector located on the Lincoln Pump on Pressure Tranducer TOLERANCES

Passenger Side (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED)
000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030
0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG
FIN = 125 RMS SCHEMATIC, 12VDC GREASE PRESSURE
OWNED BY AND INTENDED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF BRENHAM ARTEX LLC ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES METER
DRAWN BY:
CHECKED BY:
M.H.
-
B - 110786 -
110786
- - -
Fuseblock
Hydraulic Joystick Micro Timer F1-1 F2-1
10 Amp
A X B X
F1-2
F1-3
F2-2
F2-3
F1-4 F2-4
Brown 18 AWG F1-5 F2-5
Black 16 AWG
Gray 16 AWG
Red 18 AWG
F1-66 F2-6
Green 18 AWG
White 18 AWG
White 18 AWG
Red 16 AWG
DC Ground
Red 10 AWG
In/Out Hole Enable LED
Black 10 AWG F2 Red 10 AWG Red 10 AWG
30 Amp DC 2 DESCRIPTION PART #
DC Ground
DC Busbar
Gray 16 AWG Power Distribution Panel Hydraulic Joystick 101749
Fuseblock 101655
DC Ground 101707
- +
DC Busbar 101707
Black 18 AWG
DC Disconnect
Green 18 AWG Red 2 AWG
PDP 04-108105
- +
Black 2 AWG
Hydraulic Pump 101744
Battery Compartment
A B C D
Hydraulic Pump TOLERANCES
000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030
0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG
FIN = 125 RMS
SCHEMATIC, HYDRAULIC CONTROL
OWNED BY AND INTENDED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF BRENHAM ARTEX LLC ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES MODULE
110785
PURCHASE ORDERS. ANY UNAUTHORIZED USE OR REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWN BY: M.H.
CHECKED BY: -
B - -
DATE: 09.07.10 NONE P/N 110785
- - -
Winch Panel
Fuseblock
Terminal Strip F1-1 F2-1
Red 16 AWG F1-2

F2-2
Line Oiler Switch ( momentary) 5Amp
F1-3 F2-3
F1-4 F2-4
F1-5 F2-5
F1-66 F2-6
White 16 AWG
Black 10 AWG
Red 10 AWG
Black 16 AWG Red 10 AWG Red 10 AWG
DC 2
DESCRIPTION PART #
DC Ground
DC Busbar
Fuse Block 101655
-+
PDP 04-108105
Black 2 AWG
Coil mounted on Line Oiler Tank
Drum Area Passenger or Driver Side Breaker 120 Amp
- + Red 2 AWG
Line Oiler Coil

Battery Compartment
TOLERANCES
Drum Area 000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030
0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG

FIN = 125 RMS

SCHEMATIC, 12VDC LINE OILER
DRAWN BY:
CHECKED BY:
M.H.
-
B - 110784 -
DATE: 09.07.10 NONE P/N 110784
- - -
Winch Panel
Intercom Terminal Strip
Red 14 AWG
Fuseblock
Speaker 1 Speaker 2 12VDC F1-1 F2-1
A C A C A C F1-2 F2-2
B B B F1-3 F2-3
White 16 AWG
F1-4 F2-4
F1-5 F2-5
Cable 2 Con 16 AWG

F1-6 F2-6
Cable 2 Con 16 AWG
White 16 AWG
Black 16 AWG
10Amp
Red 10 AWG
Black 16 AWG

DESCRIPTION PART #
Black 10 AWG DC 2
DC Ground
DC Busbar
Power Distribution Panel DC Ground 101707
Speaker 1 101984
Intercom Reel
Connector on Intercom Reel Speaker 2 101984
-
White 16 AWG DC Busbar 101707
+
DC Disconnect
A C PDP 04-108105
A C - Red 2 AWG
+
B Black 16 AWG Black 2 AWG
B
Intercom Connector Battery Compartment
in Drum Area Driver Side
A C A C
B B TOLERANCES
000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030
0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG

FIN = 125 RMS INTERCOM SYSTEM

DRAWN BY:
CHECKED BY:
M.H.
-
B - 110783 -
DATE: 09.07.10 NONE P/N 110783
- - -
Red 16 AWG
Terminal Strip
Fuseblock
Black 16 AWG
F1-1 F2-1
Artex F1-2
F2-2
F1-3
Shooting Panel 10 Amp
F2-3
F1-4 F2-4
F1-5 F2-5
F1-66 F2-6
Red 10 AWG
Red 10 AWG
DC 2
DESCRIPTION PART #
DC Ground
DC Busbar
Shooting Panel 08-101705
- +
Fuseblock 101655
DC Disconnect
Red 2 AWG
PDP 04-108105
- +
Black 2 AWG
Battery Compartment
TOLERANCES
000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030
0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG
FIN = 125 RMS
SCHEMATIC, 12VDC ARTEX SHOOTING
OWNED BY AND INTENDED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF BRENHAM ARTEX LLC ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES PANEL
DRAWN BY:
CHECKED BY:
M.H.
-
B - 110782 -
DATE: 09.07.10 NONE P/N 110782
-
- - -
Fuseblock
Backup Odometer Kerr Panel
Encoder 120VAC Ground 12 VDC Encoder Load Cell 12 VDC Ground Ground
F1-1 F2-1
Black 16 AWG
Red 16 AWG
White 18 AWG
Black 18 AWG
Cable
Cable F2-2
120 VAC Power Cable
F1-2
F2-3
F1-3
F2-4
F1-4
5 Amp
F1-5 F2-5
5 Amp
F1-6
F2-6
Red 10 AWG
Outlet
Load Cell Cable DESCRIPTION PART #

( )
Encoder Cable
Encoder Cable

Breaker AC 2-2 in Power Distribution Panel
for 120VAC Outlet in the Winch Panel
DC 2 Measuring Head 107434
DC Ground
Backup Odometer 106053
DC Busbar
Power Distribution Panel Kerr Panel 106052
Fuse block 101655
PDP 04-108105
- + Encoder cable 110537
DC Disconnect
- + Red 2 AWG DC Ground 101707
Encoder Encoder Load Cell Black 2 AWG DC Busbar 101707
Battery Compartment
Measuring Head
TOLERANCES
000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030
0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG
FIN = 125 RMS
SCHEMATIC, BACKUP ODOMETER AND
OWNED BY AND INTENDED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF BRENHAM ARTEX LLC ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES KERR PANEL 12VDC AND 120 VAC
DRAWN BY:
CHECKED BY:
M.H.
-
B - 110781 -
110781
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Kerr Hoist Panel
PN: 106052
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The Kerr AMS4A041 panel is designed to acquire and * Zero Depth button - sets depth to 0. Depressing
display depth, tension, and magnetic mark data from button again resets depth to previous setting. Only
a wireline winch unit. The panel provides the operator works when line speed is zero
a means to set and make adjustments to the data as * Approaching surface alarm
necessary. * Depth adjust up or down switches. Only works when
winch is stopped
Depth is displayed from data provided from an * Load cell zero & calibrate controls. Only works when
encoder mounted on a measuring device. The encoder there is no load on cable
quadrature pulses are output to the acquisition system. * Depth & tension saved in non-volatile memory at
The tension data is provided by a load pin and is also power loss
output to the acquisition system. * Outputs for Magnetic Marks, Tension and Encoder
to interface to an acquisition system. Outputs are
FEATURES compatible with SDS Warrior.
* Digital displays for depth, line speed, tension and * RS232 Interface for additional control and data
magnetic marks, CCL depth offset. outputs.
* Analog incremental tension meter, 4 inch (108 mm) * Can be set to display either English or Metric units or
dia., 270 degree a combination of English and Metric units (i.e. depth
* Differential or Incremental tension zero push button in feet, tension in KG).
switch * Panel is powered by 12-24vdc. All sensor power
* Excessive tension alarm setting allows operator to (encoder, load pin, MMD, etc) is provided by the
set tension alarm to a predetermined value. Contact panel. No other power supplies are needed.
closure is provided for winch shutdown
68
THE
GROUP LLC
Kerr Hoist Panel

1.3 DIMENSIONS
Dimensions
PN: 106052
69
AMS4A041 PANEL USER MANUAL Rev K May 2008 Page 4 of 38
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Kerr Hoist Panel
PN: 106052
2.0 DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF FEATURES

2.1 FRONT PANEL
2.1.1 ANALOG TENSION METER
This meter displays either differential or incremental tension. This

provides a more visual display of tension change.
2.1.2 INC / DIF TENSION SWITCH
This switch will change the analog meter from Incremental tension to
Differential tension.
Incremental tension provides a high resolution tension scale. It must

be periodically reset as tension increases or decreases to keep it
from pegging out.
Differential tension provides a delta tension reading. The meter will

slowly reset itself to 0 so the reset switch is not necessary.
2.1.3 METER RESET SWITCH
This switch will reset the meter to the 0 (center) position.
2.1.4 DEPTH DISPLAY
This meter provides a digital display of depth.
2.1.5 LINE TENSION DISPLAY
This meter provides a digital display of total line tension.
2.1.6 LINE SPEED DISPLAY
This meter provides a digital display of line speed.
2.1.7 MAGNETIC MARK DISPLAY
This meter provides a digital display of the depth where the last
mark was detected. It is also used as a CCL offset display when the
panel is configured for cased hole operations (MODE 3).
70
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Kerr Hoist Panel
PN: 106052
2.1.8 MAGNETIC MARK RESET
Pressing the MMD reset button clears the last mark setting. The
next mark detected will be used to set the window for any
subsequent marks.
2.1.9 ZERO DEPTH
Pressing this button will reset the depth to 0. Depressing the button
again will reset the depth to the previous setting. The Zero Depth
button will only work when the line speed is zero (i.e. winch not
moving).
2.1.10 MENU
Pressing this button will activate the menu software. The software
feature to be set will be displayed on the DEPTH display. The
features can be toggled through by pressing the menu button until
the desired feature is displayed.
2.1.11 + / - SWITCH
This switch is used for different functions. It is used to change the

depth setting in either an up or down direction. The winch must be
stopped before the depth can be set. In menu mode (see section
3.0) the switch is used to set menu parameters.
2.1.12 APPROACHING SURFACE LED AND ALARM
This LED is lit and an audible alarm is sounded when the depth is
less than 100' (30 m). This is a warning to the hoist operator that
they are approaching surface and should take care to get the
equipment safely out of the well. When the LED is depressed, the
alarm will stop but the LED will continue to blink. Once the depth
reading is greater than 100' (30 m), both the alarm and the LED will
turn off.
2.1.13 ENGLISH / METRIC UNITS
These LEDs will indicate if the panel is in English or metric mode. If

the depth is set to English, the English LED will be lit. If the depth is
set to Metric the Metric LED will be lit. The tension can be set to
English (LBS) or Metric (KG) but it will not light the LED.
71
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Kerr Hoist Panel
2.1.14 T-ZERO SWITCH
PN: 106052
Use this switch to set the tension to 0 at the start of a logging run.
This will zero out the tension circuit. The line should be slack
through the head at this time.
2.1.15 T-TEST SWITCH
Press T-TEST and verify that the panel tension reads 20000 lbs
(MODE 5) or 5000 lbs (MODE 3). Verify tension is being properly
recorded on acquisition system.
2.2 REAR PANEL
2.2.1 J1 – POWER INPUT
This connector supplies dc power for the panel operation (9 VDC

min, 30 VDC max). The panel can operate on either 12 or 24 vdc
(12 vdc is U.S. truck standard voltage, 24vdc is European truck
standard voltage). Pin A is positive, pin B is negative.
2.2.2 J2 – J3 ENCODER 1, ENCODER 2,
+5 vdc power is provided to the encoders and signal is received

from the encoders on these connectors. Refer to the section 6.0.
AMS4A041 PANEL USER MANUAL 72 2008

Rev K May Page 7 of 38
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Kerr Hoist Panel
PN: 106052
2.2.3 J4 – LOAD PIN
+/- 15vdc power is provided to the load pin and signal is received
from the load pin on this connector. Refer to the section 6.0 for the
pinout listing..
2.2.4 J5 – MAGNETIC MARK
+ 15vdc power is provided to the magnetic mark detector and signal

is received from the mark detector on this connector. Refer to the
section 6.0 for the pinout listing..
2.2.5 J7 - SIGNAL OUTPUT
Encoder, tension, and magnetic mark signals, processed and some

unprocessed are passed through this connector to the acquisition
system.
2.2.6 J8 - OVER TENSION CONTACT
This connector provides a connection to the overtension circuit

relay. When an overtension condition is active, the two pins are
connected together. In normal position the two pins are open. This
feature can be used to interface to the winch unit control system to
provide automatic hoist shutdown when an overtension condition is
reached.
2.2.7 J6 - RS232 SERIAL INTERFACE
A PC can be used to display depth, tension, and line speed data

from the panel. The PC can also be used to set panel parameters.
To connect the panel to a computer, connect a serial cable from the
PC to J6 on the rear of the panel. A program is available from
BenchMark Wireline Products to display this data (see figure below).
73
AMS4A041
The PANEL
Artex Group USER
LLC Toll freeMANUAL Rev K May
in the US: 877.839.5533 2008
Phone Page
979.836.5533 www.artexgroupllc.com 8 of
Mail: 38
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Kerr Hoist Panel
PN: 106052
3.0 MENU COMMANDS
This panel has internal software which allows it to be set for various
configurations. To change the settings, press the MENU button. The feature to be
set will be displayed on the DEPTH display. Press the MENU button again until
the feature you want to set is displayed.
The parameters for each feature will be displayed on the LINE TENSION display.
Press the +/- switch to cycle through all the available parameters. When the
value you want to select is displayed, press the MENU button. ACCEPT will then
be displayed. Press + for yes, - for no.
Following is a listing of all the available settings.
Note: These options are for the AM3K measuring head. The software can also
be configured for an AM5K measuring head by removing the jumper on JP3.
3.1 TEN ALARM
When preset tension value is reached, alarm sounds and tension display
flashes value
Procedure: Use +/- switch to set the tension alarm setting.
Indication: TALARM will be displayed on the DEPTH display and the

value will be displayed on the TENSION display as it is being
set.
Selection: Each cable size will have a corresponding Tension Alarm

setting. Only the setting for the cable size selected (see
menu option 1) can be adjusted.
Default Values
7-32 1500
9-32 2400
5-16 2400
3-8 2400
7-16 2400
15-32 2400
15-32HT 2400
SLAM 2400
SLAMHT 2400
S-SLAM 2400
S-SLAMHT 2400
AMS4A041 PANEL USER MANUAL Rev K May 2008

74 Page 9 of 38
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Kerr Hoist Panel
PN: 106052
3.2 DELTA TENSION ALARM
When the delta tension setting is reached the alarm sounds. In incremental
mode, you must periodically press meter reset or this alarm will sound when
the tension reaches the set value. In differential mode, the meter will reset
itself and the alarm will only sound on a quick change of tension. The Alarm
Reset switch must be pressed to reset the over tension relay.
Procedure: Use +/- switch to set the Delta Tension setting.
Indication: DTALRM will be displayed on the DEPTH display and the

value being set will be displayed on the TENSION display as
it is being adjusted.
3.3 TENSION SHUTDOWN
When value is reached, alarm sounds, tension display flashes value, and
tension contact closure switch is closed. This can be used to provide a
signal to automatically stop the winch.
Procedure: Use +/- switch to set tension shutdown setting
Indication: OVRTEN will be displayed on the DEPTH display and the

set.
Selection: Each cable size will have a corresponding Tension Alarm

setting. Only the setting for the cable size selected can be
adjusted.
Default Values
7-32 2000
9-32 3000
5-16 3500
3-8 3500
7-16 3500
15-32 3500
15-32HT 3500
SLAM 3500
SLAMHT 3500
S-SLAM 3500
S-SLAMHT 3500
75
TheAMS4A041
Artex GroupPANEL
LLC TollUSER
free inMANUAL Rev K Phone
the US: 877.839.5533 May 2008 Page
979.836.5533 www.artexgroupllc.com 10sales@artexgroupllc.com
Mail: of 38
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Kerr Hoist Panel
PN: 106052
3.4 CABLE SIZE
Cable size selection automatically sets load pin angle setting for the
selected cable size.
In mode 3, wheel size is also automatically set for the selected cable size.
If other is selected, the LCA value needs to be entered. This value is

based on the bend angle of the cable over the tension wheel. This value is
empirically derived and must be furnished by the measuring head
manufacturer.
Procedure: Use +/- switch to select cable size.
Indication: CABLE will be displayed on the DEPTH display and the

selections will be displayed on the LINE TENSION display.
Cable Size Values available

7-32
9-32
5-16
3-8
7-16
15-32
.472
.472DG (use if DEEP GROOVED wheel is installed)
.484 (DEEP GROOVED WHEEL ONLY)
.492 (DEEP GROOVED WHEEL ONLY)
.550 (.550 WHEELS – .500 TO 17/32” CABLE)
.650 (.650 WHEELS - .550 CABLE TO .650 CABLE)
OTHER
Default value is SLAM
DG – DEEP GROOVE TENSION WHEEL SETTINGS
The DG designates the DEEP GROOVED tension wheel when

installed on the AM5K measuring head (refer to AM5K measuring
head user manual). This wheel is used for high tension operations
or with cable requiring less bend. It can only be used with 15-32 or
large cables.
The shallow groove tension wheel available on the AM5K measuring

will work with cables for .472 or smaller.
76
TheAMS4A041
Artex GroupPANEL USER
LLC Toll MANUAL
free in Rev K Phone
the US: 877.839.5533 May 2008 Page
979.836.5533 www.artexgroupllc.com 11sales@artexgroupllc.com
Mail: of 38
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Kerr Hoist Panel
PN: 106052
OTHER
If you select the "OTHER" setting, you will be allowed to change the
measuring wheel circumference and the load cell factor. This allows
the panel to with a different type of measuring head or a different
load cell, such as a derrick mounted load cell.
When "OTHER" is selected, two additional inputs will be required:
LCFACTOR and WHLCIR.
LCFACT (Load Cell Factor). This setting determines the ratio

between the input signal and the tension value displayed. A
setting of 2 will decrease the tension value by ½. A setting of
.5 will double the tension reading.
Default value is 1.
WHLCIR (Wheel Circumference). This value is set to the

circumference of the measuring wheel to ensure the depth is
measured correctly. Default value is 2.0 ft.
3.5 TENCOF
This option provides a means to adjust the tension coefficient used by the
panel to calculate tension for different sizes of wirelines. Use the +/- switch
to change the coefficient. 10% (+/-) is the maximum adjustment allowed.
3.6 DEPTH ADJUST (Shim)
The shim amount selected will automatically be added or subtracted from

the depth input.
Procedure: Use +/- switch to set the shim setting.
Indication: DP-ADJ will be displayed on the DEPTH display and the

set. The values are feet / thousand.
Default value is 0.
3.7 DEPTH ALARM
When Alarm depth value is reached, the alarm will sound and LED will
flash. Pressing the LED will turn off alarm but the light will continue to
flash.
77
TheAMS4A041
LLC Toll MANUAL
free in Rev K Phone
the US: 877.839.5533 May 2008 Page
979.836.5533 www.artexgroupllc.com 12 sales@artexgroupllc.com
Mail: of 38
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Kerr Hoist Panel
PN: 106052
Procedure: Use +/- switch to set the depth alarm value.
Indication: DALARM will be displayed on the DEPTH display and the

set. Default value is 100’
3.8 MMD or CCL
Either MMD or CCL can be selected. MMD provides a the ability to detect
magnetic marks. CCL provides a means to display the offset between the
CCL depth and the bull plug depth.
Procedure: Use +/- switch to select either MMD or CCL.
3.8.1 CCL
The CCL depth will be displayed on the MMD meter. This makes it
easier to monitor CCL depth in addition to bottom of tool depth. The
following menu options are available.
CCL OFFSET
The CCL depth will be displayed on the MMD meter. This

makes it easier to monitor CCL depth in addition to bottom of
tool depth.
Procedure: Use +/- switch to set the CCL offset depth
Indication: CCL will be displayed on the DEPTH display and the

value will be displayed on the TENSION display as it is being set.
OFFSET
Use +/- switch to set the CCL offset depth
LOG
The following menu options are available:
LOG CCL
Displays latest 100 collars. Will overwrite the oldest collar
after 100.
CCL DLY
Use +/- switch to set delay from 1.0 to -0.1 Adds or subtracts
to detected collar depth.
78
TheAMS4A041
LLC Toll MANUAL
free in Rev K Phone
the US: 877.839.5533 May 2008 Page
979.836.5533 www.artexgroupllc.com 13 sales@artexgroupllc.com
Mail: of 38
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Kerr Hoist Panel
PN: 106052
CCL_BP
Turns detected CCL audio on or off.
STRCOR (stretch correction)

Use +/- switch to toggle between ON or OFF
When STRETCH Correction is on, the panel will automatically
correct depth to compensate for cable stretch. The following
information will then be requested:
TOOLWT
The weight of the tool string at the end of the cable. Default
value is 1000 lbs.
FLUIDW
The fluid weight of the well bore fluids. Default value is 8.3
lbs.
Stretch in the wireline is compensated in the following

manner:
As the tool is lowered into the well the depth traveled is measured
using the optical encoders 10 times a second. The tension is used
to “back out” the stretch on the wireline for that segment and a non
stretched depth is calculated by keeping a tally of all of the
segments. This summed value is used in the following manner to
calculate the depth:
If the tension is less than the calculated line weight the tool is
assumed to be floating or supported in some other manner. The
tension is due to the line weight so the stretch added is = summed
depth * tension * Ks * 1/2 where Ks is the stretch coefficient. If the
tension is greater than the line weight the stretch due to the line
weight is calculated as above and all other weight is assumed to be
acting over the entire length of the cable or = sum depth *((line
weight * ½) + (tension-line weight)) * Ks
CCL LOG
Press the +/- switch and you will be able to see the depth at
which each casing collar was detected. The MMD/CCL
display will display the depth of each collar when the switch is
pressed.
79
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Kerr Hoist Panel
3.8.2 MMD
PN: 106052
The following menu options are available.
MMDCOR (MMD Correction)
Use +/- switch to toggle between ON or OFF. If MMD is set

to ON the panel will automatically correct depth to correspond
to magnetic mark spacing. When depth is automatically
added or subtracted it will be done evenly at a rate of 1’ per
10’.
STR CORR (Stretch Correction)
Stretch Correction works differently depending if MMD

correction is ON or OFF.
If MMD Correction is ON and STRCORR is ON, the panel will

automatically correct the MMD WINDOW depth to
compensate for cable stretch. The Mark Window will change
as the cable stretches to make sure the window is always set
properly.
STRCORR can be turned off by selecting OFF. No stretch

will be added in this case.
If MMD Correction is OFF or STRCORR is off, no stretch will

be calculated.
If STRCORR is turned ON, the following information will be

requested:
TOOLWT
The weight of the tool string at the end of the cable.
Default value is 1000 lbs.
FLUIDW
The fluid weight of the well bore fluids.
Default value is 8.3 lbs.
SPACNG
This is to set the spacing at which the magnetic marks were

installed on the wireline.
Use +/- switch to toggle between 100, 25 M, 50 M.

AMS4A041 PANEL USER MANUAL 80
Rev K May 2008 Page 15 of 38
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Kerr Hoist Panel
PN: 106052
WINDOW
The MMD window determines when the next mark can be

detected. The cable must travel at least the distance of the
mark spacing (100’, 50m or 25m) – the window setting,
before a mark can be detected. Marks can only be detected
if they occur within this window. If the window is set for 5'
and the mark spacing is 100’, the cable must travel no less
than 95' and no more than 105’ from the last mark before a
new mark can be detected.
The MMD Depth display will blink when the depth is within the
mark Window.
The Window is disabled after the MMD Reset button is

pressed and will not be enabled until the first mark is
detected.
Procedure: Use +/- switch to change MMD window value.
Indication: MMD will be displayed on the DEPTH display

and the window value will be displayed on the
TENSION display as it is being set.
Pressing the MMD reset button clears the last
mark setting.
MMD LOG
The depth of the first 25 detected marks is stored in memory

and can be displayed.
Procedure: Use +/- switch to toggle through all of the marks

that have been detected. This starts from the
last mark detected. Pressing depth 0 will clear
all the stored marks.
Indication: MMD DP will be displayed on the DEPTH

display and the mark depth will be displayed on
the TENSION display.
81
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Kerr Hoist Panel
3.9 ENCODER SELECT PN: 106052
This function allows the user to change encoders by selecting
a different encoder connected to the panel.
Procedure: Use +/- switch to select which encoder input on the rear panel
will be used.
Indication: ENCSEL will be displayed on the DEPTH display and the

encoder selected appears on the Depth display.
a. ENC 1
b. ENC 2
c. BOTH
If BOTH is selected, the depth will be a composite of ENC 1

or 2. The two encoders are compared 10 times per second
and the encoder that moves the furthest at each comparison
will be used to increment the composite depth.
Note: Encoder 1 will always turn the opposite direction from encoder 2. In
direct mode (see section 3.11), the encoder output will be in the same
direction as encoder 1.
3.10 ENCODER PULSES PER REVOLUTION
The value selected will automatically be used as the encoder input pulses
per revolution (PPR) setting.
Procedure: Use +/- switch to set the ENCODER Pulse Per Revolution
setting.
Indication: ENCDOR will be displayed on the DEPTH display and the

set. Default value is 1200.
3.11 ENCODER DIRECTION
The value selected will toggle the encoder direction between UP and
Down.
Procedure: Use +/- switch to set the ENCODER direction setting.
Indication: ENCDIR will be displayed on the DEPTH display and either

UP or DN value will be displayed on the TENSION display.
Default value is UP.
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Kerr Hoist Panel
PN: 106052
3.12 ENCODER OUT – SYSTEM PULSES PER FOOT
This setting determines the encoder pulse rate that will be output to the
acquisition system.
Procedure: Use +/- switch to set the encoder output value.
Indication: SYSPPF will be displayed on the DEPTH display and the

set.
3.13 DEPTH UNITS
The depth values will be displayed in the units selected.
Procedure: Use +/- switch to set the DEPTH UNITS setting.
Indication: DEPTH will be displayed on the DEPTH display. The

selection can be toggled between FEET or METERS. The
selection will be displayed on the TENSION display. The
ENGLISH (green) LED display will be lit when FEET is
selected and the METRIC (red) LED will be lit when
METERS is selected.
3.14 TENSION UNITS
The tension value will be displayed in the units selected.
Procedure: Use +/- switch to set the TENSION UNITS setting.
Indication: TENSION will be displayed on the DEPTH display. The

selection can be toggled between POUNDS and KILOGM.
The selection will be displayed on the TENSION display.
83

THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Kerr Hoist Panel
PN: 106052
4.0 SYSTEM OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
4.1 Power up panel and verify it is working properly.
4.2 Verify the panel is configured to match the system (head type, system
output, encoder, etc.)
4.3 Set up acquisition system:
4.4 Press T-Zero and verify that panel tension reads 0. Verify tension is
recorded on acquisition system.
4.5 Set line size to match cable size installed in head (refer to section 3).
4.6 Set Tension Alarm value (refer to section 3).
4.7 Set depth adjust value (refer to section 3).
4.8 Install cable in measuring head and lay it slack on the ground.
4.9 Press T-Zero to zero the tension value.
4.10 Press T-Test and verify that panel tension reads 10000 lbs. Verify tension
is being properly recorded on acquisition system.
4.11 Pull tool to depth 0 position. Press D-Zero and verify that panel depth
reads 0. Set acquisition system depth to 0 at this time.
84
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Kerr Hoist Panel
PN: 106052
5.0 RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS LIST
AMS4A041 PANEL WINCH OPERATOR DISPLAY PANEL
Kerr p/n Description Qty Reference

AMS4P134E PC BOARD AMS40 REV E 1 MOTHER BOARD
AMS4P110 METER ANALOG DIFF TENSION (+/- 1000 LBS) 1 M1
AMS4P128 DISPLAY LED .5" SERIAL 2"X3.5" 4 D1 – D4
ACMU1P06 LED RED DIALIGHT 5V 1 APPROACHING SURF
ACMU1P11 SONALERT #SC628D MALLORY 1 ALARM
AMS4P020 SWITCH MTL-106D ALCO LOCKING 2 POWER ON/OFF
AMS4P018 SWITCH MPA-106F ALCO PUSH MOM 5 MENU,T-ZERO,T-TEST,D-
ZERO,METER RESET
AMS4P044 SWITCH TOGGLE DPDT MOM OFF MOM 1 +/-
AMS4P021 SWITCH CAPS ALCO C-22 BLACK 3 T-ZERO,D-ZERO,METER
RESET
AMS7P017 SWITCH CAP ALCO C-22 RED 1 D-ZERO, MENU
AMS4P169 CONN KPSE02E12-3S RECEPTACLE 1 J1 – POWER IN
AMS4P179 CONN KPSE02E12-3P RECEPTACLE 1 J8 – OVERTENSION
AMS4P178 CONN KPSE06J12-3P RECEPTACLE 1 J8 - MATING CNTR
AMS4P166 CONN DB25S 1 J7 – SIG OUT
AMS4P171 CONN KPSE02E12-10S RECEPTACLE 1 J4 – LOAD PIN
AMS4P172 CONN KPSE02E14-12S RECEPTACLE 1 J2,J3 - ENCODER
AMS4P170 CONN KPSE02E12-10P RECEPTACLE 1 J5 - MMD
AMS4P041 SWITCH PUSHBUTTON LIGHTED SPST 1 APPROACHING SURF
AMS4P042 LENS RED C&K SWITCH 1 RED LENS
AMS4P043 LED RED FOR C&K PUSHBUTTON SW 1 RED LED
85

THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Kerr Hoist Panel
PN: 106052
6.0 DRAWINGS AND WIRE LISTS
6.1 Main Processor Board
86
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Kerr Hoist Panel
PN: 106052
6.1.1 ENCODER AND MMD INPUTS
87
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Kerr Hoist Panel
6.1.2 ENCODER OUTPUT AND COM PORT I/O
PN: 106052
AMS4A041 PANEL USER MANUAL 88 2008

Rev K May Page 23 of 38
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Kerr Hoist Panel
PN: 106052
6.1.3 LOAD PIN AND TENSION I/O
89
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Kerr Hoist Panel
PN: 106052
6.1.4 JUMPERS – BUTTONS
90
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Kerr Hoist Panel
PN: 106052
6.1.5 POWER SUPPLIES
91
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Kerr Hoist Panel
PN: 106052
6.2 BACK PANEL CONNECTOR PINOUT
POWER INPUT
J1 - A BATT +
J1 - B BATT -
ENCODER 1
J2 - A ENCODER 1A
J2 - B ENCODER 1B
J2 - C ENCODER 1A*
J2 - E ENCODER 1B *
J2 - J ENCODER1 PWR
J2 - L COMMON
ENCODER 2
J3 - A ENCODER 2A
J3 - B ENCODER 2B
J3 - C ENCODER 2A*
J3 - E ENCODER 2B *
J3 - J ENCODER2 PWR
J3 - L COMMON
LOAD PIN
J4 - A LOAD PIN SIG+
J4 - B LOAD PIN POWER -
J4 - C LOAD PIN POWER +
J4 - E LOAD PIN SIG-
J4 - G SHUNT CAL ENABLE
J4 - J COMMON
MAGNETIC MARK/CCL
J5 - C MARK+
J5 - D MARK-
J5 - E MMD POWER +
J5 - F COMMON
J5 - G CCL -
J5 - H CCL+
RS232
J6 - 2 COM1 TXD
J6 - 3 COM1 RXD
J6 - 5 COMMON
92
J3 - A ENCODER 2A
J3 - B ENCODER 2B
J3 - C ENCODER 2A*
THE
J3 - E ENCODER 2B *
J3 - J ENCODER2 PWR
J3 - L GROUP LLC COMMON
LOAD PIN
J4 - A LOAD PIN SIG+
Electrical
J4 - B
J4 - C
LOAD PIN POWER -
LOAD PIN POWER + Kerr Hoist Panel
J4 - E
J4 - G
LOAD PIN SIG-
SHUNT CAL ENABLE
PN: 106052
J4 - J COMMON
MAGNETIC MARK/CCL
J5 - C MARK+
J5 - D MARK-
J5 - E MMD POWER +
J5 - F COMMON
J5 - G CCL -
J5 - H CCL+
RS232
J6 - 2 COM1 TXD
J6 - 3 COM1 RXD
J6 - 5 COMMON
SYSTEM OUTPUTS
J7 - 2 PHASE 1A
J7 - 3 PHASE 1B
J7 - 9 0-2V OUT (TENSION)
J7 - 10 MARK- (OUT TO SYSTEM)
J7 – 12 4-20MA OUT
J7 - 13 COMMON
J7 - 14 PHASE 1A*
J7 - 15 PHASE 1B*
J7 - 21 COMMON
J7 - 22 MARK+ (OUT TO SYSTEM)
OVERTENSON
J8 - A CONTACT CLOSURE N.O.
J8 - B CONTACT CLOSURE COM
93
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Kerr Hoist Panel
PN: 106052
6.3 FUSE BOARD AND POWER WIRING

Refer to 5.2 for wirelist
94
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Kerr Hoist Panel
6.4 DIGITAL DISPLAY SETUP PN: 106052
The four digital displays can be set for address, baud rate, and brightness.
The button nearest the connector selects the parameter (address, baud rate,
brightness).
The center button increments the parameter up
The end button increments the parameter down.
After the parameter is set, press the parameter button again to store it.
The addresses should be set as follows:

Line Tension = 1
Line Speed = 2
Depth = 3
MMD = 4
Set Baud Rate to 9600
Set Brightness to 15
6.5 RS232 SERIAL INTERFACE

The wiring is as follows:
DB9 PIN OUT: 2 = TRANSMIT, 3 = RECEIVE, 5 = GROUND
Run a program such as MS Windows HyperTerm using the following

parameters
BAUD 38,400
BITS 8
PARITY N
STOP 1
Press H or ? to display the help screen

* * * AMS41 Help Screen * * *
H,? - This screen.

D - Display units, direction, depth, speed, and tension.
L - Modify load cell angle (factor) Usage: L1.2
P - Modify encoder pulses/revolution. Usage: P600
V - Verify WDDU setup status.
W - Modify wheel size (line other) (feet) Usage: W4.0
Z - Preset depth.Usage: Z0.0 |_|--> New depth.
U - Modify units of measure
UF (feet); UM (meters); UP (pounds); UK (kilograms);
A - Depth Alarm. Usage: A100 |_|--> Depth Alarm.
N - Line Size
N0 7/32; N1 ¼; N2 9/32; N3 5/16; N4 3/8; N5 7/16;

THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Kerr Hoist Panel
PN: 106052
N6 15/32; N7 .472; N8 .472DG; N9 .484; N10 .492;
N11 .550; N12 .650
M - Tension Alarm. Usage: 'M2500' for 2500 pound alarm.
J - Depth Adjust. Usage: 'J-1' for -1 ft per 1000 feet
S - System PPF Usage: 'S125' for 125 PPFoot to system
B - Enter Mud Weight B12.3 lbs/gal
T - Enter Tool Weight T1000 lbs
k - Toggle stretch correction on/off
p - Display depth and stretch data
m - Use MMK Correction
C - Toggle D string depth/ccl display (CCL depth or MAIN depth)
Press V to display the Verification Screen

* * * AMS4A041 Setup Status * * *
Software revision S4100.01

Line Size = slam
Depth Units = Feet
Depth Units = Pounds
Depth alarm = 100 ft
Tension alarm = 2400 lbs
Tension shutdown = 3500 lbs
Encoder PPR = 1200
Depth Adjust = 0.0
Wheel Circumference = 2.000 feet
Load Cell Angle Factor = 1.00
System Pulse per Foot = 600.0
Cable volume = 2118 cubic inches per 1000 feet
Cable weight = 1.0
Weight fluid = 8.300
Cable weight fluid = 1.000
Tool weight = 1000
Stretch Corr is OFF
MMK correction is OFF
Line stretch tool = 8.3
D string = DEPTH or CCL
Press D to display the Data Screen

DATA STRING DESCRIPTION
12345678901234567890123456
U D Zddddd.d ssss.s tttttt<CR><LF>
WHERE:
U – UNITS (Depth, Tension)
'E' - English, English, 'G' - English, Metric,
'M' - Metric, Metric, 'F' - Metric, English
D - DIRECTION ('U' - UP; 'D' - DOWN; 'S' - STOPPED)
Z - ZERO DEPTH REF. ('+' BELOW GROUND; '-' ABOVE GROUND)
d - DEPTH
s - LINE SPEED
t - TENSION
<CR> - CARRIAGE RETURN, <LF> - LINEFEED
96
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Kerr Hoist Panel
PN: 106052
INSTALLING NEW SOFTWARE
7.1 SOFTWARE MODIFICATION BY REPLACING THE EPROM

The software that controls this panel is stored in an EPROM Integrated Circuit
located at U2 (see drawing on next page). To upgrade the software to a new
version, simply remove the eprom I.C. and install a new eprom I.C. (be careful not
to bend the legs during installation). The current revision is 4100.17.
After new software is installed, make sure and "reboot" the panel by turning off the
panel, depressing the T-ZERO and T-TEST buttons simultaneously then turn the
power back on while the buttons are depressed.
7.2 SOFTWARE MODIFICATION USING THE SERIAL PORT
7.2.1 PREREQUISITES:
1. The real-time data acquisition board must have a socket for the
MicroController and a CPU piggy-back PCB installed in that socket with a
DS98C450 MicroController installed.
2. A computer with a serial port, and installed Hyperterminal program.
3. The new revision real-time data acquisition HEX file program.

THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Kerr Hoist Panel
PN: 106052
7.2.2 PROCEDURE:
1. Transfer the new revision HEX file to your PC.
2. Connect your PC to the serial port at the rear of the panel.
3. Turn power on to the Hoistman’s panel.
4. Open a Hyperterminal session. Use the following settings:
Serial Port: COM1

Baud Rate: 57600
Data Bits: 8
Parity: None
Stop Bits: 1
Flow Control: None
5. Set the switches on the CPU PCB to PROGRAM mode as follows:
1 - AWAY FROM CPU

2 – AWAY FROM CPU
3 - TOWARD CPU
6.Open the Hyperterminal connection and then press the keyboard ENTER key.
The MicroController ROM Loader will respond with a banner and then a '>'
prompt.
7. Type an uppercase 'K' and the ROM Loader will Klean-erase the Flash.
8. Type an uppercase 'L' and the ROM Loader will wait to Load a HEX file.
9. Pull down the Hyperterminal TRANSFER menu and choose: Send Text File.
The file browser will open, so ensure that the file filter is set to:
Files of type - All files (*.*) and then choose the new revision HEX file to transfer.
10. The ROM Loader will begin programming the Flash and will report a GOOD
status for the duration of the programming procedure as follows:
GGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGG
98
Parity: None
Stop Bits: 1
Flow Control: None
THE
5. Set the switches on the CPU PCB to PROGRAM mode as follows:
1 - AWAYGROUP
FROMLLC
CPU
2 – AWAY FROM CPU
3 - TOWARD CPU Electrical
6.Open the Hyperterminal connection and then press the keyboard ENTER key.
The MicroController ROM Loader will respond with a banner and then a '>'
Kerr Hoist Panel
prompt. PN: 106052
7. Type an uppercase 'K' and the ROM Loader will Klean-erase the Flash.
8. Type an uppercase 'L' and the ROM Loader will wait to Load a HEX file.
9. Pull down the Hyperterminal TRANSFER menu and choose: Send Text File.
The file browser will open, so ensure that the file filter is set to:
Files of type - All files (*.*) and then choose the new revision HEX file to transfer.
10. The ROM Loader will begin programming the Flash and will report a GOOD
status for the duration of the programming procedure as follows:
GGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGG
11. After the ROM Loader is finished programming the Flash set the switches on
the CPU piggy-back PCB as follows:
1 - TOWARD CPU
2 - TOWARD CPU
3 - AWAY FROM CPU
12. To operate from an EPROM instead of the Micro-Controllers internal memory,

set the switches on the CPU piggy-back PCB as follows:
1 - TOWARD CPU
2 – TOWARD CPU
3 - TOWARD CPU
99
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Kerr Hoist Panel
PN: 106052
8.0 CABLE DIAGRAMS
8.1 AMS4A110 CABLE ASSEMBLY – LOAD PIN
AMS8P057 CONN KPT06A16-8S STR PLUG 1 EA LOAD PIN END

AMS4P181 CONN KPSE06J12-1P STR PLUG 1 EA UNIT END
AMS4P221 CABLE 20/8 ALPHA 25468 BLACK 20 FT
AMS8P060 DUST CAP SHELL SIZE 16 1 EA
100
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Kerr Hoist Panel
PN: 106052
8.2 AMS4A108 CABLE ASSEMBLY – ENCODER
AMS1P028 CONN MS3106E-18-1S 1 EA ENCODER END

AMS4P182 CONN KPSE06J14-12P STR PLUG 1 EA PANEL END
AMS4P221 CABLE 20/8C ALPHA 25468 BLACK 20 FT
AMS1P029 DUST CAP MS25042-18DA 1 EA
101
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Kerr Hoist Panel
PN: 106052
8.3 CCL / MARK DETECTOR CABLE AMS4A109
ACMU2P21 CONN MS3106E-20-27S 1 EA

AMS4P180 CONN KPSE06J12-10S 1 EA
AM5KP093 CABLE 20/8 20 FT
ACMU2P24 DUST CAP 25042-20DA 1 EA
102
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Kerr Hoist Panel
PN: 106052
8.4 AMS4A807 CABLE ASSEMBLY – DC POWER IN
A=+
B=-
AMS4P177 CONN KPSE06J12-3S STR PLUG SOCKET 1 EA

AMS7P061 CABLE 16-2 SJ CORD 20 FT
8.5 AMS4A806 CABLE ASSEMBLY – OVER TENSION SHUTDOWN
AMS4P178 CONN KPSE06J12-3P STR PLUG PINS 1 EA

AMS7P061 CABLE 16-2 SJ CORD 20 FT
103
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Backup Display Panel
PN: 106053
FEATURES
The Backup Depth System is designed to be an independent depth measurement

indicator for mounting inside a wireline unit. The depth is measured by a magnetic
pickup mounted in the measuring head and displayed in either feet or meters at the
display unit. The unit is powered by three internal batteries. It can be connected to an
external AC or DC power source to keep the batteries charged.
The unit is designed to operate without intervention from the user. When external
power fails, the depth display is maintained by the batteries. If the magnetic pickup is
inactive for more than one hour, the depth is stored and the unit switches it self off.
Front panel controls allow the operator to:
* Zero the depth reading
* Adjust the depth value
* Select a different settings using the menu button
* Switch the power off manually (for use when running on battery power)
The unit is switched on automatically, when external power is restored, or when the
user selects the enable switch on the front panel.
104
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
36220 FM 1093
P. O. BOX 850 PN: 106053
Simonton,Texas 77476
Phone: 281.342.6415
Fax: 281.342.4848
benchmarkwireline.com
2.0 OPERATING PROCEDURES
2.1 Turn the unit on by pressing the enable switch up. If external power is
applied, the unit will power on automatically.
2.2 Select the appropriate settings from the menu (see section 4.0)
2.3 Set the depth to the proper value by using the set depth switches or to
0 by pressing the zero switch. Note: the enable switch needs to be
pressed in order to set depth.
2.4 The system is now ready to measure depth.
2.5 After each run in the hole, reset the zero value before entering the
hole again.
105
June-2007 Rev D Page 3 of 18

THE
GROUP LLC
36220 FM 1093
P. O. BOX 850
Electrical
Phone: 281.342.6415
Fax: 281.342.4848
benchmarkwireline.com Backup Display Panel
PN: 106053
3.0 DESCRIPTION OF FEATURES
3.1 Enable Switch
The ENABLE/OFF switch is a center-biased three position switch. If you
push the switch down, the magnetic pickup stores the displayed value
in the non-volatile memory and switches the unit off if not on external
power. The unit cannot be switched off when connected to external
power.
The display unit forces you to use two switches, to prevent accidental
loss or corruption of the depth display value.
The up position (ENABLE) does several things:
The unit powers on, and the unit re-displays the stored value.
Enable is also required to zero or increase/decrease the depth.
3.2 Menu Switch
This button is used to change the internal settings of the panel.

These settings include Measuring Head type, Line Size settings, Load
Cell Angles, English/Metric units, Depth adjust (auto add/subtract),
etc. Refer to section 4 for detailed description of these features.
3.3 Zero Switch

The ZERO switch allows you to zero the display, it is a two position
momentary switch. To activate this switch, you must hold the ENABLE
switch up, then press this switch up.
The rate of increase (or decrease) is controlled by the length of time
the INCREASE/DECREASE switch is held in position. For small
adjustments, hold the ENABLE switch up and jog the
INCREASE/DECREASE switch.
3.4 Increase / Decrease Switch

The INCREASE/DECREASE switch is a center biased three position
switch. Use the ENABLE switch to activate this switch:
Hold both the enable and the increase/decrease switches up and the
display value increases
Hold the enable switch up, and the increase/decrease switch down
and the display value decreases.
3.5 EXT PWR LED
There is one LED on the front panel of the display unit. The LED is lit
when the unit is connected to an external power source, either
240/120 vac or 12 vdc. If the LED is not lit, then the unit is operating
off of battery power.
106
The Artex Group LLC Toll free in the US: 877.839.5533 Phone
June-2007 Rev979.836.5533
D www.artexgroupllc.com Mail:
Pagesales@artexgroupllc.com
4 of 18
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
36220 FM 1093
P. O. BOX 850
Phone: 281.342.6415
Fax: 281.342.4848
PN: 106053
4.0 MENU SELECTIONS
The internal settings of the panel can be set by pressing the menu
button.
To change a setting, press and release the menu button until the
desired setting is displayed. Use the +/- switch to change the setting.
After a setting is changed, continue pressing the menu button until
you pass the last setting. At this time you will be asked if you want to
ACCEPT the setting changes. To accept the changes press + then
the MENU button. If you press – or wait for four seconds, the
changes will be ignored. If you wait for four seconds between switch
presses, the panel will time out and go back to displaying depth.
There are four different menus, one for each of the different type of
measuring systems.
3K – Kerr AM3K Cased Hole Measuring head

5K – Kerr AM5K Open Hole / Cased Hole Measuring head
SL – Kerr dual 16” Wheel Slickline Measuring head
OT – Other wheel size
To change the head type, press the menu button until Hd is displayed.
At this time press the +/- button until the desired head type is
selected. Press + then the menu button again to accept the setting.
Each head type has a different menu. Following are the available
settings for each.
Note if the menu shorting jumper is installed (refer to page 16) then
the head type cannot be changed. This prevents the operator form
mistakenly selecting the wrong type of measuring head.
107
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
36220 FM 1093
P. O. BOX 850
Phone: 281.342.6415
Fax: 281.342.4848
benchmarkwireline.com PN: 106053
4.1 3K MODE
This mode is for a BenchMark AM3K cased hole measuring

head.
The available menu selections in AM3K mode are:
LINE SIZE SETTINGS (LS)
Select the size of the cable you will be using. This setting will
adjust the wheel size to account for the size of cable.
The available sizes are:
3/8, 5/16, 9/32, 1/4, 7/32
The wheel size settings for each are:
3/16” cable – 2.014 ft.

7/32" cable - 2.017 ft.
1/4” cable – 2.020 ft.
9/32" cable – 2023 ft.
5/16" cable - 2.026 ft.
3/8" cable – 2.031 ft.
DEPTH ADJUST (Adj)
This setting is comparable to shimming a wheel. The amount

selected will automatically be added or subtracted from the
depth input. The values are feet / thousand.
DEPTH UNITS (UN)
This setting is used to set the display readout units to either

FEET or METERS.
DIRECTION (dir)
This setting is used to reverse the counting direction. The

depth should be increasing as you are going into the hole and
decreasing as you are coming out of the hole. If it is going the
opposite direction, use this setting to change it.
108
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
36220 FM 1093
P. O. BOX 850
Phone: 281.342.6415 PN: 106053
Fax: 281.342.4848
4.2 5K mode
No wheel size selections are available. It is set for 2’. Use the
setting for any straight-line measuring device that uses a 2 foot
measuring wheel.
The available menu selections in AM5K mode are:
DEPTH ADJUST (Adj)

DEPTH UNITS (UN)

FEET or METERS.
DIRECTION (dir)

109

THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
36220 FM 1093
P. O. BOX 850
PN: 106053
Phone: 281.342.6415
Fax: 281.342.4848
4.3 SL mode
This mode is used for a Kerr SHARK slickline sytem using a 4’

counter wheel.
The available menu selections in SL mode are:
LINE SIZE SETTINGS (LS)
Select the size of the cable you will be using. This setting will
adjust the wheel size to account for this size of cable.
The available sizes are:
1/4, 7/32, 3/16, .125, .108, .092, .082,
DEPTH ADJUST (Adj)

DEPTH UNITS (UN)

FEET or METERS.
DIRECTION (dir)

110

THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
36220 FM 1093
P. O. BOX 850
Phone: 281.342.6415
Fax: 281.342.4848
PN: 106053
4.4 OTHER (OtH)

This menu is to be used if you have a measuring device with a
different wheel circumference than the standard Kerr
measuring devices.
No line size selections are available
The available menu selections in the OTHER menu are:
WHEEL CIRCUMFERENCE (Cr)
This setting represents the circumference of the measuring

wheel. Use the +/- switch to adjust the setting to match the
circumference of the measuring wheel you are using.
DEPTH ADJUST (Adj)

DEPTH UNITS (UN)

FEET or METERS.
DIRECTION (dir)

111
June-2007 Rev D
Artex strictly prohibits unauthorized use of this document. Copyright © 2010, The Artex Group, LLC. All rights reserved. Page 9 of 18
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
36220 FM 1093
P. O. BOX 850
Phone: 281.342.6415
PN: 106053
Fax: 281.342.4848
5.0 INSTALLATION AND MOUNTING
5.1 INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
5.1.1 Prepare an appropriate panel cut-out with four fixing holes (refer to
drawing in section 6.1) or use one of the two mounting brackets
shown below (section 5.2).
5.1.2 Connect the magnetic pickup cable to the rear of the unit.
5.1.3 Ensure that power is off. Connect the unit to a 12vdc or 120/240 vac
power supply.
5.1.4 Insert the display unit into the panel and secure it at the four corners.
5.1.5 Check that the magnetic pickup signal has the correct polarity. Move
the measuring wheel in the direction of positive depth (down). If the
display shows a negative value, it can be corrected by rotating the
magnetic pickup on the measuring head by 180 degrees or changing
the direction using from the menu.
5.1.6 Ensure that the unit is setup for the desired measurement units
(feet or meters).
5.1.7 Before you start to use the display unit, leave it connected to the
external power for 4 hours to ensure that the batteries are fully
charged.
112

THE
GROUP LLC
36220 FM 1093
P. O. BOX 850 Electrical

Phone: 281.342.6415
Fax: 281.342.4848
PN: 106053
5.2 MOUNTING KITS
5.2.1 AMS4A161 PIVOTING MOUNT
5.2.2 AMS4M110 PLATE MOUNT
TOP VIEW
FRONT VIEW SIDE VIEW

113
The Artex Group LLC Toll free in the US: 877.839.5533 Phone
June-2007 Rev979.836.5533
D www.artexgroupllc.com Mail:
Page sales@artexgroupllc.com
11 of 18
THE
GROUP LLC
36220 FM 1093
P. O. BOX 850 Electrical
Phone: 281.342.6415
Fax: 281.342.4848
benchmarkwireline.com Backup Display Panel
PN: 106053
6.0 SPECIFICATIONS
6.1 Mechanical
Material Aluminium, anodized

Weight 1.5 lbs (.68 kg)
Mounting 4 × .019 holes
fixing centers: 6.19” (19.05 cm) from side,
2” (5.08 cm) from top/bottom.
6.2 Environmental
IP Rating 40
Temperature 0 to + 50 ° Centigrade
Humidity 10% - 80% RH non-condensing.
114
TheJune-2007
Artex Group LLC Toll free in the US: 877.839.5533Rev
Phone
D 979.836.5533 www.artexgroupllc.com Mail:
Page 12sales@artexgroupllc.com
of 18
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
36220 FM 1093
P. O. BOX 850
Phone: 281.342.6415
Fax: 281.342.4848
PN: 106053
6.3 Electrical
Input power Voltage 100 - 240 VAC or 12 – 24 VDC

Input power frequency 50 - 60 Hz, DC
Input power current 0.4 A
6.4 Batteries
Battery 2100 mAh

Voltage 1.2 V NIMH
Lifetime Approx. 5 years (depending on usage)
The batteries are trickle charged when external power is

connected to the unit. The batteries are fully charged after 3 hours.
The batteries discharge if the unit is left unpowered for a few
weeks.
6.5 Power consumption and operating time
Operating 10 mA (typical)
Magnetic pickup 20 mA (remainder powers the display)
assembly
6.6 AC Power Input
Live Brown White

Neutral Blue Black
Earth Green/Yellow Green
Power is fused inside the display unit case with a 250 mA fuse
6.7 DC Power-input
Live Pin 1
Neutral Pin 2
Earth Pin 3
DC connector spec: AM5KP063 -CONN KPT06E8-33S 3 SOCKET
115
June-2007 Rev D
Artex strictly prohibits unauthorized use of this document. Copyright © 2010, The Artex Group, LLC. All rights reserved. Page 13 of 18
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
36220 FM 1093
P. O. BOX 850
Phone: 281.342.6415
Fax: 281.342.4848
6.8 Depth measurement
Quadrature counts/revolution 16
Measurement resolution 0.048 m 0.1573 ft
Display resolution 0.1 m 0.1 ft
6.9 Line Speed
Minimum Line Speed 0 ft/min

Maximum Line Speed 1200 ft/min
6.10 Power management
Power time-out with idle 60 min

magnetic pickup
The battery voltage and charge current can be displayed by pressing

enable and menu at the same time.
The voltage will be displayed as:
E 4180
4180 would be a battery voltage of 4.18 volts. When the battery
reaches 4.8v the charge will stop.
The charge current will be displayed as:
A 310
310 would be a battery charge current of 310 ma.
The display will cycle between the voltage and current display as long
as the buttons are being depressed.
The charge current is limited to between 250 ma and 350 ma.
116
June-2007 Rev D
Artex strictly prohibits unauthorized use of this document. Copyright © 2010, The Artex Group, LLC. All rights reserved.Page 14 of 18
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
36220 FM 1093
P. O. BOX 850
Phone: 281.342.6415
PN: 106053
Fax: 281.342.4848
7.0 PARTS LISTS AND DIAGRAMS
7.1 PARTS LISTS

ALS6A100 PANEL AMS BATT BACKUP DISPLAY
Part Number Description Qty Required UM

--------------- ------------------------------ ------------ ---
ALS6M001 PANEL FRONT BACKUP PANEL MT 1 EA
ALS6M002 PANEL REAR BACKUP PANEL MT 1 EA
ALS6M004 CHASSIS BACKUP DISPLAY PNL TOP 1 EA
ALS6M005 CHASSIS BACKUP DISPLAY PNL BTM 1 EA
AM5KP056 CONN KPT02E10-6S RECEPTACLE 1 EA
AMS4P257 CONN KPT02E8-33P RECEPTACLE 1 EA
ALS6A010 PCB ASSY DEPTH BACKUP CONTROL 1 EA
AMS4P621 POWER SUPPLY 12V 7W 85-264ACIN 1 EA
C276P155 CABLE BELDEN 177431 10' AC 1 EA
AMS4P276 RECEPTACLE 115/240 VAC FUSED 1 EA
AM5KP142 FUSE 1250MA 250V BACKUP DSPLAY 2 EA
AMS4P618 BATTERY 1.2V NIMH AA 2100MAH 3 EA
AMS4P021 SWITCH CAP ALCO C-22 BLACK 1 EA
AMS7P017 SWITCH CAP ALCO C-22 RED 1 EA
AMS4P631 NUT 1/4-40 DRESS BRIGHT NICKEL 4 EA
AMS4P659 CONN TERMINAL RECPTACLE .25TAB 3 EA
AMS7P021 CONN 102398-4 AMP 12 POS PCB 1 EA
AMS7P023 CONN 102536-4 AMP 12 POS BACK 1 EA
AMS7P024 CONN 102681-1 AMP 12 POS FRONT 1 EA
AMS4P661 CONN HOUSING 3POS 2.5MM SHROUD 1 EA
AMS4P662 CONN FE TERMINAL CRIMP 2.5MM 4 EA
AMS4P663 CONN HOUSING 2POS 2.5MM SHROUD 1 EA
AMS4P713 BATTERY HLDR 3AA W 9V SNAP CON 1 EA
AMS4P714 BATTERY STRAP 9V SNAP ON 6"LD 1 EA
ALS6P085 SCREW 4-40 X 1/4 FH PHIL SST 16 EA
AMS8P091 SCREW 4-40 X 1/4 PHIL PAN SST 12 EA
AMS8P036 WASHER #4 LOCK SST 12 EA
117

THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
36220 FM 1093
P. O. BOX 850
Phone: 281.342.6415
Fax: 281.342.4848
7.2 Magnetic Pickup Cable – AM5KA024-020
The wiring to the magnetic pickup is via a 6 pin MIL-C chassis

socket. This is mounted with terminal A uppermost. The wiring to
the magnetic pickup is pin-for-pin straight through.
Function Pin Number

Vsensor A
Channel A E
Channel B C
Ground D
Kerr P/N Description Qty Required

AMS4P222 CABLE 20/4C ALPHA 25154 BLACK 20 FT
SHIELDED 0.28OD
AM5KP057 CONN KPT06F10-6P STR PLUG 1 EA
MS3116 W/STRAIN RELIEF
AM5KP058 CONN KPT08F10-6S RT ANGLE PLUG 1 EA
W/STRAIN RELIEF OR EQUIVALENT
AM5KP059 DUST CAP KPT8010C CANNON 2 EA
SHELL SIZE 10 OR EQUIV
AM5KA034 BUSHING #9779-513-4 AMPHENOL 2 EA
118
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
36220 FM 1093
P. O. BOX 850
Phone: 281.342.6415
Fax: 281.342.4848
PN: 106053
7.3 INTERNAL VIEW TOP
Note position of the three batteries.
USE ONLY 1.2V NIMH AA 2100MAH BATTERIES
WARNING
DO NOT USE NON RECHARGEABLE

BATTERIES AS THEY ARE LIKELY TO
EXPLODE WHEN CHARGED
119
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
36220 FM 1093
P. O. BOX 850
Phone: 281.342.6415
PN: 106053
Fax: 281.342.4848
7.3 INTERNAL VIEW REAR
Install a shorting jumper across pins 3

and 4 of the gray connector on the rear of
the main pc board to prevent the head
type from being changed.
120

THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Pump Joystick
PN: 101749
Pump Joystick
Controls speed and direction of the drum. To release
line into the hole move joystick forward toward the
drum. To reel line back onto the drum, move joystick
backwards, toward the operator.
NAME PLATE
ALL CONTACTS
M13680
ARE S.P.D.T
S6 OEM CONTROLS, INC.
S5 S3 S1
3
NC
CUSTOMER: MOTION IND
B MTG
SCREW CONTROLLER: EMS4M13680
ORIGINATOR: RFT DATE:
DETENT POSITION
POT C NO MECHANICAL
FACTORY USE DRAWN BY DATE:

E
STOP CHECKED: DATE:
C
ELECTRONICS
MTG AUX CONTACT DRAWN BY DATE:
A SCREW CHECKED: DATE:
NO NC
REV. ECN# INIT: DATE
STANDARD S4 S2 S7 3
FULL UNIDIRECTION NAME PLATE CONTACTS FRICTION HOLD

STOP UNIDIRECTIONA NO CONTACTS HANDLE TYPE
POTENTIOMETERS 1 2
NONE SHOP BUYOUTS SOLID CAP
WATTS OHMS TYP:

SPECIAL DETENT
8 OTHER
NONE
ELECTRONICS MECHANICAL NOTES
917AM
EA# SHAFT LENGTH
CNTR# 5
PCB# 100 MM
VALVE MFG. EATON
MODEL #
COIL RESISTANCE 5.19 MOUNTING
# OF COILS 2 2
VOLTAGE 14 PANEL/UNMOUNTED
THRESHOLD 350MA
MAXOUT/HI RANGE 1.5A
LO RANGE NAMEPLATE
RAMP TIME
DELAY TIME ELECTRONIC NOTES 2 NONE
TEST RESISTANCE ASSOCIATED DRAWINGS: CONTACTS
DITHER FREQ. 75 HZ
TEST LOAD CONFIG. 2 V/11
POT OPERATION
ELEC. OUTPUT
OPTIONS:
NONE CAMS
SPECIAL OPTIONS: FIXED ADJUSTABLE BOTH NEED
F-11747 REV. D 7/16/04 EMS2, 3, 4, 5 & MS2, 3, 4, 5
121
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
PN: 04-108105
1. AC Ampers meter 1 PN: 101129

2. AC Ampers meter 2 PN: 101129
3. AC Frequency meter PN: 101127
4. AC Volts meter PN: 101128
5. DC Volts meter PN: 101070
6. Air pressure PN: 101166
7. Hydraulic Oil Temperature PN: 109017
8. Hours meter PN: 107289
9. AC 1, AC 2 Breakers PN: 101126
10. 12v DC Breakers PN: 107229
11. Generator Select/Transfer switches PN: 101814
12. Engine Monitor PN: 102631
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12
122
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
PN: 04-108105
1. AC Ampers meter 1. 8. Hours Meter.

Measures AC current on breakers 1 through 5, which Records the number of hours the Wireline unit has
comprises: been used. The “Hours Meter” helps to keep track
1. Cabin Light when it comes to do maintenance on the truck.
2. Microwave/Coffeemaker
3. Outlets 9. AC1, AC2, Breakers.
4. Air Conditioner 1 1. Cabin Light
5. Air Conditioner 2 2. Microwave/Coffeemaker
3. Outlets
2. AC Ampers meter 2. 4. Air Conditioner 1
Measures AC current on breakers 6 through 10, 5. Air Conditioner 2
which comprises: 6. Air Conditioner 3
6. Air Conditioner 3 7. Shooting Panel
7. Shooting Panel 8. Drum Area Outlets
8. Drum Area Outlets 9. Fluorescent Drum Area
9. Fluorescent Drum Area 10. Halogen Lights
10. Halogen Lights
10. 12 v DC Breakers.
3. AC Frequency meter. Refer to list on the truck cabin.
Measures frequency on breakers 1 through 5
11. Generator Select/Transfer Switches.
4. AC Volts meter. It allows the operator to choose where the power
Measures voltage on breakers 1 through 5 running the truck is going to come. On this truck,
the operator can choose to have power coming from
5. DC Volts meter. either the hydraulic generator, electric generator or
Measures voltage on DC breakers 1 through 8 from the truck’s own battery.
6. Air Pressure. 12. Engine Monitor.

Indicates the air pressure running in the system. It One of the most useful elements on the power
ranges from 0 to 150 PSI. distribution panel, the “Cantrak” monitors several
levels on the truck such as the RPM, Fuel level and
7. Hydraulic Oil Temperature. Temperature. This helps the operator know when the
It indicates the temperature of the hydraulic oil truck levels are optimal for operations on the well.
running through the truck system. Refer to user’s manual.
123
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
PN: 04-108105
1. Generator Control Card PN: 109466

2. L1 L2 AC. Breaker AC. Terminals PN: 101712
3. AC. Neutral PN: 101707
4. Chassis Ground PN: 101707
5. DC. Switch Terminal Block PN: 101814
6. Heater Relay PN: 101236
7. DC Buss Bar PN: 101707
8. 12v. Fuse Block PN: 101265
9. 12v. DC Generator Filter PN: 108186
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
124
- 12 VDC, 8 Breaker - -
DC Ground
Black 10 AWG
Winchman Panel Main DC Ground
Black 16 AWG Black 16 AWG
Hydraulic Air Cantrak Generator DC Ground 12 VDC

DC Volts Temperature Pressure Hour Meter System Control Black 16 AWG Filter
Black 16 AWG
Gauge Gauge Monitor Card 12 VDC
Red 16 AWG Orange 16 AWG
Blue 16 AWG Red 16 AWG

Hydraulic Temperature Sensor
Red 16 AWG
DC Terminal Strip
12 VDC Switches Fuse Strip
F1 Stereo
Red 16 AWG
DC 1
Heat Exchanger 12 VDC 10 Amp
Red 16 AWG
Purple 16 AWG Yellow 12 AWG

Hyd Temp Gauge
Black 12 AWG
Heater Relay F2
Red 16 AWG
DC 2 Winchman Panel 12 VDC 5 Amp
F3 System Monitor
Red 14 AWG Rig Lights Red 10 AWG
5 Amp Red 16 AWG
Red 16 AWG
DC 3
F4 Generator Card DC Filter
Red 14 AWG Drum Lights Right 5 Amp
Red 16 AWG
Red 16 AWG
DC Switch 6
Black 2 AWG
DC 4 F5
A-1
Red 14 AWG Drum Lights Left 5 Amp
Red 14 AWG
Red 16 AWG
DC 5 F6 Accessory Plug
Red 16 AWG
Generator Enable 10 Amp
A-1 Red 14 AWG
DESCRIPTION PART #
DC 6
White 16 AWG F7 Stereo Memory
Yellow 16 AWG
10 Amp
Black 12 AWG Heat Exchanger Control DC Ground 101707
Green 12 AWG
F8 Porch Light DC Busbar 101707
DC 7 Red 16 AWG
10 Amp
DC Terminal Strip 101814
Pressurize Blower Relay
Black 12 AWG
Purple 16 AWG
F9 Cabin Lights Fuse Strip 101857
Red 12 AWG
DC 8 10 Amp Fuse Block 101655
F10
DC Busbar Red 10 AWG
Spare
Red 10 AWG
F1 F4
Red 4 AWG
Diesel Generator LED
Heat Exchanger Spare

Red 12 AWG 30 Amp
F2 F5
Heater
-
Spare
Battery Compartment Red 12 AWG
+
30 Amp
Switch
Door
Pressurize Blower F3 F6
Breaker Red 12 AWG
Spare
- + 20 Amp
12VDC
120 Amp
Fuse Block Description:
Red 12 AWG 12 VDC, 8 Breaker
SCHEMATIC, POWER DISTRIBUTION

OWNED BY AND INTENDED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF BRENHAM ARTEX LLC PANEL, 8 BREAKER/SWITCHES, 12 VDC
DRAWN BY:
CHECKED BY:
M.H.
-
B - 110796 -
DATE: 11.09.10 NONE P/N 110796
- - -
DC Ground Truck Cabin

Truck
Ignition
Switch
12VDC
Black 12 AWG
Pressurize Fan
12 VDC Switches
DC Terminal Strip
DC 1
Orange16 AWG
DESCRIPTION PART #
DC 2
DC Ground 101707
DC 3 DC Busbar 101707
Heater Relay 100465
Fuse Block 101655
Black 2 AWG
DC 4
DC 5 Red 12 AWG
DC 6
Heater Relay
Red 12 AWG 30 87
DC 7 86 85
Black 14 AWG Black 14 AWG Purple 16 AWG

DC 8
Fuse Block
F1 F4
DC Busbar F2 F5
Red 12 AWG F3 F6
20 Amp
Red 10 AWG
-
Battery Compartment
-
+
+
Breaker Red 4 AWG
12VDC
120 Amp TOLERANCES
000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030
SCHEMATIC, PRESSURIZE BLOWER

0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG
FIN = 125 RMS
OWNED BY AND INTENDED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF BRENHAM ARTEX LLC ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES 12 VDC
DRAWN BY:
CHECKED BY:
M.H.
-
B - 110759 -
DATE: 09.07.10 NONE P/N 110759
- - -
Generator Control Card 12 VDC Filter

1 2 3 4 1
2
Orange 16 AWG
Black 16 AWG
8 7 6 5
6 5 8 4 3
12 VDC
Black 16 AWG
2 Con 16 AWG Cable Black
Red 16 AWG
White 16 AWG - Coil Positive Output
DC Ground
2 Con 16 AWG Cable Black
Black 16 AWG - Coil Negative Output

White 16 AWG - AC Neutral Input
( Glas fuse in Winch Panel )

Black 16 AWG - AC Line Input
DESCRIPTION PART #
General Control Card 109466
Fuse 5 Amp
DC Ground 101707
Winch Pump
Black 16 AWG Generator Coil
Black 12 AWG
Red 12 AWG
Black 16 AWG
Door Switch
( Coil location is on Top of the Generator Control Valve ) - +
-
12VDC
Hydraulic Generator LED
+
White 16 AWG
Yellow 16 AWG Black 16 AWG

Battery Compartment

Generator
DC 6 Generator Enable 12VDC TOLERANCES
Generator Compartment 000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030
0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG
FIN = 125 RMS
SCHEMATIC, GENERATOR CONTROL
OWNED BY AND INTENDED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF BRENHAM ARTEX LLC ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES CARD IN POWER DISTRIBUTION PANEL
DRAWN BY:
CHECKED BY:
M.H.
-
B - 110758 -
DATE: 09.07.10 NONE P/N 110758
- - -
Rear of Truck
Rig Light Passenger Side

Rig Light Driver Side
DC Terminal Strip
Black 14 AWG
Red 14 AWG
DC 3 Red 14 AWG
12VDC Busbar
DC Ground
Red 4 AWG
Black 2 AWG
-
Battery Compartment
-
+
+
Breaker
12VDC
120 Amp
TOLERANCES
000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030
0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG

FIN = 125 RMS
SCHEMATIC, 12 VDC RIG LIGHTS
110757
CHECKED BY: -
B - -
DATE: 09.07.10 NONE P/N 110757
- - -
12VDC Cabin Lights

Wall Light Switch
Black 14 AWG
Red 14 AWG Red 14 AWG Red 14 AWG
Fuse Strip
Fuse F7
10 Amp
12VDC Cabin Lights
Black 14 AWG
Red 14 AWG
Black 14 AWG
12VDC Busbar
DC Ground
DESCRIPTION PART #
DC Ground 101707
12VDC Busbar 101707
12VDC Cabin Lights 101980
Red 4 AWG
Black 2 AWG
-
Battery Compartment
-
++
Breaker
12VDC TOLERANCES
120 Amp (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED)
000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030
0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG

FIN = 125 RMS
SCHEMATIC, 12 VDC CABIN LIGHTS

DRAWN BY: M.H.
CHECKED BY: -
B - 110756 -
110756
- - -
Black 16 AWG
DC Ground
Truck Yellow 18 AWG Cantrak System Monitor

ECM
(Computer)
White 20 AWG
8
12 VDC Switches Green 18 AWG
Resistor
120 OHM
7 8 9 10 11 12 1
DC 1 6 5 4 3 2 1
DC Terminal Strip
Red 12 AWG Black 20 AWG
7
DC 2
2
Red 12 AWG F2
DC 3
5 Amp
F3
Black 2 AWG
DC 4 5 Amp Red 16 AWG
DC 5 Hour Meter
DC 6
DC 7
DESCRIPTION PART #
DC 8 DC Ground 101707
DC Busbar Cantrak System Monitor 102631
Hour Meter 107289
DC Busbar 101707
-
Battery Compartment
-
+
+
Breaker Red 4 AWG
12VDC
120 Amp TOLERANCES
000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030
0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG
FIN = 125 RMS SCHEMATIC, CANTRAK SYSTEM
MONITOR AND HOUR METER
DRAWN BY: M.H.
CHECKED BY: -
B - 110755 -
110755
- - -
Power Distribution Panel Drum Area

Heat Exchanger
DC Ground Hydraulic Fans
Black 12 AWG
Blue 12 AWG
DC Terminal Strip Temp
12 VDC Switches Sensor
S
DC 1
Red 12 AWG
Black 12 AWG
( Temperature Settings for Automatic Fan Enable in Fahrenheit )

DC 2
Dip Switch Settings

DC 3
1 - 100 4 - 160
2 - 120 5 - 180
3 - 140 6 - 210
1 2 3 4 5 6
Dip Switches
Heat Exchanger Control

( Normally set # 2 on )
Black 12 AWG
Black 2 AWG
DC 4
Red 12 AWG DESCRIPTION PART #

DC 5 Yellow 12 AWG DC Ground 101707
Not used !!!
12VDC Busbar 101707
DC 6
Fuse Block 101655
Black 12 AWG Green 12 AWG
DC 7 Chassis
Ground
Fuse Block Black 12 AWG

DC 8 F1 F4
12VDC Busbar F2 F5
Red 10 AWG 30 Amp

F3 F6
White 12 AWG
Red 4 AWG
-
Battery Compartment
-
++
Breaker
12VDC
120 Amp TOLERANCES
000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030
0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG
FIN = 125 RMS SCHEMATIC, 120 VDC HEAT EXCHANGER
CONTROL IN POWER DSITRIBUTION PANEL
DRAWN BY:
CHECKED BY:
M.H.
-
B - 110754 -
DATE: 09.07.10 NONE P/N 110754
- - -
Black 14 AWG
DC Terminal Strip
Stereo
Red 14 AWG
Stereo Speaker
Red 14 AWG
Ground 12VDC Memory
Black 14 AWG
Fuse Strip Red 16 AWG
Fuse F1
Red 14 AWG 10 Amp
DC 1
Speaker Cable
Speaker Cable
Speaker Cable
Speaker Cable
12VDC Busbar
Yellow 16 AWG
DC Ground
Red 14 AWG Fuse Strip

Fuse F7
10 Amp
Red 4 AWG Stereo Speaker DESCRIPTION PART #

Black 2 AWG

Stereo 108779
-
Battery Compartment
-
++
Breaker
Stereo speaker
DC Ground
101984
101707
12VDC 12VDC Busbar 101707
120 Amp
TOLERANCES
000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030
0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG

FIN = 125 RMS
SCHEMATIC, STEREO 12 VDC

DRAWN BY:
CHECKED BY:
M.H.
-
B - 110753 -
DATE: 09.07.10 NONE P/N 110753
- - -
Drum Lights Driver Side

DC Terminal Strip
Black 14 AWG
Black 14 AWG
Red 14 AWG Red 14 AWG Red 14 AWG

DC 4
Black 14 AWG
12VDC Busbar
Drum Light Passenger Side

DC Ground
DC 5
Red 4 AWG DESCRIPTION PART #
DC Ground 101707
Red 14 AWG
12VDC Busbar 101707
Black 2 AWG

Drum lights passenger 100863
-
Battery Compartment Drum lights driver 100863
-
++
Breaker
12VDC
120 Amp
TOLERANCES
000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030
0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG

FIN = 125 RMS
SCHEMATIC, 12 VDC 4 DRUM LIGHTS
110752
CHECKED BY: -
B - -
DATE: 09.07.10 NONE P/N 110752
- - -
Black 16 AWG
DC Ground
Hydraulic Tank
Temperature Sensor
Hydraulic Temperature Meter
S
Black 16 AWG
Blue 16 AWG Green 20 AWG Black 20 AWG
5 4 3 2 1
12 VDC Switches
(Note: The orange wire
Orange 20 AWG
Red 20 AWG
Not Used
on Pin 2 can completely
be removed )
DC 1
DC Terminal Strip
Red 12 AWG
DESCRIPTION PART #
DC 2
DC Ground 101707
Red 12 AWG F2 Red 16 AWG Red 16 AWG DC Terminal Strip 101814
DC 3
5 Amp DC Busbar 101707
F3 Hyd temp gauge 109017
Hyd temp meter 109017
Black 2 AWG
DC 4
Hydraulic Tank 100050SA
DC 5 Air Pressure Gauge
DC 6
DC 7
DC 8
DC Busbar
-
Battery Compartment
-
+
+
Breaker Red 4 AWG
12VDC
120 Amp TOLERANCES
000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030
0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG
FIN = 125 RMS SCHEMATIC, HYDRAULIC TEMPERATURE
METER AND AIR PRESSURE GAUGE
110751
CHECKED BY: -
B - -
DATE: 09.07.10 NONE P/N 110751
- - -
Black 16 AWG
DC Ground
Air Cantrak
Hydraulic
DC Volts Temperature Pressure Hour Meter System
Red 16 AWG
Gauge Gauge Monitor
12 VDC Switches
Blue 16 AWG
Hydraulic Temperature Sensor
Red 16 AWG
DC 1
DC Terminal Strip Red 16 AWG
Red 12 AWG
Yellow 12 AWG
DC 2 Heat Exchanger Control 12 VDC
Red 12 AWG F2 Hyd Temp Gauge

DC 3
5 Amp Red 16 AWG
F3 System Monitor DESCRIPTION PART #
Black 2 AWG
DC 4 5 Amp Red 16 AWG

DC Ground 101707
DC Busbar 101707
DC 5 Red 10 AWG
Purple 16 AWG
Winchman Panel 12 VDC Heater Relay 100465
Fuse Block 101655
DC 6
Heater Relay
Red 12 AWG 30 87 Red 12 AWG
Heater
DC 7 86 85
Black 16 AWG
Purple 16 AWG
DC 8
Fuse Block
F1 F4
Red 12 AWG 30 Amp

DC Busbar F2 F5
F3 F6
Red 10 AWG
-
Battery Compartment
-
+
+
Breaker Red 4 AWG
12VDC
120 Amp TOLERANCES
000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030
0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG
FIN = 125 RMS
SCHEMATIC, 12 VDC, 1 HEATER,
8 BREAKER
110750
CHECKED BY: -
B - -
DATE: 09.07.10 NONE P/N 110750
- - -
Fuseblock
Heater Relay
Red 12 AWG 87 30 Red 12 AWG F2-1 F2-4
85 86 30 Amp
Terminal Bar F2-2 F2-5
Red 12 AWG
Purple 16 AWG
F2-3 F2-6
Black 16 AWG
DC 2
Red 10 AWG
Red 12 AWG
Red 12 AWG
DC Ground
Black 12 AWG 12VDC Bus
Bench
Heater Housing
Heater
Black 2 AWG
DESCRIPTION PART #
Heater Relay 100465
-
Battery Compartment Fuseblock 101655
-
++
Breaker Red 4 AWG
Bench
Heater
110339SA
100528
3
Heater Switch
12VDC Heater switch 106821

Orange 12 AWG 120 Amp
12VDC Busbar 101707
DC Ground 101707
12VDC
2 Red 12 AWG 1 = Low

2 = Medium
1 Yellow 12 AWG 3 = High

TOLERANCES
000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030
0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG

FIN = 125 RMS
SCHEMATIC, 12 VDC
110749
CHECKED BY: -
B - -
DATE: 09.07.10 NONE P/N 110749
- - -

DC Ground
Black 12 AWG
Fuse Strip
F1
F2
Winch Panel Left Side
F3
F4
Auxillary Plug
Red 12 AWG 12VDC
Black 2 AWG
F5
Red 10 AWG F6
10 Amp
F7
F8
DESCRIPTION PART #
F9
PDP 04-108105
DC Ground 101707
F10
DC Busbar DC Busbar 101707
Battery Compartment
Red 4 AWG
-
-
+ Breaker 120 Amp
+
12VDC
TOLERANCES
000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030
0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG
SCHEMATIC, AUXILIARY PLUG 12 VDC

FIN = 125 RMS

DRAWN BY: M.H.
CHECKED BY: -
B - 110748 -
110748
- - -
Black 14 AWG
Porch Light Driver Side

Wall Light Switch ( Passenger Side)
Fuse Strip
Fuse F8
10 Amp
Black 14 AWG
Red 14 AWG
12VDC Busbar
DC Ground
DESCRIPTION PART #
Red 4 AWG
DC Ground 101707
12VDC Busbar 101707
Porch Light 102632
Black 2 AWG
-
Battery Compartment
-
++
Breaker
12VDC
120 Amp
TOLERANCES
000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030
0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG

FIN = 125 RMS
SCHEMATIC, 12 VDC PORCH LIGHT

DRAWN BY: M.H.
CHECKED BY: -
B - 110747 -
110747
- - -
Terminal Strip
10 AWG Black 10 AWG Black Black 12 AWG
AC Transfer Switch - 6 AC Transfer Switch - 2
1-1
1-2
1-3 Black 12 AWG

AC Current AC Current
1-4
10 AWG Black
10 AWG Black
1-5
Black 12 AWG
2-1
2-5 2-4 2-3 2-2 2-1 1-5 1-4 1-3 1-2 1-1 2-2
20 Amp Switch/Breaker 2-3

White 12 AWG
2-4 Green 12 AWG
2-5
Green 12 AWG
White 12 AWG
AC Ground
Green 12 AWG DESCRIPTION PART #
AC Transfer Switch - 10 Cabin Outlet 101973

Terminal block 101707
AC Ground 101707
AC Neutral AC Neutral 101707
10 AWG White Black 12 AWG 101763
White 12 AWG Green 12 AWG 101737
White 12 AWG 101738

TOLERANCES
000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030
SCHEMATIC, 120 VAC 10 BREAKER

0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG
FIN = 125 RMS
CABIN OUTLETS
DRAWN BY: M.H.
CHECKED BY: -
B - 110798 -
110798
- 3 Air Conditioner, Shooting Panel - -
AC Ground
AC Transfer Switch - 10
AC Neutral
10 AWG White
12 AWG White
10 AWG Black 12 AWG White 10 AWG Black

1-1 12 AWG White

Fluorescent Cabin Light
12 AWG Black 12 AWG Green
1-2 12 AWG White

AC Current AC Voltage AC Frequency AC Current Microwave\Coffemaker Outlet
1-3 12 AWG White

Outlets
12 AWG Black
10 AWG Black
10 AWG Black
1-4 10 AWG White
Air Conditioner 1
1-5 10 AWG White

Air Conditioner 2
2-5 2-4 2-3 2-2 2-1 1-5 1-4 1-3 1-2 1-1 10 AWG Black 10 AWG Green
20 Amp Switch/Breaker
2-1 10 AWG White
Air Conditioner 3
12 AWG Black 2-2 12 AWG White

Shooting Panel
12 AWG Black 12 AWG Black 12 AWG Green
12 AWG Black DESCRIPTION PART #
10 AWG Black 2-3 Drum Area Outlets
12 AWG White
10 AWG Black 12 AWG Black 12 AWG Green AC Ground 101707

10 AWG Black AC Neutral 101707
2-4 Fluorescent Drum Area
12 AWG White
12 AWG Black AC Treansfer switch 101814
12 AWG Black AC Current 101129
12 AWG Black 2-5 Halogen Lights
12 AWG White AC Frequency 101127
12 AWG Black 12 AWG Black 12 AWG Green AC Current 101129
Description:
3 Air Conditioner, Shooting Panel
SCHEMATIC, POWER DISTRIBUTION

OWNED BY AND INTENDED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF BRENHAM ARTEX LLC PANEL, 10 BREAKER, 120 VAC
110797
CHECKED BY: -
B - -
DATE: 11.09.10 NONE P/N 110797
- - -
Terminal Strip
Drum Area
10 AWG Black 10 AWG Black
1-1
1-2
AC Current AC Current 1-3 Black 12 AWG
1-4 Halogen Light Right

10 AWG Black
10 AWG Black
1-5
Green 12 AWG
White 12 AWG
2-1
2-5 2-4 2-3 2-2 2-1 1-5 1-4 1-3 1-2 1-1 2-2
Note: AC Breaker 1-4, 1-5 and 2-1 are 30 Amp Breaker

2-4 Black 12 AWG
Black 12 AWG 2-5

Halogen Light Left
AC Ground DESCRIPTION PART #
Halogen Light 100864

Green 12 AWG Green 12 AWG Terminal block 101707
AC Ground 101707
AC Neutral 101707
Black 12 AWG 101763
Green 12 AWG 101737
AC Neutral
White 12 AWG 101738
10 AWG White
White 12 AWG White 12 AWG
TOLERANCES
000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030

0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG
FIN = 125 RMS
HALOGEN LIGHTS
110780
CHECKED BY: -
B - -
DATE: 09.07.10 NONE P/N 110780
- - -
Terminal Strip
1-1
1-2
1-3
Black 12 AWG
AC Current AC Current
1-4
10 AWG Black
10 AWG Black
1-5
2-1
Black 12 AWG
2-5 2-4 2-3 2-2 2-1 1-5 1-4 1-3 1-2 1-1 2-2
2-4
Microwave/Coffeemaker Outlet
2-5
AC Ground
AC Transfer Switch - 10 AC Ground 101707

AC Neutral 101707
AC Neutral AC Transfer switch 101814
10 AWG White
White 12 AWG
TOLERANCES
000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030
0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG

FIN = 125 RMS
SCHEMATIC, 120VAC 10 BREAKER MICROWAVE
AND COFFEMAKER OUTLET
DRAWN BY: M.H.
CHECKED BY: -
B - 110769 -
110769
- - -
Terminal Strip
Flourescent Cabin Light
1-1 Black 12 AWG
1-2
Green 12 AWG
White 12 AWG
Black 12 AWG
AC Current AC Current 1-3
Black 12 AWG
Black 12 AWG
1-4
10 AWG Black
10 AWG Black
1-5
Green 12 AWG
Wall Switch
2-1 White 12 AWG
2-5 2-4 2-3 2-2 2-1 1-5 1-4 1-3 1-2 1-1 2-2
Green 12 AWG
Table Light Outlet
White 12 AWG
Black 12 AWG
2-4
Table Light
2-5
Green 12 AWG
White 12 AWG
AC Ground QTY PART # DESCRIPTION
Green 12 AWG 1 108329 Light Table, 2' Phantom L2

1 103349 Plexi-Glass, 1/4" X 18-1/2" X 25" L3
AC Transfer Switch - 10 4 105511 Lamp, F96T8TL741/Cool White, 2 foot Light Bulb L3
2 106721 Ballast, for 3' Light Table L3
8 106723 Socket for Light Table L3
AC Neutral 4 109332 Light, Marker, LED, Infinity, Red, 13 diode, FlushMountL2
10 AWG White 7 109333 Light, Marker, LED, Infinity, Amber, 13 diode, FlushMountL2
1 109471 Lights, Guide L2
White 12 AWG
3 109511 Plug, 2 wire, for Marker Light L2

3 109512 Grommet, 2", Rubber, For Marker Light L2
1 109691 Circuit Breaker, Resettable, 120 Amp., Type III L2
3 109782 Light, Marker Light, Red, LED, w/o Flange L2
TOLERANCES
000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030
120 VAC CABIN LIGHT WITH TABLE

0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG
FIN = 125 RMS
OWNED BY AND INTENDED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF BRENHAM ARTEX LLC ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES LIGHT
DRAWN BY:
CHECKED BY:
M.H.
-
B - 110768 -
DATE: 09.07.10 NONE P/N 110768
- - -
Terminal Strip
1-1
1-2
1-4
10 AWG Black
10 AWG Black
1-5
Air Conditioner 3
2-1
Black 10 AWG
2-5 2-4 2-3 2-2 2-1 1-5 1-4 1-3 1-2 1-1 2-2
Black 10 AWG
2-4
2-5
AC Ground
Green 10 AWG
AC Neutral DESCRIPTION PART #
10 AWG White
AC Ground 101707
White 10 AWG AC Neutral 101707
Power Distribution Panel AC Transfer switch 101814
TOLERANCES
000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030
0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG
FIN = 125 RMS
120 VAC 10 BREAKER 1 AIR
CONDITIONER (#3)
110767
CHECKED BY: -
B - -
DATE: 09.07.10 NONE P/N 110767
- - -
Terminal Strip
1-1
1-2
1-4
10 AWG Black
10 AWG Black
1-5
Air Conditioner 2
2-1
Black 10 AWG
2-5 2-4 2-3 2-2 2-1 1-5 1-4 1-3 1-2 1-1 2-2
Black 10 AWG
2-4
2-5
AC Ground
Green 10 AWG
DESCRIPTION PART #
AC Neutral
10 AWG White AC Ground 101707

White 10 AWG AC Neutral 101707
Power Distribution Panel AC Transfer switch 101814
TOLERANCES
000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030
0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG
FIN = 125 RMS
CONDITIONER (#2)
110766
CHECKED BY: -
B - -
DATE: 09.07.10 NONE P/N 110766
- - -
Terminal Strip
1-1
1-2
1-4
10 AWG Black
10 AWG Black
1-5
Air Conditioner 1
2-1
Black 10 AWG
2-5 2-4 2-3 2-2 2-1 1-5 1-4 1-3 1-2 1-1 2-2
Black 10 AWG
2-4
2-5
AC Ground
Green 10 AWG
DESCRIPTION PART #
AC Neutral
AC Ground 101707
10 AWG White AC Neutral 101707
White 10 AWG Terminal Strip 101857
AC Transfer switch 101814
TOLERANCES
000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030
0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG
FIN = 125 RMS
OWNED BY AND INTENDED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF BRENHAM ARTEX LLC ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES CONDITIONER (#1)
DRAWN BY:
CHECKED BY:
M.H.
-
B - 110765 -
DATE: 09.07.10 NONE P/N 110765
- - -
Terminal Strip
1-1
1-2
Winch Panel
1-4
10 AWG Black
10 AWG Black
1-5
Artex Shooting
2-1
Panel
2-5 2-4 2-3 2-2 2-1 1-5 1-4 1-3 1-2 1-1 2-2
Green 12 AWG
White 12 AWG
Black 12 AWG
Black 12 AWG
2-4
Black 12 AWG
2-5 DESCRIPTION PART #
Transformer
Winch panel 04-109936
AC Ground Artex Shooting panel 08-101705
Transformer 105202
Green 12 AWG Terminal block 101707
AC Ground 101707
AC Transfer Switch - 10 AC Neutral 101707
AC Transfer Switch 101814
Black 10AWG 102099
AC Neutral Black 12 AWG 101763
Green 12 AWG 101737
10 AWG White
White 12 AWG 101738
White 12 AWG

TOLERANCES
000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030

0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG
FIN = 125 RMS
SHOOTING PANEL
110764
CHECKED BY: -
B - -
DATE: 09.07.10 NONE P/N 110764
- - -
Terminal Strip
10 AWG Black
10 AWG Black
1-1
Outlet Right
1-2
Black 12 AWG
1-4
10 AWG Black
10 AWG Black
1-5
Green 12 AWG
White 12 AWG
2-1
2-5 2-4 2-3 2-2 2-1 1-5 1-4 1-3 1-2 1-1 2-2
Outlet Left
2-4 Black 12 AWG

Black 12 AWG
2-5
AC Ground
Green 12 AWG Green 12 AWG

DESCRIPTION PART #
AC Ground 101707
AC Neutral
AC Neutral 101707
Outlet 110477
10 AWG White Black12 AWG 101763,
White 12 AWG White 12 AWG Green 12 AWG 101737
White 12 AWG 101738
TOLERANCES
000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030
SCHEMATIC, 120 VAC 10 BREAKER 1

0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG
FIN = 125 RMS
OWNED BY AND INTENDED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF BRENHAM ARTEX LLC ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES DRUM AREA OUTLETS
110763
CHECKED BY: -
B - -
DATE: 09.07.10 NONE P/N 110763
- - -
Terminal Strip
1-1
1-2
Drum Area
1-4
10 AWG Black
10 AWG Black
1-5
Black 12 AWG Flourescent Light
2-1
2-5 2-4 2-3 2-2 2-1 1-5 1-4 1-3 1-2 1-1 2-2
Black 12 AWG 2-4
Green 12 AWG
White 12 AWG
2-5
AC Ground
AC Transfer Switch - 10 Fluorescent Light 100863

AC Ground 101707
AC Neutral AC Neutral 101707
10 AWG White Black 12 AWG 101763
White 12 AWG Green 12 AWG 101737
White 12 AWG 101738

TOLERANCES
000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030

0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG
FIN = 125 RMS
FLOURECENT LIGHT IN DRUM AREA

110761
CHECKED BY: -
B -
DATE: 09.07.10 NONE P/N 110761
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Shooting Panel
PN: 100075
DO NOT OPERATE THE SHOOTING PANEL
WITHOUT PROPER CERTIFICATION
Shooting Panel Operation
Caution: Before arming, assure Shooting Panel mode

Select Switch is in “Safe” Position, key is removed,
SI On/Off Switch is off, and voltage adjustknob fully
CCW.
1. Set CCL/Interface switch to “interface”
2. Neg/Pos switch to “Pos.”
3. To operate install key, rotate Mode Select Switch to

“Shoot.”
4. Rotate Voltage Knob fully CCW to reset.
5. Lift left switch cover, set switch to “On.”
6. Lift Right switch cover, push and hold switch to “On.”
7. Armed light will now be On, if not assure Voltage

Knob is fully CCW.
8. Rotate Voltage Knob CW while monitoring DC

Voltage and Amps.
9. After firing, release switch, rotate Voltage Knob fully

CCW, switch ON/OFF to “Off ”, place Mode Select
to”Safe.”
These instructions are for Operation of the Shooting

Panel ONLY! You MUST refer to API RP-67 for safe
shooting practices.
125
- - -
Yellow
PAX-C 12V SW3
Relay
12VDC-DC2 S1 Fire
Shooting panel fuse, 5A S6 Variac Switch B A Red
2
Armed
On / Off 6
F1
Red Brown 4
5 Amp
1
5 NO Shoot
3 Green Key
Safe
Coax
AC1-4 Log
orange
NC NO CCL to Terminal Bd. 2ft. Coax
AC(120V 60Hz) Red Green
CCL to Computer 8ft Coax BNC.
Coax
Violet
Black 18 12 Test
White 17 Amps S5
Interface to Computer 8ft coax UHF
10
10
Volts 25W 10 K 10 K
R1 R2 Black Red
12 Line Test
Multi point ground
Coax UHF connector

Collector Line
Orange
110V input. 220V output
2ft cable Blue
Variac
Red Brown R3 Orange SW2
AC R5
L1
T1 4.7 Ohm + 4.7 Ohm

470 uF Pos / Neg
4.7 K
R7
C1
Brown R4 AC -
R6
Blue
25W
4.7 Ohm
White 4.7 Ohm
50 W
Green Chassis Ground Wire
TOLERANCES
000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030
0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG

FIN = 125 RMS

SCHEMATIC, SHOOTING PANEL
110793
CHECKED BY: -
B - -
DATE: 09.07.10 NONE P/N 110793
- - -
TWO SHOTING PANEL OPERATION

ARTEX SHOOTING PANEL
* Dual Cable Drum with two collectors
* Line Selector Switch set to the Working Line
* ARTEX Shooting Panel “key Switch set to ”Log” for all
operations other than using ARTEX Shooting Panel to shoot
PRINTER
When using ARTEX Shooting Panel set key switch to “Shoot”
(This disables all other functions)
When using all other Shooting Panels, set switches on
ARTEX Shooting Panel to ”log” and “interface”
KEY SWITCH CCL-TEST-INTERFACE

MODE SELECT
SHOOTING PANEL KEY SWITCH
MODE SELECT
A/C CABLE 110V AC
INTERFACE
CCL-TEST-INTERFACE
S4
S1 S3
CCL CABLE BNC LINE TEST
S5
ALARM
DC CABLE 12V DC
S6
CCL BOX
WINCH PANEL LOGGING CABLE
T1 VARIAC
S2
F12 FUSE BLOCK EXTERNAL PANEL D1
DEPTH DC VOLTS DC AMPS
ENCODER CCL
ENCODER CABLE
SHOOTING PANEL POWER SUPPLY

TENSION TRANSDUCER
INTERFACE PANEL 12V RELAY
CPF-B/C RELAY COLLECTOR LINE PIN 5
A/C CABLE 110V AC
CAPACITOR
COMPUTER
LINE SELECTOR SAFETY SWITCH
SLIP RINGS 2 SLIP RINGS 1

PASSANGER SIDE DRIVER SIDE
LINE CABLE
PART NUMBER DESCRIPTION

TOLERANCES
100994 PRINTER
100992 INTERFACE 000.0 = +/- 0.100
00.00 = +/- 0.030
100943 INTERFACE SOFTWARE 0.000 = +/- 0.005
100424 ENCODER CABLE ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG
100991 ENCODER THIS DOCUMENT AND THE INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY DEPICTED IN IT ARE
FIN = 125 RMS SCHEMATIC, DUAL DRUM / DUAL SHOOTING
107162
104499
LAPTOP
ARTEX SLIP RING
PANEL
110746
101705 ARTEX SHOOTING PANEL PURCHASE ORDERS. ANY UNAUTHORIZED USE OR REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWN BY: M.H.
108102 SONDEX SHOOTING PANEL PROPERTY IS STRICTLY PROHIBITED.
CHECKED BY: -
B - -
105708 PROBE SHOOTING PANEL
DATE: 09.07.10 NONE P/N 110746
-
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Warrior Interface System
PN: 109751
8 ARTEX SHOOTING PANEL

PRINTER
1
CCL
LOGGING CABLE
INTERFACE PANEL
CPF-B/C KEY SWITCH CCL-TEST-INTERFACE
2 MODE SELECT
INTERFACE KEY SWITCH
MODE SELECT
CCL-TEST-INTERFACE
5 S4
3
S1 S3
ENCODER 4 LINE TEST
S5
ENCODER CABLE
ALARM
TENSION TRANSDUCER
S6
CCL BOX
A/C CABLE 110V AC S2
T1 VARIAC
D1
DEPTH DC VOLTS DC AMPS
USB CABLE
EXTRA MONITOR
LAP TOP
6 RELAY COLLECTOR LINE PIN 5
SHOOTING PANEL
POWER SUPPLY
12V RELAY
CAPACITOR
LINE SELECTOR SAFETY SWITCH
SLIP RINGS 2 SLIP RINGS 1

PASSANGER SIDE DRIVER SIDE
7
LINE CABLE
Note: Refer to manufacturers manual for details.

126
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Measuring Head
PN: 107434
Kerr AM5K
The Kerr AM5K Wireline Measuring Device is a

compact and lightweight device for measuring both
wireline depth and tension. The device is designed to
be mounted to the spooling arm of a wireline unit. It is
unique to other measuring devices in that it measures
both depth and tension on wireline cables from .190”
to .494”. This device will work on both open and cased
hole wireline units which allows standardization on a
measuring head for all types of operations.
FEATURES AND BENEFITS:

Straight-line measurement (cable sizes can be changed without affecting
measurement)
Dual Tangential Measuring Wheels made from specially hardened steel
Accepts cable sizes from .190” to .494” diameter (4.8 mm to 12.55 mm)
Lightweight design with integral tension makes the device ideal for high angle
rigups
Device opens up to provide easy cable installation and removal, by removing a
single pin
Includes both horizontal and vertical guide rollers to minimize measuring
wheel loading
Rollers are oversized to increase reliability and reduce maintenance
Guide rollers are made from composite material to reduce weight and cable
wear
Rear or Center spooling arm mount to minimize head “jerking”
Tension Load Axle and amplifier can be configured for different outputs.
Digital Magnetic Mark Detector
Accepts single or dual encoders
Supports fully independent backup depth measuring system using a magnetic
pickup
Backup depth system reduces drag on measuring wheel by eliminating
mechanical drive cable
Encoder, Mark Detector, and Tension amplifier certified for Zone II area use
Anodized aluminum frame. All steel parts are plated or SST
127
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Measuring Head
PN: 107434
2.0 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
DEPTH MEASUREMENT:
The AM5K Measuring Head uses dual spring-loaded measuring wheels to measure the
amount of wireline moving to and from the borehole. The measuring wheels are
coupled to one or two optical encoders that transmit electrical signals via a cable to the
hoistman’s panel and/or logging computer. An independently powered magnetic
encoder is used for back up depth indication.
The hardened measuring wheels are 2.0000 ft. (.609600 m) in circumference. Springs
are used to hold the measuring wheels in contact with the wireline. The springs are
sized to provide the appropriate friction between the wheels and wireline. The frame
members are anodized 6061-T6 aluminum.
Under ideal conditions, without magnetic marks, the measuring heads have an accuracy
of +/- 3 m in 3000 m (10 ft in 10,000 ft.). With magnetic marks and accurate line stretch
calculations, an accuracy of .3 m in 3000 m (1 ft in 10,000 ft) can be achieved. The
Kerr Hoistman's panel is required to fully utilize the Kerr mark detection and stretch
correction algorithms.
TENSION MEASUREMENT:
Power Requirements: +24vdc input power
Interface: Kerr proprietary circuit board which

amplifies the load pin signals and
provides a 4-20ma current loop output.
4 ma = 0 lbs (0 kg)
10 ma = 10000 lbs (4536 kg) - shunt cal
20 ma = 20000 lbs (9072 kg)
Temperature stability: <= .015% full scale / deg F on zero

<= .02% full scale / deg F on output
Accuracy: Within 150 lbs or 3% of actual, whichever is greater
Maximum load (tested): 16,000 lbs 7,258 kg

(caclulated): 20,000 lbs 9,072 kg
128
AM5K User Manual Rev H Jul -2008 Page 4 of 37
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Measuring Head
PN: 107434
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS:
WEIGHT: 58 lbs 26.3 kg
LENGTH: 26.5” 673 mm
HEIGHT: 10.8” 274 mm
WIDTH: 15.3” 389 mm
MAXIMUM TENSION: 20,000 lbs 9072 kg
MEASURING WHEEL SIZE: 24.000” 609.60 mm
CABLE SIZES: .190” to .494” 4.8 mm to 12.55mm
CABLE BEND OVER TENSION WHEEL: 2.5 – 7.5 degrees (depends on cable)
Minimal or no affects on magnetic marks
129

THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Measuring Head
PN: 107434
3.0 OPERATION
3.1 SPOOLING ARM INSTALLATION – OVERHEAD SPOOLING ARM
Install the measuring head on to the spooling arm by using the top adapter mount
assembly to mount to an overhead spooling arm. The mount is designed to
mount with a standard U-joint yoke.
MOUNTING YOKE
130
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Measuring Head
PN: 107434
Make sure that the head can freely sit on the wireline. If the mounting
arrangement will not let the head travel up and down freely and if the cable puts
a upward or downward force on the measuring head, this force will cause an
offset to the tension measurement which will result in an incorrect tension
reading.
131

THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Measuring Head
PN: 107434
3.2 CABLE INSTALLATION
To install cable, first open the wheels by shifting the red release handles.
Next, remove the push pin, and hinge the head open.
Lifting up on the wireline cable makes it easier to remove the push pin.
The cable can now be inserted or removed.
Close the red release handles to tighten the wheels against the wireline.
Swing the head closed and reinsert the pin.
132
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Measuring Head
PN: 107434
3.3 CABLE REMOVAL UNDER LOAD
3.4.1 If under load, the load will need to be removed from the device prior to
removing the retaining pin. A “C-clamp" or a nylon "ratchet strap" can be
used to remove the load.
3.4.2 Install a C-Clamp across the top and bottom frames as shown in the
drawing below. The ratchet strap can be installed in a similar way.
3.3.3 Tighten the C Clamp until the load is removed from the retaining pin.
Remove the retaining pin then loosen and remove the C Clamp.
133
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Measuring Head
PN: 107434
3.4 CHANGING CONFIGURATION BETWEEN OPEN HOLE AND CASED
HOLE
A measuring head configured for open hole will typically contain a magnetic mark
detector and a 2nd encoder. Cased hole operations rarely require a magnetic
mark detector and typically use only one encoder.
If the head is configured for open hole, no changes are required to run it on a
cased hole unit. You may elect to remove the magnetic mark detector if you
have no plans to use the head on an open hole unit any time in the near future.
The cased hole head can be configured with a different wear plate. The cased
hole wear plate is thicker and stepped on one end to the keep the line from riding
near the top of the wheels. This can occur when going in the hole with a small
cable (7/32") with a very light load. The open hole wear plate is flat. Both plates
are made from hardened tool steel. The wear plate is mounted on the upper
frame above the measure wheels.
Part number for the open hole wear plate is: AM5KM034
Part number for the cased hole wear plate is: AM5KM074
3.4.1 To remove the magnetic mark detector, refer to item 12 of drawing 6.2.
Remove the four screws holding the detector in place then remove the
detector. To install a magnetic mark detector, reverse this procedure.
3.4.2 To remove an encoder, remove the four screws securing the encoder
adapter to the head. Remove the encoder and adapter. Remove the
coupling from the measuring wheel shaft.
3.5 INSTALLING THE DEEP GROOVED TENSION WHEEL
3.5.1 A Deep Groove High Load tension wheel is available for use when line
tension greater than 12,000 lbs is commonly encountered. This wheel has
a deeper groove to better support the wireline at high tensions. The deep
groove also reduces the radius of the wheel which lowers the bend angle
of the wireline.
This wheel is only for use with .472 Slammer or .494 Super Slammer
cables and cannot be used with smaller cable sizes. For cables larger
than .472, the severe load tension wheel should be used.
The normal wheel can be used at high loads for short pull durations but
should not be used when loads exceed 12,000 lbs for an extended period
of time.
134
TheAM5K
Artex Group LLC Toll free in the US: 877.839.5533 Rev
User Manual Phone
H 979.836.5533
Julwww.artexgroupllc.com
-2008 Mail:10sales@artexgroupllc.com
Page of 37
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Measuring Head
PN: 107434
3.5.2 To install the High Load tension wheel, replace the standard shallow
grooved tension wheel with the deep grooved tension wheel. The load pin
does not need to be changed. The High Load tension wheel can be
ordered from Kerr Measurement Systems Inc. by part number AM5KA073.
This kit includes the Tension Wheel, and bearing. It can easily be
installed in the field.
Ensure that the slot in the bushing of the tension wheel is aligned with the
roll pin on the side of the frame. The roll pin is only installed on one side
of the frame and it needs to be inserted in the slot.
DEEP GROOVED HIGH TENSION WHEEL
STANDARD SHALLOW GROOVED TENSION WHEEL
135
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Measuring Head
PN: 107434
3.6 SYSTEM OPERATION
3.6.1 Determine cable size to be used – .484" to .190”. Since the wireline cable
actually bends around the tension wheel, the bend radius of the wireline
cable will affect the tension measurement.
3.6.2 Enter tension calibrate factor. These corrections are automatically made
in the Kerr hoistman's panel by selecting the proper cable size using the
menu.
If a different panel is used, enter the tension K factor at this time.

"K" Factor values for flat tension wheel or grooved
tension wheel with specially calibrated load pin
VALUES CABLE SIZE

1.00 15/32" and .472"
1.10 7/16"
1.42 5/16"
1.48 9/32"
1.68 1/4"
1.88 7/32"
Value for deep grooved tension wheel with standard load pin
VALUES CABLE SIZE

2.15 .490
2.30 .484
2.40 .472
3.6.3 Install line in measuring head. (refer to section 3.2)
3.6.4 Make sure line is laying slack and head is free to move. Press the Ten
Zero Cal button and tension value should read 0.
3.6.5 Press the Zero Depth button to set the depth to zero when the tool is
hanging at the zero point.
3.6.6 Simultaneously press the enable and zero button on the backup display
panel at this time to set its zero.
3.6.7 At this point, the system is ready to log. Watch for visual indications of
problems such as excessive vibration, wheel or roller slippage or lockups
that signify bearing or shaft failures, or cable tracking problems.
136
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Measuring Head
PN: 107434
4.0 MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR
4.1 PRE-JOB CHECK
Each time the system is used perform the following steps:
Verify that the AM5K is properly and securely attached to the spooling arm.
Several different mounting kits are available for different types of spooling arms.
Verify that the depth measuring wheels are clean and that no groove has been
worn into the measuring wheel surface. Check the measuring and guide wheels
for looseness, play, out-of-roundness, worn or rough sounding bearings, or other
mechanical conditions that could affect measurement accuracy. Ensure that the
wheel bearings inner race is not spinning on the shaft and that the shaft is not
spinning in the bushings.
Verify that all fasteners are tight and that the ball lock pushpin is secure. Verify
that the encoder, electronic load pin, and backup counter cable are installed and
properly routed. Verify that the depth system is working by turning the wheel
and observing the hoistman’s panel and backup display unit to indicate cable
movement. The hoistman's panel and backup display should measure 2' for
each rotation of the wheel. If more than one encoder is installed check both
encoders by turning each wheel and verifying that the hoistman's panel will read
2' for each rotation of either wheel.
4.2 POST-JOB MAINTENANCE
At the completion of each job, thoroughly clean and dry the device as soon as
possible. This avoids problems caused from borehole residues transferred from
the wireline onto the measuring device. Borehole residues should be washed
from the device with a cleaning solvent such as Varsol or an equivalent type.
Rinse the device with water, dry, and wipe down with an oily rag.
Do not pressure wash
137

THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Measuring Head
PN: 107434
4.3 MONTHLY MAINTENANCE
Visually inspect the interiors of the electrical connectors for the encoders and
electronic load axle for dirt and evidence of insulation breakdown. Clean or
replace as necessary. Install dust caps on the connectors if the cables are
removed.
Manually rotate each wheel by hand to verify its condition. Inspect the depth
measuring wheels for signs of abnormal wear, diameter changes, or
shaft/bearing play that can affect measurement accuracy. The wheel should be
replaced if it is grooved more than .005". The wheel should be 7.639 / 7.640"
(194 mm) in diameter with a 24" circumference (609.6 mm).
Inspect the tension wheel for signs of abnormal wear, diameter changes, or shaft
and bearing play that could affect tension measurement accuracy. The shallow
groove tension wheel (item 33 in section 6.1 of this manual) should be 5" in
diameter at the bottom of the groove. It should be replaced if it is worn more
than .010".
The deep grooved tension wheel (item 33 in section 6.1 of this manual) should
be 4.375" in diameter at the bottom of groove. It should be replaced if it is worn
more than .010".
Inspect the two grooved guide wheels on either side of the tension wheel (items
34 in section 6.1 of this manual). They should be 4" (101.6 mm) in diameter
(bottom of groove). They should be replaced if they are worn more than .010".
NOTE: If the tension wheels or guide wheels mentioned above are worn
more than .010” then the tension reading will be less than the actual line
tension. The amount of error is relative to the amount of wear.
Grease all the wheels and bearings that are fitted with a flush mount grease
fitting (see following diagram). Use a water-proof, marine grade grease. An
inverted grease nozzle (p/n AM5KP130) is supplied with each head. This nozzle
will fit any standard grease gun.
138

THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Measuring Head
PN: 107434
139
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Measuring Head
PN: 107434
4.4 ASSEMBLY / DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURES
4.4.1 MEASURING WHEEL, SHAFT, AND BEARING REMOVAL
Either measuring wheel can be removed from the measuring head. First shift the
red release handle to move the wheel away from the frame. Next remove the
encoder with its adapter.
On the later model heads, the wheels are keyed onto the shaft and can be
removed simply by removing the screw holding the wheel to the shaft.
On earlier model heads, the wheels are pressed on to the shaft. The lower snap
ring between the wheel and the bearing must first be removed. Pull the wheel
and shaft from the mount. Reassemble in the opposite order. The bearing
should also be replaced at this time.
4.4.2 ELECTRONIC LOAD PIN REMOVAL
The electronic load pin is held in place by one retaining ring on the outer end of
its shaft. Remove the retaining ring. The load pin can then be removed from the
mounting frame.
4.4.3 BACKUP DEPTH MAGNETIC PICKUP REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION
The backup depth magnetic pickup is mounted to the encoder adapter. It is held
in place by four screws. Remove the screws and the pickup can then be
removed. The pickup must be properly oriented to work correctly. The slot
should be oriented to the top. The top side is the encoder side. Ensure that an
o-ring is inserted between the plastic housing and the mount. An additional o-
ring is used between the connector and the housing to keep moisture out.
If the backup display is counting backward (i.e. counting negative when going
downhole), simply rotate the pickup 180 degrees to change the direction.
140
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Measuring Head
PN: 107434
4.4.4 ENCODER COUPLING INSTALLATION
To install the encoder coupling, first remove the plug in the encoder adapter.
Install one of the metal parts of the three piece coupling (item 36) to the wheel
shaft and tighten it using a hex wrench. Next, install the center plastic piece of
the coupling onto the wheel shaft coupling. Place the other metal coupling on the
encoder shaft and set the encoder on the mount. Snug up the encoder coupling
then remove the encoder and tighten the coupling.
Reinstall the encoder with o-rings (item 98) and tighten it to the encoder mount
(item 6). Next tighten the plug.
141

THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Measuring Head
4.4.5 ENCODER MOUNT REMOVAL PN: 107434
Follow these steps to remove the encoder mounts.
1. Using a pair of vice grips, grab the end of the pin and pull on it (see
photo).
2. Use a screw driver to capture the end of the spring (see photo).
3. The end cap and the pin can now be removed (see Photo)
142
AM5K
The Artex UserLLC
Group Manual Rev H979.836.5533Jul
Toll free in the US: 877.839.5533 Phone -2008
www.artexgroupllc.com Page 18 of 37
Mail: sales@artexgroupllc.com
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Measuring Head
PN: 107434
4 Use a hook to pull the spring out far enough to remove the screwdriver
(Careful not to bend the spring).
5. Remove the floating encoder assembly.
6. Repeat for the other side.
7. Remove anti-rotation screw (if equipped).
8. Remove snap ring and pull out sliding shaft.
9. Remove the wheel assembly.
10. Re-assemble in reverse order.
143
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Measuring Head
PN: 107434
4.4.6 INSTALLING THE LOAD AXLE WHEEL
1. Insert the tension wheel into the frame. Make sure the slotted hole in
the tension wheel bushing is on the same side as the roll pin hole in
the frame and the grease hole is on the opposite side.
2. Use a bolt in place of the load pin to hold it in place. Install an allen
wrench or other long tool to align the hole in the bearing with the
slotted hole in the frame.
144
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Measuring Head
PN: 107434
3. Insert a 3/16” x 1/2” long roll pin into the hole. Do not use a longer
roll pin as it will put the wheel into a bind.
145
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Measuring Head
PN: 107434
4. Drive the roll pin flush. Make sure that the wheel can freely
slide up and down.
5. Remove the bolt and install the load pin.
146
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Measuring Head
PN: 107434
AFTER ASSEMBLY IS COMPLETE THE HEAD SHOULD BE

CONFIGURED AS SHOWN BELOW
. Remove the bolt and install the load pin.
147
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Measuring Head
PN: 107434
5.0 RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS
It is recommended that the following list of parts be kept on hand for remote locations.
ITEM KERR P/N DESCRIPTION QTY REF

10 AM5KA420 ASSY LOAD PIN 4-20MA CURRENT LOOP 1
12 AM5KA039 ASSY MAG MARK DETECTOR 1
13 AM3KP161 ENCODER S25-HA-37F-120-ABC 0 OPTION
14 AM5KA055 ASSY BACKUP MAGNETIC 1
22 AM5KM001 WHEEL MEASURING 2FT 5 SPOKE 2
31 AM5KA137 ASSY WHEEL GUIDE PLAS 35MM BRG 4
33 AM5KA063 ASSY WHEEL TENSN SHALLOW GROOVE 1
33 AM5KA073 ASSY WHEEL TENSN DEEP GROOVE 1 OPTION (HI TENSION)
34 AM5KA164 ASSY WHEEL TENSN FIXD 35MM BRG 2
35 AM5KA065 ASSY ROLLER SPOOLNG 2.75" PLAS 4
36 AM5KM073 COUPLING MOD ENCDR 0.250/0.375 2
51 AMS1P009 RETAINING PIN (T HANDLE) 1
54 AM5KM157 BEARING BALL 35MM ID MOD 6
55 AM5KP088 BEARING LINEAR 30MMID X 40MMOD 8
56 C276P002 BEARING BALL 20MM FAFNIR 204PP 4
59 AM5KP001 CLAMP TOGGLE PUSH/PULL SST 1
101 AM5KP130 NOZZLE GREASE FITTNG FLUSH 1
148

THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Measuring Head
PN: 107434
6.0 DRAWINGS AND PARTS LISTS
6.1 MEASURE HEAD ASSEMBLY
SIDE VIEW
149
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Measuring Head
PN: 107434
TOP VIEW
150
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Measuring Head
PN: 107434
FRONT VIEW
151
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Measuring Head
PN: 107434
REAR VIEW
152
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Measuring Head
PARTS LIST PN: 107434
ITEM KERR P/N DESCRIPTION QTY REF
1 AM5KA131 ASSY FRAME BACKBONE UPPER 5WHL 1
2 AM5KA232 ASSY FRAME BKBN LWR 5WHL GII 1
3 AM5KA052-1 ASSY MOUNT FLTNG ENCDR WHL W/ 1 OPTION
4 AM5KA052-2 ASSY MOUNT FLTNG ENCDR WHL W/0 1
5 AM5KA053 ASSY BLOCK PIVOT HORIZ/VERT 1
6 AM5KM057 ADAPTER ENCODER H37C/H25D 2 OPTION
6 AM5KM058 COVER ENCODER ADAPTER 1 OPTION
7 AM5KM020 ENDCAP FLOATING ENCODER MOUNT 4
8 AM5KA057 ASSY MOUNT SPOOLNG ROLLR FRNT 1
9 AM5KM026 MOUNT SPOOLING ROLLER REAR 1
10 AM5KA420 ASSY LOAD AXLE 4-20MA CURRENT 1
11 AM5KA040 ASSY MOUNT CENTER YOKE 5 WHEEL 1 OPTION
12 AM5KA039 ASSY MAG MARK DETECTOR 1
13 AM5KP189 ENCODER S25-HA-37F-300-ABC 1
14 AM5KA055 ASSY BACKUP MAGNETIC 1
15 AM5KM024 SHAFT PIVOT VERTICAL 20MM SST 1
16 AM5KM011 SHAFT TENSION ROLLER 30MM SST 5
17 AM5KA059 ASSY SHAFT ENCODER SLIDE 30MM 2
18 AM5KM023 SHAFT PIVOT HORIZONTAL 1/2 SST 1
19 AM5KM013 SHAFT SPOOLING ROLLER 20MM 3
20 AM5KP023 BOLT SHOULDER 3/4 X 3 SST 1
21 AM5KP002 SPRING EXT 4" OAL 47/64 DIA SST 4
22 AM5KM001 WHEEL MEASURING 2FT 5 SPOKE 2
23 AM5KM141 ANCHOR SPRING 1/2" FLOATING 4
24 AM5KM034 PLATE WEAR 1/16 X 1.5 X 3.5 1
25 AM5KM049 BLOCK WEAR 1.50 X 1.50 X 0.56 STL 2 LARGE LINES
25 AM5KM074 BLOCK WEAR UPPER TOOL STL CH 1 SMALL LINES ONLY
26 AM3KM134 BLOCK WEAR 0.75 X 2.50 TOOLSTL 2
27 AM5KM159 BLOCK GUIDE TENSION WHEEL PLAS 2
28 AM5KM084 SCREW ANTI-ROTATION TENS WHEEL 6
29 AM5KM010 SHAFT WHEEL CANTILEVERED 5 WHL 1
30 AM5KM060 SHAFT WHEEL CANTLVRD MAG 5 WHL 1 OPTION
31 AM5KA137 ASSY WHEEL GUIDE PLAS 35MM BRG 4
33 AM5KA063 ASSY WHEEL TENSN SHALLOW GRV 1 OPTION
33 AM5KA073 ASSY WHEEL TENSN DEEP GRV 1 OPTION (HI TENSION)
34 AM5KA164 ASSY WHEEL TENSN FIXD 35MM BRG 2
35 AM5KA065 ASSY ROLLER SPOOLNG 2.75" PLAS 4
36 AM5KM073 COUPLING MOD ENCDR 0.250/0.375 2 OPTION
37 AM5KP124 PIN COILED SPRING 1/4 X 1-1/8 2 ENCODER SLIDE
38 AM5KP125 PIN COILED SPRING 3/16 X 1/2 1 TENSION WHEEL PIN
42 AM5KM138 YOKE PIVOT CENTER MOUNT SST 1
43 AM5KM040 PUSHROD TOGGLE CLAMP PLASTIC 2
51 AMS1P009 RETAINING PIN (T HANDLE) 1
52 AMS1P072 PLUG 3/8 NPT SS 2
53 AM5KP075 CHAIN SASH #35 SST 6
153
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Measuring Head
PN: 107434
55 AM5KP088 BEARING LINEAR 30MMID X 40MMOD 8
56 C276P002 BEARING BALL 20MM FAFNIR 204PP 4
59 AM5KP001 CLAMP TOGGLE PUSH/PULL SST 2
60 AM5KM055 KEY 1/8 X 1/8 X 0.625L SST 2
61 AM5KP144 WASHER 1/4 LOCK SS HIGH COLLAR 4
62 ACMU2P31 WASHER 1/4 FLAT SS 8
63 AMS1P058 WASHER 3/8 LOCK SS 3
64 C276P513 WASHER 3/8 FLAT SST 2
65 C276P036 WASHER 1/4 LOCK SS 4
66 AM5KP011 WASHER 20MM FLAT SST 12
71 C276P046 WASHER #6 LOCK SS 4
72 C276P035 WASHER #10 LOCK SS 7
73 AMS1P052 SCREW 10-24 X 5/8 SOC HD SST 4
74 C276P331 SCREW 6-32 X 1/2 PHIL PAN SST 4
75 AM5KP117 SCREW 1/4-20 X 5/8 BTN HD SST 4
76 AM5KP038 SCREW 5/16-18 X 7/8 FH SOC SS 8
77 AM5KP039 SCREW 10-24 X 7/8 FH SOC SST 2
78 AM5KP040 SCREW 10-24 X 3/8 SOC HD SST 5
79 AM5KP042 SCREW 1/2-13 X 3/4 SOC HD SST 2
80 AMS1P048 SCREW 1/4-20 X 3/4 SOC HD SST 4 OPTION W/COVER
80 C276P031 SCREW 1/4-20 X 1-1/4 SOC HD SS 8
82 AM5KP037 SCREW 5/16-18 X 4-1/2 SOC HD 2
83 AM3KP028 SCREW 5/16-18 X 1/2 SHCS SST 2
84 AMS1P052 SCREW 10-24 X 5/8 SOC HD SST 8 OPTION
84 AMS1P053 SCREW 10-24 X 2 SHCS SST 8 OPTION W/HD ENCDR
85 AM5KP043 SCREW 3/8-16 X 1/2 BUTTON HD 3
86 AMS1P006 RING RETNG INT UR187S 4
87 AM5KP033 RING RETNG EXT 0.500 SHAFT SST 1
89 AM3KP018 RING RETNG EXT 1.188 SHAFT SST 4
90 AM5KP168 RING RETNG INT 2.875 LT DUTY 12
91 C276P041 O-RING 2-017 BUNA N 1 BACKUP HSG
92 AM5KP072 O-RING 2-046 BUNA N MMD COVER 1
93 C276P040 O-RING 2-235 BUNA N L/P LID 1
94 AMS8P066 O-RING 2-136 BUNA N L/P HSG 1
95 AM5KP118 O-RING 2-023 BUNA N L/P CONN 1
96 AM5KP020 O-RING 2-030 BUNA N ENDCAP 4
97 AMS1P014 O-RING 2-152 BUNA N ENC ADPTR 2
98 AM5KP071 O-RING 2-141 BUNA N H25 ENCDR 2
99 AM5KP119 O-RING 2-026 BUNA N MMD CONN 1
100 C276P042 O-RING 2-016 BUNA N 1 BACKUP CONN
101 AM5KP130 NOZZLE GREASE FITTNG FLUSH 1 NOT SHOWN
154
AM5K
The Artex User
Group LLCManual Rev H
Toll free in the US: 877.839.5533 Phone 979.836.5533 Jul -2008
www.artexgroupllc.com Page sales@artexgroupllc.com
Mail: 30 of 37
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Measuring Head
PN: 107434
6.2 MAGNETIC MARK DETECTOR SPECIFICATION
1. General
This specification describes the latest Kerr Measurement Systems magnetic

mark detector. It replaces the original AMS100 detector, p/n AMS1A003. The
performance characteristics emulate the original unit.
2. Mechanical
The mark detector will work in both the original housing p/n AMS1M022 and the
AM5K versions using p/n AM5KM029. The pc board is potted to prevent
damage from shock, vibration, or humidity.
3. Power
Input power is 9 - 30vdc at 100ma max.
4. Outputs
Digital line driver out for strong & strong\ and also weak & weak\ where a weak
mark is 4 gauss or less and a strong mark is greater than 4.1 gauss measured
0.10 inch from cable surface. The signals are a +5vdc digital pulse. A digitized
0-5vdc representation of the analog signal is provided.
5. Performance
a) Operating temperature -40 to +120 f. compensated and stable. Storage

temperature -60 to +180 f.
b) Magnetic mark detection at cable line speeds of 1 to 1000 feet per minute.
c) Auto cal feature removes offset of the electronics and any constant
magnetic field less than 1 gauss every 100ms. If in a greater field, it will
auto calibrate every 11 seconds.
d) Detection of apparent zero gauss (at high/low crossing) is within 0.1 inch
and repeatable so as any error is not accumulative.
e) Will survive a gauss level exposure of 60 gauss.
155
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Measuring Head
PN: 107434
AM5KA039 ASSY MMD
1 AM5KM029 ENCLSR MAGNETIC MARK DETECTOR 1 EA

2 AM5KM035 COVER MAGNETIC MARK DETECTOR 1 EA
5 ACMU1P21 CONN MS3102E-20-27P 14 PIN RECEPT 1 EA
6 AM5KP119 O-RING 2-026 BUNA N MMD CONN 1-1/4 1 EA
X 1-3/8 X 1/16
7 ACMU1P22 DUST CAP MS25D43-20DA 1 EA
8 AM5KP072 O-RING 2-046 BUNA N MMD COVER 1 EA
4.239ID X 4.3790D X 0.070
10 AM5KA035 PCB MMD POTTED, AM5K OR AMS100 1 EA
23 C276P035 WASHER #10 LOCK SS 5 EA
24 AMS8P029 SCREW 10-24 X 1/2 SOC HD SST 5 EA
26 AMS1P040 SCREW 6-32 X 3/8 PAN HD SST 4 EA
156
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Measuring Head
PN: 107434
6.3 LOAD PIN
AM5KA420 ASSY LOAD AXLE 4-20MA CURRENT LOOP 3 WIRE
45 AMS7P013 CONN MS3102E-18-9P 1 EA

46 AMS1P029 DUST CAP MS25042-18DA 1 EA
93 C276P040 O-RING 2-235 BUNA N L/P LID 3-1/8 X 3-3/8 X 1/8 1 EA
94 AMS8P066 O-RING 2-136 BUNA N L/P HSG 1.98ID X 2.19OD X 0.103W 1 EA
95 AM5KP118 O-RING 2-023 BUNA N L/P CONN 1-1/16 X 1-3/16 X 1/16 1 EA
157
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Measuring Head
PN: 107434
6.4 HIGH RESOLUTION ENCODER AM5KP192 (Blue Cover)
13 AM5KP192 ENCODER H25D-SS-1200-ABC-4469 1 EA

36 AM5KM073 COUPLING MOD ENCDR 0.250/0.375 BORE 1 EA
44 AMS1P071 DUST CAP MS25043-16DA 1 EA
Specifications
1200 Pulses per revolution

5 – 15 vdc power
Differential Quadrature output (A – A not, B – B not)
A - A
C - A\
B - B
E - B\
D - + 5v
F - Gnd
G - Case
158
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Measuring Head
6.5 MEDIUM RESOLUTION ENCODER AM5KP189
PN: 107434
Specifications
5 – 15 vdc power
SST DISC
Pin Out
A - A
H - A\
B - B
I - B\
D - + 5v – 15 vdc
F - Gnd
G - Case
13 AM5KP189 ENCODER S25-HA-37F-1200-ABC 1 EA

44 ACMU2P09 DUST CAP MS25043-18DA 1 EA
AM5K User Manual Rev H159 Jul -2008 Page 35 of 37
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Measuring Head
PN: 107434
6.6 LOW RESOLUTION ENCODER
AM3KP161 ENCODER HD2.5D-0-SS-37F-120 SPECIAL ETI
Specifications
5 – 15 vdc power
SST DISC
Pin Out
A - A
C - A\
B - B
E - B\
D - + 5v – 15 vdc
F - Gnd
G - Case
13 AM3KP161 ENCODER H25D-SS-120-ABC-4469 1 EA

44 ACMU2P09 DUST CAP MS25043-18DA 1 EA
160
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Measuring Head
PN: 107434
6.7 BACKUP ODOMETER CABLE AND WIRING
14 AM5KA058 ASSY ENCODER BACKUP MAGNETIC 1 EA

49 AM5KP027 CONN KPT02E10-6P RECEPTACLE MS3112 1 EA
50 AM5KP034 DUST CAP KPT8110C CANNON SHELL SIZE 10 1 EA
51 C276P041 O-RING 2-017 2 EA
74 AMS1P040 SCREW 6-32 X 3/8 PAN HD SST 4 EA
AM5KA024-20 BACKUP ODOMETER CABLE
1 AMS7P062 CABLE 24/2P STNDED TC PE/PVC AL/MY SHLD 20 FT

W/DW NEC CMUL2919
2 AM5KP057 CONN KPT06F10-6P STR PLUG 1 EA
3 AM5KP058 CONN KPT08F10-6S RT ANGLE PLUG 1 EA
4 AM5KP059 DUST CAP KPT8010C CANNON 2 EA
161
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Diesel Generator
PN: 108654
ONAN DIESEL GENERATOR 6.0 HDKAH-1044
TYPICAL GENSET
The operator’s console, the components requiring

attention during periodic maintenance and other
features of a typical genset are shown in Figure below.
Refer to manufacturers manual for details of

“PERIODIC MAINTENANCE SCHEDULE.
STARTING THE GENSET

2. See Troubleshooting (Page 21) if the genset does not
Before staring: Read the CONDUCTING THE PRE- start after three tries.
START CHECKS”on Onan manual.
3. For top performance and engine life, especially in
Start the genset from the genset control panel or colder weather, let the engine warm up for two minutes
remote control panel inside the vehicle. before connecting appliances.
1. Push and hold the switch at START until the 4. Monitor the engine gauges if the remote panel is so
genset starts. The status indicator light on the switch equipped. Normal readings during operation are as
flashes during preheat and cranking. It will come on follows:
solid when the starter disconnects, indicating that Oil Pressure: Approximate center of scale
the genset is running. (Depending on how cold it is, Temperature: 160°-220° F (71°-104° C)
preheat can take up to 15 seconds, extending the time DC Voltage: 14-15 volts.
that the light blinks.)
5. Check for fuel, exhaust and coolant leaks. Stop the
CAUTION Excessive cranking can overheat and genset immediately if there is a fuel, exhaust or coolant
damage the starter motor. Do not crank for more than leak and have it repaired.
20 seconds at a time.
Wait at least 2 minutes before trying again.

162
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Diesel Generator
PN: 108654
LIFTING EYE ACCESS COVER
AC TERMINAL
BOX COVER
DIESEL GENERATOR START UP OPERATOR’S
CONSOLE
Start truck with Engine to idling speed
Proper Start Up SequenceWireline Unit for Diesel Generator

(after starting Generator):
1. Start engine; allow air pressure to build up (90 PSI)

2. Engage PTO’s
3. Open Generator Compartment to Activate Safety Switch.
4. Turn on 12v. breaker DC2(Power Distribution Panel)
5. Increase engine speed between 900/1200 rpm
6. Turn on 12v. breaker DC6(Generator Enable)
7. All the 120v./AC breakers have to be off.
8. Turn transfer switch to clockwise to “Generator” position.
9. Turn lower switch to “Diesel”
10. You should see 60 Hz. On the frequency meter and 120v on the voltage meter.
11. All the AC 120v./DC 12v breakers are to turn on.
12. The truck is ready to operate.
163
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Roxtec
PN:105797
The Roxtec Cable Entry Sealing System is a modular

based system of sealing products consisting of
different components. Each and every one of the
components are necessary for the best performance of
the Roxtec System.
Assembly instructions - using Roxtec Wedge
Note: Refer to www.roxtec.com for details.

164
THE
GROUP LLC
Pneumatic
The Artex Group LLC

Phone 979.836.5533

PLATINUM
REGISTRATION, INC.
THE
GROUP LLC
Pneumatic
Air Manifold
PN: 100148
Part # A B C D E F G H J
AM-1-5 1/8 4.00 0.70 1.00 0.75 2.25 0.50 1/4 0.17
Part #
AM-2-5 A 5.00
1/8 B C
0.88 D
1.25 E
0.88 F
2.62 G
0.75 H
3/8 J
0.20
AM-3-5
AM-1-5 1/4
1/8 5.00
4.00 0.88
0.70 1.25
1.00 0.88
0.75 2.62
2.25 0.75
0.50 3/8
1/4 0.20
0.17
AM-4-5
AM-2-5 1/4
1/8 5.75
5.00 1.12
0.88 1.50
1.25 1.00
0.88 3.00
2.62 0.88
0.75 1/2
3/8 0.20
AM-5-5
AM-3-5 3/8
1/4 5.75
5.00 1.12
0.88 1.50
1.25 1.00
0.88 3.00
2.62 0.88
0.75 1/2
3/8 0.20
Air Manifold
AM-6-5
AM-4-5 1/8
1/4 7.75
5.75 0.70
1.12 1.00
1.50 1.50
1.00 4.50
3.00 0.88 1/4
1/2 0.17
0.20
AM-7-5
AM-5-5 1/8
3/8 7.75
5.75 0.88
1.12 1.25
1.50 1.50
1.00 4.50
3.00 0.88 3/8
1/2 0.20
AM-8-5
AM-6-5 1/4
1/8 7.75 0.88
0.70 1.25
1.00 1.50 4.50 0.88 3/8
1/4 0.20
0.17
AM-9-5
AM-7-5 1/4
1/8 7.75 1.12
0.88 1.50
1.25 1.50 4.50 0.88 1/2
3/8 0.20
166
AM-10-5
AM-8-5 1/43/8 7.75 1.12 1.25
0.88 1.50 1.50 4.50 0.88 3/8 1/2 0.20
*AM-11-5
AM-9-5 1/4 12.00
7.75 1.62
1.12 2.25
1.50 2.25
1.50 6.75
4.50 1.50
0.88 1
1/2 0.265
0.20
*AM-12-5
AM-10-5 3/8 12.00
7.75 1.62
1.12 2.25
1.50 2.25
1.50 6.75
4.50 1.50
0.88 1
1/2 0.265
0.20
*AM-13-5
*AM-11-5 1/2
1/4 12.00 1.62 2.25 2.25 6.75 1.50 1 0.265
THE
GROUP LLC
Pneumatic
Air Regulators
PN: 101526
Air Regulators (3 required)
Special materials are used in the manufacturing of
seals and resin parts to allow them to withstand
various temperature conditions in cold or tropical
(hot) regions.
Strong materials are used in the manufacturing of

air filters intended for high pressure operation. Also
construction modification allows a wider regulating
pressure range.
Square embedded type

pressure gauge (option) D
C
G
Pressure gauge
(option)
L
B
Shifter Regulator
Port size Bracket
(option)
Q
F J
E
Line Oiler Regulator
Air Bags Regulator
167
THE
GROUP LLC
Pneumatic
Safety Air Valve Timer
PN: 101861
The truck is fitted with a safety air valve to prevent

shifting the transmission in operation. It has a
connecting plug with a timer adjustment built in to
the plug. It may have come from the factory with the
wrong setting. Use a small screwdriver and screw the
adjustment in (clockwise) 20 turns.
9ft cable
Timing Adjustments
1. Safety Air Valve Timer PN: 101861
WARNING: Do not exceed the

electrical rating of this device or
permanent damage can result.
Timing Adjustment:
This timer allows 15 turns of adjustment over the timing range. Divide the selected range by 15. This results
in a seconds per turn ratio to aid in your adjustment. The adjustment knob should be turned about 15-20 turns
counter-clockwise to insure you are starting at minimum. Add the number of turns clockwise to reach the
approximate desired timing. Some additional adjustments may be necessary depending on the desired accuracy.
*Two adjustments for cycling timers only.
**Polarity must be observed for DC but not for AC operation.
168
THE
GROUP LLC
Pneumatic
Grease Injector System
PN: 07-150396
Air Motor, Lincoln Mod. 84806, Grease Pump, 14 KSI

PN: 107054
Pick-up Tube
PN: 107055
Grease Tank, Lower Compartment, 50 Gallon Hose Reels

PN: 107861 PN: 106063
169
- - -
28 HYD. PUMP OUT
20
27
15
SET @ 850 PSI
19
31 22 LINCOLN GREASE PUMP 5K
18
SET @ 150 PSI 9
1 2
GREASE TANK
TOLERANCES
000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030
0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG
FIN = 125 RMS
SCHEMATIC, 10K PNEUMATIC GREASE
OWNED BY AND INTENDED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF BRENHAM ARTEX LLC ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES SYSTEM
110795
CHECKED BY: -
B - -
DATE: 09.07.10 NONE P/N 110795
THE
GROUP LLC

Displays Pressure Display
PN: 101304
HDA 5500 Series
About HDA 5500 Intelligent Display Unit
The HDA 5500 is a single-chip microprocessor controlled display and control unit in a
standard control panel module housing. A maximum of 3 analog inputs and 1 analog output
is possible. The analog input signals are converted by a 10 bit A/D converter and displayed
according to the measuring scale selected by the user. Each of the 4 maximum possible
relays can be allocated to any of the 3 analog sensor inputs or the differential between
sensor signals 1 and 2. All operating parameters such as switching points and switch-
back (i.e. hysteresis) points can be programmed by means of the MODE and SET keys.
The relays switch, as soon as, a pre-set switching point is reached, or after a programmed
delay. This function suppresses the reaction of the relays to short-term and irrelevant
variations such as pressure spikes.
Technical Details Applications

7-Segment LED with four digit display field, red, character height
Output
of 14.2 mm, 3 LED for measuring range / 4 LED for switch points
Normal range -999 to 9999 (freely adjustable)
Display units bar, kg/cm_, Mpa, psi, °C, °F, l/min,
with background lighting mA, V, Hz, kN, m, mm, l, gal, gal/min, 1/min
Industrial
Analog Signal Input
Measuring range
Adjustable: 4 to 20 mA, 0 to 5 V or 0 to 10 V
(up to 3 analog inputs)
Accuracy class b ± 0.25% with 25°C
PT 100 – Input
Measuring range -25° to 100°C Offshore
Accuracy class b ± 0.25% with 25°C
Frequency / Counter Input
Signal Threshold 0 to 0.6 V = LOW / 3 to 24 V = HIGH
Frequency range 10Hz to 4kHZ
Initial Values Pulp & Paper
adjustable: 4 to 20 mA, load b 400 ¾ or
Analog Output
0 to 10 V, load r 2 k ¾
Analog output accuracy b ± 0.5 % with 25°C
Rise time 70 ms
Switching Outputs Power
Generation
Execution 2 or 4 Relays in each case with separate root
Bias-reducing potential 0.1 to 250 VAC
Current on contact 9 mA to 2 A
Contact rating 400 VA, 50 W (use resistors with inductive load)
r 20 Mio. with minimum load Steel / Heavy
Lifespan of switching contacts
r 1 Mio. With maximum load Industry
Response time (time delay = 0 ms) Approx. 20 ms
Range of adjustment
1.5 to 100 % the adjusted normal range
on the switch points
Range of adjustment of the
1 to 99 % the adjusted normal range
switching hysteresis (reset points)
Serial interface RS232 Baud rate 19200 - 8 data bits
Interface
1 start and stop bit - no parity
Ambient Conditions
Compensated temperature range 0 to 50°C
Operating temperature range 0 to 50°C
Storage temperature range -40 to 80°C
Approvals
CE mark is a mandatory conformity
CE mark EN 61000-6-1, 2, 3, 4 mark on many products placed on
Other the single market in the
European Economic Area
Electrical Connections Relays: terminal block 6 pole
Supply voltage: terminal block, 2 pole
input/outputs: terminal block, 11 pole
max. cross section for connection 1.5 mm2
input/outputs: max. cross section for connection 2.5 mm2 for supply voltage & relay
Supply Voltage 85 to 265 VAC 50 / 60 Hz or 24 VDC
Capacity 15 VA with 85 to 230 VAC Fuse 1 AT
Supply of the transducers 12 ±1% VDC max. 20 mA per analog input
Enclosure according
IP 20
to DIN 40050
Weight Approx. 320 g
170
37 Electronics Catalog
THE
GROUP LLC

Pressure Transducer
Pressure Transducers
PN: 101303
Model Code
HDA 4 X X X - A - XXXX - S00 (PSI) X1
Series
HDA 4 = Pressure transducer with ceramic or stainless steel measurement cell
Accuracy class
1 = Low pressure ceramic absolute pressure, 0.5% BFSL accuracy
3 = Low pressure ceramic gauge pressure, 0.5% BFSL accuracy
4 = High pressure ceramic thin film, 0.5% BFSL accuracy
7 = High pressure ceramic thin film, 0.25% BFSL accuracy
Mechanical connection
4 = G 1/4 A DIN 3852, male (bar ranges only)
7 = SAE 6, 9/16-18 UNF 2A male (44XX and 47XX only) (psi ranges only)
8 = 1/4-18 NPT, male (41XX and 43XX only) (psi ranges only)
Electrical connection
4 = series 714 M18, 4 pole, IP 65
5 = DIN 43650, 3 pole + earth, IP 65
6 = M12x1, 4 pole, IP 65
Signal
A = 4 to 20 mA
Measuring ranges
For HDA 414X (G 1/4” A DIN 3852 only) For Range Conversions For HDA 438X (1/4” - 18 NPT only)
01.0, 02.5 bar 1 psi = 0.069 bar 0015, 0030, 0050, 0100, 0150, 0250, 0500 psi
For HDA 418X (1/4” - 18 NPT only) 1 bar = 14.504 psi For For HDA 447X or 477X (SAE 6 9/16-18 UNF2A male only)
0015, 0050 psi 0150, 0750, 1000, 1500, 3000, 5000, 6000, 9000 psi
For HDA 434X (G 1/4” A DIN 3852 only) For HDA 444X or 474X (G 1/4” A DIN 3852 only)
0009 (-1 to 9), 01.0, 02.5, 04.0, 06.0, 0010, 0016, 0025, 0040 bar 006, 016, 060, 100, 250, 400, 600 bar
Modification number
S00 = with shipbuilding approvals
(psi)
Additional declaration for psi version (omit for bar version) 2 3
Seal material (in contact with fluid) (41XX and 43XX only) 1 4
F1 = FPM seal (for hydraulic oils)
E1 = EPDM seal (for coolant, ammonia, water)
1 2
3
Circuit Connection Plug Connection
RLmax = (UB-10V) / 20mA [kΩ]
HDA 4XX4 use with ZBE 03 (see page 99)
1 1 RL
free signal +
2 RL 2 RL
signal + signal -
4 3
HDA 4xx4-A 3 RL HDA 4xx5-A 3 2 3
signal - free 2 3
1 2
4 1 4
free 1 4

1 RL
signal +
2
free
1 2
HDA 4xx6-A 3 RL 1 2
signal - 3
3
4 free
4 3
4 3
1 2
1 2
Dimensions
3.6"
(92mm)
ø 1.1" ø 1.4"
(27mm) (35mm)
Hex SW27 Hex SW27 Hex SW27
ø 0.75” ø 1.6” ø 0.7”

(19mm) (30mm) (19mm)
1.4"
1/4-18 NPT 9/16-18UNF 2A G 1/4 A DIN (35mm)
2.1"
(54mm)
171
Electronics Catalog 8
THE
GROUP LLC
Pneumatic
Line Oiler
PN: 07-105078
The line oiler helps prevent premature failure of the cable by giving the operator the ability to apply a small
amount of rust preventative or some type of lubricant for the cable.
4 1 5 6
2
7
1
9 1 8 4
1. ¼ Ball Valve PN:105264

2. Relief Valve PN:101247 6. Plug 1½ PN:102375
3. Female Tee ¼ PN:101532 7. Air Tank PN:105695
4. ¼ x ¼ Hex Nipple PN:101652 8. ¾ Plug PN:101203
5. ¾ NPT x ¼ NPT Reducer PN:102378 9. 04MJ - 04MP 90° PN:101597
172
SET @ 35 PSI
TRUCK AIR
TOLERANCES
000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030
0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG
FIN = 125 RMS
PNEUMATIC LINE OILER SCHEMATIC

OWNED BY AND INTENDED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF BRENHAM ARTEX LLC DRAWN BY: JSH
A -
CHECKED BY: JMH
DATE: 09-28-10 NONE P/N

110488
THE
GROUP LLC
Hydraulics
The Artex Group LLC

Phone 979.836.5533

PLATINUM
REGISTRATION, INC.
Typical Series 2 Variable Displacement Pump/Fixed Displacement Motor Schematic
- - -
Note:
For Ease of Viewing, The
Heat Exchanger Bubble Inlet Flow
Servo Control Cylinder, Hydraulic Oil
Reservoir Separator Case Pressure
Swashplate, and Control
Valve are Shown
Manual Displacement Screen
Removed From The Control Pressure
Pump Control Valve 30˚ to Horizon
Charge Pressure
Return
High pressure
Filter
Orifices
Heat Exchanger Strainer

By-Pass Valve 5000 P.S.I.
Orifice Check Valve
Variable Pump
Swashplate Servo Control Cylinder IPOR
5500
Shuttle
Valve Valve Fixed Motor
Swashplate
Charge
System Pump Low
Relief Valves/ Presure
Check Valves Relief
Valve
4600
3500
IPOR
Fixed
Charge
Variable V alve Charge
Filter
Pressure
Relief Valve
Motor
Pump
Internal Drained
to Pump Case
TOLERANCES
000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030
0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG
FIN = 125 RMS
ARTEX WINCH SYSTEM
EATON HYDRAULICS
110471
PURCHASE ORDERS. ANY UNAUTHORIZED USE OR REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWN BY: A.L.
CHECKED BY: -
B - -
DATE: 09.07.10 NONE P/N 110471
- - -
28
27 29
ELECTRONIC
CONTROL
VALVE
CHECK
VALVE
RELIFE MOTOR
VALVE
30
31
DESCRIPTION PART #
Pump 105539
Check Valve 100516
Motor 105540
PUMP
1
TOLERANCES
000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030
0.000 = +/- 0.005
SCHEMATIC HYDRAULIC GENERATOR 30KW

ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG
FIN = 125 RMS

CHECKED BY: -
B - 110762 -
110762
1
4
TO TRANSMISSION HI-LO SHIFT 10 8
5
SEE DWG 110387
6
8
9
9 25
7
10
11
11
12
13 2
21
14 24
15
16
17
18 1 26 3
19
20
21
4
22
23
24
25
26
28
16 6
27
15
HYDRAULIC SCHEMATIC
OIL INDIA
THE
GROUP LLC
Hydraulics
Inspection and Maintenance
Maintenance of any hydraulic system is the key to a long life trouble free system. This can be achieved by a
simple filter and fluid change on a timely manner. Artex USA utilizes the best in filters and fluid at it is always
best to use exact replacement parts whenever possible. This eliminates the worry about any possible warranty
issues. The Artex Hydraulic system is designed to prevent wear and excessive heat buildup. Please maintain
your system to keep it running smooth and trouble free.
Initial Inspection: Hydraulic Inspection and Maintenance Requirements
Upon receipt of a new unit, visually inspect and operate hydraulic system. Operate system until normal
operating temperature and pressure is obtained.
Maximum operating pressure is 5000 PSI and temperature should stay below 180 deg F. Sustained pressures
and temperatures above these maximum readings will degraded the system efficiency and life.
Daily: Visually Inspect for leaks and physical damage to hoses, filters, components and heat exchanger. Check Fan
operation with Auto/On Test Switch
A quick check to verify fan operation is achieved by placing auto/on switch (located in the generator
compartment) in the on position. Be sure DC2 switch is on. You should be able to hear the fan operation.
After testing, return the switch to the auto position normal fan operation will resume. See

Monitor filter visual bypass indicator at operating temperature. If the red button pops up it indicates that the
filter should be changed.
Gauge on return filter should always stay in the green range. If the dial moves to the RED change the filter
500 Hrs (First Time): Change filter and strainers in the hydraulic system with approved replacement parts. Sub standard filters can
cause damage to the hydraulic system.
1000 Hr: Visual inspection of all hydraulic components, paying special attention to heat exchanger and hoses. Replace
damaged items immediately. Check for leaks hose cracking, wet spots below truck and physical damage.
Change Filters and strainers with approved replacements parts.
Take hydraulic oil sample and send to certified lab for test results. Maintain all records for the life of you system
Annually: Same inspection as required above, adding the items below. Change all fluids, filters and strainers. Follow up
oil samples fluids.

Qty (65 Gal) Artex Part #:105975
Take hydraulic oil sample and send to certified lab for test results. Maintain all records for the life of you
system.
174
THE
GROUP LLC
Hydraulics
Spin On Filter
Complete Unit PN: 100511
FEATURES
• HYDAC Beta Spin™ elements are available with

Multi-Layer Betamicron® media with absolute ratings
of 3, 5, 10, and 20 microns (Beta Ratio ≥ 200).
• Proper support of the filter media provides high

Beta Ratio values (particle removal efficiency) even
at high differential pressures. The efficiency of many
competitive elements drastically deteriorates as the
element clogs and differential pressure increases.
• Betamicron® filter media is firmly supported to

acheiveflow fatigue resistance during significant
pressure flow pulsations.
• High quality adhesive is used to bond the seam of the

media and the endcaps to the media.
• Heavy gauge perforated support tubes are used to
provide proper flow distribution and protection
against element collapse.
175
THE
GROUP LLC
Hydraulics
Return Filter
Replacement Cartridge only PN: 108750
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS
The proper installation of this filter requires the use

of the correct sealing gasket. Use the narrow (approx.
3/16”) square cut gasket, (supplied with filter) on
mounting bases with a narrow groove.
Use the wide (approx. 5/16”) flat gasket, on mowlting

bases with wide groove. The correct gasket will
fit’snugly in the appropriate groove. On mounting
bases with no groove, use the “L” shaped gasket.. These
gaskets are not interchangeable. (Gaskets 5661 and
5658 are not supplied with filter but can be ordered).
INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
1. Remove old filter and gasket. Dispose of used filter

and fluid properly. Thoroughly clean the mounting
base and groove. Make sure they are free of debris and
undamageq.
2.
A. For mounting bases with a groove, select the proper
sealing gasket. Apply clean motor oil to the gasket and
install it in the groove. Be sure the gasket is fully seated
in the groove.
B. On mounting bases with no groove, the “L” shaped
gasket is placed on the top edge of the filter.
3. Install new filter on the mounting base and tighten
per the installation instructions printed on the filter
can.
4. Proper gasket selection and installation procedures
are necessaIY to prevent fluid leakage and possible
component damage.
You need to change the filter every 250 hrs of operation.
176
THE
GROUP LLC
Hydraulic System
Charge Pressure Filter
Complete Unit PN: 101297
FEATURES
• Optimized mesh pack structure with newly developed filter

media, support, and transition layers
• Improved performance data (optimized Beta efficiency,
contamination retention, Δp/Q characteristics, and Beta
stability)
• Patented process for longitudinal seam bonding increases
seam integrity
• Element plastic components have been made conductive to
aid in static discharge
• Use of spiral lock seam support tubes lowers element weight
• Element outer wraps are made of plastic (polyester) to reduce
environmental impact and improve fatigue resistance
Technical Data
• Collapse burst pressure
• Low pressure differential: 290 psid (17 bar) - BN4HC
• High pressure differential: 3045 psid (210 bar) - BH4HC
Filter element ratings
• 3, 5, 10, 20 μm
177
THE
GROUP LLC
Hydraulic System
Charge Filter
Replacement Cartridge Element PN: 107035
Technical Data
• Collapse burst pressure

• Low pressure differential: 290 psid (17 bar) - BN4HC
• High pressure differential: 3045 psid (210 bar) -
BH4HC Filter element ratings
• 3, 5, 10, 20 μm
Maintenance
First change should be 500 hrs of operation. Fluid and Filter should
be changed every 1000 hrs of operation and more often in dusty
climates.
178
THE
GROUP LLC
Hydraulic System
Flow Ezy Suction Strainer
PN: 100753
DESCRIPTION
Filters specially designed to separate free water from

mineral oils.
The increasing pressure loss in a filter element which

is being saturated with water indicates, by means of
standard clogging indicators, that it is time to change
the element.
In order to guarantee the greatest efficiency, it is

recommended that these elements be installed in an
off-line recirculation loop configuration.
Instructions on changing the tank strainers.
a. Drain fluid and clean out the tank with a clean lint free rag
and solven. Assure that there is not any remnants or particles left
in tank. The tank should be thoroughly cleaned and inspected.
Cleaner the better.
b. Replace the suction strainers with new approved strainers. Use

Artex Part Number: 100753, Flow Ezy Suction Strainers.
c. Clean and replace access panel, assure that the gasket is clean
and replaced if necessary.
d. Refill the hydraulic tank with approved hydraulic oil Artex

Part Number: 106708
e. Check for leaks and open lower ball valve before starting
hydraulic system.
f. After starting hydraulic system, check charge and system

pressure to assure system is functioning properly.
Change after first 500 hrs. Then every 1000 hrs
179
THE
GROUP LLC
Hydraulics
General Filters Maintenance
Instructions
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
 Spare parts must fulfil the technical
requirements specified by the
manufacturer. This is always guaranteed instructions for use It is the responsibility of
for HYDAC original spare parts. the operator to comply with
for filters the water regulations of the
 Keep tools, working area and equipment
clean.
Information
country concerned.
The pressure unit must only
 After disassembling the filter, clean all be operated in conjunction Statutory accident
parts, check for damage or wear and with a machine or system. prevention regulations,
replace parts if necessary. Information safety regulations and
 When changing a filter element a high level Caution
safety data sheets for fluids
of cleanliness must be observed! This pressure unit must must be observed.
only be used in accordance
with the requirements of When working on, or in the
INTERVAL BETWEEN CHANGING Information
the operating instructions vicinity of, hydraulic
ELEMENTS
of the machine or system. systems, naked flames,
Caution
spark generation and
We recommend fitting the filter with a smoking are forbidden.
clogging indicator (visual and/or electric or This pressure unit must
electronic) to monitor the filter element. only be operated using
Hydraulic oils and water
hydraulic or lubrication
polluting fluids must not be
Information
fluid.
If the clogging indicator responds, it is allowed to enter the soil or
necessary to change or to clean the filter The user must, by
Caution watercourses or
element without delay (only W and V appropriate action (e.g. sewerage systems.
elements can be cleaned). venting), prevent the Please ensure safe and
Caution
formation of air pockets. environmentally friendly disposal of
If no clogging indicator is fitted, we hydraulic oils. The relevant
recommend changing the elements after Repair, maintenance work regulations in the country
specified intervals (changing the filter and commissioning must concerned with regard to ground
element depends on the design of the filter only be carried out by water pollution, used oil and waste
and the conditions). Caution
trained personnel. must be complied with.
Higher dynamic loads across the element
Ensure the pressure unit has Whenever work is carried
might necessitate shorter intervals between
cooled down before handling. out on the filter, be
changes. Shorter intervals can also be
The stipulations of the operating prepared for hot oil to
expected during commissioning, repairs, oil
instructions of the machine or the Caution
escape which can cause
changes etc. on the hydraulic system.
system must be followed. injury or scalding due to high
The standard clogging indicators only pressure or high temperature.
Caution: pressure unit!
respond when fluid is flowing through the Before any work is carried Filter housing must be
filter. With electrical indicators the signal out on the pressure unit, earthed.
can also be converted into a continuous Danger
ensure the pressure
display on the control panel. In this case chamber concerned (filter Caution
the continuous display must be switched off housing) is depressurized.
during a cold start or after changing the When using electrical
element. On no account must any clogging indicators, before
alterations (welding, removing the clogging
If the clogging indicator responds during a drilling, or opening by Danger indicator connector, the
cold start only, it is possible that the
Danger
force…) be carried out on electrical power supply to
element does not need to be changed yet. the pressure unit. the system must be switched off.
180
THE
GROUP LLC
Hydraulics
Unique Medal ID System
PN: 07-105675
181
THE
HRC2-S
GROUP LLC
Model Code
Hand operated, single-
function bankable models Hydraulics
HRC2-S Remote Control Joystick
Model Code PN: 100509
Hand operated, single-
function bankable models
HRC2-S Series Features Functional Symbol

The “S” series is a single- Many optional features are • A Frictional Lock Device - Two control ports, single-
function valve that may be available for this product to allow continuous hold- function.
fitted with many different series, such as: ing of the control actua- Single section example.
styles of hand operated • Three-position Mechanical tor at every position of
levers. This unit may be Detent – allowing the the stroke.
used as a single valve or T
control actuator to be held • A Pull-to-release Safety P
assembled into a bank of in the neutral and fully Device – to ensure actua-
HRC2-S
HRC2-S valves where more
Series Features
shifted positions. tor is not accidentally Functional Symbol
than one valve spool needs operated. Lever may only
toThe “S” seriesThe
be controlled. a single- • STCMany
is valve’s directoptional features are
port availability. • A Frictional Lock Device - Two control ports, single-
function
design valve
allows that may be
a single available for this product be operated after lifting
to allow continuous hold-
the security collar on the
function.
2 1
fittedsupply
pump with many
and tankdifferent series, such as: ing
actuating lever.of the control actua- Single section example.
return
stylesline
oftohand
be used in a
operated tor at every position of
bank of valves, and may
may be • Three-position Mechanical
levers. This unit be Detent – allowing the the stroke.
connected
used as aatsingle
either end
valveof or T
the assembly. The valves control actuator to be held • A Pull-to-release Safety P
assembled into
may be assembled into
a bank of in the neutral and fully Device – to ensure actua-
HRC2-S
banks of upvalves
to 10. where more shifted positions. tor is not accidentally
than one valve spool needs Repeat as needed up to 10 Sections operated. Lever may only
to be controlled. • STC direct port availability.
HRC2 S1 50 The * *valve’s
*** ** *** * A *** * A / 000 be operated after lifting
design allows a single the security collar on the 2 1
pump supply and tank actuating lever.
return
1 line
2 to be
3 used
4 5 in a 6 7 8 9 10 8 9 10 11
bank of
1 HRC Type
valves, and may be 6 Actuator Type / Actuator 8 Control Port Pressure
connected at either end ofoptions Output
HRC2
the assembly. The valves S00 - Straight lever with Refer to page 25-28 for detailed pressure
2may be assembled
Number of Valves in into conical plastic handle control curves.
banks of up to 10.
Stack G00 - Bent lever with 0## - Proportional with
1 - 10 sections (2-ports per spherical handle**
Repeat as needed up to 10forced
Sectionsterminal rise
section) B00 - Straight lever with 1## - Proportional without
HRC2 S1 50 * *spherical
***handle
** *** * A forced *** terminal
* A / rise 000
3 Design Series Q00 - No Actuator 2## - Proportional with gain
50 - Subject to change. W00 - Anatomic handle*** change and forced terminal
1
Installation 2 3
dimensions 4 5 W01 -6With momentary
7 8 9 10 rise8 9 10 11
different from 30-49 series pushbutton*** 3## - Proportional with gain
1 HRC Type
design. 6 Actuator Type / Actuator change but8without
Control forced
Port Pressure
7 Control Options
options terminal rise
Output
HRC2
4 Port Locations (P & T Refer to page 18 for pictorial views.
Ports) 00 - Spring return to neutral -
S00 - Straight lever with 9
Return Springs Refer to page 25-28 for detailed pressure
2 Number of Valves in conical plastic handle A - Standard control curves.
1 - Bottom Ported (standard onno options
Stack
valve stacks greater than 1) G00 - Bent lever
08 - Detent in position 1 with C - Heavy 0## - Proportional with
- 10 Ported
21- Side sections (2-ports
(standard on per spherical
10 - Detent handle**
in position 2 forced terminal rise
10 Control Port Options
section)
single valves) B00 -inStraight
12 - Detent position lever
1 and with
2 1## - Proportional without
16 - Frictional
spherical position
handlehold A - No Optionsforced terminal rise
5 3 Port Configuration
Design Series with neutral
Q00 - sensing
No Actuator 2## - Proportional with gain
32 - Pull to release neutral 11
T - STC-06 Ports*
50 - Subject to change. W00 - Anatomic handle***Specialchange Options
and forced terminal
B - BSP G1/4" Ports detent**** 000 - None
Installation dimensions 48 - W01 -
Frictional With momentary
position hold rise
S - SAE6 Ports pushbutton***
Mdifferent from 30-49 series with pull
- M14 Ports to release neutral 3##
*STC direct ports - Proportional
are available only on with gain
bottom ported change
valve (optionbut
1). without forced
design. detent****
7 Control Options **Available with HRC2-S2 only.
56 - Detent in position 1 and terminal rise
2, pull to release *** Available with HRC2-S1 only, see pg 15.
4 Port Locations (P & T Refer to page 18neutral
for pictorial views.
****Available with S00 type actuator only.
detent**** 9 Return Springs
Ports) 00 - Spring return to neutral -
1 - Bottom Ported (standard on no options A - Standard
valve stacks greater than 1) 08 - Detent in position 1 182C - Heavy
14
2 - Side Ported 10 - Detent in position 2
EATON Hydraulics Hydraulic Remote Control E-VLDI-MC001-E September 2003
(standard on
The Artex Group LLC Toll free12 in the US: 877.839.5533
- Detent in position 1Phone and 2979.836.5533
10 Control www.artexgroupllc.com
Port Options Mail: sales@artexgroupllc.com
single valves)
16 - Frictional position hold A - No Options
5 Port Configuration with
Artex strictlyneutral sensing
prohibits unauthorized use of this document. Copyright © 2010, The Artex Group, LLC. All rights reserved.
32 - Pull to release neutral 11 Special Options

T - STC-06 Ports*
B - BSP G1/4" Ports detent**** 000 - None
S - SAE6 Ports 48 - Frictional position hold
THE
GROUP LLC
Hydraulics
Hydraulic Manifold
PN: 110486
Part # A B C D E F G H J
AM-1-5 1/8 4.00 0.70 1.00 0.75 2.25 0.50 1/4 0.17
AM-2-5 1/8 5.00 0.88 1.25 0.88 2.62 0.75 3/8 0.20
AM-3-5 1/4 5.00 0.88 1.25 0.88 2.62 0.75 3/8 0.20
AM-4-5 1/4 5.75 1.12 1.50 1.00 3.00 0.88 1/2 0.20
AM-5-5 3/8 5.75 1.12 1.50 1.00 3.00 0.88 1/2 0.20
AM-6-5 1/8 7.75 0.70 1.00 1.50 4.50 0.88 1/4 0.17
AM-7-5 1/8 7.75 0.88 1.25 1.50 4.50 0.88 3/8 0.20
AM-8-5 1/4 7.75 0.88 1.25 1.50 4.50 0.88 3/8 0.20
AM-9-5 1/4 7.75 1.12 1.50 1.50 4.50 0.88 1/2 0.20
AM-10-5 3/8 7.75 1.12 1.50 1.50 4.50 0.88 1/2 0.20
*AM-11-5 1/4 12.00 1.62 2.25 2.25 6.75 1.50 1 0.265
*AM-12-5 3/8 12.00 1.62 2.25 2.25 6.75 1.50 1 0.265
Part #
*AM-13-5 A
1/2 B
12.00 C
1.62 D
2.25 E
2.25 F
6.75 G
1.50 1H J
0.265
*AM-14-5
AM-1-5 3/4
1/8 15.00
4.00 1.62
0.70 2.25
1.00 3.00
0.75 9.00
2.25 1.50
0.50 1
1/4 0.265
0.17
*AM-15-5
AM-2-5 1/4
1/8 12.00
5.00 2.38
0.88 3.00
1.25 2.25
0.88 6.75
2.62 1.50
0.75 1 1/4
3/8 0.33
0.20
*AM-16-5
AM-3-5 3/8
1/4 12.00
5.00 2.38
0.88 3.00
1.25 2.25
0.88 6.75
2.62 1.50
0.75 1 1/4
3/8 0.33
0.20
Hydrulic Manifold
*AM-17-5
AM-4-5 1/2
1/4 12.00
5.75 2.38
1.12 3.00
1.50 2.25
1.00 6.75
3.00 1.50
0.88 1 1/4
1/2 0.33
0.20
*AM-18-5
AM-5-5 3/4
3/8 15.00
5.75 2.38
1.12 3.00
1.50 3.00
1.00 9.00
3.00 1.50
0.88 1 1/4
1/2 0.33
0.20
AM-6-5 1/8 7.75 *0.70 1.00

indicates 1.50 4.50
Non-anodized 0.88 1/4 0.17
AM-7-5 1/8 7.75 0.88 1.25 1.50 4.50 0.88 3/8 0.20
183
AM-8-5 1/4 7.75 0.88 1.25 1.50 4.50 0.88 3/8 0.20
AM-9-5 1/4 7.75 1.12 1.50 1.50 4.50 0.88 1/2 0.20
AM-10-5 3/8 7.75 1.12 1.50 1.50 4.50 0.88 1/2 0.20
*AM-11-5 1/4 12.00 1.62 2.25 2.25 6.75 1.50 1 0.265

THE
GROUP LLC
Hydraulics
Flow Control Check Valve
RV & RVP Series PN: 100516
Check Valves
Specifications
• 5000 psi operating pressure
• 9 Sizes, 1/8” - 2”
• NPT or SAE O-Ring connections and manifold mounting
• Flows to 150 gpm
• Carbon Steel Housing
• FPM (Fluoroelastomer) O-Rings (for RVP series)
• Metal to metal seal design for poppet
• Hardened and ground steel poppet
• 3 Cracking Pressures: 7 psi (standard), 25 psi and 65 psi (optional)
RV Series RVP Series • Temperature Range: -4° to 212°F at full pressure
Inline Mounting Manifold Mounting
Hydraulic Symbol
B A
Model Code
RV - 06 - 01 .X / 5 - 25
Check Valve
RV = Inline Mounting
RVP = Manifold Mounting
Nominal Sizes
Nom Size SAE (RV Only) NPTF (RV Only) BSPP (RV Only)
(RV + RVP) Tube Size Thread Size Pipe Size Pipe OD Thread Size
06 = -2 5/16-24 UNF 1/8” 0.405” G1/8
08 = -4 7/16-20 UNF 1/4” 0.540” G1/4
10 = -6 9/16-18 UNF 3/8” 0.675” G3/8
12 = -8 3/4-16 UNF 1/2” 0.840” G1/2
16 = -12 1-1/16-12 UN 3/4” 1.050’ G3/4
20 = -16 1-5/16-12 UN 1” 1.315” G1
25 = -20 1-5/8-12 UN 1-1/4” 1.660” G1 1/4
30 = -24 1-7/8-12 UN 1-1/2” 1.900” G1 1/2
40 = -32 2-1/2-12 UN 2” 2.375” G2
Housing Material
01 = Carbon Steel
Modification Number
Port Configuration
(omit) = RVP only
0 = BSPP to DIN 3852, Part 2-X
5 = NPTF - ANSI/ASME 1.20.3 Taper Pipe Thread
12 = SAE - SAEJ1926 Ports with ISO 725 Threads and O-Ring Sealing
Cracking Pressure
(omit) = 7 psi (standard)
25 = 25 psi
65 = 65 psi
Note: Not recommended for high-cycle applications!
Model Codes containing selections listed in RED are non-standard items – Minimum quantities will apply – Contact HYDAC for information and availability
Not all combinations are available
184
THE
GROUP LLC
Hydraulics
PN: 100516
185
THE
GROUP LLC
Hydraulics
PN: 100516
186
THE
GROUP LLC
Hydraulics
Generator Control Card
Application Information:
PN: 109466
Intended for use with Hydraulically driven A.C. voltage generator sets
Direct connection to output for 110 to 240VAC feedback signal
Selectable 50 or 60Hz generator operation ( European compatibility )
Set-up via PC to protect OEM setting values from tampering
Suitable for all retro-fit, re-power, new and OEM applications
Product Feature Overview:

Pre-written Windows™ software application, ready for user values
1 x PWM output for any make of proportional valve or pump control
Multiple output current ranges available for best control resolution
LED diagnostics - error flash code for reduced maintenance
Heavy duty, Deutsch 8 way DT06 male connector
Fully encapsulated and sealed to >IP67 / NEMA 6 in flame resistant resin
Designed to meet CE latest test standards
Electrical Connection Diagrams: Controller Specification Overview:
Housing Type:- HCT unique ‘encapsulated’ block.

Input Supply Voltage: 9 – 28VDC ( Absolute Maximum )
Input Supply Current: Valve Current Setting + 50mA
Quiescent (Max)
Feedback Voltage:- 100 to 250VRMS
O/P Current Ranges:- 600mA, 1.2A or 2.5A
Dither Frequency : Software adjustable, ~50Hz to ~1KHz
Housing Material:- ABS, black
Wire Connections:- 8 pin Deutsch - DTS06 - Male
Encapsulation:- F lameproof epoxy resin
Mounting:- 2 x No. 6 ( 4mm ) screws .
Temperature range:- -20 to +80 ºC ( operational )
NEMA/IP Rating: NEMA 6 / 67 ( module only )
Operating System: W indows® XP Professional / Vista
Business and Ultimate Compatible
Unit Settings: All by PC user interface
User PC interface P/No:- 023-00228
USB Communications: Optical link - Infra-red
Interface Cable P/No:- 999-10166
187
THE
GROUP LLC
Hydraulics
Generator Control Card
PN: 109466
Optical Link and User Interface:

The High Country Tek - HGC-2, uses an Infra-Red communications link cable for set-up and test. The cable connects
to the users PC USB port and is compatible with Windows® XP Professional / Vista Business and Ultimate operating
systems. Once physically attached, the user simply starts the Graphical User Interface and enters the appropriate
values for the size, kind and frequency required from the generator set.
Please visit our website or request a full data sheet for set-up and test information.
Connector Data: Dimensional Data:

**CC = Constant current
Terminal F unction
mode:
1 +Vin Supply ( 9 to 28VDC )
Used for initial controller set-up
2 0V Supply ( Common ) or where AC feedback may be
3 Proportional Coil + Output overly distorted by operation in
an electrically noisy
4 Proportional Coil - Output
environment. See full data
5 Feedback I/P - AC Neutral sheet for explanation of use.
6 Feedback I/P - AC Line Mating Connector:
7 Enable - HGC **CC Mode
Deutsch DT06 - Female
8 Enable - HGC Normal Mode
Connector Kit: 999-10073
1 x connector wedge
1 x connector plug
10 x pins-(socket)
Controller Options:
HCT recommends using

H G C 2 - 1 2 2 x No. 6 (4mm) screws
for installation onto a flat
bulkhead.
Please contact customer

Output Current Range: service for further details
06 - 600mA current range on this controller or visit
12 - 1200mA current range our website at the
25 - 2500mA current range address below.
Note:
The current range chosen represents the maximum current
available at the controller output
For More Information:

www.highcountrytek.com or
for customer service, pricing, order placement and application
support, contact us through E-mail at
info@highcountrytek.com
188
THE
GROUP LLC
Hydraulics
Generator System
PN: 07-108323
ECO-ECP 2 and 4 pole alternators are brushless, self- On customer’s request alternators can be manufactured
regulating and incorporate a rotating inductor with according to different specifications.
damper cage winding and a fixed stator with skewed
slots. The robust mechanical construction gives good access
to the generator output connections, and allows the
The stator windings have a shortened pitch to reduce user to inspect the various components with ease.
the harmonic content of the output waveform.
The casing is made of steel, the shields of cast iron, and
The alternators are made in compliance with the the shaft of C45 steel and it has a keyed fan.
98/37, 73/23, 89/336 CEE directives and their
amendments, and the CEI 2-3, EN 60034-1, IEC 34- The mechanical protection level meets standard IP21
1, VDE 0530, BS4999-5000, CAN/CSA-C22.2 N°14 (upon request higher levels of protection can be
-N°100 regulations. supplied).
Tests to verify the electromagnetic compability have Insulation materials meet Class H requirements, and
been carried out in the foreseen conditions by the all rotating components are epossy resins impregnated;
standards with the neutral connected to the earth. higher voltage parts, such as the stators, are vacuum-
treated (special treatments are available on request).
Radio interference suppression meets the requirements

of grade “K” of VDE 0875 regulations.
1. 35 ft. Shore Cable PN:109708

2. Rexroth Motor PN:105540
3. Shore Cable Connect PN:101254
4. Shore Cable Connect Cover PN:101253
5. Adapter PN:105541
6. Coupling 30K (Not Visible) PN:105542
7. Hydraulic Generator PN:105539
2

7 6 5 4 3
189
THE
GROUP LLC
Hydraulics
Generator 30kw
PN: 105539
ECO 32/4
front cover protection screen
cover stay bolt
casing
termin.brd.side panel
users terminal board cable grommet
component-carryng panel
electronic regulator
rotor
fan disc plates
real seal exciting armature

rear cover rear bearing
exciting stator rotating diode bridge
frame with stator
190
THE
GROUP LLC
Hydraulics
Generator 30kw
PN: 105539
Hydraulic Generator Start Up
Start Truck Engine to idling speed
PROPER STARTUP SEQUENCE WIRELINE UNIT
1. Start engine; allow air pressure to build up (90 PSI)
2. Engage PTOs.
3. Open Generator Compartment to activate Safety

Switch.
4. Turn on 12v. breaker DC2 (Power Distribution

Panel)
5. Increase engine speed between 900 / 1200 rpm.

(Engine Moni
7. All the 120v. / AC breakers have to be off
8. Turn transfer switch clockwise to “Generator”

position.
9. You should see 60Hz. on the frequency meter and

120v. on the voltage meter.
10.All the AC 120v./DC 12v. breakers are ready to turn

on.
The truck is ready to operate.
191
THE
GROUP LLC
Hydraulics
Rexroth Motor
PN: 105540
Axial Piston Fixed Motor

The fixed displacement motors AA2FM (A2FM)
of axial piston, bent axis design is made suitable for
hydrostatic drives in open and closed circuits.
Output speed is proportional to input flow and

inversely proportional to displacement. Drive torque
increases with the pressure drop across the unit.
The motor is suitable for use in mobile and industrial

applications.
Careful selection of the displacements offered, permit

sizes to be matched to practically every application.
* Favourable power / weight ratio
* Compact and economic design
* Optimum efficiency
* One piece pistons with piston rings
* Patented cylinder block drive system
192
THE
GROUP LLC
Rexroth Motor
2/36 Bosch Rexroth Corp. AA2FM RA 91001/03.08
AA2FM (A2FM)
Ordering Code / Standard Program (ordering code size 5 see page 10)
M / 6 W – V
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14
Hydraulic fluid
Mineral oil and HFD. HFD for sizes 250 to 1000 only in combination with long-life bearing “L“ (no code)
01 HFB-, HFC hydraulic fluid Sizes 10 to 200 (no code)
Sizes 250 to 1000 (only in combination with long-life bearing “L“) E-
Axial piston unit 10 to 180 200 250 355 to 1000

Bent axis design, Version SAE – – AA2F
02
fixed Version ISO – – A2F
Drive shaft bearing 10 to 200 250 to 500 710 to 1000

Standard bearing (no code) –
03
Long-life bearing – L
Operation mode
04 Motor (plug-in motor A2FE see RE 91008) M
Size
Displacement Vg (cm3)
Size 10 12 16 23 28 32 45 56 63 80
05 in3/rev. 0.63 0.73 0.98 1.40 1.71 1.95 2.78 3.42 3.84 4.91
Size 90 107 125 160 180 200 250 355 500 710 1000
in3/rev. 5.49 6.51 7.63 9.79 10.98 12.20 15.25 21.66 30.51 43.33 61.02
Series
06 6
Index
sizes 10 to 180 1
07 size 200 3
sizes 250 to 1000 0
Direction of rotation
08 Viewed from shaft end alternating W
Seals
09 FKM (flour-caoutchouc) V
Shaft end 10 12 16 23 28 32 45 56 63 80 90 107 125 160 180 250

SAE Version SAE – – S
(AA2F) Splined shaft – – – – – – – – – – – – – – T
– – – – – – – – – – – – U
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – Q
Parallel keyed shaft – – – – B
DIN 6885 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – P
10
SAE parallel keyed shaft – – – – – – – – – – – – – – – K
200 355 500 710 1000
ISO Version Splined shaft – – – – A
(A2F) DIN 5480 – Z
Parallel keyed shaft – – – – B
DIN 6885 – P
193
THE
GROUP LLC
Rexroth Motor
RA 91001/03.08 AA2FM Bosch Rexroth Corp. 3/36
AA2FM (A2FM)
Ordering Code / Standard Program (ordering code size 5 see page 10)
M / 6 W – V
01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14
Mounting flange 10 12 16 23 28 32 45 56 63 80 90 107 125 160 180 250

SAE Version 2-hole – SAE – – – – – – – – – – – – – C
(AA2F) 4-hole – SAE – – – – – D
– – – – – – – – – – – – – – DN
11
200 355 500 710 1000
ISO Version 4-hole – ISO – – – – B
(A2F) 8-hole – ISO – H
Service line ports

AA2F 1) 10 12 16 23 28 32 45 56 63 80 90 107 125 160 180 250
SAE flange ports A and B, rear 51 0 – – – 510
SAE flange ports A and B, 52 0 – – – 520
at side, opposite side 7 – – – – – – 527
Threaded ports A and B, 53
0 – – – – – – – – – – 530
at side, opposite side
Threaded ports A and B, 54
0 – – – – – – – – – – – – – 540
at side and rear 2)
SAE flange ports A and B, 60
12 0 – – – – – – – – – – – – – – 600
bottom 2)
Port plate for mounting a counterbalance 18
1 – – – – – 181
valves 3)
Port plate with pressure 19 1 – – – – – 191
relief valve 3) 2 – – – – – 192
A2F 3) 200 355 500 710 1000
SAE flange ports A and B, rear 01 0 010
7 – M M 017
SAE flange ports A and B, bottom 10 0 – – – – 100
Valves
Without valve 0
With pressure relief valves (without pressure sequence range) 1
With pressure relief valves (with pressure sequence range) 2
With flush and boost pressure valve 7
Speed measurement 10 to 16 23 to 180 200 250 355 to 1000

Without speed measurement (no code)
13 Prepared for speed measurement (ID) 4) – – – – D
Prepared for speed measurement (HDD) 4) – – 5) M F
Special design
Standard version (no code)
14
Specific version for slew drive applications (standard for port plate 19) J
1) Fastening threads resp. threaded ports are SAE (UN/UNF)
2) Threaded ports at side are plugged with locking screw
3) Fastening threads are metric
4) Complete order recommended, speed sensor page 34
5) See RE 91001 (ISO-Version)
= available M = on request – = not available
194
THE
GROUP LLC
Rexroth Motor
Technical Data
Technical Data
Hydraulic fluid Selection diagram
(-40°) (-20°) (0°) (20°) (40°) (60°) (80°) (100°)
Before starting project planning, please refer to our data sheets 7000 (1600) 7400
(1600)
5000 (1000)
RE 90220 (mineral oil), RE 90221 (environmentally 3000 (600)
2000 (400)
acceptable hydraulic fluids) and RE 90223 (HF hydraulic fluids)
for detailed information regarding the choice of hydraulic fluid 1000 (200)
VG 46
VG 68
VG
VG 32
VG 2
viscosity ν SUS (mm2/s)
10
2
and application conditions. 500
0
(100)
300 (60)
The fixed motor AA2FM is unsuitable for operation with HFA. If 200 (40) 170 (36)
HFB, HFC and HFD or environmentally acceptable hydraulic 150
νopt.
fluids are being used, the limitations regarding technical data 100 (20)
and seals mentioned in RE 90221 and RE 90223 must be 80
70
80 (16)
observed. 60 (10)
When ordering please indicate the used hydraulic fluid. 50
40 (5) 42 (5)
Operationg viscosity range (-40°) (-25°) (-10°) (0°) (10°) (30°) (50°) (70°) (90°) (115°)
For optimum efficiency and service life, select an operating -40° -13° 0° 20° 40° 60° 80° 120° 160° 195° 240°
viscosity (at operating temperature) within the optimum range of
tmin = -40°F fluid temperature range t in °F (°C) tmax = +240°F
opt = optimum viscosity 80...170 SUS (16...36 mm2/s) (-40°C) (+115°C)
depending on the circuit temperature (closed circuit) and tank

temperature (open circuit). Details regarding the choice of hydraulic fluid
The correct choice of hydraulic fluid requires knowledge of the
Limits of viscosity range operating temperature in relation to the ambient temperature:
The limiting values for viscosity are as follows: in a closed circuit the circuit temperature, in an open circuit the
tank temperature.
Sizes 5 to 200:
The hydraulic fluid should be chosen so that the operating vis-
min = 42 SUS (5 mm2/s) cosity in the operating temperature range is within the optimum
short-term (t < 3 min) range (opt.) - the shaded area of the selection diagram. We
at max. permitted temperature of tmax = +240°F (+115°C). recommended that the higher viscosity class be selected in
max = 7400 SUS (1600 mm2/s), each case.
short-term (t < 3 min) Example: At an ambient temperature of X°F (X°C) an operating
at cold start (p 435 psi / 30 bar, n 1000 rpm, temperature of 140°F (60°C) is set. In the optimum operating
tmin = -40°F / -40°C). viscosity range (opt; shaded area) this corresponds to the
Only for starting up without load. Optimum operating viscosity classes VG 46 or VG 68; to be selected: VG 68.
viscosity must be reached within approx. 15 minutes.
Please note:
Sizes 250 to 1000: The case drain temperature, which is affected by pressure and
speed, is always higher than the control temperature or tank
min = 60 SUS (10 mm2/s), temperature. At no point in the system may the temperature be
short-term (t < 3 min) higher than 240°F (115°C) for sizes 5 to 200 or 195°F (90°C)
at max. permitted temperature of tmax = +195°F (+90°C) for sizes 250 to 1000.
max = 4600 SUS (1000 mm2/s), If the above conditions cannot be maintained due to extreme
short-term (t < 3 min) operating parameters, we recommend flushing the case at port
at cold start (p 435 psi / 30 bar, n 1000 rpm, U (size 250 to 1000) or using a flush and boost pressure valve
tmin = -13°F / -25°C). (see page 30).
Only for starting up without load. Optimum operating
viscosity must be reached within approx. 15 minutes.
Filtration
Note that the maximum hydraulic fluid temperature of +240°F The finer the filtration, the higher the cleanliness level of the hy-
(115°C) (+195°F (+90°C) at size 250 to 1000) must not be ex- draulic fluid and the longer the service life of the axial piston unit.
ceeded locally either (e.g. in the bearing area). The temperature
in the bearing area is - depending on pressure and speed - up To ensure functional reliability of the axial piston unit, the hy-
to 22 °F (12 K) higher than the average case drain temperature. draulic fluid must have a cleanliness level of at least
Special measures are necessary in the temperature range from 20/18/15 according to ISO 4406.
-40°F and -13°F (-40°C and -25°C) (cold start phase), please At very high hydraulic fluid temperatures (90°C to max. 115°C, not
contact us. permitted for sizes 250 to 1000) at least cleanliness level
For detailed information about use at low temperatures, see 19/17/14 according to ISO 4406 is required.
RE 90300-03-B.
If the above classes cannot be observed, please contact us.
195
THE
GROUP LLC
Rexroth Motor
Technical Data
Technical Data
Operational pressure range
Maximum pressure on port A or B (pressure data in accordance with DIN 24312)
AA2F Sizes 10 12 16 23 28 32 45 56 63 80 90 107 125 160 180 250 Nominal pressure Peak pressure
Shaft end: S 5800 psi (400 bar) 6500 psi (450 bar)
S 5100 psi (350 bar) 5800 psi (400 bar)
Q 4350 psi (300 bar) 5100 psi (350 bar)
Q 4100 psi (280 bar) 4550 psi (315 bar)
T 5800 psi (400 bar) 6500 psi (450 bar)
U 5800 psi (400 bar) 6500 psi (450 bar)
B 5100 psi (350 bar) 5800 psi (400 bar)
P 5100 psi (350 bar) 5800 psi (400 bar)
K 5100 psi (350 bar) 5800 psi (400 bar)
A2F Sizes 5 200 355 500 710 1000 Nominal pressure Peak pressure
Shaft end: Z 5100 psi (350 bar) 5800 psi (400 bar)
A 5800 psi (400 bar) 6500 psi (450 bar)
P 5100 psi (350 bar) 5800 psi (400 bar)
B 5100 psi (350 bar) 5800 psi (400 bar)
B 3050 psi (210 bar) 3600 psi (250 bar)
C 4550 psi (315 bar) 5100 psi (350 bar)
With pulsating loads over pN = 4550 psi / 315 bar (pmax = 5100 psi / 350 bar);
we recommend the use of a splined shaft (AA2FM 10 to 250: S, T or U / A2FM 200: A / A2FM 355 to 1000: Z)
The sum of the pressure at ports A and B may not exceed 10150 psi / 700 bar (A2F5: 9000 psi / 630 bar)
Attention: shaft end with drives of radial force loads at the drive shaft (pinion, V-belt drives) necessitate reduction of the nominal
pressure to pN = 4550 psi (315 bar)! Sizes 250 to 1000 please contact us.
Minimum inlet pressure, see page 8
Direction of flow
Direction of rotation, viewed on shaft end
clockwise counter-clockwise
A to B B to A
Speed range
No limit to minimum speed nmin. If uniformity of motion is re-
quired, speed nmin must not be less than 50 rpm. See table of
values on page 7 for maximum speed.
Long-life bearing (sizes 250 to 1000)

For long service life and use with HF hydraulic fluids. Same
external dimensions as the motor with standard bearing. A
long-life bearing can be specified. Flushing of bearing and case
via port U is recommended.
Flushing volumes (recommended)
Size 250 355 500 710 1000

qv flush gpm 2.6 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2
L/min 10 16 16 16 16
196
THE 6/36 Bosch Rexroth Corp.
GROUP LLC
Technical Data
Shaft seal ring Rexroth Motor
6/36 Bosch Rexroth Corp.
Permissible pressure loading
AA2FM RA 91001/03.08 Technical Data
The service life of the shaft seal ring is affected by the speed
of the motor and the case drain pressure. It is recommended
that the average, continuous case drain pressure at operating
Technical Data temperature 45 psi (3 bar) absolute not be exceeded (max. per-
missible case drain pressure 90 psi (6 bar) absolute at reduced
Shaft seal ring speed, see diagram). Short-term (t < 0.1 s) pressure spikes of
up to 145 psi (10 bar) absolute are permitted. The service life of
Permissible pressure loading the shaft seal ring decreases with an increase in the frequency
of pressure spikes.
The service life of the shaft seal ring is affected by the speed
of the motor and the case drain pressure. It is recommended The case pressure must be equal to or greater than the exter-
that the average, continuous case drain pressure at operating nal pressure on the shaft seal ring.
temperature 45 psi (3 bar) absolute not be exceeded (max. per-
Sizes 10 to 200
missible case drain pressure 90 psi (6 bar) absolute at reduced
psi bar
speed, see diagram). Short-term (t < 0.1 s) pressure spikes of
145 (10)
up to 145 psi (10 bar) absolute are permitted. The service life of
the shaft seal ring decreases with an increase in the frequency 130 (9)
of pressure spikes.
115 sizes 10, 12, 16 (8)
Perm. pressure pabs. max.

The case pressure must be equal to or greater than the exter-
100 (7)
nal pressure on the shaft seal ring. sizes 23, 28, 32
90 (6)
Sizes 10 to 200
size 45
psi bar 75 (5)
145 (10) sizes 80, 90 sizes 56, 63
60 (4)
130 (9) sizes 107, 125
45 (3)
115 sizes 10, 12, 16 (8) sizes 160, 180
30 (2)
100 (7) size 200
sizes 23, 28, 32 15 (1)
90 (6) 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000
size 45
75 (5) Speed n (rpm)
sizes 80, 90 sizes 56, 63
(4) Sizes 250 to 1000
60
sizes 107, 125 psi bar
45 (3) 90 (6)
sizes 160, 180
30 (2) size 250
size 200 75 (5)
15 (1)
0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 sizes 710, 1000 size 355
Speed n (rpm) 60 (4)
Sizes 250 to 1000 size 500

psi bar 45 (3)
90 (6)
size 250 30 (2)
75 (5)
sizes 710, 1000 size 355 15 (1)

0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
60 (4)
Speed n (rpm)
size 500
45 (3) Temperature range
The FKM shaft seal ring is permissible for case temperatures of
30 (2) -13°F to +240°F (-25°C to +115°C) at sizes 5 to 200 and
-13°F to +195°F (-25°C to +90°C) at sizes 250 to 1000
15 (1) Note:
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500
For application cases below -13°F (-25 °C) a Buna-N (NBR)
Speed n (rpm) shaft seal ring is necessary (permissible temperature range
-40 °F to +195 °F / -40 °C to +90 °C). Please contact us.
Temperature range
The FKM shaft seal ring is permissible for case temperatures of
-13°F to +240°F (-25°C to +115°C) at sizes 5 to 200 and 197
-13°F to +195°F (-25°C to +90°C) at sizes 250 to 1000
Note:
For
employees, application
customers and agentscases
of Artex, below -13°F
to aid in repair and (-25 °C)maintenance
preventive a Buna-N (NBR)manufactured by Artex. This document may not be altered, reproduced or re-transmitted without the express written authorization of Artex.
of equipment
shaft seal ring is necessary (permissible temperature range
-40 °F to +195 °F / -40 °C to +90 °C). Please contact us.
nmax intermit.1)rpm 11000 8800 8800 8800 6900 6900 6900 6200 5500 5500 5000
Max. flow qV max gpm 13 21.8 25.3 33.9 38.2 46.6 52.2 67.4 74.0 83.1 95.6
L/min 49 82 96 128 144 176 201 255 280 315 360
THE Torque at p = 5100 psi T lb-ft 18 2) 42 49 66 94 115 132 188 231 259 332
p = 350 bar T Nm 24,7 2) 57 67 88 126 156 178 254 312 350 445
p = 5800 psiT lb-ft – 48 56 75 107 131 150 213 263 295 377
p = 400 barGROUP
T LLC
Nm – 65 76 100 144 178 204 290 356 400 508
Rotary stiffness c Nm/rad 625 922 1250 1590 2560 2930 3120 4180 5940 6250 8730
Moment of inertia
for rotary group
RA 91001/03.08 AA2FM
JTW lbs-ft2
kgm2
0.0014
0.00006 0.0004 0.0004 0.0004 0.0012 0.0012 0.0012
Bosch 0.0024Corp.
Rexroth 0.0042 0.0042
7/360.0072
Rexroth Motor
0.00 95 0.0095 0.0095 0.0285 0.0285 0.0285 0.0569 0.0997 0.0997 0.1708
Angular acceleration maximum

Filling capacity V
rad/s2
gal
5000
Technical Data
5000 5000 5000 6500 6500 6500 14600 7500 7500 6000
0.045 0.045 0.045 0.053 0.053 0.053 0.087 0.119 0.119 0.145
Technical Data L 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.33 0.45 0.45 0.55
Mass (approx.) m lbs 5.5 12 12 12 21 21 21 30 40 40 51
Table of values (theoretical values, ignoring mh and v; values rounded)
kg 2.5 5.4 5.4 5.4 9.5 9.5 9.5 13.5 18 18 23
Size 5 10 12 16 23 28 32 45 56 63 80
Displacement Vg in3 0.30
0.63 0.73 0.98 1.40 1.71 1.95 2.78 3.42 3.84 4.91
Size 90 107 125 160 180 200 250 355 500 710 1000
cm3 4.93
10.3 12 16 22.9 28.1 32 45.6 56.1 63 80.4
Displacement Vg in3 5.49 6.51 7.63 9.79 10.98 12.20 15.25 21.66 30.51 43.33 61.02
Max. Speed nmax rpm 10000 8000 8000 8000 6300 6300 6300 5600 5000 5000 4500
cm 3 90 106.7 125 160.4 180 200 250 355 500 710 1000
nmax intermit.1)rpm 11000 8800 8800 8800 6900 6900 6900 6200 5500 5500 5000
Max. Speed nmax rpm 4500 4000 4000 3600 3600 2750 2700 2240 2000 1600 1600
Max. flow qV max gpm 13 21.8 25.3 33.9 38.2 46.6 52.2 67.4 74.0 83.1 95.6
nmax intermit.1)rpm 5000 4400 4400 4000 4000 3000 – – – – –
L/min 49 82 96 128 144 176 201 255 280 315 360
Max. flow qV max gpm 2 106.9 112.7 132.1 152.5 171.1 145.2 178 210 264 300 422
Torque at p = 5100 psi T lb-ft 18 ) 42 49 66 94 115 132 188 231 259 332
L/min 2 405 427 500 577 648 550 675 795 1000 1136 1600
p = 350 bar T Nm 24,7 ) 57 67 88 126 156 178 254 312 350 445
Torque at p = 5100 psi T lb-ft 371 440 516 662 742 825 1030 1465 2063 2930 4127
p = 5800 psiT lb-ft – 48 56 75 107 131 150 213 263 295 377
p = 350 bar T Nm 501 595 697 889 1001 1114 1393 1978 2785 3955 5570
p = 400 bar T Nm – 65 76 100 144 178 204 290 356 400 508
p = 5800 psi T lb-ft 422 500 587 753 844 938 – – – – –
Rotary stiffness c Nm/rad 625 922 1250 1590 2560 2930 3120 4180 5940 6250 8730
p = 400 bar T Nm 572 680 796 1016 1144 1272 – – – – –
Moment of inertia JTW lbs-ft 2 0.0014 0.00 95 0.0095 0.0095 0.0285 0.0285 0.0285 0.0569 0.0997 0.0997 0.1708
Rotary stiffness c Nm/rad 9140 11200 11900 17400 18200 57300 73100 96100 144000270000 324000
for rotary group kgm2 0.00006 0.0004 0.0004 0.0004 0.0012 0.0012 0.0012 0.0024 0.0042 0.0042 0.0072
Moment of inertia JTW lbs-ft2 0.1708 0.2753 0.2753 0.5221 0.5221 0.8377 1.4475 2.4205 4.2240 13.052 13.052
Angular acceleration maximum rad/s2 5000 5000 5000 5000 6500 6500 6500 14600 7500 7500 6000
Filling capacity V gal 0.045 0.045 0.045 0.053 0.053 0.053 0.087 0.119 0.119 0.145
L 0.17 0.17 0.17 0.20 0.20 0.20 0.33 0.45 0.45 0.55
Filling capacity gal 0.145 0.211 0.211 0.291 0.291 0.713 0.660 0.925 1.110 2.113 2.113
Mass (approx.) m lbs 5.5 12 12 12 21 21 21 30 40 40 51
L 0.55 0.8 0.8 1.1 1.1 2.7 2.5 3.5 4.2 8 8
kg 2.5 5.4 5.4 5.4 9.5 9.5 9.5 13.5 18 18 23
Mass (approx.) m lbs 51 71 71 99 99 145 161 242 342 715 741
kg 23 32 32 45 45 66 73 110 155 325 336
Size 1) Intermittent maximum speed: overspeed at 90 107and 125
discharge 160 travel
over-running 180 operations,
200 250 t < 5355 p < 2200
s and 500 710 psi1000
(150 bar)
2) Torque at p = 4550 psi (315 bar) 3
Displacement Vg in 5.49 6.51 7.63 9.79 10.98 12.20 15.25 21.66 30.51 43.33 61.02
Caution: Exceeding the permissiblecm limit
3 values
90 may106.7
result 125
in a loss of function,
160.4 180 a200 reduction
250 in 355
service500
life or in
710the destruction
1000
Max. Speed of the axial piston
nmax unit. rpm 4500 4000 4000 3600 3600 2750 2700 2240 2000 1600 1600
Other permissible limit values
1)rpm
with respect to speed variation, reduced angular accelaration as a function of the
frequency andnmaxtheintermit.
permissible 5000angular
startup 4400acceleration
4400 4000 4000
(lower than3000 –
the maximum –angular– acceleration)
– –can be
Max. flow found in data q sheet
V max RE gpm
90261. 106.9 112.7 132.1 152.5 171. 1 145.2 178 210 264 300 422
L/min 405 427 500 577 648 550 675 795 1000 1136 1600
Torque at p = 5100 psi T lb-ft 371 440 516 662 742 825 1030 1465 2063 2930 4127
p = 350 bar T Nm 501 595 697 889 1001 1114 1393 1978 2785 3955 5570
p = 5800 psi T lb-ft 422 500 587 753 844 938 – – – – –
p = 400 bar T Nm 572 680 796 1016 1144 1272 – – – – –
Rotary stiffness c Nm/rad 9140 11200 11900 17400 18200 57300 73100 96100 144000270000 324000
Moment of inertia JTW lbs-ft2 0.1708 0.2753 0.2753 0.5221 0.5221 0.8377 1.4475 2.4205 4.2240 13.052 13.052
Filling capacity gal 0.145 0.211 0.211 0.291 0.291 0.713 0.660 0.925 1.110 2.113 2.113
L 0.55 0.8 0.8 1.1 1.1 2.7 2.5 3.5 4.2 8 8
Mass (approx.) m lbs 51 71 71 99 99 145 161 242 342 715 741
kg 23 32 32 45 45 66 73 110 155 325 336
1) Intermittent maximum speed: overspeed at discharge and over-running travel operations, t < 5 s and p < 2200 psi (150 bar)
2) Torque at p = 4550 psi (315 bar)
Caution: Exceeding the permissible limit values may result in a loss of function, a reduction in service life or in the destruction
of the axial piston unit.
Other permissible limit values with respect to speed variation, reduced angular accelaration as a function of the
frequency and the permissible startup angular acceleration (lower than the maximum angular acceleration) can be
found in data sheet RE 90261.
198
THE
GROUP LLC
8/36 Bosch Rexroth Corp. AA2FM

Rexroth Motor
RA 91001/03.08
Technical Data
Technical Data
Determining the size
Flow qv =
Vg • n
231 • v
gpm
( qv =
Vg • n
1000 • v
L/min
)
Speed n =
qv • 231 • v
Vg
rpm
( n =
qv • 1000 • v
Vg
rpm
)
Torque T =
Vg • p • mh
24 •
lb-ft
( T =
Vg • p • mh
20 •
Nm
)
Power P =
2•T•n
33 000
=
qv • p • t
1714
HP
( P =
2•T•n
60 000
=
qv • p • t
600
kW
)
Vg = Displacement per revolution in in3 (cm3)
p = Differential pressure in psi (bar)
n = Speed in rpm
v = Volumetric efficiency
mh = Mechanical-hydraulic efficiency
t = Overall efficiency
Minimum inlet pressure on service line port A (B)

To prevent damage to the motor, there must be a minimum inlet
pressure in the inlet area. The minimum inlet pressure is depen-
dent on the speed of the fixed motor.
psi bar
175 (12)
Inlet pressure pabs. min
145 (10)
115 (8)
90 (6)
60 (4)
30 (2)
15 (1)
0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1.0
Speed n/nmax
Please contact us if these conditions cannot be satisfied
199
THE
GROUP LLC
Technical Data
Permissible radial and axial loading on the drive shaft
RA 91001/03.08 Bosch Rexroth Corp.
Rexroth Motor 9/36
The specifiedAA2FM
values are maximum values and do not apply to continuous operation.
Size 5 10 12 16 23 28 Technical Data

32 45 56 63 80
Technical Data
Radial force, max. 1)
at distance a

Fq max lbf
N
160
710
472
2100
562 730 865
2500 3250 3850 4800 5400 7250 8150
1079 1214 1630 1832 2057 23042)
9150 10250
Permissible radial
(from shaft collar)and
loading on the drive shaft
axial a in 0.47 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.63 0.71 0.71 0.71 0.79
The specified values are maximum values and do notmm
apply to
12 continuous
16 operation.
16 16 16 16 16 18 18 18 20
3
Size Axial force, max. ) –
+Fax max lbf
5 40
10 112
28 72
112
12
32 72
16 72
23 112
45 142
56180
63 180
80 225
Fax N160 180500 320 320 320
Radial force, max. 1) +Fq max
lbf 4721079 500
562
1214 730 865 500
1630 630
800
1832
2057 800 2
2304 ) 1000

at distance a –Fax max
N lbf
710 40 2100 72
2500 72
3250 72
3850 112
4800 112
5400 112
7250 142
8150 180
9150 180
10250 225

(from shaft collar) a in N0.47 180
0.63 320
0.63 320
0.63 320
0.63 500
0.63 500
0.63 500
0.71 630
0.71 800
0.71 800
0.79 1000
Permissible axial force/psi (bar) ±Fax per.
mm /psi lbf/psi
12 0.023
16 0.05
16 0.05
16 0.05
16 0.08
16 0.08
16 0.08
18 0.
11 0.
18 13
18 0.
13
20 0.16
operating pressure (bar) N/bar 1.5 3.0 3.0 3.0
Axial force, max. 3) +Fax max lbf 40 72 72 72 112 5.2
112 5.2
112 5.2
142 7.0
180 8.7
180 8.7
225 10.6
–
Fax N 180 320 320 320 500 500 500 630 800 800 1000
+
Size –Fax max lbf 40 90
72 107
72 125
72 160
112 180
112 200
112 250
142 355
180 500
180 710
225 1000
Radial force, max. 1) Fq max N lbf
180 320 2) 2720
2574 320 3170
320 3664
500 4114
500 5148
500 270
630 337
800 427
800 674
1000 584
at distance a
Permissible axial force/psi (bar) ±F lbf/psi N0.023 11450
0.05 12100
0.05 14100
0.05 16300
0.08 18300
0.08 22900 0.11 4) 1500
0.08 1200 0.13 4) 1900
0.13 4) 3000
0.16 4) 26004)
(from shaft collar) ax per./psi
operating pressure (bar) a N/bar in1.5 0.79
3.0 0.79
3.0 0.79
3.0 0.98
5.2 0.98
5.2 0.98
5.2 1.61
7.0 2.07
8.7 2.07
8.7 2.66
10.6 2.66

mm 20 20 20 25 25 25 41 52.5 52.5 67.5 67.5
3
Size Axial force, max. ) +Fax max lbf
90 225
107 281 125 281
160 360180 360200 360250 450 355 562500 674710 989 1000 989
Radial force, max. ) 1
F lbf N25742) 1000
2720 1250
3170 1250
3664 1600
4114 1600
5148 1600
270 2000
337 2500
427 3000
674 4400
584 4400
– q max
at distance a Fax –F lbf
+ ax N
max 11450 12100 14100 16300 18300 22900 1200 ) 1500 ) 1900 ) 3000 ) 26004) 989
225 281 281 360 360 360 4 450 4 562 4 674 4 989
(from shaft collar)
a in N0.79 1000
0.79 12500.79 1250
0.98 1600
0.98 1600
0.98 1600
1.61 2000
2.07 2500
2.07 3000
2.66 4400
2.66 4400
5) 5) 5) 5) 5)
Permissible axial force/psi (bar) ±Fax per. mm /psi lbf/psi
20 0.
201 6 0.20
20 0.20
25 0.26
25 0.26
25 0.26
41 52.5 52.5 67.5 67.5
operating pressure (bar) N/bar
Axial force, max. 3) +Fax max lbf 225 10.6
281 12.9 281 12.9
360 16.7
360 16.7
360 16.7
450 562 674 989 989
1) During intermittent operation (sizes 5 to 200)
N 1000 1250 1250 1600 1600 1600 2000 2500 3000 4400 4400
2) Value for Q-shaft:–
Fax Fq max–F= 2023 lbf (9000lbf N)
225 281 281 360 360 360 450 562 674 989 989
3) Max. permissible+axial force ax max
when at a standstill or when axial piston unit working in pressureless conditions
4) When at a standstill or when axial piston N unit1000 1250 1250 1600 1600 1600 2000 2500 3000 4400 when
operating in depressurized condition. Higher forces are permissible 4400 under
pressure.
Permissible Please contact
axial force/psi ax per./psi lbf/psi 0.16
(bar) ±Fus. 0.20 0.20 0.26 0.26 0.26 5) 5) 5) 5) 5)
5) Please contact us
operating pressure (bar) N/bar 10.6 12.9 12.9 16.7 16.7 16.7
1) When
During considering
intermittent the permissible
operation (sizes 5 toaxial200)force, the force-transfer direction must be taken into account.
2) Value– for
Fax Q-shaft: Fq max = in
2023 lbf life
(9000 N)
max = increase sevice of bearings
3) Max. permissible axial force when at a standstill or when axial piston unit working in pressureless conditions
+ F
4) When ataxamax = reduction in service life of bearings (avoid)
standstill or when axial piston unit operating in depressurized condition. Higher forces are permissible when under
pressure. Please contact us. Toothed gear drive V-belt drive
Effect
5) Please of radial
contact us force Fq on the service life of the bearings
AlternatingMotor direction ϕo
When By selecting the
a suitable force-transfer direction of Fq, the stress ϕ opt
bei pt
considering permissible axial force, the force-transfer direction must be taken into account. of wechselnder
rotation
on the bearings caused by the internal transmission forces can Drehrichtung
– Fax max = increase in sevice life of bearings
be reduced, thus achieving the optimum service life for the t ϕo
bearings.
+ Fax max Recommended
= reduction in serviceposition of mating
life of bearings gear is dependent
(avoid) ϕ op pt
on direction of rotation. Examples:

Toothed gear drive V-belt drive
Effect of radial force Fq on the service life of the bearings
By selecting a suitable force-transfer direction of Fq, the stress AlternatingMotor direction
bei ϕ opt
ϕo
pt
Size opt. opt. wechselnder
of rotation
on the bearings caused by the internal transmission forces can Drehrichtung
10 tothus
be reduced, 180 achieving the± optimum
70° ± 45°
service life for the
t ϕo
bearings. Recommended position of mating gear is dependent ϕ op pt
200 to 1000 ± 45° ± 70°
on direction of rotation. Examples: Motor Linkslauf
Counter-clockwise
Druck am
Motor Rechtslauf
Clockwise
Druck am
Motor Linkslauf
Counter-clockwise
Druck am
Anschluß B
direction of rotation Anschluß A
direction of rotation direction of rotation
Anschluß B
Pressure on port B Pressure on port A Pressure on port B
Size opt. opt.
10 to 180 ± 70° ± 45°
200 to 1000 ± 45° ± 70°

Motor Linkslauf Motor Rechtslauf Motor Linkslauf
Counter-clockwise
Druck am Clockwise
Druck am Counter-clockwise
Druck am
Anschluß B
direction of rotation Anschluß A
direction of rotation direction of rotation
Anschluß B
Pressure on port B Pressure on port A Pressure on port B
200
THE
GROUP LLC
Rexroth Motor
Unit Dimensions
Before finalizing your design, please request a

Unit Dimensions, Sizes 23, 28, 32 – SAE Design binding installation drawing.
Dimensions in inches and (millimeters)
4.92 (125) ° 45°

45
0.31 (7.9)
0.79 (20) 5.75 (146)
T1
(DIA 127-0.05 )
(146)
DIA 5.000
DIA 4.998
1.06
(27)
0.56 14.3
°
5.75
40
2.28
IA 38
(58)
2)
(D IA 6.
16
D
IA .17
0.50 2.32
6)
(D IA 4
(12.7) T2
10
(59)
D
Flange SAE J744
Shaft ends
S Splined shaft 1 1/4 in 14T 12/24 DP 1) B Parallel keyed shaft
(SAE J744 – 32-4 (C)) DIN 6885 – AS8x7x40 (mm)
pN = 5800 psi (400 bar) pN = 5100 psi (350 bar)
7/16-14 UNC-2B 2) 4)
+0.002 )
(DIA 30 +0.015
1.10 (28)
0.87 (22)
DIA 1.182
DIA 1.181
0.37 (9.5) 0.3150

0.27 (7)
0.3135 0.30 (7.5) E1x0.2

(8h9) DIN 509
(DIA 35)
DIA 1.38
1.30 (33)
DIA 1.38
(DIA 35)
M10x1.5 3) 4)
0.31 (8)
1.97
1.89 (48) (50)
Ports
A, B Service line ports (see port plates)
T1, T2 Case drain ports (T2 plugged) ISO 11926 3/4 in -16 UNF-2B; 0.59 (15) deep 120 lb-ft (160 Nm) 4)
1) ANSI B92.1a-1976, 30° pressure angle, flat root, side fit, tolerance class 5
2) Thread according to ISO 68
3) Center bore according to DIN 332 (thread according to DIN 13)
4) Please observe the general notes for the max. tightening torques on page 36
201
THE
GROUP LLC
Rexroth Motor
Unit Dimensions
Before finalizing your design, please request a

Unit Dimensions, Sizes 23, 28, 32 – SAE Design binding installation drawing.
Dimensions in inches and (millimeters)
Port plates
51 SAE flange ports, rear 52 SAE flange ports, at side
Detail Y
0.7
2
2.32 (59) (18 Detail Y
.2)
0.51 (13)
2.76 (70)
3.07 (78)
4.09 (104)
(18.2)
(40 .59
0.72
4.61 (117)
.5)
A
1
B
Y B A
6.69 (170) 1.59 (40.5) 6.34 (161) B Y
7.44 (189) 4.53 (115) 8.15 (207) 4.72 (120)
A, B Service line ports SAE J518 1/2 in A, B Service line ports SAE J518 1/2 in
(high pressure series) (high pressure series)
Fastening threads ISO 68 5/16 in-18 UNC-2B; Fastening threads ISO 68 5/16 in-18 UNC-2B;
0.71 (18) deep 1) 0.71 (18) deep 1)
53 Threaded ports, at side 54 Threaded ports, at side and rear
Detail Y Detail Y
2.76 (70)
3.50 (89)
4.61 (117)
4.65 (118)
B A B A
6.34 (161) Y Y
8.15 (207) 4.72 (120) 7.24 (184) 2.28 (58)
8.23 (209) 4.92 (125)
A, B Service line ports 1 5/16 in -12 UN-2B; 400 lb-ft 1) A, B Service line ports 1 5/16 in -12 UN-2B; 400 lb-ft 1)
ISO 11926 0.79 (20) deep (540 Nm) ISO 11926 0.79 (20) deep (540 Nm)
once plugged each
1) Please observe the general notes for the max. tightening torques on page 36
Note: port plates 18 and 19 see pages 31, 32
202
THE
GROUP LLC
RA 91001/03.08 AA2FM Bosch Rexroth Corp.

Rexroth35/36Motor
Installation Notes Installation Notes
General
The motor case must be completely filled up with hydraulic fluid during startup and during operation (filling the case chamber). The
motor must be started at low speed and no load until the system has been bled completely.
If stopped for an extended period, fluid may drain out of the case through the working lines. When restarting, make sure that the
case contains sufficient fluid.
The leakage fluid inside the case chamber must be drained off to the tank through the highest case drain port.
Installation position
Optional. At size 10 to 200 with installation position “shaft to the top” use motor with bleeding port R (indicate in clear when orde-
ring; the port U in the bearing section for bleeding is included in production with sizes 250 to 1000).
Installation below tank level Installation above the tank

Motors below minimum fluid level in the tank (standard) Motor above minimum fluid level in tank
– Fill axial piston motor before startup via the highest – Proceed in same way as below the tank installation
case drain port – Additional measures for installation positions 1 and 2:
– Run the motor at low speed until the system is bled If stopped for an extended period, fluid may drain out of the
completely (bleed through service line port A, B if tubing is case chamber through the service lines (air enters through
long) the shaft seal). The bearings will therefore not be properly
lubricated when the motor is started up again. Fill the axial
– Minimum immersion depth of leakage line in tank: piston motor before restarting via the highest case drain port.
7.87 in (200 mm) (relative to the min. fluid level in the tank) Installation position 2: bleed at port R (sizes 10 to 200)
– Additional measures required for installation position 2 resp. U (sizes 250 to 1000). Order port R in clear text.
(shaft facing up): with installation position 2, make sure that – Additional measures required for installation position 2
the motor case is completely full before starting up. Bleed at (shaft facing up)
port R (sizes 10 to 200) resp. U (sizes 250 to 1000). Order
port R in clear text. An air pocket in the bearing area can In this installation position the bearings will not be pro-
cause damage to the motor. perly lubricated, even if there is still some fluid in the case
chamber. Putting a non-return valve (opening pressure
7.5 psi (0.5 bar)) in the leakage line can prevent the system
emptying through the line.
T1
Installation position 1
T2
T1
T2
R(U)
7.5 psi (0.5 bar)
T1
R(U)
T2
T1
T2
203
THE
General Notes GROUP LLC

– The AA2FM motor is designed to be used in open and closed circuits.
– Project planning, assembly, and commissioning of the motor require the involvement of qualified personnel.
Rexroth Motor
– The service line ports and function ports are only designed to accommodate hydraulic lines.
General Notes
– During and shortly after operation, there is a risk of burns on the motor. Take suitable safety precautions, e.g. wear protective
clothing
General Notes
– There may be shifts in the characteristic depending on the operating state of the motor (operating pressure, fluid temperature).
– Tightening torques:
– The AA2FM motor is designed to be used in open and closed circuits.
- The tightening torques specified in this data sheet are maximum values and must not be exceeded
(maximum
– Project values
planning, for screwand
assembly, thread).
commissioning of the motor require the involvement of qualified personnel.
Manufacturer's instruction for the max. permissible tightening torques of the used fittings must be observed!
– The service line ports and function ports are only designed to accommodate hydraulic lines.
- For ISO 68 / DIN 13 fixing screws, we recommend checking the tightening torque individually according to VDI 2230
Edition
– During 2003.
and shortly after operation, there is a risk of burns on the motor. Take suitable safety precautions, e.g. wear protective
clothing
– The data and information contained herein must be adhered to.
– There may be shifts in the characteristic depending on the operating state of the motor (operating pressure, fluid temperature).
– Tightening torques:
- The tightening torques specified in this data sheet are maximum values and must not be exceeded
(maximum values for screw thread).
Manufacturer's instruction for the max. permissible tightening torques of the used fittings must be observed!
- For ISO 68 / DIN 13 fixing screws, we recommend checking the tightening torque individually according to VDI 2230
Edition 2003.
– The data and information contained herein must be adhered to.
Bosch Rexroth Corporation © 2007 Bosch Rexroth Corporation

Hydraulics All rights reserved. Neither this document, nor any part of it, may be reproduced,
Axial & Radial Piston Units duplicated, circulated or disseminated, whether by copy, electronic format or any
8 Southchase Court other means, without the prior consent and authorization of Bosch Rexroth Corp.
Fountain Inn, SC 29644-9018, USA The data and illustrations in this brochure/data sheet are intended only to descri-
Telephone (864) 967-2777 be or depict the products. No representation or warranty, either express or imp-
Facsimile (864) 967-8900 lied, relating to merchantability or fitness for intended use, is given or intended by
www.boschrexroth-us.com virtue of the information contained in this brochure/data sheet. The information
contained in this brochure/data sheet in no way relieves the user of its obligation
to insure the proper use of the products for a specific use or application. All
products contained in this brochure/data sheet are subject to normal wear and
Bosch Rexroth Corporation © 2007 Bosch Rexroth Corporation
tear from usage.
Hydraulics All rights reserved. Neither this document, nor any part of it, may be reproduced,
Subject to change.
Axial & Radial Piston Units duplicated, circulated or disseminated, whether by copy, electronic format or any
8 Southchase Court other means, without the prior consent and authorization of Bosch Rexroth Corp.
Fountain Inn, SC 29644-9018, USA The data and illustrations in this brochure/data sheet are intended only to descri-
Telephone (864) 967-2777 be or depict the products. No representation or warranty, either express or imp-
Facsimile (864) 967-8900 lied, relating to merchantability or fitness for intended use, is given or intended by
www.boschrexroth-us.com virtue of the information contained in this brochure/data sheet. The information
contained in this brochure/data sheet in no way relieves the user of its obligation
to insure the proper use of the products for a specific use or application. All
204
products contained in this brochure/data sheet are subject to normal wear and
tear from usage.
Subject to change.www.artexgroupllc.com Mail: sales@artexgroupllc.com
THE
GROUP LLC
Hydraulics
Generator Pump
PN: 101698
420 Mobile Piston Pump

• Long pump life
• Quiet pump operation
• Low installed and operating costs
• Reduced maintenance
• Flexibility in machine design
• Compact size saves space
• Design promotes leak-free system
1 4
1. Eaton Pump PN:101698

2. Half Flange PN:101688
3. Generator Control Block PN:105142
4. Generator Control Valve PN:102190
2 3
205
THE
GROUP LLC

Engineering Specification Sheet
206
Model
THE Codes
* Additional Settings Available by
Request
GROUP LLC

Model Codes
A D U 0 6 2 R 0 8 AB 1 0 A 43 14 00 0A 1 AB 1 00 CD 0 B
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
1 2 3 Pump Series Main Ports Size

10 11 12 Case Drain Ports 14 Controller Type
ADU – 420 Series Open & Location 1 – #12 SAE O-Ring - Top A – Pressure Flow
Circuit Piston Pump AA – Rear Ports 2 – #12 SAE O-Ring - Bottom Compensator With
Suction - 2” (Code 61); 3 – M27 x 2 O-Ring - Top #4 SAE O-Ring
4 5 6 Pump Displacement Pressure - 1” (Code 61) 4 – M27 O-Ring - Bottom Load Sense Port
041 – 41.0 cm3/r [2.50 in3/r] AB – Side Ports 5 – #12 SAE O-Ring - Left B – Pressure Flow
049 – 49.2 cm3/r [3.00 in3/r] Suction - 2” (Code 61); Side (Swash Sensor Boss) Compensator With
062 – 62.3 cm3/r [3.80 in3/r] Pressure - 1” (Code 61) 6 – G 3/4 (BSPP) - Top M12 Metric O-Ring
080 – 80.0 cm3/r [4.88 in3/r] AC – Rear Ports Load Sense Port
Suction - 2” (Code 61) 13 Diagnostic Pressure Ports C – Pressure Compensator
7Input Shaft Rotation with M12 Threads; Not available on thru-drive Only
R – Right Hand Pressure - 1” (Code 61) units E – Pressure Flow
L – Left Hand with M10 Threads. 0 – No Diagnostic Pressure Compensator With
AD – Side Ports Ports G 1/4 (BSPP) Load Sense
8 9 Front Mount and Shaft Suction - 2” (Code 61) 1 – #6 SAE O-Ring - Plugged Port
with M12 Threads; (Rear Ports Only) H – Pressure Flow
01 – 2 Bolt B, 22.2 mm
Pressure - 1” (Code 61) 2 – M14 Metric O-Ring - Compensator With
(0.875in.) Dia. Keyed Shaft
with M10 Threads. Plugged (Rear Ports Only) Torque Control #4 SAE
02 – 2 Bolt B, 25.4 mm
AE – Rear Ports 3 – #4 SAE O-Ring - Plugged O-Ring Load Sense Port
(1.00in.) Dia. Keyed Shaft
Suction - SAE O-Ring (Side Ports Only) J – Pressure Flow
03 – 2 Bolt B, 22.22 mm
Port; Pressure - UN-2B 4 – M12 Metric O-Ring - Compensator With Torque
(.875in.) Dia. Tapered
SAE O-Ring Port Plugged (Side Ports Only) Control M12 Metric O-Ring
Keyed Shaft
(ADU041 & ADU049 only) Load Sense Port
05 – 2 Bolt B, 13 Tooth 16/32
AF – Side Ports K – Pressure Compensator
Spline
Suction - #24 SAE With Torque Control
08 – 2 Bolt B,15 Tooth 16/32
Spline O-Ring;
Pressure - #16 SAE 15 16Pressure Compensator
32 – 2/4 Bolt C, 14 Tooth
12/24 Spline O-Ring (ADU041 and Setting (Tolerance on
33 – 2/4 Bolt C, 31.8 mm ADU049 Only) Setting)*
(1.25in) Dia. Keyed Shaft AG – Rear Ports 28 – 207-214 bar
34 – 2 Bolt B, 15 Tooth 16/32 Suction - M48 [3000-3100 lbf/in2]
Sled Runner Spline Metric O-Ring; 35 – 241-248 bar
35 – 2 Bolt B, 14 Tooth 12/24 Pressure - M33 [3500-3600 lbf/in2]
Spline Metric O-Ring 43 – 276-283 bar
38 – 2/4 Bolt C, 31.75 mm (ADU041 & ADU049 Only) [4000-4100 lbf/in2]
(1.25) Dia. Tapered Keyed AH – Side Ports
Shaft Suction - M48
Metric O-Ring;
Pressure - M33
Metric O-Ring
(ADU041 & ADU049 Only)
AK – Rear Ports
Suction - 2” (Code 61);
Pressure - #16 SAE
O-Ring (ADU062 Only)
Items that are bold indicate preferred
configuration.
207
4 EATON 420 Mobile Piston Artex Pump
strictly prohibits
Technicalunauthorized
Manual useE-PUPI-TM002-E3
of this document. Copyright © 2010, The2009
September Artex Group, LLC. All rights reserved.
Model
THE Codes
* Additional Settings Available by
Request
GROUP LLC

Model Codes
A D U 0 6 2 R 0 8 AB 1 0 A 43 14 00 0A 1 AB 1 00 CD 0 B
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32
17 18Flow Compensator AK – 141 Nm [1250 in-lbs] 24 25Auxiliary (Rear) Mount 27 28Pump Special Features
Setting (Tolerance (49,62,80) & Output Shaft 00 – No Special Features
on Setting)* AL – 153 Nm [1350 in-lbs] 00 – No Auxiliary Mounting AA – Auxiliary Mounting
00 – No Flow Compensator (62,80) Features Cover Plate
Setting AM – 164 Nm [1450 in-lbs] AB – SAE A 2 Bolt, AB – Swash Position Sensor
14 – 12-15 bar (62,80) 11T 16/32 Spline AC – Shaft Speed Sensor
[180-220 lbf/in2] AN – 175 Nm [1550 in-lbs] AC – SAE B 2 Bolt, AD – Modified End Cover,
24 – 23-26 bar (62,80) 13T 16/32 Spline Corner Removed
[330-370 lbf/in2] AP – 186 Nm [1650 in-lbs] AD – SAE B 2 Bolt, AE – Support Studs (1/2-13
(62,80) 15T 16/32 Spline UNC-2B x 117.8 (4.64)
19 20 Torque Control AR – 198 Nm [1750 in-lbs] AE – SAE A 2 Bolt, Long in Top Two End
Setting (62,80) 9T 16/32 Spline Cover/Housing Bolt
00 – No Torque Control AT – 209 Nm [1850 in-lbs] Locations
(62,80) 26 Shaft Seal AG – Swash Position Sensor
AA – 40 Nm [350 in-lbs]
AU – 220 Nm [1950 in-lbs] 0 – No Shaft Seal and Shaft Speed Sensor
(41,49)
AB – 51 Nm [450 in-lbs] (80) 1 – Standard Polyacrylate
29 30 Paint
(41,49) Shaft Seal
Control Special
21 22 2 – Viton 00 – No Paint
AC – 62 Nm [550 in-lbs]
Features Shaft Seal CD – Blue Primer
(41,49,62)
AD – 73 Nm [650 in-lbs] 00 – Control Special Features 3†– Double, Two-Way Shaft
(41,49,62,80) 0A – Bleed Down Orifice Seal, Viton With VHO Filter 31 Identification/Packaging
0D – 12V Cold Start Valve 4 – Nitrile Shaft Seal 0 – Standard Eaton
AE – 85 Nm [750 in-lbs]
5 – Single Viton Shaft Seal Identification Box
(41,49,62,80) 23 Maximum Displacement in 2/4 Bolt C Mount Packaging
AF – 96 Nm [850 in-lbs] Pump Housing
Option*
(41,49,62,80)
AG – 107 Nm [950 in-lbs] 1 – Standard Displacement 32 Design Level
(As Given In Code Title) † Not available on SAE B mount
(41,49,62,80) B – Second Design
2 – External Manual
AH – 119 Nm [1050 in-lbs]
Stroke Adjustment
(49,62,80)
AJ – 130 Nm [1150 in-lbs]
(49,62,80)
Items that are bold indicate preferred

configuration.
208
Artex strictly prohibits unauthorized use of this
EATON 420document.
MobileCopyright
Piston©Pump
2010, The Artex Group,
Technical LLC. All rights
Manual reserved.
E-PUPI-TM002-E3 September 2009 5
THE
Specifications and GROUP LLC

Performance
Specifications and Performance
General Performance Specifications
Units ADU041 ADU049 ADU062 ADU080
Displacement cc/r (in3/r) 41.0 (2.50) 49.2 (3.00) 62.3 (3.80) 80.0 (4.88)
Weight Single Seal1 kg (lbm) 22.9 (50.4) 22.9 (50.4) 23.8 (52.4) 24.2 (53.4)
Dual Seal1 24.1 (53.1) 24.1 (53.1) 25.0 (55.1) 25.4 (56.1)
Pressure Continuous bar (psi) 280 (4060) 280 (4060) 280 (4060) 210 (3050)
Intermittent2 320 (4600) 320 (4600) 320 (4600) 230 (3335)
Peak3 350 (5000) 350 (5000) 350 (5000) 250 (3625)
Speed4 At 1 bar abs (0 psig) rpm 2650 2650 2600 2200
At .85 bar abs (5 in.Hg) 2450 2450 2400 1800
At 2 bar abs (15 psig) 2950 2950 2800 N/A
Max (standby) 3600 3600 3600 3600
Min 600 600 600 600
Power Max (theoretical) kW (hp) 50.7 (68.0) 60.8 (81.5) 75.6 (101.3) 61.7 (82.7)
Standby .98 (1.3) .98 (1.3) 1.1 (1.5) 1.4 (1.9)
Torque Max (theoretical) Nm (lb-ft) 183 (135) 219 (162) 278 (205) 268 (198)
Bearing Life5 At 140 bar (2030 psi) B10 Hours 103,650 55,580 33,500 17,150
At 210 bar (3045 psi) 26,830 14,380 8,670 4,440
At 280 bar (4060 psi) 10,280 5,510 3,320 N/A
Mass Moment of Inertia Nm-sec2 .0033 .0033 .0046 .0058
(lb-in-sec2) (.0288) (.0288) (.0403) (.0517)
1 Standard SAE B non-through drive.
2 Less than 10% of duty cycle.
3 Momentary system pressure spikes only.
4 Ratings based on Flange ports. Note: Tube ports are not available on the 62cc and 80cc displacements.
5 Bearing life ratings at rated speed - 1 bar abs (0 psig) inlet.
Inlet Pressure, Case Pressure, and Operating Temperature Requirements

Inlet Pressure Case Pressure Operating Temperature
Maximum Maximum Minimum Maximum
Rated Minimum Maximum Continuous Intermittent Peak Rated Temperature Intermittent
bar abs (psig) bar abs (in. Hg) bar abs (psig) bar abs (psig) bar abs (psig) bar abs (psig) °C (°F) °C (°F) °C (°F)
1.0 (0) 0.85 (5) 4.4 (50) 1.3 (5) 3.1 (30) 6.2 (75) 93 (200) -37 (-35) 104 (220)
Hydraulic Fluids
Recommended Minimum Viscosity @ Max.
Operating Maximum Maximum Viscosity Intermittent Temperature of Minimum
Viscosity Range Continuous at Startup 93°C (200°F) Intermittent
Fluid cSt (SUS) cSt (SUS) cSt (SUS) cSt (SUS) cSt (SUS)
Use antiwear hydraulic oil, 16 to 40 (80 to 188) 430 (1192) 2100 (9720) 10 (59) 6 (46)
or automotive type crankcase
oil (designations SC, SD, SE
or SF) per SAE J183 FEB80
For more information, see Eaton publication 579. For operation on other alternative or environmentally friendly fluids, please contact your Eaton Representative.
209
6 EATON 420 Mobile Piston Pump Technical Manual E-PUPI-TM002-E3 September 2009
THE
Control Options
Load Sense and Pressure GROUP LLC
Compensator
Control Options
Load Sense and Pressure Compensator
Load Sense and Pressure Pressure Limit Settings Optional bleed-down orifice in
Compensator Control Code A or B with control special feaure "A".
The pressure compensator ø 0,4 mm (.015 in.). Orifice is plugged for
The pump will provide power uses two springs to cover no bleed down in control Code A or B.
matching of pump output to the full pressure range of
system load demand, maxi- “B” inlet
the ADU pumps. The high “F” case
mizing efficiency and improv- pressure spring covers the drain
ing load metering characteris-
tics of any directional control range from 140 bar (2050
valve installed between the psi) to 280 bar (4060 psi).
pump and the load. The low pressure spring
“K” inlet “J” load
is adjustable from minimum gage port
Load sensing ensures that sense
the pump always provides pressure through 140 bar (optional) signal
only the amount of flow (2050 psi). port
needed by the load. At the
same time, the pump operat-
ing pressure adjusts to the
actual load pressure plus a
pressure differential required “K”outlet
for the control action. When gage port
the system is not demanding Flow Compensator (optional)
power, the load sense control (Load Sense) Settings
will operate in an energy- “C” outlet
There are three springs
saving stand-by mode. used to cover the load To load
Typically, the differential sense adjustment range
pressure is that between the of this control. Code A & B - Page 7 Code C - Page 8
pressure inlet and service
port of a proportionally
controlled directional valve,
or a load sensing directional Typical Operating Curve
control valve. See the model
code on page 4 for differen-
tial pressure settings for load Q Q
sensing.
If the load pressure exceeds
Outlet Flow
Outlet Flow
the system pressure setting,
the pressure compensator
de-strokes the pump. The
load sensing line must be
as short as possible and can
also be used for remote con-
trol or unloading of the pump P P
Outlet Pressure Outlet Pressure
pressure. For remote control
purposes, it is recommended
that you contact your Eaton
Representative for the cor-
rect configuration of the Dynamic Response per SAE J745 (Using Swash Plate Position)
control. Response Recovery Load Sense
Warning: The pressure com- (off stroke) (on stroke) Recovery
pensator may be adjusted msec msec msec
beyond the rated pressure of
the pump. When adjusting ADU041 20 75 90
the pressure limiter, install a ADU049 20 75 90
0-350 bar (0-5000 psi) gage
ADU062 25 90 115
in the outlet gage port and
limit the pressure setting to ADU080 26 75 115
the continuous rated pres-
sure for the pump displace-
ment shown on page 6.
210
EATON 420document.
MobileCopyright
Piston ©Pump
Technical LLC. AllE-PUPI-TM002-E3
Manual rights reserved. September 2009 7
73
Eff
Performance 71
17 bar (250 psi)
69
ADU062
THE
67
65
GROUP
63 LLC
61
500 1000 1500 420 Mobile Piston
2000
Input Speed, rpm
2500 Pump
3000
Performance
ADU062
Overall Efficiency Versus
Speed @ 49º C (120º F), 90
Full Flow, and 1.0 bar 200 bar (2900 psi)
(0 psi) Inlet 150 bar (2200 psi)
88
250 bar (3600 psi)
86
280 bar (4000 psi)
Efficiency (%)
84
82
80
78
76
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Input Speed, rpm
Overall Efficiency Versus

Speed @ 49º C (120º F), 91
Full Flow, and 1.0 bar
(0 psi) Inlet 89
103 bar (1500 psi)
87
85 68bar (1000 psi)
83
81 50 bar (700 psi)
79
Efficiency (%)
77
75
73
71
17 bar (250 psi)
69
67
65
63
61
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Input Speed, rpm
211
Artex strictly prohibits unauthorized EATON 420 Mobile
use of this document. Piston
Copyright Pump
© 2010, Technical
The Artex Group, LLC.Manual E-PUPI-TM002-E3 September 2009
All rights reserved. 17
90
200 bar (2900 psi) 150 bar (2200 psi)
Performance
ADU062
THE
GROUP LLC

Performance
ADU062 - Input Power Versus Speed 49º C (120º F),
Full Flow, and 1.0 bar (0 psi) Inlet
ADU062
Input Power Versus Speed
@ 49º C (120º F), Full Flow, 82 (110)
and 1.0 bar (0 psi) Inlet 280 bar (4000 psi)
74.5 (100)
67 (90)
250 bar
Input Power, kW (hp) 60 (80) (3600 psi)
52 (70)
200 bar
45 (60) (2900 psi)
37.5 (50) 150 bar

(2200 psi)
30 (40)
22.5 (30) 103 bar
(1500 psi)
15 (20) 25 bar
(365 psi)
7.5 (10)
0
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Input Speed, rpm
ADU062 - Input Torque Versus Speed

@ 49 Deg C (120 Deg F), Full Flow, and 1.0 bar (0 psi) Inlet
Input Torque Versus Speed

@ 49º C (120º F), Full Flow,
and 1.0 bar (0 psi) Inlet 317 (2800) 280 bar (4000 psi)
250 bar (3600 psi)

271 (2400)
200 bar (2900 psi)

Input Torque, Nm (in-lb)
226 (2000)
181 (1600) 150 bar (2200 psi)
136 (1200)
103 bar (1500 psi)
90 (800) 69 bar (1000 psi)
34 bar (500 psi)

45 (400)
0
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Input Speed, rpm
212
18 EATON 420 Mobile Piston Pump Technical Manual E-PUPI-TM002-E3 September 2009
Performance
THE
ADU062
GROUP LLC

Performance
ADU062
ADU062 - Delivery & Case Flow Versus Speed 49º C (120º F)
Delivery and Case Flow
Versus Speed @ 49º C 191 (50)
(120º F)
172 (45)
25 bar (365 psi)
153 (40)
280 bar
134 (35) (4000 psi)
Main Flow, lpm (gpm)
Case Flow, lpm (gpm)

115 (30)
95 (25)
76 (20)
57 (15)
28 (10) 280 bar (4000 psi) 3.8 (1.0)
19 (5) 1.9 (0.5)

25 bar (365 psi)
0 0
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Input Speed, rpm
Input Torque andADU062

Case Flow ADU062
Input Torque and Case - Input Torque and Case Flow
Flow
- Input Torque and Case Flow
Stand-by @ 49º C (120º F) - 49 Deg C (120 Deg F)
Stand-by Cut-off @ 49º C (120ºCut-off
F) - 49 Deg C (120 Deg F)

5.06 (45) 67.5 (600)

4.50 (40)
20 bar (290 psi) 56.3 (500)
3.94 (35) 280 bar (4060 psi) Torque
3.38 (30) 45.0 (400)

11 bar (160 psi)
2.81 (25)
2.25 (20) 14.0 (1.0) 33.8 (300) 6.0 (1.50)
280 bar (4060 psi) Case Flow
1.69 (15) 0.75
3.0 (.75) 5.0 (1.25)
150 bar (2175 psi) Case Flow
22.5 (200) 4.0 (1.00)
1.13 (10) 0.5
2.0 (.50)
3.0 (.75)
.56 (5) 0.25
1.0 (.25) 11.3 (100) 150 bar (2175 psi) Torque 2.0 (.50)
0 0 1.0 (.25)
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 0 0
Input Speed, rpm 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000
Input Speed, rpm
213
EATONmanufactured
employees, customers and agents of Artex, to aid in repair and preventive maintenance of equipment 420 Mobile Piston
by Artex. ThisPump Technical
document may not beManual E-PUPI-TM002-E3
altered, reproduced September
or re-transmitted 2009 written authorization19
without the express of Artex.
THE
GROUP LLC

Pump Installation
B-mount / Rear-ported
Pump Installation
B-mount / Rear-ported
Top Case Drain 110.2

(4.34)
72.6
(2.86 )
(Diagnostic
Port) 46
(1.81)
69.1
RH Rotation (2.72 ) 72.1
(Diagnostic (2.84 )
Port) (Case Drain)
2X 13.6
(.54)
For Compensator Configuration See Separate Compensator

Installation Drawing
Optional Case Drain

Suction Port For Shaft Configuration
See Separate Shaft
A Installation Drawing
Pressure Port
122.2
79.2 (4.81)
(3.12 )
5.1 (Case Drain)
(.20)
Ø101.6
(4.00) 72.1 76.1
Optional (2.84) (3.00)
Diagnostic (Case Drain)
9.4 2X Ø14.2
A Port 87.9 (.37) (.56)
38.1 41.1 191 (3.46) 146.1
(1.50) (1.62) (7.52 ) (5.75 )
2X 218
4X .500-13 UNC-2B .77 Min. (8.58 )
-4X .375-16 UNC-2B .57 Min. 97.3
(3.83)
74.7
(2.94)
77.5
(3.05)
Bottom Case Drain
View A – A p. 22 LH Rotation
P. 24
214
Pressure
The Artex Group LLC Toll free in the US: 877.839.5533 Phone 979.836.5533 Port
www.artexgroupllc.com Mail: sales@artexgroupllc.com
5.1 Optional Diagnostic Port Optional
PortDiagnostic Port
Artex strictly prohibits unauthorized use of this document. Copyright © 2010, The Artex Group, LLC. All rights reserved. Suction
).20 (
Ø101.6
)4.00(
.81 [20.6] .81 [20.6]
Control
THE Installation
GROUP LLC

Control Installation
Load Sense and Pressure
Compensator
92.3 74.3
[ 3.63 ] [ 2.93 ]
Load Sense Port 69.9
[ 2.75 ]
146.1
[ 5.75 ]
131.9 108.5
[ 5.19 ] [ 4.27 ]
172.5
[ 6.79 ]
176.6
[6.95]
With Double
Shaft Seal
215
30
employees, EATON
customers and agents 420
of Artex, Mobile
to aid in repairPiston Pumpmaintenance
and preventive TechnicalofManual
equipmentE-PUPI-TM002-E3
manufactured by Artex.September
This document2009
may not be altered, reproduced or re-transmitted without the express written authorization of Artex.
THE
Installation
and Start-up GROUP LLC

Installation and Start-up
Warning: Care should be In those cases where geo- Start-up Procedure Once the pump is started,
taken that mechanical and metric tolerances of mount- Make sure the reservoir and it should prime within a few
hydraulic resonances are ing are critical, or where circuit are clean and free of seconds. If the pump does
avoided in the application of specific tolerance ranges are dirt/debris prior to filling with not prime, check to make
the pump. Such resonances required and not specified, hydraulic fluid. sure that there are no restric-
can seriously compromise consult Eaton Engineering for tions between the reservoir
the life and/or safe operation specific limits. Fill the reservoir with filtered and the inlet to the pump,
of the pump. oil and fill to a level sufficient and that the pump is being
Direction of shaft rotation, enough to prevent vortexing
viewed from the prime mov- rotated in the proper direc-
Drive Data at the suction connection to tion, and that there are no air
er end, must be as indicated pump inlet. It is good practice
Mounting attitude should be in the model designation on leaks in the inlet line and con-
to clean the system by flush- nections. Also check to make
horizontal using the appro- the pump – either right hand ing and filtering, using an
priate case drain ports to (clockwise) or left hand sure that trapped air can
external slave pump. escape at the pump outlet.
ensure that the case remains (counterclockwise).
full of fluid at all times. Caution: Before the pump is After the pump is primed,
Direct coaxial drive through started, fill the case through
Consult your local Eaton a flexible coupling is recom- tighten the loose outlet con-
Representative if a different the uppermost drain port nections, then operate for
mended. If drives imposing with hydraulic fluid of the
arrangement is required. radial shaft loads are con- five to ten minutes (unload-
type to be used. The case ed) to remove all trapped air
sidered, please consult your drain line must be connected
Eaton Representative. from the circuit.
directly to the reservoir
and must terminate below If the reservoir has a sight
the oil level. gage, make sure the fluid is
clear – not milky.
Fluid Cleanliness Eaton 420 Series pumps, as components and systems. – available from your local
The 420 Series pumps are with any variable displace- Hydraulic fluid must have the Eaton distributor. In this pub-
rated in anti-wear petroleum ment piston pumps, will op- correct balance of cleanli- lication, filtration and cleanli-
fluids with a contamination erate with apparent satisfac- ness, materials, and additives ness levels for extending the
level of 21/18/13 per ISO tion in fluids up to the rating for protection against wear life of axial piston pumps and
4066. Operation in fluids with specified here. Experience of components, elevated other system components
levels more contaminated has shown however, that viscosity and inclusion of air. are listed. Included is an
than this is not recommend- pump and hydraulic system Essential information on the excellent discussion of the
ed. Fluids other than petro- life is not optimized with high correct methods for treating selection of products needed
leum, severe service cycles, fluid contamination levels hydraulic fluid is included to control fluid condition.
or temperature extremes (high ISO cleanliness codes). in Eaton publication 561 –
are cause for adjustment of Proper fluid condition is “Eaton Guide to Systemic
these codes. Please contact essential for long and Contamination Control”
your Eaton Representative satisfactory life of hydraulic
for specific duty cycle recom-
mendation.
216
EATON 420 Mobile Piston Pump Technical Manual E-PUPI-TM002-E3 September 2009 39
THE
Part Identification -
420 Series Pumps GROUP LLC
420 Mobile Piston Pump Service

Part Identification
Item Part Number Quantity Description Page Number
1 See Table 1 1 Shaft, Drive m 8
2 Not Saleable 1 Ring, Crush/Bearing Shim Kit 9900194-008 m 25
3 See Table 1 1 Key, Drive Shaft 8
4 See Table 2 1 Endcover m 9
6 16026-610 1 Roll Pin (Valve Plate) 5
8 See Table 3 1 Plate, Valve 10
10 16015-58-90 1 O-ring (End Pilot Cover) 5
12 16003-405-90 2 O-ring (End Cover/Housing) 5
14 See Table 4 1 Housing m 11
16 4994698-001 1 Bearing Assy, Shaft (Front) m 25
18 4994699-001 1 Bearing Assy, Shaft (Rear) m 25
22 4993209-002 2 Bearing, Swashplate 5
23 4993411-050 2 Screw, Cap, Socket, Flat, CSK (Swash Bearing) 5
24 4993194-001 1 Spring, Bias 5
26 4997172-001 1 Swash Plate 5
28 See Table 5 1 Rotating Group S/A 11
30 16147-816 4 Screw, Cap (Housing/Endcover) 5
31 882993 1 VFO Drain Hole Filter (Double Shaft Seal) 6
32 See Table 6 1 Seal, Shaft 11
33 16077-32 1 Ring, Retaining, Internal (Shaft Seal) 5
34 16077-32 1 Ring, Retaining, Internal (Double Shaft Seal) 6
35 See Table 6 1 Seal, Shaft (Double Shaft Seal) 11
36 See Table 7 1 Compensator Kit 12
38 107275-011 2 O-ring (Compensator/Housing) 12
39 107275-017 1 O-ring (Secondary Compensator/Housing) 12
40 See Table 8 4 Screw, Cap (Compensator Mounting) 13
42 5993996-001 1 Piston, Control 5
44 See Page 6 1 Plug, Adjustable Volume Stop 6
45 See Page 6 1 O-ring (Adjustable Volume Stop) 6
46 See Page 6 1 Screw, Set (Adjustable Volume Stop) 6
48 See Page 6 1 Nut, Sealing (Adjustable Volume Stop) 6
50 16103-314 1 Plug Assy (Fixed Volume Stop) 5
52 16103-302 2 Plug (Endcover) 5
54 16103-302 1 Plug (Housing) 5
55 See Table 9 2 Plug (Diagnostic Ports) 13
56 See Table 9 1 Plug (Top Case Drain Port) 13
57 See Table 9 1 Plug (Bottom Case Drain Port) 13
58 937166 1 Cover, Tamper Proof (Compensator Adj . Screws) 5
80 See Table 10 1 Coupler 13
81 16008-000 1 Coupler Lock Ring 6
84 70142-600 1 Cover Plate, Aux . Mount 6
85 16007-14 1 O-ring, Cover Plate 6
86 16032-606 2 Screw, Cap (Cover Plate) 6
Standard Seal Kit: 9900633-000 Polyacrylate Shaft Seal Kit

Optional Seal Kits: 9900634-000 Fluorocarbon Shaft Seal Kit
9900634-001 Fluorocarbon Shaft Seal Kit C-Mount
Adjustable Maximum Displacement Volume Stop Kit: 9900194-004
m Bearing Shim Kit Required: 9900194-008
217
4 EATON 420 Mobile Piston Pump Service Manual E-PUPI-TP002-E3 August 2009
THE
GROUP LLC
Exploded Assembly -
420 Series Pumps 420 Mobile Piston Pump Service
Part Item Number Exploded Assembly
Part Item Number
40
58
3
24
50
36 56 1
54 39 42
38
26 30
23
87
22
52
16
32 2
33 12
14
55
4
57
52
10 6
18
28
218
THE
GROUP LLC
Typical Cross Section - 420 Mobile Piston Pump Service

420 Series Pumps Typical Cross Section
Side View
219
THE
Drive Shaft - Item 1, 3 GROUP LLC

Table 1
Drive Shaft - Item 1, 3
Table 1
Table 1 - Drive Shaft (Item 1)

Code Position
8,9 24,25 26 Key (Item 3) Part Number Description
01 00 0,1,2 24500-619 4997174-005 .875 Dia . w/Key, 1 .62 Ext .
01 AA 0,1,2 24500-619 4997177-013 .875 Dia . w/Key, 1 .62 Ext .
01 AB 0,1,2 24500-619 4997177-014 .875 Dia . w/Key, 1 .62 Ext .
01 AC 0,1,2 24500-619 4997177-015 .875 Dia . w/Key, 1 .62 Ext .
02 00 0,1,2 16246-516 4997174-004 1 .00 Dia . w/Key, 1 .81 Ext .
02 AA 0,1,2 16246-516 4997177-007 1 .00 Dia . w/Key, 1 .81 Ext .
02 AB 0,1,2 16246-516 4997177-008 1 .00 Dia . w/Key, 1 .81 Ext .
02 AC 0,1,2 16246-516 4997177-009 1 .00 Dia . w/Key, 1 .81 Ext .
04 00 0,1,2 20100-25 4997174-002 SAE J744- 25-3 Taper
04 AA 0,1,2 20100-25 4997177-002 SAE J744- 25-3 Taper
04 AB 0,1,2 20100-25 4997177-004 SAE J744- 25-3 Taper
04 AC 0,1,2 20100-25 4997177-003 SAE J744- 25-3 Taper
05 00 3 - 4995082-003 13 Tooth, 1 .62 Ext . (Dual Seal)
05 00 0,1,2 - 4997174-003 13 Tooth 16/32, 1 .62 Ext .
05 AA 0,1,2 - 4997177-010 13 Tooth
05 AB 0,1,2 - 4997177-011 13 Tooth 16/32, 1 .62 Ext .
05 AC 0,1,2 - 4997177-012 13 Tooth 16/32, 1 .62 Ext .
08 00 3 - 4995082-001 15 Tooth, 1 .81 Ext . (Dual Seal)
08 00 0,1,2 - 4997174-001 15 Tooth 16/32, 1 .81 Ext .
08 AA 0,1,2 - 4997177-005 15 Tooth 16/32, 1 .81 Ext .
08 AB 0,1,2 - 4997177-006 15 Tooth 16/32, 1 .81 Ext .
08 AC 0,1,2 - 4997177-001 15 Tooth 16/32, 1 .81 Ext .
08 AC 3 - 4997596-001 15 Tooth, 1 .81 Ext . (Dual Seal)
30 00 0,1,2 - 4997174-006 1 .00 Taper W/ .375-24 Thd .
30 AA 0,1,2 - 4997177-016 1 .00 Taper W/ .375-24 Thd .
30 AB 0,1,2 - 4997177-017 1 .00 Taper W/ .375-24 Thd .
30 AC 0,1,2 - 4997177-018 1 .00 Taper W/ .375-24 Thd .
31 00 0,1,2 16246-516 4997174-007 1 .00 Dia . w/Key & .375 Thd .
32 00 3 - 4998581-001 14 Tooth 12/24, 2 .18 Ext .
420 Series Mobile Piston Pump

Drive Shaft
220
THE
GROUP LLC
End Cover - Item 4
Table 2
End Cover - Item 4
Table 2
Table 2 - End Cover (Item 4)

Code Position
4,5,6 10,11 13 24,25 Kit Number Part Number Description
041 AF 0 00 9900267-013 5992843-001 Endcover, Rear Port, SAE Threaded, 2 .50
041 AF 0 00 9900267-014 5992847-001 Endcover, Side Port, SAE Threaded, 2 .50
041 AF 0 AA 9900267-015 5992851-001 Endcover, Thru-Drive Dual A, SAE Threaded, 2 .50
041 AF 0 AC 9900267-016 5992851-002 Endcover, Thru-Drive Dual B, SAE Threaded, 2 .50
049 AB 0 AC 9900267-003 5992825-001 Endcover, Thru-Drive Dual B, Code 61, 3 .00
049 AD 0 AC 9900267-004 5992825-002 Endcover, Thru-Drive Dual B, Code 61, 3 .00 Metric
049 AB 3 00 9900267-007 5992831-001 Endcover, Side Port, Code 61, 3 .00
049 AD 0 00 9900267-008 5992831-002 Endcover, Side Port, Code 61, 3 .00 Metric
049 AA 0 00 9900267-009 5992837-001 Endcover, Rear Port, Code 61, 3 .00
049 AC 0 00 9900267-010 5992837-002 Endcover, Rear Port, Code 61, 3 .80 Metric
062/080 AB 0 AC 9900267-001 5992823-001 Endcover, Thru-Drive Dual B, Code 61, 3 .80
062/080 AD 0 AC 9900267-002 5992823-002 Endcover, Thru-Drive Dual B, Code 61, 3 .80 Metric
062/080 AB 0 00 9900267-005 5992829-001 Endcover, Side Port, Code 61, 3 .80
062/080 AD 0 00 9900267-006 5992829-002 Endcover, Side Port, Code 61, 3 .80 Metric
062/080 AA 0 00 9900267-011 5992839-001 Endcover, Rear Port, Code 61, 3 .80
062/080 AC 0 00 9900267-012 5992839-002 Endcover, Rear Port, Code 61, 3 .80 Metric

End Cover Views
End Cover View
Rear Ported
Rear
Side Ported Ported
221
Thru-Drive
Valve
THE Plate - Item 8
Table 3
GROUP LLC

Valve Plate - Item 8
Table 3
Table 3 - Valve Plate (Item 8)
Code Position
4,5,6 7 Part Number Description
041 L 4997402-013 Plate, Valve 41cc (LH, 2 .50)
041 R 4997403-013 Plate, Valve 41cc (RH, 2 .50)
Valve Plate Identification
4995488-001 REV [ ] LH 4995489-001 REV [ ] RH
LH RH
Part Number
222
10 EATON 420 Mobile Piston Pump Service Manual E-PUPI-TP002-E3 August 2009
THE
GROUP LLC

Housing - Item 14
Rotating Groups - Item 28
Shaft Seals - Item 32
Tables 4, 5 & 6
Table 4 - Housing (Item 14)

Code Position
8,9 12 26 27,28 Part Number Description
not 32 1,2 3 not AB, AC 5999819-001 Housing (Double Seal)
not 32 3,4 3 not AB, AC 5999819-002 Housing (Double Seal, Metric)
not 32 1,2 3 AB 5999819-003 Housing (Double Seal, Swash Sensor)
not 32 1,2 not 3 not AB, AC 5999590-001 Housing
not 32 3,4 not 3 not AB, AC 5999590-002 Housing (Metric)
not 32 1,2 not 3 AB 5999590-003 Housing (Swash Sensor)
32 1,2 3 0 5999592-001 Housing (C Mount, Double Seal)
not 32 1,2 not 3 not AB, AC 5999591-001 Housing Torque Control
not 32 1,2 3 not AB, AC 5999593-001 Housing (C Mount, Double Seal) Torque Control
Table 5 - Rotating Group (Item 28)

Code Position
4,5,6 27,28 Part Number Description
41 not AC 4993556-001 Rotating Group S/A 41cc (2 .50 in3)
Table 6 - Shaft Seal (Item 32)

Code Position
8,9 26 Part Number Description
Not 32 2 or 3 16253-218 Seal, Shaft, Fluorocarbon, SAE B
Not 32 1 4993012-001 Seal, Shaft, Polyacrylate, SAE B
32 3 4998834-001 Seal, Shaft, Fluorocarbon, SAE C Shaft
Not 32 4 16253-18 Seal, Shaft, Nitrile, SAE B
223
THE
GROUP LLC

Compensator Kits - Item 36
Table 7 - Factory Set
Table 7 - Compensator (Pump Controls) (Item 36)
Control
Code Code Code Code
14 15,16 Pressure Limit Setting 17,18 Flow Setting 21,22 Kit Number
A 27 199 .9-206 .8 bar [2900-3000 lbf/in2] 25 23 .44-26 .89 bar [340-390 lbf/in2] 00 9900512-003
A 28 206 .8-213 .7 bar [3000-3100 lbf/in2] 10 9 .65-12 .41 bar [140-180 lbf/in2] 0A 9900512-013
B 28 206 .8-213 .7 bar [3000-3100 lbf/in2] 24 22 .75-25 .51 bar [330-370 lbf/in2] 00 9900512-012
B 28 206 .8-213 .7 bar [3000-3100 lbf/in2] 28 26 .20-28 .96 bar [380-420 lbf/in2] 0A 9900512-019
B 43 275 .8-282 .7 bar [4000-4100 lbf/in2] 24 22 .75-25 .51 bar [330-370 lbf/in2] 00 9900512-011
C 12 137 .9-144 .8 bar [2000-2100 lbf/in2] 00 No Flow Comp . Setting 00 9900512-021

Kit Contents 58
39
38 40 4x Torque 70-80 in
Lb
36
Mounting Screws - Item 40

Table 8 - Compensator Mounting Screw (Item 40)
Table 8
Code Position
14 19,20 21,22 Part Number Description
A,B,C 00 00,0A 114953-030 Screw, Cap (Compensator Mounting)
224
THE
GROUP LLC
420 Mobile Piston Pump Repair

General Information Read this assembly manual thoroughly before starting work
General Information
on the pump.
Ordering Replacement Parts This manual assumes appropriately trained technicians with
specialized knowledge of mechanical and hydraulic component
Read this assembly manual thoroughly before starting work Ordering Replacement Parts
assembly and disassembly .
on the pump.
This manual assumes appropriately trained technicians with
specialized knowledge of mechanical and hydraulic component
assembly and disassembly .
Replacement Parts Serial

SERIALNumber/Date
NUMBER/DATE Code Interpretation
CODE INTERPRETATION
When ordering replacement When the Eaton model 420
parts, give the product num- pressure, pressure-flow 08 02 17 RC 1010
Serial
ber, Number/Date
date
SERIAL Code
code, part name,
NUMBER/DATE Interpretation
part compensated piston pump is
CODE INTERPRETATION
number and quantity of parts repaired, thoroughly clean the Serial Number
on model 420
ssure-flow 08 02 17 RC 1010
required . This product informa- pump before any repairs are Manufacturing Plant - Reynosa, MX
piston pump is tion is found stamped on the attempted . Day of Month
oughly clean the tag which is located on the Serial Number
The part number and serial Month
any repairs are side of the housing . Manufacturing Plant - Reynosa, MX
number are on the tag . Year Built
Day of Month
ber and serial Month
n the tag . Year Built
Eaton product number or

Assembled in Mexico customer number
number or Serial number/date code
ber
/date code Complete model code or
model code up to rotation
el code or if requested (no bar code)
to rotation
o bar code) Parts list revision level
on level
Required Tools Standard Tools Special Tools

ols Special Tools For Disassembly
mbly • Assembly Tool Kit 9900275-000 (includes)
• Assembly Tool Kit 9900275-000 (includes)
• Ball Peen Hammer
Hammer
• Plastic Tip Hammer
Hammer
– Swashplate Locator Tool – Swashplate Locator Tool
ew Driver • Flat Tip Screw Driver
Pliers • Snap Ring Pliers
ench • Torque Wrench
ck • Magnet Stick
nch • 1-1/4" Wrench
nch • 1-3/8" Wrench
Wrench • 4mm Allen Wrench
Wrench – Swashplate Retainer Tool
• 3/32" Allen Wrench – Swashplate Retainer Tool
ewdriver
aring Remover • Impact Screwdriver
• Sliding Bearing Remover
or and Hammer
s • Dial Indicator and
Paint Pen Accessories
Jelly • Marker or Paint Pen
olvent • Petroleum Jelly
– Shaft Retainer Tool
• Cleaning Solvent
– Shaft Retainer Tool
225
THE
GROUP LLC

Disassembly
Before attempting to disassemble, clean the pump exterior. Dispose of leakage oil and oily cloths in an environmentally
responsible manner. All parts within the unit must be kept clean during the overhaul process. Handle each part with
great care, marking as necessary to ensure proper reassebly. The close tolerance of the parts makes this requirement
very important. Clean all parts that are removed from the unit with a commercial solvent that is compatible with the
system fluid. Compressed air may be used in the cleaning process. However, it must be filtered to remove water and
other contamination.
1. Remove Control Piston Plug Assembly
1-A 1-B
2. Install Swash Plate Locator Tool
1-C
Note: Adjustment will take place in Step 11
226
THE
GROUP LLC

Disassembly
3. Remove Compensator 4. Remove End Cover
Note: The valve plate may stick to end cover. Use caution so
valve plate does not fall off.
Mark the housing and end cover to ensure orientation. Remove
the four cap screws that hold the end cover in place.
5. Remove Valve Plate 6. Remove O-ring Seal
Lift
227
THE
GROUP LLC

Disassembly
7. Remove Bearing Race 8. Remove Housing O-rings
Note: The bearing race is pressed in and will require the use of
a sliding bearing removal hammer or similar tool to remove it.
9. Remove Bearing 10. Install Swashplate Retainer
Note: Install the swash plate hold down tool and tighten the
cap screw 16147-804. This will prevent the swash plate from
moving.
228
THE
GROUP LLC

Disassembly
11. Swashplate Locator Adjustment 12. Install Shaft Retainer Tool
Note: This step is designed to force the swashplate to a neutral Note: Tighten the set screw while being careful not to damage
position to enable easy removal of the rotating group, and to shaft.
retain the swashplate.
With the hold down tool in place, tighten the adjustment screw
so the control piston spring is compressed.
13. Remove Rotating Group 14. Remove Shaft
Note: Position shaft upwards and carefully remove rotating Note: Remove shaft retainer tool and lift out shaft Use caution
group. when moving shaft through shaft seal.
229
THE
GROUP LLC

Disassembly
15. Remove Swashplate Locator 16. Remove Swashplate Retainer
17. Remove Control Piston 18. Remove Swashplate
Note: The open end of the control piston is positioned up.

The control piston is allowed to rotate.
230
THE
GROUP LLC

Disassembly
19. Remove Bias Spring 20. Remove Bearing
21. Remove Cradle Bearing Screws 22. Remove Cradle Bearings
CAUTION: Socket head cap screws are easily damaged during Note: The cradle bearings are asymmetrical. The proper orienta-
repair with improper tool. tion is shown.
231
THE
GROUP LLC

Disassembly
23. Remove Front Bearing Race 24. Remove Crush Ring
Note: The crush ring located under the bearing cup in the
housing does not need to be removed. The only time the crush
ring needs to be removed is when the front or rear shaft tapered
roller bearings, bear ing cups, drive shaft, end cover or housing
assembly is replaced. A shim kit is required if the crush ring is
25. Remove Shaft Seal replaced.
25-A 25-B
Note: With the seal retaining ring removed use a punch or

similar tool to knock out the shaft seal.
232
Inspection,
THE Repair and
Part Replacement
GROUP LLC
Inspection

Inspection and Part Replacement
Inspection
Before inspection of parts, clean with a solvent that is com-
patible with system fluid . Piston Block
Rotating Group Parts

1 . Inspect cylinder block face for wear, scratches, and/or ero-
sion . If cylinder block condition is questionable, replace the
entire rotating group .
Shoe
2 . Remove the pistons, shoe retainer, and pivot from piston Retainer
block . The piston block assembly doesn’t need to be disas- Piston (9)
sembled unless the internal pins or spring are damaged .
3 . Check each cylinder block bore for excessive wear . Use
the piston and shoe S/A (37) for this purpose . The pis-
tons should be a very close fit and slide in and out of the Pivot
cylinder block bores . NO BINDING CAN BE TOLERATED .
If binding occurs, clean the cylinder block and pistons .
Lubricate the cylinder block bores with clean fluid and try
again . Even minor contamination of the fluid may cause a Note: Do not lap the face of piston block assembly .
piston to freeze up in a cylinder bore .
4 . Inspect each of the nine piston and shoe subassemblies
(31) for a maximum end play of 0 .005 inch between the
piston and shoe . Also check the face dimension of each
shoe . The face dimension must be within 0 .001 inch .
5 . Inspect shoe retainer and pivot for wear and/or scratches .
If condition is questionable, replace entire rotating group .
Piston S/A Tolerances This dimension must be

maintained on all nine shoes
within 0 .001 inch .
Between Piston
Shoes (9)
± 0.001”
Shoe Piston
Shoe face rides on swash

plate . Shoe must swivel
smoothly on ball .
End play must not exceed
0 .005 inch .
Movement up to 0.005”
233
EATON 420 Mobile Piston Pump Service Manual E-PUPI-TP002-E3 August 2009 23
THEInspection, Repair and
Part Replacement
GROUP LLC

Inspection, Repair and Part Replacement
End Cover & 1 . Inspect end cover for ero- 3 . Inspect valve plate for ero-
Associated Parts sion, cracks, and burrs . sion, excessive wear, heavy
Clean up minor burrs with scratches, and cracks . If
an India stone . If erosion or any of the above conditions
cracks are found, replace are found, replace the valve
the valve block . plate .
2 . Inspect roller bearing and 4 . Inspect control piston and
bearing race for nicks and maximum displacement
pitting . Make sure the roller screw for burrs, scratches
bearing turns freely within and cracks . Clean up minor
the bearing race . If the roller scratches with 500 grit
bearing needs replacement, paper . Remove burrs with
both the roller bearing and an India stone . The control
the bearing race must be piston should move freely in
replaced . the bore .
Swashplate Parts 1 . Inspect swashplate face for 2 . Inspect saddle bearing sur-
wear, roughness or scoring . faces for wear, pitting, and
Check the swashplate hubs smooth operation . Replace
and bearing surfaces for if necessary .
wear and cracks . Replace if
defective .
Shaft/Housing Parts 1 . Inspect drive shaft for wear, 3 . Inspect housing mounting
stripped splines, and burrs . flange for nicks and burrs .
Remove burrs with an India Remove minor nicks and
stone . Inspect the contact burrs with an India stone .
area of bearing and shaft Also check the housing
seal) . Replace the drive shaft for damaged or stripped
if wear or scoring is greater threads . If any thread is
than 0 .005 T .I .R . (total indica- damaged, replace the hous-
tor reading) . ing .
2 . Inspect drive shaft bearing 4 . Check remaining pump parts
for roughness, pitting of for excessive wear, dam-
rollers, and excessive end aged threads, burrs, cracks
play . Replace, if defective . and erosion . Replace any
If the bearing needs to be part that is in questionable
replaced, the bearing race condition .
also requires replacement .
234
THE
GROUP LLC

Inspection, Repair and Part Replacement
Shimming Process
Cap Screws 30
Kit 9900194-008
Shimming Process End Cover 4
Installation Information
Rear Bearing 18
This skim kit is to replace the
crush ring within the pump
housing . If the housing, drive Shaft 1
shaft, shaft bearings or end
cover is replaced during servic-
ing, the original crush ring can
Crush Ring 2
no longer be used to assure
Front Bearing 16
proper bearing set .
Shim Kit 990194-008 2
Housing 14
Shimming Procedures
1 . Measure the thickness of 4 . Using a dial indicator,
the existing crush ring . measure drive shaft end
2 . To obtain a starting point, play . Target bearing set
stack shims to a few thou- range is .001" clearance to
sandth of an inch less than .002" interface (preload).
the measurement of exist- Add shims to achieve
ing crush ring . Then insert proper bearing set . If no
shims into the housing in movement of the shaft is
the same location as the observed, shims will need
removed crush ring . to be removed and steps 3
and 4 repeated .
3 . Assemble the housing
(without interface 0-ring 5 . Finish the assembly of the
seals), shaft bearings, pump .
shaft and end cover . Install
the end cover cap screws
and torque to 97+/- 9 lb-ft .
235
THE
GROUP LLC

Assembly
Assembly must be conducted in a clean environment. Dispose of leakage oil and oily cloths in an environmentally
responsible manner. Before assembly carefully clean all parts and blow out holes with compressed air. Tighten all
screws plugs to the specified torque (see Appendix A). Exceptions are specified in the text. Lubricate O-rings and shaft
sealing rings lightly with acid free lubricant for easier installation and to hold the O-ring in place in its groove or cavity.
1. Install Snap Ring and Shaft Seal 2. Install Crush Ring
3. Insert the Shaft Bearing Race 4. Install Cradle Bearings
Note: The cradle bearings are

asymmetrical Install as shown in picture
236
THE
GROUP LLC

Assembly
5. Install Cradle Bearing Screws 6. Install Bearing
Note: Note: The old cap screws cannot be reused and must be
replaced with new ones because the screws will be damaged
during disassembly. The new cap screw threads will be coated with
loctite. Kit #9900194-002 (2) bearings and (2) screws per kit.
7. Install Bias Spring 8. Install Swashplate
Note: With the bias spring in place, tilt the swash plate
toward the spring and install the swash plate.
237
THE
GROUP LLC

Assembly
9. Install Control Piston 10. Install Swashplate Retainer
11. Install Swashplate Locator 12. Install Shaft
Note: Adjust the screw until the swashplate is near Caution: Use care while inserting shaft end through
neutral (will look flat in housing) shaft seal
238
THE
GROUP LLC

Assembly
13. Install Shaft Retainer Tool 14. Install the Rotating Group
Note: Position shaft upwards and carefully install

rotating group.
15. Remove Swashplate Locator 16. Remove Swashplate Retainer
239
THE
GROUP LLC

Assembly
17. Install O-ring Seal 18. Install Housing O-rings
19. Install Bearing Race 20. Install Valve Plate
Case-to-inlet
Check Valve
Locating Pin
Note: Using a press, install the bearing race. Note: Lightly coat the back plate side of the valve plate with
petroleum jelly for retention during assembly.
Install the valve plate over the bearing race aligning the
small slot on the outside of the valve plate with the
dowel pin in the back plate.
240
THE
GROUP LLC

Assembly
21. Install Bearing 22. Install End Cover
Note: Ensure correct orientation. Use caution so valve

plate does not fall off.
23. Install Control Piston Plug Assembly
23-A 23-B
241
THE
GROUP LLC

Assembly
23-C 24. Install Compensator
25. Testing
Perform functional test on pump according to Eaton

test procedure.
Contact your area sales manager for more information.
242
THE
GROUP LLC

Cutaway
243
THE
GROUP LLC

2x After Adjusting
Compensator To Correct
Assembly Torque Values
Pressure Torque Jam Nut
to 6-8 Lbf·ft Then Install
Item 58
Instructions
4x Torque 40
70-80 Lb·in 58
50 Torque
Torque 107-131 Lbf·ft
56 67-83 Lbf·ft
Torque 54
4-5 Lbf·ft
4x Torque
2x Torque
23 33-41 Lbf·in 30 87-107 Lbf·ft
87
Torque 22 Assemble With Longer
67-83 Lbf·ft Segment Toward 52 2x Torque
4-5 Lbf·ft
Top of Pump
55 2x Torque
Torque 10-12 Lbf·ft
67-83 Lbf·ft
57
52 2x Torque
4-5 Lbf·ft
6 .173±.005 To Be Protruding
18 Press to With Split To Be Oriented
Bottom Away From Bearing With
Of Endcover 5° Of Centerline
8 Steel Side Pocket
Of Valve
Plate
Must Face
Endcover
Thru-Drive Part Option Dual Shaft Seal Option Adjustable Maximum Stop Option
Torque 15-25 Lbf-ft
Torque After Adjusting
44 Displacement
107-131 Lbf-ft 48
31 Stake In Place
(Replaces Plug Sub-Assembly Item
50-Reference Kit 9900194-004)
2x Torque 19-26 Lbf-ft 86

244
THE
GROUP LLC
Hydraulics
HD Hydrostatic Winch Pump
PN: 101744
4 6 1 6 8
1. Port A Hose (PN: 105657) to Winch Motor

(PN: 108664)
2. Port B Hose (PN: 105658) to Winch Motor

(PN: 108664)
3 5 7 7 2
3. Return to Check Valve in Hydraulic Tank.
4. Inlet to Charge Filter (PN: 101297) from

Charge Pump.
5. Outlet from Charge Filter (PN: 101297) to

Charge Pump.
6. Pressure of Port A to Shuttle Valve.
7. Pressure of Port B to Shuttle Valve.
8. Hose to System Pressure Gauge (PN: 10513)
9. Hose (PN:105667) from Case to Tank.
10. Oil Supply (105654)

2 10 9
245
THE
GROUP LLC
Heavy Duty Hydrostatic Pump

Engineering Specification Sheet
246
THE
GROUP LLC

Features
Heavy Duty Series 2 Hydrostatic Pump
Features Typical Applications:

• 430 Bar Pressure Rating • Road Roller/Compactor
• Speeds to 4510 RPM • Harvesting Equipment
• 3 Year Warranty • Lift Truck
• Electronic Controls • Wheel Loader
• 1 Year Warranty on Electronics • Agricultual Sprayer
• Auxiliary and Industrial Drives
The Eaton® Series 2 Heavy Duty Pump

The Advanced Series 2 Heavy Duty pump, with a cradle swashplate design, combines the time-tested
reliability you expect from Eaton with compact packaging, exceptional control and quiet operation.
New pump mounted electronic controls range from the simple Electronic Proportional (EP) Displace-
ment Control to the sophisticated Multiplex Control with CAN communications for displacement and
pressure control.
The Series 2 Pump’s single piece pump housing The pump mounted electronics and sensors have been
provides exceptional strength and soundproofing. specially designed to meet the rigors of the mobile - off
Eaton’s cast iron housing has only one major opening road enviroment, including resistance to electromagnetic
versus two openings for competitive pumps. This interference or emissions.
provides a stronger, more rigid pump housing and
reduces the number of gasketed joints. A variety of available drive shaft configurations –
straight keyed, splined, or tapered–ensures the proper
The high-strength, one-piece swashplate has the shaft for your application.
swashlever and servo-pin integrated into the swashplate,
delivering increased reliability without adding extra The serviceable bi-metal bearing plate has steel for high
weight. pressure capability and a bronze bearing face for high
speed capabilities.
A large diameter single servo piston permits pump
operation at lower charge pressures, minimizing parasitic SAE auxiliary mounts: “A,” “B,” “B-B” and “C” are
charge pump losses for increased overall pump available with and without charge pump. Excellent torque
efficiency. A large centering spring, housed within the capability allows high horsepower to work circuits
servo piston, returns the pump to neutral in the event of without multiple pump drives.
control pressure loss.
The main system ports – SAE code 61 and code 62 – are
The new integral gerotor type charge pump combines available with SAE or Metric threads. Opposite side and
excellent suction/speed capabilities in a compact design. same side configurations are now available to
Several displacement options are available to suit the accommodate a wide range of installations.
needs of every application, including tandem pumps.
247
3
THE
GROUP LLC

Pump Dimensions - Oposite Side Porting
Pump Dimensions - Opposite Side Porting

Model Code 89, 105 Charge Pump
Displacement *A Dimension
89 cm3/r [5.4 in3/r]
13,9 cm3/r [.85 in3/r] 337,1[13.27]
105 cm3/r [6.4 in3/r] 17,4 cm3/r [1.06 in3/r] 340,5[13.40]
A* 21.0 cm3/r [1.28 in3/r] 344,0[13.55]
333,1 27,9 cm3/r [1.70 in3/r] 350,9[13.81]
[13.11] 34,7 cm3/r [2.12 in3/r] 357,7[14.08]
280,5
[11.04]
154,0 CENTERLINE OF
[6.06] CHARGE PUMP
1,19 INLET PORT (H)
R
[.047]
32˚
147,57
182,9
[5.81]
[7.20]
+0,00 SEE AUXILIARY

127,00
Ø -0,08 Cg MOUNTING OPTIONS
5.000 +.000
-.003
Ø 124,05
[4.884]
2 x (A) and (B)
SYSTEM
(SAE-J744 C-MOUNT)
MOUNTING FLANGE PRESSURE
WITH GROOVE FOR 'O' RING PORTS
12,45 ±0,25
[.490 ±.010]
15,7
[.62]
2X 265,2
[10.44]
260,9
[10.27]
101,0
[3.98]
68,8
[2.71]
PORT (J)
CONTROLLER
PORT (A)
189,1 PORT (K)
[7.48]
PORT (D)
SEE SHAFT
OPTIONS PORT (N)
103,5
[4.08] 147,57
182,9
[5.81]
[7.20] Cg
3,8
[.15]
106.68
27,9
[7.20]
[1.10]
107,3
[4.22]
PORT (P)
PORT (F)
140,0 NAMEPLATE
[5.51]
258,4
[10.17] PORT (B)
8
248
THE
GROUP LLC

Pump Dimensions - Oposite Side Porting
Pump Dimensions - Opposite Side Porting

Model Code 89, 105
89 cm3/r [5.4 in3/r]
105 cm3/r [6.4 in3/r]
OPTIONAL SPEED SENSOR

MATING 2 WAY CONNECTOR PACKARD ELECTRIC
P/N 1216 2193 CONNECTOR (1)
P/N 1212 4075 PIN TERMINAL (2)
P/N 1204 8086 CABLE SEAL (2)
138,9 140,5
[5.47] [5.53]
109,8 119,6 PORT (A)
[4.32] [4.71]
PORT (N)
A
15,0
4X
[.59]
127,3
[5.01]
57,3 62,7
44,3 4X
[2.25] [2.47]
[1.75]
61,0 31,8 62,7 S PORT (H)

4X 82,6 [2.40] [1.25] [2.47]
[3.25] 114,6
[4.51]
PORT (F)
PORT (E) B
PORT (P) PORT (B)

DO NOT REMOVE 4X 57,3
[2.25] Weight 105,7 104,4
PLUG CANNOT BE 101,9 101,9 2X
[4.16] [4.08]
USED AS A CASE [4.01] [4.01] 81 kg [178 lbs.]
DRAIN PORT
Port Description S.A.E. 'O' Ring Port Size

A Main Port 1" per Code 61 per J518
B Main Port 1" per Code 61 per J518
D Charge Gauge Port 7/8-14 UN-2B
E Case Drain Port 1 1/16-12 UN-2B
F Case Drain Port 1 1/16-12 UN-2B
H Charge Pressure Inlet Port 1 5/16-12 UN-2B
P Gauge Port, System Port B 9/16-18 UNF-2B
N Gauge Port, System Port A 9/16-18 UNF-2B
J Gauge Port Servo 1 7/16-20 UNF-2B
K Gauge Port Servo 2 7/16-20 UNF-2B
249
9
THE
GROUP LLC

Series 2 - SpecificationsSeries 2 - Specifications

Model Code Number 54 64 75 89 105
Displacement
cm3/r [in3/r] 54 [3.3] 64 [3.9] 75 [4.6] 89 [5.4] 105 [6.4]
Input Mounting Flange C C C C C
Max. Shaft Speed*
RPM @ Max. Displ. 4510 4165 4165 3720 3720
Continuous Pressure
bar [PSI] 240 [3500] 240 [3500] 240 [3500] 240 [3500] 240 [3500]
Intermittent Pressure
bar [PSI] 430 [6250] 430 [6250] 430 [6250] 430 [6250] 430 [6250]
Case Pressure Cont. -------------------------- 2,25 bar [40 PSI] ------------------------
bar [PSI] Max. ------------------------- 13,8 bar [200 PSI] -------------------------
Output Flow
l/min @ 240bar 235 255 301 318 376
gal/min @ 3500 PSI [62.2] [67.2] [79.5] [84.1] [99.4]
Input Torque
N·m @ 240 bar 218 256 303 358 424
lbf·in @ 3500 PSI [1944] [2278] [2694] [3189] [3771]
Temperature Rating -------------------------- 82° C [180° F] ---------------------------
Weight (opposite 58 kg 58 kg 58 kg 81 kg 81 kg
side Porting) [128 lbs] [128 lbs] [128 lbs] [178 lbs] [178 lbs]
Series 2 - Performance 400

Output Flow vs Speed
[105.4]
Input Torque vs Speed
500
350
[4425]
[92.4]
105 cm3/r
300 [6.4 in3/r]
[79.2] 89 cm3/r
105 cm3/r [5.4in3/r]
Input 400 [6.4 in3/r] Output 250
Torque [3540] Flow [66] 75 cm3/r
Nm l/min. [4.6 in3/r]
[lbf-in] 89 cm /r
3
[gal/min] 200 64 cm3/r
[5.4 in3/r] [52.8] [3.9 in3/r]
300 54 cm3/r
75 cm /r
3 150 [3.3 in3/r]
[2655]
[4.6 in3/r] [39.6]
64 cm3/r 100
[3.9 in3/r] [26.4]
200 54 cm3/r 50
[1770] [3.3 in3/r] [13.2]
0
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000
Pump Speed (RPM) Pump Speed (RPM)
System Pressure 240 bar [3500 PSI]

Oil Viscosity 10 cSt [60 SUS]
Temperature 82°C [180°F]
250
12
THE
GROUP LLC

Charge Pump Charge
Performance Data Performance Data
Pump
Eatons Series 2 pump offers a choice of five integral charge pump displacements. The Charge Pump design allows greater
through-torque for tandem pumps and multiple motor applications. These charge pumps include a large standard suction port and
a gauge/pilot pressure port. Charge pump pressure side filtration is also available (see page 28).
Charge Pump Performance
The charge pump generates a low
pressure flow of oil to perform the Charge Pump cm3/r 13,9 17,4 21,0 27,9 34,7
following functions: Displacement* in3/r 0.85 1.06 1.28 1.70 2.12
1. Keeps the closed loop circuit full of
oil. Maximum Shaft Speed RPM 4300 3700 3300 2700 2250
2. Provides control pressure to the l/min 59,9 64,3 69,2 75,2 78,2
Output Flow** at
pump’s displacement control servo Maximum Speed gal/min 15.8 17.0 18.3 19.9 20.6
valve for easy control of the
transmission’s output speed. Input Horsepower** kW 2,10 2,25 2,42 2,63 2,74
3. Provides cool, clean oil from the at Maximum Speed HP 2.81 3.02 3.25 3.53 3.67
reservoir to keep the transmission 54 cm3/r [3.3 in3/r]
pump and motor well lubricated and Series 2 64 cm3/r [3.9 in3/r]
Pump Standard Optional Optional Optional N/A
cooled. 75 cm3/r [4.6 in3/r]
Displacement 89 cm3/r [5.4 in3/r]
4. Supplies a positive boost pressure to Optional
105 cm3/r [6.4 in3/r] Standard Optional Optional Optional
the pistons of the piston pump and
* Used with Pump Displacement
piston motor. ** Theoretical output flow and input power at 21 bar [305 PSI] and maximum input speed.
Charge Pump Power vs Speed Charge Pump Flow vs Speed
3.4 98
[4.50] [26.0]
90
[24.0]
3.0
[4.00]
83
[22.0]
2.6 76 34,7 cm3/r

[3.50] 34,7 cm3/r [20.0]
[2.12 in3/r]
[2.12 in3/r]
Theoretical Output Flow
Theoretical Input Power
68 27,9 cm3/r
2.2 27,9 cm3/r [18.0] [1.70 in3/r]
[3.00] [1.70 in3/r]
61 21,0 cm3/r
21,0 cm3/r [16.0] [1.28 in3/r]
[1.28 in3/r]
1.9
53 17,4 cm3/r
[2.50] 17,4 cm3/r
[14.0] [1.06 in3/r]
[1.06 in3/r]
45 13,9 cm3/r
1.5 13,9 cm3/r
[12.0] [0.85 in3/r]
[2.00] [0.85 in3/r]
38
[10.0]
1.1
[1.50] 30
kW l/min. [8.0]
[HP] [gal/min]
0.7 23
[1.00] [6.0]
15
[4.0]
0.4
[0.50]
8
[2.0]
500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500
Charge Pump Speed Charge Pump Speed

RPM RPM
Oil Viscosity 10 cSt [60 SUS]
Temperature 82°C [180°F]
251
THE
GROUP LLC

Model Code
Model Code
The following 31-digit coding system has been developed to identify all of the configuration options for the Series 2 hydrostatic pump. Use this
model code to specify a pump with the desired features. All 31-digits of the code must be present when ordering. You may want to photocopy the
matrix below to ensure that each number is entered in the correct box.
Model Code—Heavy Duty Series 2 Pump

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
A C L 1 0 5 1 3 L 0 B S S V V 0 0 E C K M M 0 5 1 A A 0 0 0 A
Position 1, 2, 3 - Product Series T ................. 379 bar [5500 PSI]

ACL ............. Hydrostatic-Heavy Duty Variable Pump (Series 2) U ................. 414 bar [6000 PSI]
Position 4, 5, 6 - Displacement V ................. 430 bar [6250 PSI]
054 ............. 54 cm3/r [3.3 in3/r] W ................ 448 bar [6500 PSI]
064 ............. 64 cm3/r [3.9 in3/r] Position 14, 15 - Press Override (POR) Setting Ports A & B
075 ............. 75 cm3/r [4.6 in3/r] NOTE: You must choose pressure override
089 ............. 89 cm3/r [5.4 in3/r] settings for both ports A and B. The pressure
105 ............. 105 cm3/r [6.4 in3/r] override setting should be 35 bar less than the
Position 7, 8 - Input Shaft high pressure relief valve.
02 ............... 23 Tooth 16/32 Pitch Spline w/3/8-24 UNF x 19.05 A ................. Pressure Transducer (No pressure override valve)
[.750] minimum full thread in end of shaft B ................. 207 bar [3000 PSI]
03 ............... 38 [1.50] diameter tapered w/ 9.525[.375] x 25.4 C ................. 241 bar [3500 PSI]
[1.00] square key D ................. 276 bar [4000 PSI]
13 ............... 13 Tooth 8/16 Pitch Spline E ................. 310 bar [4500 PSI]
14 ............... 14 Tooth 12/24 Pitch Spline F ................. 345 bar [5000 PSI]
21 ............... 21 Tooth 16/32 Pitch Spline G ................. 379 bar [5500 PSI]
23 ............... 23 Tooth 16/32 Pitch Spline H ................. 415 bar [6000 PSI]
28 ............... 27 Tooth 24/48 Pitch Spline K ................. 395 bar [5750 PSI]
Position 9 - Input Rotation L ................. 103 bar [1500 PSI]
L ................. Counterclockwise (Lefthand) M ................ 172 bar [2500 PSI]
R ................. Clockwise (Righthand) Position 16, 17 - Special Pump Features
Position 10 - Valve Plate 00 ............... No Special Features
0 ................. V-groove 01 ............... Plugged Magnetic Speed Sensor Port
1 ................. Propel 02 ............... Magnetic Speed Sensor
3 ................. Quiet Valve Plate 03 ............... Adjustable Servo Stop (one direction)
Position 11 - Main Ports (Includes Gage Ports) 12 ............... Rear Pump Unit for Tandem Assy. (no shaft seal)
A ................. 25,4 [1.00] - Code 61 Per SAE J518 13 ............... Servo Piston w/ Externally Adjustable Stops in
B ................. 25,4 [1.00] - Code 62 Per SAE J518 both Directions
C ................. 25,4 [1.00] - Code 61 w/ M10 x 1 Threaded Holes 14 ............... Rear Pump Unit for Tandem Assy. (no shaft seal),
D ................. 25,4 [1.00] - Code 62 w/ M12 x 1.75 Threaded servo Piston w/ Exernally Adjustable Stops in both
Holes Directions
E ................. 25,4 [1.00] - Code 62 per SAE J518 same side Position 18, 19 - Control
location EB ............... Multiplex Electronic Displacement Control
Position 12, 13 - High Press Relief Valve Setting Ports A & B EC ............... Electronic Proportional Control 12 Volt DC w/out
NOTE: You must choose relief valve settings for Electronic Driver
both ports A & B ED ............... Electronic Proportional Control 24 Volt DC w/out
0 ................. None Electronic Driver
M ................ 207 bar [3000 PSI] EE ............... Electronic Proportional Control 12 and 24 Volt DC
N ................. 241 bar [3500 PSI] and Electronic Driver with 1 to 6 Volt
Potentiometric Command Input
P ................. 276 bar [4000 PSI]
R ................. 310 bar [4500 PSI]
S ................. 345 bar [5000 PSI]
14
252
THE
GROUP LLC

Model Code Model Code
EG ............... Electronic Proportional Control 12 and 24 Volt DC 4 ................. 27,9 cm3/r [1.70 in3/r] (Models 54, 64 ,75, 89, 105)
and Electronic Driver with +/-20 mA Command 5 ................. 34,7 cm3/r [2.12 in3/r] (Models 89, 105)
Input Position 25 - Auxiliary Mounting
EL ............... Electronic Proportional Control 12 and 24 Volt 1 ................. None (Models 54 to 105)
and Electronic Driver with +/-100 mA Command
C ................. A-pad, Dual 2 Bolt Mount, No Shaft Seal, 9 Tooth
Input
16/32 Pitch Spline
FR ............... Forward-Neutral-Reverse Control 12 Volt w/2 2-
D ................. B-pad, Dual 2 Bolt Mount, No Shaft Seal, 13 Tooth
Pin Weatherpack Connectors
16/32 Pitch Spline
FS ............... Forward-Neutral-Reverse Control 24 Volt w/2 2-
E ................. B-B-pad, Dual 2 Bolt Mount, No Shaft Seal, 15
Pin Weatherpack Connectors
Tooth 16/32 Pitch Spline
HA .............. Hydraulic Remote Control with 5-15 bar [73-218
F ................. C-pad, 4 Bolt Mount, No Shaft Seal, 14 Tooth 12/
PSI control range
24 Pitch Spline
MA .............. Manual Displacement Control
H ................. C-pad, Intregal to End Cover ( typically front pump
MB .............. Manual Displacement Control with Normally of tandem), 4 Bolt Mount, No Shaft Seal, 27 Tooth
Closed Neutral Lockout Switch 24/48 Pitch Spline
MC .............. Manual Displacement Control with Normally Open Position 26 - Charge Pump Options
Neutral Lockout Switch
0 ................. None
MG .............. Manual Displacement Control with Neutral Detent
A ................. Remote Filter Ports
ML .............. Manual Displacement Control w/Wide Band
Position 27 - Charge Pressure Relief Valve Setting
Neutral
A ................. 21 bar [304.6 PSI] - Standard
SE ............... Solenoid Control 12 Volt with Swashplate
Feedback Sensor C ................. 24 bar [348 PSI]
Position 20* - Control Orifice Supply (P) E ................. 27 bar [391.6 PSI]
Position 21* - Control Orifice Servo (S1) Position 28 - Charge Pump Special Features
Position 22* - Control Orifice Servo (S2) 0 ................. No Charge Pump Special Features
* Eaton recommends you chose an orifice for control orifice Position 29 - Paint and Packaging
supply (P), servo orifice (S1) and servo orifice (S2). 0 ................. Painted Primer Blue (Standard)
0 ................. None Position 30 - Identification On Unit
A ................. 0,53 [.021] Diameter 0 ................. Standard
B ................. 0,71 [.028] Diameter Position 31 - Design Code
C ................. 0,91 [.036] Diameter A ................. A
D ................. 1,12 [.044] Diameter
E ................. 1,22 [.048] Diameter
F ................. 1,32 [.052] Diameter
G ................. 1,45 [.057] Diameter
H ................. 1,65 [.065] Diameter
J ................. 1,85 [.073] Diameter
K ................. 2,06 [.081] Diameter
L ................. 2,39 [.094] Diameter
M ................ 2,59 [.102] Diameter
Position 23 - Control Special Features
0 ................. No Control Special Features
3 ................. Destroke valve
Position 24 - Charge Pump Displacement
1 ................. 13,9 cm3/r [0.85 in3/r] (Models 54, 64 ,75, 89)
2 ................. 17,4 cm3/r [1.06 in3/r] (Models 54, 64 ,75, 89, 105)
3 ................. 21,0 cm3/r [1.28 in3/r] (Models 54, 64 ,75, 89, 105)
15
253
Model Code Position 7, 8
55,47 ±0,89

[2.184 ±.035]
47,63 ±0,51
23 Tooth
THE [1.875 ±.020]
Torque
Pump Features and Options 3/8-24 UNF-2B
depth 19,05 [.750] MIN
1469 N·m
13,000 lbf·in
GROUP LLC
High Pressure Relief Valve Pressure Override Ø 63,50 ± 0,03
Heavy Duty Hydrostatic Model

Pump
[2.500 ± .001]
Ø 37,62 ± 0,13
[1.481 ± .005]
Model Code Position 12 & 13 Model Code Position 14 & 15 Code 02

The High Pressure Relief Valves for ports A and B activate
whenever system pressure equals the relief valve setting. The Input Shaft Options
The Pressure Override Control (POR) is used in combination
INVOLUTE SPLINE
with the high pressure relief valves,
FILLETto
ROOT protect
SIDE FIT the transmission
23 TOOTH 16/32 PITCH
valves are when WILL FIT ANSI B92.1 1970
CLASS 5 MATING SPLINES
Internal Pressure
direct acting J K
E F
N operated Override Valve
E F
and help See
for J K N
A
protect Control
extended See 55,47 ±0,89
Options Control [2.184 ±.035]
13 A
Tooth
system periods at Options
47,63 ±0,51
Torque
[1.875 ±.020]
components High Pressure
Relief Valve overload High Pressure
Check Valve
from pressures. 1921 N·m
excessive If the 17,000 lbf·in
pressure High Pressure system Ø 63,50 ±0,03
High Pressure
Check Valve
Relief Valve [2.500 ±.001]
spikes. pressure 43,650 ±0,064
Ø [1.7185 ±.0025] Model
B reaches a
H D P
preset limit, P
Code
B
13
H D
the pump INVOLUTE SPLINE
Internal Pressure
Override Valve
destrokes FILLET ROOT SIDE FIT
13 TOOTH 8/16 PITCH
and adjusts its displacement to theCLASS

load.
5 MATINGThe POR is available in
WILL FIT ANSI B92.1 1970
SPLINES
Special Pump Features a number of pressure settings.

55,47 ±0,89
Model Code 02 in Position 16 & 17

[2.184 ±.035]
21 Tooth
47,63 ±0,51
Heavy
HeavyDuty
DutySeries
Series2 2Hydrostatic
HydrostaticPump
Pump [1.875 ±.020]
Special Pump Features Torque
Pump
PumpFeatures
Featuresand
andOptions
Options
PumpModel
Features and Options
1130 N·m
Code 03, 13, or 14 in Position 16 & 17
10,000 lbf·in
163,1 143,0
MAX MAX
[6.42] [5.63]
High
HighPressure
PressureRelief
ReliefValve
Valve Pressure
Pressure Override
Override
Ø 63,50 ±0,03
[2.500 ±.001] Model
Adjustable Ø 34,442 ±0,127
Model
Mating 2 Way Connector
ModelCode
CodePosition
Position1212& &1313
Connector P/N 1216 2193 (1) Model
ModelCode
Servo Code
StopPosition
Position1414& &1515
[1.3560 ±.0050]
Code 21
Pin Terminal P/N 1212 4075 (2)
The
TheHigh
High Pressure
Pressure
Cable Seal Relief
ReliefValves
Valves
P/N 1204 8086 (2)forfor
ports
ports
A and
A and
B activate
B activate TheThePressure
Pressure Override
Override Control
Control (POR)
(POR) is is
used used in incombination
combination
whenever
whenever system
system
pressure
pressure equals
equals
thethe
All Part Numbers are Packard Electric relief
relief
valve
valve
setting.
setting.TheThe with withthethe
high
highpressure
pressure relief
reliefvalves,
valves, to toprotect
protect
SIDE FIT the
INVOLUTE SPLINE
thetransmission
transmission
21 TOOTH 16/32 PITCH Adjustable
FILLET ROOT
valves
valvesareare when
when WILL FIT ANSI B92.1 1970
acting J Magnetic Servo InternalStop

CLASS 5 MATING SPLINES Internal
Pressure
Pressure
direct
direct
acting KJ K
E E F F
N N operated
operated Override
Override
ValveValve
and
andhelp
help SpeedSee See
Sensor forfor J KJ K
E E
47,62 ±0,51
F F N N
protect
protect Control
Control
Options
Options
A A
extended
extended See See
Control
Control
[1.875 ±.020]
27 Tooth
A A
system
system periods
periods at at Options
Options 39,60 ±0,89
[1.559 ±.035]
Torque
components
components ValveValve overload
HighHigh
Pressure
ReliefRelief
Pressure
overload 734 N·m
HighHigh
Pressure
Pressure
FOR REAR UNIT OF TANDEM
Check
Check
ValveValve
Charge
from
from Pump Options pressures.
pressures. WITH FRONT UNIT HAVING
6,500 lbf·in
INTEGRAL C-PAD
excessive
excessive
The Series 2 Hydrostatic Pump contains an integral charge If the
If the
63,50 ±0,03
pressure
pressure
pump that may be provided with various filtration options. AHigh High Pressuresystem
Pressure system Ø
Side
[2.500 ±.001]
HighHigh
Pressure
Pressure
Model
CheckCheck
ValveValve
ReliefRelief
ValveValve 29,51 ±0,13
Ø
spikes.
spikes. charge pump will use suction filtration where practical. pressure
standard pressure [1.162 ±.005] View
This arrangement is detailed in the diagram on pageP 29 and
B B reaches
reaches a a Neutral Code
B B
28
H HD D
followed by the filter recommendations on page 31. For
P
preset
presetlimit,
limit, HD DAdjust
H INVOLUTE SPLINE
P P
applications where suction filtration is not practical, the option thethe

pump
pump FILLET ROOT SIDE FIT
27 TOOTH 24/48 PITCH
Internal
Internal
Override
Pressure
Override
Pressure
ValveValve
below may be selected. destrokes

destrokes WILL FIT ANSI B92.1 1970
CLASS 5 MATING SPLINES
andandadjusts
adjusts itsits
displacement
displacement to to
thethe load.load.The The POR POR is isavailable
available in in
Remote
Special
SpecialPump Filter
PumpPorts
Features
Features (Optional) a number
a number of of
pressure
pressuresettings.
settings.
16
Model
ModelCode
Model CodeA
Code ininPosition
0202 inPosition26
Position1616& &1717
Remote pressure filter ports allow you to mount a pressure side
filter in a more easily accessible location. The filter ports accept Special
SpecialPump
PumpFeatures
Features
7/8-14 UNF-2B SAE ‘O’ Ring fittings. The filter and lines must Model
ModelCode
Code03,
03,13,
13,oror1414ininPosition
Position1616& &1717
be able to withstand pressures up to 70 bar [1000 PSI].
163,1
163,1 143,0
143,0
MAXMAX MAXMAX
254 [6.42]
[6.42] [5.63]
[5.63]
17
Adjustable
Adjustable
Mating
Mating
2 Way
2 Way
Connector
Connector
Connector
employees, Connectorand
customers P/N P/N
1216
1216
agents 2193
of 2193
(1)to(1)
Artex, Servo
ServoStop
Stop
aid in repair and preventive maintenance of equipment manufactured by Artex. This document may not be altered, reproduced or re-transmitted without the express written authorization of Artex.
Pin Pin
Terminal
TerminalP/NP/N
1212
1212
4075 4075
(2) (2) Artex strictly prohibits unauthorized use of this document. Copyright © 2010, The Artex Group, LLC. All rights reserved.
Cable
Cable
SealSeal P/NP/N
12041204
8086
8086
(2) (2)
All Part
All Part
Numbers
Numbers
are are
Packard
Packard
Electric
Electric
Adjustable
Adjustable
THE
GROUP LLC
Heavy Duty Series 2 Hydrostatic Pump Heavy Duty Hydrostatic Pump

Electronic Proportional
Electronic Proportional Displacement
Displacement Control Control
Model Code EC, ED,Model
EE, EG,Code
EL in EC, ED, 18,
Position EE,19
EG, EL in Position 18, 19
Model Model Code Description Nominal Command

Typical Input Devices Input Impedance of
Code Command Input Signal Electronics Module
Joysticks or Potentiometers with a resistance
EE 1 to 6 Vdc Potentiometric 500K Ohms
between 160 ohms and 50K ohms.
EG ± 20 mA Current loop (4-20 mA) Programmable Logic Controllers (PLC) 250 Ohms
EL ± 100 mA differential Torque motor servo valve current drivers 28 Ohms
EC 12 Volts
Requires customer supplied electronics
ED 24 Volts
The Electronic Proportional (EP) displacement control is ideal for applications requiring electronic pump displacement control.
The EP displacement control provides the flexibility of three command input choices. Control components include a
proportional solenoid actuated valve assembly and an electronic solenoid driver module mounted on the pump. The control
driver module converts a command input signal to a proportional current output to the proportional solenoids resulting in a
proportional pump displacement.
The EP displacement control has been designed to withstand the rigors of off-highway equipment environmental conditions.
EP Displacement Control Features Control Driver Module Qualification

(Contact Eaton for Specific Levels)
• Ease of installation
• Automotive style environmentally sealed Metri-Pack • SAE J1455 - Recommended Environmental
connectors Practices for Electronic Equipment Design
• Operates from 12 or 24 Vdc power supply
• External fuse (customer supplied): Humidity/Temperature Extreme Cycling
3A for 12 Vdc system, 1A for 24 Vdc system Salt Spray
• Three choices for command input signal Splash & Immersion
• Operating temperature range -40° C to +85° C Steam Cleaning/High Pressure Wash
• Control driver module encapsulated for environmental Vibration
protection Mechanical Shock
• Closed loop current control compensates for resistance Temperature Cycling
change of the proportional solenoids due to temperature Load Dump Transients
variations Inductive Load Switching Transients
• Return to neutral for loss of power, or loss of command
input signal • SAE J1113 - Electromagnetic Susceptibility Measurement
• Mechanical feedback of swashplate position for closed loop Procedures for Vehicle Components
control
• External neutral adjustment EMI/EMC - Conducted & Radiated Immunity
• Manual override capability
• Control drive module qualification per SAE J1455, SAE • CISPR 25 - International Electrotechnical Commission
J1113, CISPR 25 “Limits and Methods of Measurement of Radio Disturbance
Characteristics for the Protection of Receivers used on
Board Vehicles”.
EMI /EMC - Conducted & Radiated Emissions

255
21
THE
GROUP LLC
Electronic Proportional Displacement Control Control
Displacement
Model Code EE, EG, EL in Position 18, 19
Model Code EE, EG, EL in Position 18, 19
Interface Schematic
Power Supply A
Connector* B
EC and ED code options Control

do not include electronic Driver
solenoid driver. Proportional
Module Solenoid 1
A
Command Input
B
Signal Connector**
C
S1 P
Note: Customer supplies: S2
1A fuse for 24Vdc system
2A fuse for 12Vdc system
Mechanical
** Command Input Signal Connector Proportional Swashplate
Command Input Signal Pins Wire Color Signal Solenoid 2 Solenoid Actuated Feedback
A Black Ref Low - 1 Vdc Valve Assembly
1 to 6 Vdc Potentiometric B Green Command (wiper)
C Red Ref Hi - 6 Vdc
A Orange Loop Return
± 20 mA Current loop (4-20 mA) B White Loop In
C No Connection Required*
A Blue Loop Return
± 100 mA differential B White Loop In
C No Connection Required*
* Mating connector kit 990762-000 contains plug to be used to seal mating end connector.
Solenoid Actuated Valve Assembly

Control Spool
Feedback Link
S1
P
S2
Proportional Solenoids
Feedback Link
Control Links
256
22
THE
GROUP LLC
Heavy Duty Series 2 Hydrostatic Pump Heavy Duty Hydrostatic Pump

Electronic Proportional Displacement Control Control
Displacement
Model Code EE, EG, EL in Position
Model18, 19 EE, EG, EL in Position 18, 19
Code
2x 119,6
[4.71]
Solenoid 1
CL of Drive Shaft 74,4 ± 0,8
Mating Connector Kit: Eaton P/N 990762-000* [2.93 ± .03] Mounting Face
Neutral Adjustment
Recommended: Wire Size 16-18 AWG,
Cable Dia. 2.03 - 2.80 mm
Kit includes: Dim. A
Mating Connectors for 2-pin Power Supply Connector, 46,0 ±0,5

3-pin Command Input Signal Connector [1.81 ± .02]
*Delphi/Packard
Mating Connector Part Numbers: Solenoid 2 Command Input Power Supply
Recommended: Wire Size 16-18 AWG, Signal
Cable Dia. 2.03 - 2.80 mm
Reference Source: Pioneer-Standard Electronics
1-800 257-6613
93,1 ± 1.0
1) Power Supply 2-pin connector 3.67 ± .04
Connector P/N 1205 2641 74,0
2x [2.91]
Terminal P/N 1204 8074
TPA P/N 1205 2634
Cable Seal 1204 8086
2) Command Input Signal 3 Pin Connector

Connector P/N 1211 0293 2x Manual Override: Push to
Control Link activate manual override
Terminal P/N 1204 8074
TPA P/N 1205 2845
Cable Seal 1204 8086
cm3/rev 54,4 63,7 75,4 89,2 105,5
Displacement
Displacement
in3/rev 3.32 3.89 4.59 5.44 6.44
Note: In order to assure the most reliable installation and operation of any Dimension A 41,0 41,0 41,0 52,1 52,1
electronic control, proper installation methods should be followed with
respect to interconnection wiring harness, command signal devices, fusing,
and input power switching. Proper care should be taken to prevent damage
to all electrical and electronic components due to abrasion, moving objects,
heat, moisture or other environmental hazards. For safety critical
applications, Eaton recommends that a switch be installed in line with (+
Battery) power to the module so that power may quickly be disconnected in General Relationship between Command Signal Input and Pump Flow
case of emergency. A 2 ampere slow blow fuse should always be installed
in the + battery line. It is recommended that during initial start-up and A Port Flow 100%
checkout, the machine be placed on jack stands to prevent inadvertent CCW Rotation Pump
movement of the machine.
% Pump Output Flow
Command Signal input
A B C D E
Operating Range Neutral Range Operating Range

Command
Input A B C D E
Signal (max) (min) (min) (max)
1 to 6 Vdc 1.5 Vdc 3.3 Vdc 3.5 Vdc 3.7 Vdc 5.5 Vdc
4-20 mA* -20 mA -4.5 mA 0 mA +4.5 mA +20 mA
± 100 mA -100 mA -7.5 mA 0 mA +7.5 mA +100 mA
* Note: The +20 mA command input signal configuration operates the pump in
one direction. The customer has to change the polarity on the -20 mA signal to B Port Flow 100%
operate the pump in the opposite direction. CCW Pump Rotation
257 23
THE
GROUP LLC

Introduction
Service
This Manual provides parts and service information for Eaton® Heavy Series 2
Hydrostatic Piston Pumps, Models 3322, 3922, 4622, 5422 and 6422. Step by step
instructions for complete disassembly, inspection and reassembly of the pump are
given.
The following recommendations should be followed to insure successful repairs.
• Most repairs require the removal of the pump from the vehicle.
• Cleanliness is extremely important.
• Clean the port areas thoroughly before disconnecting the hydraulic lines.
• Plug the pump ports and cover open hydraulic lines immediately after they have
been disconnected.
• Drain the oil and clean the exterior of the pump before making repairs.
• Wash all metal parts in clean solvent.
• Use filtered, moisture-free compressed air to dry the parts. Dot not wipe them
dry with paper towels or cloth – lint in a hydraulic system will cause damage.
• Always use new seals when reassembling hydraulic pumps.
• Lubricate new rubber seals with a petroleum jelly (Vaseline®) before installation.
• Torque all bolts over gasketed joints, then repeat the torquing sequence to make
up for gasket compression.
After all repairs are complete it is essential to verify the accuracy of pump repairs
on an authorized test stand.
ID Tag Refer to specific part A B C

listings for your Eaton
pump when ordering
replacement parts.
Listings are available
from Eaton. Sample tag
shows identification.
When ordering replace-
ment parts, you must
include the following
D
information:
G E F
A Displacement B Identifies Type of E Year of Manufacture
cu.in/rev.(cc/rev.) Product
F Specific Serial Number
0033 = 3.3(54) 22 = Variable of Unit
Displacement Pump
0039 = 3.9(64) G Direction of Input Shaft
C Identifies Specific Unit Rotation Observed from
0046 = 4.6(75)
Configuration Shaft End of Unit
0054 = 5.4(89) CW=Clockwise
D Month of Manufacture
0064 = 6.4(105) CCW=Counterclockwise
258
EATON Heavy-Duty Series 2 Hydrostatic Pumps Parts and Repair E-PUPI-TS004-E October 2004 3
THE
GROUP LLC
Required Tools
HD Hydrostatic Pump Service
Disassembly/
Assembly
Required Tools
Disassembly/Assembly
• 1/4 in. Hex Key • Split Blade Bearing Puller
• 5/16 in. Hex Key • Hammer (Steel and Plastic)
• 9/16 in. Hex Key • Small Machinist Ruler
• 5/8 in. Hex Key • Small Flashlight
• 12 mm Hex Key • Light Petroleum Jelly
• 5/16 in. Socket or End Wrench • Suitable Solvents and Cleaners
• 1/2 in. Socket or End Wrench Special Tools
• 9/16 in. Socket or End Wrench • End Cover Tool
• 11/16 in. End Wrench • Limit Stop for Bearing Cone
• 3/4 in. Socket or End Wrench Installation
• 1 in. Socket or End Wrench • Low Clearance Bearing Puller
• 1-1/4 in. Socket or End Wrench • Seal Bullet
• Breaker Bar or Ratchet Wrench
• Torque Wrench (200 Max. Capacity)
• Adjustable Pliers
• Screwdrivers (Small & Large)
• Internal Retaining Pliers (str. .047 Tips)
• Internal Retainer Pliers (Str. Tips)
• Dial Indicator with Magnetic Base
• Depth Micrometer with Extensions
• Parallel Bars (2)
• Slide Hammer
Disassembly Order for

Main Components
2 Auxiliary Mounting Adaptor
3 Charge Pump Cover
4 End Cover
1 Control
5 Rotating Assembly
& Shaft
6 Servo Piston
7 Main Housing
CAUTION
Main components must be 3 Charge Pump Cover
taken apart in the proper 4 End Cover
order to pre vent damage 5 Rotating Group and shaft
1 Control (as applicable) 6 Servo Piston
2 Auxiliary Mounting adapter 7 Main Housing
(if applicable)
4 EATON 259
Heavy-Duty Series 2 Hydrostatic Pumps Parts and Repair E-PUPI-TS004-E October 2004
THE
GROUP LLC

Parts Drawing
Charge Pump & End Cover Assembly
Parts Drawing
Charge Pump
& End Cover
Assembly
DISPLACEMENT
Model 3322 54,4 cm3/rev 3.32 in3/rev
*Note: This is a typical Series 2 Model 3922 63,7 cm3/rev 3.89 in3/rev
configuration. Your model may Model 4622 75,4 cm3/rev 4.59 in3/rev
differ slightly from this view Model 5422 89,2 cm3/rev 5.44 in3/rev
depending on features installed. Model 6422 105,5 cm3/rev 6.44 in3/rev
Charge Pump and

Auxiliary Mount (See page 19)
65 66
66
4
79
63
3
55
64
60 59 57
63
Note: this is a typical Series 2

42
configuration. Your model may
43
differ slightly from this view 13
depending on features installed.
67
76
4
56
55
176 41
163
78
5
Obsolete shim adjusted POR
Same Side Ported

End Cover
260
Model
Artex strictly 5422-6422
prohibits Model 3322-4622
unauthorized use of this document. Copyright © 2010, The Artex Group, LLC. All rights reserved.
THE
GROUP LLC

Parts Drawing
Rotating Group
Parts Drawing
& Main Housing Rotating Group & Main Housing Assembly
Assembly
*Note: This is a typical Series 2
configuration. Your model may
differ slightly from this view
depending on features installed.
14
56
26
56
12
47
53
54
53
54
46
45
44
Optional External
Servo Stop 35 34
6 33
162
108
7 111 110
31
70 62
2
40
66
30
26 32
27 28
28 27
32
80
81
82
116
66 118
66 117
87
29
ID Tag
31 87
67 86
85 1
86
85
Optional Optional
Optional External Speed Magnetic Speed
Servo Stop Sensor 61
Sensor
111 Port Plug 48
109 110
108
6 261
EATON Heavy-Duty Series 2 Hydrostatic Pumps Parts and Repair E-PUPI-TS004-E October 2004
119
The Artex Group LLC Toll free in the US: 877.839.5533 Phone 979.836.5533 www.artexgroupllc.com
Optional
THE
GROUP LLC
Parts
Parts List
List HD Hydrostatic Pump Service
Models
Models3322/3922/4622
3322/3922/4622 Parts List
Models 3322 / 3922 / 4622
REFERENCE
REFERENCE REFERENCE
REFERENCE
ITEM
ITEM P/N P/N QTY.
QTY. DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION PAGES
PAGES ITEM P/N
ITEM P/N QTY. DESCRIPTION
QTY. DESCRIPTION PAGES
PAGES
1 1 See SeeTable
Table2.02.0 1 1 Main
MainHousing
Housing 99 7979 110700-XXXXXX
110700-XXXXXX (1) (1)
11 Relief
ReliefValve
Valveand/or
and/orCheck
CheckValve
Valve(A(APort)
Port)
2 2 See SeeTable
Table3.03.0 1 1 Drive
DriveShaft
ShaftSub-assembly
Sub-assembly 99 SeeTable
See Table13.0,
13.0,13.1
13.1 2424
3 3 See SeeTable
Table4.0,
4.0,4.1 4.1 1 1 End EndCover
Cover 10-11
10-11 80,81,82
80,81,82See
SeeTable
Table1.0
1.0 1 1 Control
ControlValve
ValveOrifice
Orifice 88
4 4 103090-325
103090-325 8 8 HexHexBolt
BoltHD HD3/8-16
3/8-16Gr.Gr.8 8 8383 95653-012
95653-012 22 Soc
SocPipe
PipePlug
Plug.125-27
.125-27NPTF
NPTF
5 5 See SeeTable
Table18.0
18.0 1 1 EndEndCover
CoverGasketGasket 2525 (insidecharge
(inside chargepumppumpinlet
inletport)
port)
6,7,8,9
6,7,8,9See
SeeTable
Table5.0-6.1 5.0-6.11 1 Control
ControlValveValve 12-16
12-16 8484 95653-006
95653-006 22 SocPipe
Soc PipePlug
Plug.062-27
.062-27NPTF
NPTF
1212 See SeeTable
Table7.0-7.1
7.0-7.1 1 1 Rotating RotatingKit KitSub-assembly
Sub-assembly 17-18
17-18 (insidecharge
inletport)
port)
1313 See SeeTable
Table9.09.0 1 1 Propel
PropelValve/V-Groove
Valve/V-Groove 8585 **** 11 MagneticSpeed
Magnetic SpeedSensor
Sensor(optional)
(optional)
/Quiet
/QuietPlate
Plate 1919 108307
108307 11 Plug(optional)
Plug (optional)
1414 1032411Bearing
1032411BearingPlate Plate(Models
(Models33/39)
33/39) 8686 16160-125
16160-125 11 RetainingRing
Retaining Ring(optional)
(optional)
1414 1041981
1041981Bearing
BearingPlate Plate(Model
(Model46)46) 8787 8761-016*
8761-016* 11 O-Ring
O-Ring
15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24
15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24 Charge ChargePump PumpSubassembly
Subassembly 95,96,
95, 96,97,
97,105
105 SeeCharge
See ChargePump
PumpSub-assembly
Sub-assembly
See
SeeTable
Table10.0,10.1
10.0,10.1 20-22
20-22 20-22
20-22
2828 108300*
108300* 2 2 Ring
RingSeal
Seal 116
116 **** 11 DriveShaft
Drive ShaftSeal
Seal
2626 See SeeTable
Table11.0,
11.0,11.1 11.11 1 Servo
ServoPiston
PistonSub-assembly
Sub-assembly 2323 117
117 **** 11 Ring,Retaining
Ring, Retaining
2727 8761-144*
8761-144* 2 2 O-Ring
O-Ring 118
118 **** 11 Spacer
Spacer
2828 108300*
108300* 2 2 Ring
RingSeal
Seal 119
119 95653-012
95653-012 11 SocPipe
Soc PipePlug
Plug.125-27
.125-27NPTF
NPTF(optional)
(optional)
2929 See SeeTable
Table11.1
11.1 Servo
ServoPiston
PistonCover
Cover 2323 163
163 4994730-XXX
4994730-XXX 11 PressureOverride
Pressure OverrideRelief
ReliefValve
Valve(optional)
(optional)
3030 See SeeTable
Table11.1
11.1 Servo
ServoPiston
PistonCover
Cover 2323 SeeTable
See Table12.0
12.0 2424
3131 95862-088
95862-088 8 8 HexHexBolt
BoltHD HD5/16-18
5/16-18GrGr5 5 176 499161-001
176 499161-001 22 CapNut
Cap Nut
3232 8761-139*
8761-139* 2 2 O-Ring
O-Ring
3333 16254-8
16254-8 1 1 Thread
Threadseal seal *available
*availableiningasket
gasketkitkit990710-000
990710-000
3434 96097-050
96097-050 1 1 Nut,
Nut,HexHex.50-20
.50-20 **availableininkitkit
**available
(1)SeeTable
(1)See Table14.1
14.1forforcorrect
correctpart
partnumber
numberidentification
identification
3535 16254-28
16254-28 1 1 Washer
Washer andpressure
and pressuresettings.
settings.
4040 103232-000
103232-000 1 1 Bearing
BearingCup Cup Used
Usedonly
onlywith
withremote
remoteoror
4141 See SeeTable
Table15.0
15.0 A/R A/R EndEndCover
CoverBearing
BearingShimShimKit Kit 2626 pressure
pressureside
sidefiltration.
filtration.
42/43
42/43108295-000
108295-000 1 1 Bearing
BearingCup/Bearing
Cup/BearingCone Cone
Subassembly
Subassembly
4444 107575
107575 2 2 Swash
SwashBearing
BearingSub-assembly
Sub-assembly
4545 108331
108331 2 2 Race
RacePin Pin
4646 108823
108823 2 2 Clocking
ClockingLink Link
4747 108152
108152 1 1 Slide
SlideBlock
Block
4848 See SeeTable
Table14.0**
14.0** 1 1 Low LowPressure
PressureReliefReliefValve
ValvePlug
Plug 2525
4949 8785-012*
8785-012* 1 1 O-Ring
O-Ring
5353 108214
108214 2 2 Hold
HoldDownDownSpring
Spring
5454 16048-480
16048-480 2 2 Hold
HoldDownDownWasher
Washer
5555 107582
107582 2 2 Hollow
HollowDowel Dowel
5656 9820298202 3 3 Dowel
Dowel
5757 110457-000*
110457-000* 4 4 Static
StaticFaceFaceSeal
Seal
5959 8761-017*
8761-017* 2 2 O-Ring
O-Ring(between
(betweenend endcover
cover
and
andhousing)
housing)
6060 108562-000*
108562-000* 2 2 Back-up
Back-up Ring (betweenend
Ring (between end
cover
coverand andhousing)
housing)
6161 25083-01
25083-01 1 1 O-Ring
O-RingPlug Plug
6262 107887
107887 1 1 O-Ring
O-RingPlug PlugSocSocHD HD
6363 25706-006
25706-006 2 2 O-Ring
O-RingPlug Plug
6464 25090-010
25090-010 1 1 O-Ring
O-RingPlug Plug
6565 25090-004
25090-004 3 3 O-Ring
O-RingPlug Plug
6666 25083-004
25083-004 1212 O-Ring
O-RingPlug Plug
(not
(notallallpositions
positionsshown)
shown)
6767 25083-002
25083-002 3 3 O-Ring
O-RingPlug Plug(used
(usedwith
with
Pressure
PressureOverride
Overrideoption)
option)
6868 9655996559 1 1 Shipping
ShippingStrap Strap(not
(notshown)
shown)
7070 111402-000
111402-000 1 1 Control
ControlLink LinkSub-assembly
Sub-assembly
71,
71,7272See
SeeTable
Table5.0 5.0 Manual
ManualControl
Control 1212
7676 4994730-xxx
4994730-xxx (1) (1)
2 2 Relief
ReliefValve,
Valve,Pressure
PressureOverride
Override
See
SeeTable
Table12.0
12.0 (optional)
(optional) 2323
7878 110700-xxx
110700-xxx (1) (1)
1 1 Relief
ReliefValve
Valveand/or
and/or
See
SeeTable
Table13.0,13.1
13.0,13.1 Check
CheckValve Valve(B(BPort)
Port) 2323
EATON
EATONHeavy-Duty
Heavy-DutySeries
HydrostaticPumps
PumpsParts
Partsand
andRepair
RepairE-PUPI-TS004-E
E-PUPI-TS004-EOctober
October2004
2004 77
262
THE
GROUP LLC

Parts
PartsList
Models
List
Models5422/6422
5422/6422
Parts List
Models 5422 / 6422
REFERENCE
REFERENCE REFERENCE
REFERENCE
ITEM
ITEM P/N P/N QTY.
QTY. DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION PAGES
PAGES ITEM P/N
ITEM P/N QTY. DESCRIPTION
QTY. DESCRIPTION PAGES
PAGES
1 1 See
SeeTable
Table2.0
2.0 11 Main
MainHousing
Housing 99 7979 110700-XXXXXX
110700-XXXXXX (1) (1)
1 1 Relief
ReliefValve
Valveand/or
and/orCheck
CheckValve
Valve(A(APort)
Port)
SeeTable
See Table13.0,
13.0,13.1
13.1 2323
2 2 See
SeeTable
Table3.0
3.0 11 Drive
DriveShaft
ShaftSubassembly
Subassembly 99
3 3 See
SeeTable
Table4.0,
4.0,4.1
4.1 1 1 End
EndCover
Cover 10-11
10-11 80,81,82101619-xxx
80,81,82 101619-xxx SeeTable
See Table1.0
1.0Control
ControlValve
ValveOrifice
Orifice
SeeBelow
See Below
4 4 103091-325
103091-325 88 Hex
HexBolt
BoltHDHD7/16-16
7/16-16Gr8 Gr8
8383 95653-012
95653-012 2 2 SocSocPipe
PipePlug
Plug.125-27
.125-27NPTF
NPTF
5 5 See
SeeTable
Table18.0
18.0 11 End
EndCover
CoverGasket
Gasket 2626 (insidecharge
inletport)
port)
6,7,8,9
6,7,8,9 See
SeeTables
Tables5.0-6.11
5.0-6.11 Control
ControlValve
Valve 1414 8484 95653-006
95653-006 2 2 SocSocPipe
PipePlug
Plug.062-27
.062-27NPTF
NPTF
1212 See
SeeTable
Table7.0
7.0 11 Rotating
RotatingKitKitSubassembly
Subassembly 1616 (insidecharge
inletport)
port)
1313 See
SeeTable
Table8.0
8.0 11 Propel
PropelValve/V-Groove
Valve/V-Groove 8585 See
SeeTable
Table1717 1 1 Magnetic
MagneticSpeed
SpeedSensor
Sensor(optional)
(optional)
/Quiet
/QuietPlate
Plate 1818 2525
1414 103852
103852 1 1 Bearing
BearingPlate
Plate(Model
(Model54) 54) 108307
108307 11 Plug
Plug(optional)
(optional)
1414 103814
103814 1 1 Bearing
BearingPlate
Plate(Model
(Model64) 64) 8686 16160-125
16160-125 11 RetainingRing
Retaining Ring(optional)
(optional)
15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24
15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24 Charge
ChargePumpPumpSubassembly
Subassembly 8787 8761-016*
8761-016* 11 O-Ring
O-Ring
See
SeeTable
Table10.0-10.1
10.0-10.1 19-21
19-21
95,96,
95, 96,97,
97,105
105 SeeCharge
See ChargePump
Pump
2828 108300*
108300* 2 2 Ring
RingSeal
Seal Sub-assembly
Sub-assembly 19-21
19-21
2626 SeeSeeTable
Table11.011.0 1 1 Servo
ServoPiston
PistonSub-assembly
Sub-assembly 2222 116See
116 SeeTable
Table16.0
16.0 11 DriveShaft
Drive ShaftSeal
Seal 2626
2727 8761-157*
8761-157* 2 2 O-Ring
O-Ring 117See
117 SeeTable
Table16.0
16.0 11 Ring,Retaining
Ring, Retaining 2626
2828 108915*
108915* 2 2 Ring
RingSeal
Seal 118See
118 SeeTable
Table16.0
16.0 11 Spacer
Spacer 2626
29,
29,3030 See
SeeTable
Table11.1 11.1 Servo
ServoPiston
PistonCover
Cover 2222 11995653-012
119 95653-012 11 SocPipe
Soc PipePlug
Plug.125-27
.125-27NPTF
NPTF(optional
(optional- -
3131 95912-088
95912-088 8 8 Screw,
Screw,CapCapSocSocHD HD5/16-18
5/16-18GrGr8 8 usedonly
used onlywith
withremote
remoteororpressure
pressureside
side
3232 8761-145*
8761-145* 2 2 O-Ring
O-Ring filtration)
filtration)
3333 16254-8
16254-8 1 1 Thread
Threadseal
seal 1634994730-XXX
163 4994730-XXX 11 PressureOverride
Pressure OverrideRelief
ReliefValve
Valve(optional)
(optional)
SeeTable
See Table14.0
14.0 2424
3434 96097-050
96097-050 1 1 Nut,
Nut,Hex
Hex.50-20
.50-20
176499161-001
176 499161-001 22 CapNut
Cap Nut
3535 16254-28
16254-28 1 1 Washer
Washer
4040 103807-000
103807-000 1 1 Bearing
BearingCup Cup
4141 SeeSeeTable
Table15.015.0 A/R
A/R End
EndCover
CoverBearing
BearingShim ShimKitKit 2525
42/43
42/43 990386-000
990386-000 1 1 Bearing
BearingCup/Bearing
Cup/BearingCone Cone
Subassembly
Subassembly *available
*availableiningasket
gasketkitkit990710-000
990710-000
4444 111892
111892 2 2 Swash
SwashBearing
BearingSubassembly
Subassembly **available
**availableininkitkit
(1)See
(1)SeeTable
Table14.1
14.1forforcorrect
correctpart
partnumber
numberidentification
identification
4545 108331
108331 2 2 Race
RacePinPin and
andpressure
pressuresettings.
settings.
4646 108973
108973 2 2 Clocking
ClockingLinkLink
4747 108349
108349 1 1 Slide
SlideBlock
Block
4848 SeeSeeTable
Table14.0**
14.0** 1 1 LowLowPressure
PressureRelief
ReliefValve
Valve 2424
4949 8785-012*
8785-012* 1 1 O-Ring
O-Ring
5353 108214
108214 2 2 Hold
HoldDown
DownSpring
Spring
5454 16048-480
16048-480 2 2 Hold
HoldDown
DownWasher
Washer Table
Table1.0
1.0
5555 108369
108369 2 2 Hollow
HollowDowel
Dowel
5656 98202
98202 3 3 Dowel
Dowel Control
ControlValve
ValveOrifice
Orifice(Item
(Item80,
80,81,
81,82)
82)
5757 110457-000*
110457-000* 4 4 Static
StaticFace
FaceSeal
Seal SIZE
SIZE
5959 8761-017*
8761-017* 2 2 O-Ring
O-Ring(between
(betweenend endcover
cover ITEM
ITEM PARTNO.
PART NO. mm[inch]
mm[inch] DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION
and
andhousing)
housing)
80,81,82
80, 81,82 101619-021
101619-021 5,3[.021] Control
5,3[.021] ControlValve
ValveOrifice
Orifice
6060 108562-000*
108562-000* 2 2 Back-up
Back-upRingRing(between
(betweenend end
cover
coverandandhousing)
housing) 80,81,82
80, 81,82 101619-028
101619-028 7,1[.028] Control
ValveOrifice
Orifice
6161 25083-01
25083-01 1 1 O-Ring
O-RingPlug
Plug 80,81,82
80, 81,82 101619-036
101619-036 9,1[.036]
Control ValveSupply
SupplyOrifice
Orifice
6262 107887
107887 1 1 O-Ring
O-RingPlug
PlugSocSocHDHD
80,81,82
80, 81,82 101619-044
101619-044 11,1[.044]
Control ValveOrifice
Orifice
6363 25706-006
25706-006 2 2 O-Ring
O-RingPlug
Plug
80,81,82
80, 81,82 101619-048
101619-048 12,1[.048]
Orifice
6464 25090-010
25090-010 1 1 O-Ring
O-RingPlug
Plug
6565 25090-004
25090-004 3 3 O-Ring
O-RingPlug
Plug 80,81,82
80, 81,82 101619-052
101619-052 13,2[.052]
Orifice
6666 25083-004
25083-004 1212 O-Ring
O-RingPlug
Plug(not
(notallallpositions
positionsshown)
shown) 80,81,82
80, 81,82 101619-057
101619-057 14,5[.057]
Orifice
6767 25083-002
25083-002 3 3 O-Ring
O-RingPlug
Plug(used
(usedwith withPressure
Pressure 80,81,82
80, 81,82 101619-065
101619-065 16,5[.065]
Orifice
Override
Overrideoption)
option) 80,81,82
80, 81,82 101619-073
101619-073 18,5[.073]
Orifice
6969 101822
101822 1 1 Shipping
ShippingStrap
Strap(not
(notshown)
shown) 80,
80,81,82
81,82 101619-081
101619-081 20,6[.081]
20,6[.081] Control
ControlValve
ValveOrifice
Orifice
7070 111402-000
111402-000 1 1 Control
ControlLink
LinkSub-assembly
Sub-assembly 80,
80,81,82
81,82 101619-094
101619-094 23,9[.094]
23,9[.094] Control
ControlValve
ValveOrifice
Orifice
71,
71,7272 See
SeeTable
Table5.0 5.0 Manual
ManualControl
Control 1212 80,
80,81,82
81,82 101619-102
101619-102 25,9[.102]
25,9[.102] Control
ControlValve
ValveOrifice
Orifice
7676 4994730-xxx
4994730-xxx (1) (1)
2 2 Relief
ReliefValve,
Valve,Pressure
PressureOverride
Override
See
SeeTable
Table12.012.0 (optional)
(optional) 2323
7878 110700-xxx
110700-xxx(1) (1)
1 1 Relief
ReliefValve
Valveand/or
and/orCheckCheckValve
Valve
See
SeeTable
Table13.0,13.1
13.0,13.1 (B(BPort)
Port) 2323
88 EATON
EATONHeavy-Duty
Heavy-DutySeries
HydrostaticPumps
PumpsParts
Partsand
andRepair 263
RepairE-PUPI-TS004-E
E-PUPI-TS004-EOctober
October2004
2004
THE
List
GROUP LLC
ousing
Parts List HD Hydrostatic Pump Service
Main Housing
Table 2.0 Main Housing
Parts ListParts List
Main Housing
List (Item 1) Models 3322/3922/4622
PART NO. QTY. DESCRIPTION
Parts List Main Housing
ousing 111813-000 1 Main Housing Table 2.0 Main Housing Main Housing
111811-000 1 Main Housing, Pressure Override
Models 3322/3922/4622 (Item 1)
Parts List
111812-000 1 Main Housing, Speed Sensor
Parts List 111810-000 1 Main Housing with Pressure Override and Speed Sensor
111813-000 1 Main Housing
Main Housing 114192-000 1 Main Housing, No POR, Metric Ports
111811-000 1 Main Housing, Pressure (Item 1)Override
Main Housing Table 2.0 Main Housing 111812-000 1 Main Housing, Speed Sensor
Tab
Models5422/6422
Models 3322/3922/4622 111810-000 1 Main Housing with Pressure Override and Speed Sensor
114192-000 1 Main Housing, No POR, Metric Ports Mo
PART
(Item
PART NO. QTY.
1)NO. QTY. DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION
PA
(Item 1) 111813-000
111817-000 11 MainHousing,
Main Housing No POR, No Speed Sensor Port
111811-000 Table 2.0 Main Housing 111
111816-000 11 MainHousing,
Main Housing,Pressure
PressureOverride,
Models2.0
Override
5422/6422 111
111812-000 1 No Speed
Main Sensor
Housing, Table Port Sensor MainModels
Speed Housing 3322/3922/4622
111815-000
111810-000 11 Main
MainHousing, PART
Speed
HousingModels NO.
Sensor
with Pressure QTY.
Port, DESCRIPTION
No PART
Override POR
and Speed 111
3322/3922/4622 NO.Sensor QTY. DESCRIPTION
111817-000 1and Speed
MainSensor
Housing, No POR, No Speed Sensor Port 111
haft 111814-000
114192-000 11 Main
MainHousing,
Housing,PARTPressure
No POR,
111816-000
Override
Metric Ports
NO. QTY. 111813-000
1
DESCRIPTION 1
Main Housing, Pressure Override,
Main Housing 114
111811-000 1 Port Main Housing, Pressure Override
embly 111813-000 1 Main Housing
No Speed
111812-000
Sensor
1 Main Housing,
Models 5422/6422
111811-000
111815-000 11 Main
MainHousing,
Housing,Pressure
Speed Override
Sensor Port, NoSpeed
POR Sensor
111812-000 11 111810-000
Main
MainHousing,
Housing,Speed 1 Main
Sensor Housingandwith Pressure
SensorOverride and Speed Sensor Mo
Drive Shaft PART NO. QTY. DESCRIPTION
111814-000
111810-000 1 114192-000
Main Housing with
Pressure
1 Pressure
Override
Main Override
Housing,and
Speed
No POR,
SpeedMetric
Sensor Ports
PA
Subassembly 111817-000 1 Main Housing, *Note:
No POR, Bearing
114192-000 No Speedcup must
1 SensorMainbePort
Housing, No POR, Metric Ports
111
111816-000 1 replaced
Main Housing, Pressure Override, with shaft
(Item 2) No Speed Sensor Portand new bearing cone 5422/6422
Models Drive Shaft 111
111815-000 1 Main Housing, Speed Sensor Port, No POR
Models 5422/6422 PART NO. QTY. DESCRIPTION
Main Housing, Pressure Override and Speed Sensor *Note: Bearing cup must be
Subassembly 111
haft
Drive Shaft Subassembly 111814-000 1
PART NO. QTY. 111817-000 DESCRIPTION Drive Shaft
1 Main Housing,
replaced with No
shaftPOR, No Speed Sensor Port 111
(Item 2) Pressure Override,
embly
3922/4622 (54, 64, 75 cc/rev.) 111817-000 1 111816-000
Main Housing, No1 POR,and
Subassembly
Main
No Speed
No
newHousing,
Speed
Sensor
bearing
Sensor
Port
cone
Port
BEARING RETAINING 111816-000 1 Main Housing, Pressure Override,
MBLY SHAFT Table CONE 3.0 Drive Shaft RING SubassemblyDESCRIPTION 111815-000
No Speed Sensor1Port Main Housing, Speed Sensor Port, No POR
(Item 2) Housing,
108028-000 Drive Shaft
103227-000 103222-188
Models 3322/3922/4622 (54, 64, 75 cc/rev.)
23 Tooth 16/32 Pitch
111815-000
*Note:
Spline 1 111814-000
Main Housing, Speed 1 Main
Sensor Port, No POR Pressure Override and Speed Sensor
108624-000 103227-000 103222-188 14 Tooth 12/24 PitchBearing
Spline cup 1 must beHousing, Pressure Override and Speed Sensor
108645-000
Drive Shaft Subassembly
103227-000 103222-188 BEARING
111814-000
Pitchreplaced
21 Tooth 16/32 RETAINING Spline with shaft
Main
Table 3.0 Drive Shaft Subassembly
109737-000 Subassembly
SUBASSEMBLY
103227-000 (Item
SHAFT
103222-188
2)
CONE 23 Tooth 16/32 PitchRING and
Splinenew bearing
3/8-24 UNF 2B DESCRIPTION
coneTapped
113717-000 108029-000
103227-000 108028-000
103222-188 103227-000 103222-188
14 Tooth 12/24 Pitch Spline Front of Tandem 23 Tooth 16/32 Pitch Spline
Models 3322/3922/4622 (54, 64, 75 cc/rev.)
Drive 113719-000 (Item
Shaft Subassembly 2)
108625-000
103227-000 108624-000
103222-188 103227-000
27 Tooth 24/48 Pitch 103222-188
Spline 14 Tooth 12/24 Pitch Spline BEARING
Table 3.0 Drive *Note: Bearing
Shaft cup must be
Subassembly
114680-000 108646-000
103227-000 108645-000
103222-188 103227-000
1.500” Taper With 103222-188
3/8 Square Key 21 Tooth 16/32 Pitch Spline
SUBASSEMBLY SHAFT CONE
/3922/4622 (54, 64, 75 cc/rev.) *Note: Bearing cup must be replaced with shaft
4992794-001 109738-000
103227-000 109737-000
103222-188 103227-000
1.375” Taper With 103222-188
3/8 Square Key 23 Tooth 16/32 Pitch Spline
Models 3/8-24 UNF 2B(54,
108029-000
3322/3922/4622 Tapped
64, 75108028-000
cc/rev.) 103227-000
BEARING RETAINING replaced withofshaft and new bearing cone
4998309-001 113718-000
103227-000 113717-000
103222-188 103227-000
14 Tooth 24/48 pitch 103222-188
Spline 14 Tooth 12/24 Pitch Spline 108625-000
Front Tandem 108624-000BEARING103227-000 R
MBLY SHAFT CONE RING DESCRIPTION and new108646-000
bearing cone
113720-000 Table 113719-000
3.0 Drive 103227-000
Shaft Subassembly 103222-188 27 Tooth 24/48 Pitch Spline
SUBASSEMBLY SHAFT 108645-000 CONE 103227-000
06422 (89, 105
108028-000
cc/rev.) 103227-000 103222-188 23 Tooth 16/32 Pitch Spline
114681-000 114680-000 103227-000 103222-188 1.500” Taper With 3/8 Square
108029-000 Key
109738-000 108028-000109737-000103227-000103227-000
0 108624-000 Table 103227-000 3.0 DriveModels Shaft 103222-188
Subassembly
3322/3922/4622 (54,1464,
Tooth 12/24 Pitch Spline
75 cc/rev.)
BEARING
4992795-001 RETAINING
4992794-001 103227-000 103222-188 1.375” Taper With 3/8 Square
108625-000 Key
113718-000 108624-000113717-000103227-000103227-000
0
MBLY 108645-000
SHAFT 103227-000
CONE 103222-188 21 Tooth 16/32 Pitch Spline
4998310-001
Models 3322/3922/4622 (54, RING
4998309-001
64, 75 cc/rev.) 103227-000 DESCIPTIONBEARING 103222-188 14 Tooth 24/48 pitch
RETAINING Spline 113720-000 108645-000113719-000103227-000103227-000
108646-000
0 109737-000
109139-000 103227-000
103808-000 103222-188
103222-200 23Tooth
14 Tooth12/24
16/32Pitch
PitchSpline
Spline 3/8-24 UNF 2B Tapped
SUBASSEMBLY BEARINGSHAFT CONE
RETAINING RING DESCRIPTION
109738-000 114681-000 109737-000114680-000103227-000103227-000
0 113717-000 Models
109468-000
5422/6422 (89, 105103222-188
103227-000
103808-000
cc/rev.)
108029-000
103222-200 14Tooth
108028-000
21 Tooth16/32
12/24 Pitch Spline3.22
103227-000
Pitch Spline Front of Tandem
ext. 103222-188 23 4992795-001
Tooth 16/32 Pitch Spline4992794-001103227-000103227-000
0 113719-000 SUBASSEMBLY103227-000 SHAFT
103222-188 CONE 27 Tooth 24/48 RING
Pitch Spline DESCRIPTION 113718-000 113717-000
110116-000 103808-000 103222-200
108625-000 BEARING 21 Tooth 16/32 RETAINING
108624-000 Pitch Spline
103227-000 103222-188 14 4998310-001
Tooth 12/24 Pitch Spline4998309-001103227-000103227-000
108029-000 108028-000 103227-000 103222-188 23 Tooth 16/32 Pitch Spline
113720-000 113719-000
0 114680-000 SUBASSEMBLY
110132-000 103227-000
103808-000 SHAFT
103222-188
103222-200
108646-000 CONE 1.500”
13 ToothTaper
108645-000 With
8/16 Pitch RING
3/8 Square Key
Spline
103227-000 DESCIPTION
103222-188 21 Tooth 16/32 Pitch Spline
108625-000
109140-000 108624-000
109139-000 103227-000
103808-000 103222-188
103222-200 14 Tooth 12/24 Pitch
14 Tooth 12/24 Pitch Spline Spline
114681-000 114680-000 103227-000
1 4992794-001
112034-000 103227-000
103808-000 103222-188
103222-200
109738-000 1.375”
1.50
109737-000 Dia.Taper
TaperWith With 3/8
3/8Square
103227-000SquareKey Key 103222-188 Models
23 5422/6422
Tooth 16/32 Pitch (89, 105
Spline 3/8-24cc/rev.)
UNF 2B Tapped
108646-000 108645-000 103227-000 103222-188 21 Tooth 16/32 Pitch Spline
4992795-001 4992794-001 103227-000
1 4998309-001
112036-000 103227-000
109512-000
103808-000 103222-188
109468-000
103222-200
113718-000 103808-00014 Tooth 24/48
27 Tooth 24/48 Pitch
113717-000 pitch Spline
103222-200
Spline
103227-000 21 Tooth
103222-188 16/32 Pitch Spline 3.22
14 Tooth ext. BEARING
109738-000
110117-000 109737-000
110116-000 103227-000
103808-000 103222-188
103222-200 23
21 Tooth
Tooth 16/32
16/32 Pitch Spline
4998310-001
Pitch Spline 3/8-2412/24
UNF Pitch
2B Spline Front of Tandem
Tapped
4998309-001 103227-000
/6422 (89,114889-000
105 cc/rev.) 103808-000 103222-200
113720-000 23 Tooth 16/32 Pitch
113719-000 Spline 3/8-24 UNF 2B
103227-000 Tapped
103222-188 SUBASSEMBLY
27 Tooth 24/48 Pitch Spline SHAFT CONE
113718-000
110133-000 113717-000
110132-000 103227-000
103808-000 103222-188
103222-200 14 Tooth 12/24
13 Tooth 8/16Models Pitch Spline
Pitch Spline Front of Tandem
108366-000 103808-000 103222-200
114681-000 23 Tooth 16/32 Pitch
114680-000 Spline
103227-000 103222-188 1.500”109140-000
5422/6422 Taper(89,
With 1053/8cc/rev.)
Square 109139-000
Key 103808-000
113720-000
BEARING
112035-000 113719-000
RETAINING
112034-000 103227-000
103808-000 103222-188
103222-200 27 Tooth 24/48 Pitch Spline
1.50 Dia. Taper With 3/8 Square Key
MBLY 4992794-001
SHAFT 103227-000
CONE 103222-188
4992795-001
RING 1.50
4992794-001 Dia. Taper With
DESCIPTION .375” x 1” Square Key
103227-000 103222-188 1.375”109512-000
Taper With 3/8 Square 109468-000
Key BEARING103808-000 R
114681-000
112037-000 114680-000
112036-000 103227-000
103808-000 103222-188
103222-200 1.500”
27 Tooth Taper
24/48With 3/8Spline
Pitch Square Key
0227 Pressed 109139-000 103808-000 103222-200
4998310-001 14
4998309-001Tooth 12/24 Pitch Spline
103227-000 103222-188 SUBASSEMBLY 14 110117-000
Tooth 24/48 SHAFT
pitch Spline110116-000 CONE 103808-000
Bearing Cone and 4992795-001
103222-188
114890-000 Retaining 4992794-001
Ring
114889-000 103227-000
103808-000 103222-188
103222-200 1.375” Taper With
23 Tooth 16/32 Pitch 3/8 Square Key
Spline 110133-000
3/8-24 UNF 109139-000
2B Tapped110132-000103808-000103808-000
109140-000
0
3808 Pressed109468-000
Bearing Cone 4998310-001
and 103808-000Retaining
103222-200 Models 103222-200
4998309-001
Ring 5422/6422 (89, 103227-000 21 Tooth 16/32 Pitch
105 cc/rev.) Spline 3.22 ext. 14 Tooth 24/48 pitch Spline
103222-188
108382-000 108366-000 103808-000 103222-200 23 Tooth 16/32 Pitch Spline 112035-000 109468-000112034-000103808-000103808-000
109512-000
0Cup must be110116-000
replaced with shaft 103808-000
and new bearing 103222-200 21 Tooth 16/32 Pitch Spline
4992795-001
Models 5422/6422 (89,cone.
4992794-001
105 cc/rev.) 103227-000 BEARING
103222-188 RETAINING
1.50 Dia. Taper With .375” x112037-000
110117-000 1” Square Key 110116-000112036-000103808-000103808-000
0 110132-000 103808-000 103222-200
SUBASSEMBLY SHAFT13 Tooth 8/16 PitchCONE Spline RING DESCIPTION
0 112034-000 * Includes 103227
103808-000 Pressed Bearing Cone
103222-200 and BEARING
103222-188 1.50 Retaining
Dia. Taper RETAINING
Ring
With 3/8 Square Key 110133-000 114890-000 110132-000114889-000103808-000103808-000
SUBASSEMBLY 109140-000
SHAFT 109139-000
CONE 103808-000
RING 103222-200
DESCIPTION 112035-000 14 Tooth 12/24 Pitch
108382-000 Spline108366-000103808-000103808-000
112034-000
0 112036-000 ** Includes 103808 Pressed
103808-000 Bearing
103222-200Cone and 103222-200 Retaining
27 Tooth 24/48 Ring
Pitch Spline
109140-000
Note: Bearing Cup must be 109512-000
109139-000
replaced with shaft 109468-000
103808-000
and new bearing cone. 103808-000
103222-200 103222-200
14 Tooth 12/24 Pitch 21 4992795-001
Spline
112037-000 Tooth 16/32 Pitch Spline4992794-001
112036-000 3.22 ext. 103808-000103227-000
0 114889-000 103808-000 103222-200
110117-000 23 Tooth 16/32 Pitch
110116-000 Spline 3/8-24 UNF 103222-200
103808-000 2B Tapped 21 Tooth 16/32 Pitch Spline
0 108366-000 109512-000
103808-000 109468-000
103222-200 103808-000 23 Tooth 16/32 Pitch 103222-200
Spline 21 Tooth 16/32 Pitch Spline
114890-000 3.22 ext. 114889-000
* Includes 103227 Pressed Bearing Cone 103808-000
and 103222-188 R
110117-000 110133-000
110116-000 110132-000
103808-000 103808-000
103222-200 103222-200
21 Tooth 16/32 Pitch 13 Tooth 8/16 Pitch
Spline
108382-000 Spline
108366-000 103808-000
1 4992794-001 103227-000 103222-188 1.50 Dia. Taper With .375” x 1” Square Key ** Includes 103808 Pressed Bearing Cone and 103222-200
110133-000 EATON Heavy-Duty 112035-000
110132-000 Series 2 Hydrostatic 112034-000
103808-000
Pumps Parts and Repair 103808-000
103222-200
E-PUPI-TS004-E October 103222-200
132004
Tooth 8/16 Pitch 9 1.50 Dia. Taper With 3/8 Square Key
Spline
4992795-001 4992794-001
227 Pressed Bearing Cone and 103222-188 Retaining Ring Note: Bearing Cup must be replaced103227-000with shaft and new b
112035-000 112037-000
112034-000 112036-000
103808-000 103808-000
103222-200 103222-200 With 3/8 27
1.50 Dia. Taper* Includes ToothKey
Square 24/48 Pitch Spline
3808 Pressed Bearing Cone and 103222-200 Retaining Ring 103227 Pressed Bearing Cone and 103222-188 Retaining Ri
112037-000 114890-000
112036-000 114889-000
103808-000 103808-000
264
103222-200 103222-200
27 Tooth 24/48**Pitch 23 Tooth 16/32 Pitch Spline 3/8-24 UNF 2B Tapped
Spline
Cup must be replaced with shaft and new bearing 114889-000cone. Includes 103808 Pressed Bearing Cone and 103222-200 Retaining R
114890-000 108382-000 108366-000
103808-000 103808-000
103222-200 103222-200
23 Tooth 16/32 Pitch 23 Tooth
Spline 3/8-24 16/32
UNF Pitch
2B Spline
Tapped
The108382-000
Artex Group LLC Toll free in the US:103808-000 877.839.5533 Pumps Parts andNote: RepairBearing Cup must be replaced with shaft and 9 new bearing con
4992794-001 Phone 979.836.5533 www.artexgroupllc.com Mail: sales@artexgroupllc.com
EATON Heavy-Duty Series 2 Hydrostatic E-PUPI-TS004-E October 2004
4992795-001
108366-000 103227-000
103222-200 103222-188
23 Tooth 16/32 Pitch Spline 1.50 Dia. Taper With .375” x 1” Square Key
4992795-001
NOTICE: This document,
* 4992794-001
including all attachments, contains confidential and 103227-000
Includes 103227 Pressed Bearing Cone and 103222-188
proprietary information that is the 1.50itsDia.
property of The Artex Group, LLC,
Retaining Ring Taperand/or
subsidiaries Withaffiliates
.375” (“Artex”).
x 1” Square Key
Use of this document is restricted to authorized
* Includes 103227 Pressed ** Includes
Bearing 103808
Cone
Artex Pressed
strictlyand 103222-188
prohibits Bearing
unauthorized Cone
of thisand
Retaining
use Ring103222-200
document. Copyright Retaining RingGroup, LLC. All rights reserved.
© 2010, The Artex
EA
** Includes 103808 Pressed Note:Bearing
BearingCone Cup and must103222-200
be replaced with shaft
Retaining Ring and new bearing cone.
Note: Bearing Cup must be replaced with shaft and new bearing cone.
EATON Heavy
THE
GROUP LLC

Parts List
Parts List End Cover
End Cover
(Item 3)
Table 4.0 End Cover

Opposite Side Ported End Cover
MODEL MAIN PRESSURE
PUMP PART NO. PORTS OVERRIDE OPTIONS
Opposite Side 3322/3922 110568-000 Code 61 No No Charge Pump
Ported End Cover 110619-000 Code 61 Yes No Charge Pump
110300-000 Code 62, M12X1.75 No No Charge Pump
110202-000 Code 62, M12X1.75 Yes No Charge Pump
109766-000 Code 62 Yes No Charge Pump
109493-000 Code 62 No No Charge Pump
114348-000 Code 61 Yes Remote Filter Ports
110718-000 Code 62 No Remote Filter Ports
4622 108859-000 Code 62 Yes Remote Filter Ports
110628-000 Code 61 Yes
110301-000 Code 62, M12 X 1.75 No
110201-000 Code 62, M12 X 1.75 Yes
109470-000 Code 62 No
109147-000 Code 62 Yes
5422 4997280-001 Code 61 No Remote Filter Ports
110302-000 Code 62, M12 X 1.75 No 7/8-14 UNF Charge pressure Gauge Port
110434-000 Code 62, M12 X 1.75 Yes 7/8-14 UNF Charge pressure Gauge Port
5422 110358-000 Code 61 Yes Remote Filter Ports
110541-000 Code 61 Yes
110270-000 Code 61 No
109783-000 Code 62 Yes
109281-000 Code 62 No
109400-000 Code 62 No Pressure Transducer
6422 108344-000 Code 62 Yes
4998511-001 Code 62, M12 X 1.75 No Pressure Transducer/7/8-14 UNF Charge
pressure Gauge Port
110303-000 Code 62 No 7/8-14 UNF Charge pressure Gauge Port
110435-000 Code 62, M12 X 1.75 Yes 7/8-14 UNF Charge pressure Gauge Port
111670-000 Code 62, M12 X 1.75 No M33 Charge Inlet, M22 Gauge Port
114875-000 Code 61 No 7/8-14 UNF Charge pressure Gauge Port
109176-000 Code 62 No
109145-000 Code 62 No Pressure Transducer
109845-000 Code 62, M12X1.75 Yes Pressure Side Filter
*Note: All end covers include normal SAE-4 gauge ports for “A” & “B” high pressure ports.
(Except as noted)
265
10 EATON Heavy-Duty Series 2 Hydrostatic Pumps Parts and Repair E-PUPI-TS004-E October 2004
THE
arts List
GROUP LLC
lectronic
roportional (EP)
Parts List
ontrolElectronic
Proportional
Electronic
(EP)
Parts List
Proportional (EP) Electronic Proportional (EP) Control
ble 6.0Control
Electronic Control
Proportional (EP) Displacement Control Valve Kits
Table 6.0 Electronic Proportional (EP) Displacement Control Valve Kits

Control Assembly EP Control Control
Table 6.0 Electronic Proportional (EP) Displacement Valve Kit with
Valve Kitselectronic module 1-
cludes solenoid and 130 6 V Input, 12/24 V
il Subassemblies
EP Control Assembly EP Control Valve Kit with electronic module 1-
EP
(includes solenoid and
131
Control Assembly
130 6Kit No. 9900040-000
V Input, 12/24 V Code”EE”
EP Control Valve Kit with electronic module 1-
Coil Subassemblies(includes solenoid and 130 6 V Input, 12/24 V
Coil Subassemblies ITEM PART NO. QTY. DESCRIPTION
Kit No. 9900040-000 Code”EE”
131 Kit No. 9900040-000 Code”EE”
131 129 PART
ITEM 111520-016
NO. QTY. 1DESCRIPTION
Electronic Module
ITEM PART NO. QTY. DESCRIPTION
130
129 101673-175
111520-016 1 3Electronic
10-24 Button Head Cap Screw
Module
129 131
130 16045-2031293 3111520-016
101673-175 1 Cap
#10 Lockwasher
10-24 Button Head Electronic
Screw Module
129 131 16045-203 1303 101673-175
#10 Lockwasher 3 10-24 Button Head Cap Screw
129 9 95912-200 516045-203
5/16"-183 Hex#10
Head Cap Screw - 2.75"
9 95912-200 1315 5/16"-18 Hex Head Lockwasher
Cap Screw - 2.75"
6 4993054-012
9 195912-200
Valve Assembly(includes
5 5/16"-18 Hex Head Solenoid
Cap Screw - 2.75"
6 4993054-012 1 Valve Assembly(includes
Coil and Tube Solenoid
Subassemblies)
6 4993054-012 1 Valve Assembly(includes Solenoid
Coil and Tube Subassemblies)
111501-000
111501-000 2 2SolenoidSolenoid CoilSubassembly
Tube
Tube Subassemblyand Tube Subassemblies)
9 9 114241-012
114241-012 1 111501-000
112 V Solenoid 2
12 V Solenoid Solenoid Tube
Coil and
Coil and Wiring Subassembly
Wiring
Harness Harness
9 77 110003-000 1 114241-012
Control Valve 1
Gasket 12 V Solenoid Coil and Wiring Harness
110003-000 1 Control Valve Gasket
*Includes necessary 7O-Rings.110003-000 1 Control Valve Gasket
*Includes necessary O-Rings.
*Includes necessary O-Rings.
EP Control Valve Kit with Electronic Module

EP Control EP Control
Valve Valve Kit with Electronic Module
±4-20mA Input, 12/24Kit
V with Electronic Module
±4-20mA Input, 12/24 V
6 ±4-20mA
Kit Input, 12/24
No. 9900042-000 Code V
“EG”
6 Kit No. 9900042-000 Code “EG”
6 Kit No.
ITEM PART 9900042-000
NO. QTY. DESCRIPTION
ITEM PART NO. CodeQTY.“EG” DESCRIPTION
129 111520-020 1 Electronic Module
ITEM PART NO. 129 QTY . DESCRIPTION
111520-020
130 101673-175 3 10-24 Button Head Cap Screw Module
1 Electronic
129
131 111520-020
16045-203 1303 1101673-175 3 Module
Electronic
#10 Lockwasher 10-24 Button Head Cap Screw
1315
4130 101673-175
95912-200 316045-203
10-24
5/16"-18 3 Cap
Button
Hex Head #10Screw
HeadLockwasher
Cap Screw
- 2.75"
6131 4993054-012 4 95912-200 5 (includes Hex
5/16"-18 Head Cap Screw - 2.75"
16045-2036 1 34993054-012
Valve Subassembly
#10 Lockwasher
1
Solenoid
Valve Subassembly (includes Solenoid
Coil and Tube Subassemblies)
4 95912-200
114241-012 1 512 V Solenoid
5/16"-18Coil
Hex
and Head
Coil andCap
Wiring Tube Screw
Harness - 2.75"
Subassemblies)
6 4993054-012
111501-000 1 114241-012
1SolenoidValve 1 O-Rings
12 V Solenoid
TubeSubassembly
and Coil andSolenoid
(includes Wiring Harness
7 110003-000 1 111501-000
ControlCoil and
Valve 1 Tube
Gasket Solenoid Tube and O-Rings
Subassemblies)
7 7
7 114241-012 1110003-000 1
12 V Solenoid Control ValveWiring
Coil and Gasket Harness
EP Control Electronic Module 1-6V Input 111501-000

EP Control Valve Kit1 withSolenoid Tube and O-Rings
no Electronics, 12V
EP Control Electronic Module 1-6V Input
7 EP Control
110003-000 1 Valve Valve
Control Kit with no Electronics, 12V
Gasket
Kit No.990830-000 7 Kit No. 9900043-000 Code “EC”
Kit No.990830-000 Kit No. 9900043-000 Code “EC”
ITEM PART NO. QTY DESCRIPTION ITEM PART NO. QTY DESCRIPTION
ITEM PART NO. QTY DESCRIPTION ITEM PART NO. QTY DESCRIPTION
P Control
129 Electronic
111520-016 Module
1 1-6VModule
Electronic Input 4EP Control
95912-200 Valve
5 Kit with
5/16"-18 Hex Head no
CapElectronics,
Screw - 2.75" 12V
130 101673-175 129 3 111520-016 1 Electronic
10-24 Button Head Cap Screw Module 6 4993054-012 4 1 95912-200 5
Valve Subassembly 5/16"-18 Hex
(includes Head Cap Screw - 2.75"
Solenoid
t No.990830-000
131 16045-203 130 3 101673-175 3
#10 Lockwasher Kit No. 9900043-000
10-24 Button Head Cap Screw 6 4993054-012Code
Coil and Tube 1 “EC”Valve Subassembly (includes Solenoid
Subassemblies)
131 16045-203 3 #10 Lockwasher 114241-012 1 12 V Solenoid Coil andCoil and Tube
Wiring Subassemblies)
Harness
EM PART NO. QTY DESCRIPTION ITEM PART NO.
111501-000 1
QTY DESCRIPTION
114241-012 1 12
Solenoid Tube and O-RingsV Solenoid Coil and Wiring Harness
4 95912-200 5 111501-000
5/16"-18 1 HexSolenoid
Head TubeScrew
Cap and O-Rings
- 2.75"
111520-016 1 Electronic Module 7 110003-000 1 Control Valve Gasket
7 110003-000 1 Control Valve Gasket
101673-175 3 10-24 Button Head Cap Screw Valve Subassembly (includes Solenoid 6 4993054-012 1
16045-203 3 #10 Lockwasher Coil and Tube Subassemblies)
EP Control Electronic Module ±4-20mA Input EP Control Valve Kit1 with12no
114241-012 Electronics,
V Solenoid 24 V
Coil and
EP Control Electronic Module ±4-20mA Input EP Control Valve Kit with no Wiring Harness24 V
Electronics,
Kit No. 990832-000 Kit No. 9900044-000
111501-000 1 Code “ED”Tube and O-Rings
Solenoid
Kit No. 990832-000 Kit No. 9900044-000 Code “ED”
ITEM PART NO. QTY DESCRIPTION
7
ITEM 110003-000
PART NO. QTY 1DESCRIPTION
Control Valve Gasket
129 111520-020 1 Electronic Module 4 95912-200 5 5/16"-18 Hex Head Cap Screw - 2.75"
129 111520-020 1 Electronic Module
130 101673-175 3 10-24 Button Head Cap Screw 6 4993054-024 4 1 95912-200
Valve Subassembly 5 5/16"-18 Hex
(includes Head Cap Screw - 2.75"
Solenoid
131 16045-203 130 3 101673-175
#10±4-20mA
Lockwasher 3 10-24 Button Head Cap Screw 6 4993054-024
Coil and Tube 1 Valve
Subassemblies) Subassembly (includes Solenoid
P Control Electronic 131Module 16045-203 3 Input
#10 Lockwasher EP Control114241-024Valve 1 24Kit withCoilno
V Solenoid and Electronics,
Coil and Tube
Wiring Subassemblies)
Harness 24 V
111501-000 1 114241-024
Solenoid Tube 1 O-Rings
and 24 V Solenoid Coil and Wiring Harness
t No. 990832-000 Kit
266 No. 9900044-000 111501-000 Code 1 “ED” Solenoid Tube and O-Rings
7 110003-000 1 Control Valve Gasket
EM PART NO. The QTY DESCRIPTION
Artex Group LLC Toll free in the US: 877.839.5533 Phone ITEM PART
979.836.5533 7 110003-000
NO. QTY DESCRIPTION
www.artexgroupllc.com 1 Control Valve Gasket
Parts are included in kit and may be purchased separately.
111520-020 1 includingElectronic
NOTICE: This document, Module
all attachments, contains 4 of The 95912-200
confidential and proprietary information that is the property Parts
Artex Group, LLC, are5 included
its subsidiaries 5/16"-18
and/or affiliates Hexmay
in kit(“Artex”).
and Head
Use Cap Screw
bethispurchased
of document - to2.75"
separately.
is restricted authorized
101673-175 3 10-24 Button Head Cap Screw 6 4993054-024 1
Valve Subassembly (includes Solenoid
16045-203 3 #10 Lockwasher Coil and Tube Subassemblies)

EATON 114241-024
Heavy-Duty Series 2 Hydrostatic Pumps Parts 1 24 VOctober
and Repair E-PUPI-TS004-E Solenoid
2004 Coil and Wiring
15 Harness
111501-000 1 Solenoid Tube and O-Rings
THE
Parts List
Rotating Group/ GROUP LLC
Swashplate Sub-assembly Barrel Kit
(Standard Shoe) HD Hydrostatic Pump Service

B Rotating Group Kit
(Item 12)
A Parts List
1
2
Parts List 3
Standard Wide Land
Rotating Group/ *Optional
Shoe
4
Shoe
Swashplate Sub-assembly
See Note
5 Barrel Kit
(Standard Shoe) Note:

6
B Rotating Group Kit
When overhauling rotating and
(Item 12) swashplate sub-assemblies,
piston and shoe sub-assemblies 7
A
must be replaced with new parts.
8
9
Table 7.0 Rotating
1 Group/Swashplate Sub-assembly(Standard Shoe)
2 10
Models 3322/3922 Model 5422
3
Complete Rotating/Swashplate Complete Rotating/Swashplate
Standard Wide Land 4
Kit No. 109752-000
Shoe Shoe Kit No. 108424-000
*Optional
ITEM PART NO. QTY. DESCRIPTION 5
See Note
A 110428-000 1 Rotating Group Kit (includes items B, 7 A 109431-000 1 Rotating Group Kit (includes items B, 7
and 8) and 8)
Note:
B 990730-000 1 Barrel Kit (includes
When overhaulingitems 1 through
rotating and 5) 6 B 990732-000 1 Barrel Kit (includes items 1 through 5)
1 103278-200 1 Retaining Ring sub-assemblies,
swashplate 1 103278-225 1 Retaining Ring
piston and shoe sub-assemblies 7
2 103242-000 1 Spacer Cyl Barrel Spring
must be replaced with new parts.
2 103815-000 1 Spacer Cyl Barrel Spring
3 103240-000 1 Cylinder Barrel Spring 3 103813-000
8 1 Cylinder Barrel Spring
4 107758-000 1 Spacer Shaft Spring 4 108337-000 91 Spacer Shaft Spring
5
Table 109427-000
7.0 1 Group/Swashplate
Rotating Barrel and Sleeve Sub-assembly5 (Standard109430-000
Shoe) 1 Barrel and Sleeve
6 990723-000 1 Hold-down Kit 6 990724-000 1 Hold-down Kit
10
7 103244-000 1 Shoe Retainer Plate 7 103853-000 1 Shoe Retainer Plate
Models
8 3322/3922
101073 -000 9 Shoe Piston Subassembly Model
8 5422
101077-000 9 Shoe Piston Subassembly
Complete
9 Rotating/Swashplate
107854-000 1 Fixed Clr Thrust Plate Complete
9 Rotating/Swashplate
108341-000 1 Fixed Clr Thrust Plate
10 No.109366-000
Kit 109752-000 1 Swashplate Subassembly 10 No.109254-000
Kit 108424-000 1 Swashplate Subassembly
ITEM
ModelPART
4622NO. QTY. DESCRIPTION ITEM
ModelPART
6422NO. QTY. DESCRIPTION
A 110428-000
Complete 1 Rotating Group Kit (includes items B, 7
Rotating/Swashplate A 109431-000
Complete 1 Rotating Group Kit (includes items B, 7
Rotating/Swashplate
and 8) and 8)
BKit No. 109367-000 Barrel Kit (includes items 1 through 5)
990730-000 1 BKit No.990732-000
109435-000 1 Barrel Kit (includes items 1 through 5)
1 103278-200 1 Retaining Ring 1 103278-225 1 Retaining Ring
ITEM PART NO. QTY. DESCRIPTION ITEM PART NO. QTY. DESCRIPTION
2 103242-000 1 Spacer Cyl Barrel Spring 2 103815-000 1 Spacer Cyl Barrel Spring
3A 109419-000
103240-000 11 Rotating Barrel
Cylinder Group Spring
Kit (includes items B, 7 3A 109434-000
103813-000 11 Rotating Group Kit (includes items B, 7
Cylinder
and 8) Barrel Spring
and 8)
4 107758-000 1 Spacer Shaft Spring 4B 108337-000 1 Spacer Shaft Springitems 1 through 5)
B 990731-000 1 Barrel Kit (includes items 1 through 5) 990733-000 1 Barrel Kit (includes
5 109427-000 1 Barrel and Sleeve 51 109430-000 1 Barrel and Sleeve
1 103278-200 1 Retaining Ring 103278-225 1 Retaining Ring
6 990723-000 1 Hold-down Kit 62 990724-000 11 Hold-down
2 103242-000 1 Spacer Cyl Barrel Spring 103815-000 Spacer Cyl Kit
Barrel Spring
7 103244-000 1 Shoe Retainer Plate 73 103853-000 1 Shoe Retainer
3 103240-000 1 Cylinder Barrel Spring 103813-000 1 Cylinder BarrelPlate
Spring
8 101073 -000 9 Shoe Piston Subassembly 84 101077-000 91 Shoe Piston
4 107758-000 1 Spacer Shaft Spring 108337-000 Spacer ShaftSubassembly
Spring
9 107854-000 1 Fixed Clr Thrust Plate 95 108341-000 11 Fixed
5 109418-000 1 Barrel and Sleeve 109433-000 BarrelClr
andThrust Plate
Sleeve
10 109366-000 1 Swashplate Subassembly 10 109254-000 11 Swashplate Subassembly
6 990723-000 1 Hold-down Kit 6 990724-000 Hold-down Kit
7
Model 104211-000
4622 1 Shoe Retainer Plate 7
Model 103817-000
6422 1 Shoe Retainer Plate
8
Complete104199-000 9 Shoe Piston Subassembly
Rotating/Swashplate 8 103818-000 9 Shoe Piston Subassembly
Complete Rotating/Swashplate
9 107854-000 1 Fixed Clr Thrust Plate 9 108341-000 1 Fixed Clr Thrust Plate
10 No.109366-000
Kit 109367-000 1 Swashplate Subassembly 10 No.109254-000
Kit 109435-0001 Swashplate Subassembly
ITEM PART NO. QTY. DESCRIPTION ITEM PART NO. QTY. DESCRIPTION
A 109419-000 1 Rotating Group Kit (includes items B, 7 A 109434-000 1 Rotating Group Kit (includes items B, 7
and 8) and 8)
B 990731-000 1 Barrel Kit (includes items 1 through 5)
EATON Heavy-Duty Series 2 B
Hydrostatic 990733-000
Pumps Parts and 1
Repair Barrel Kit (includes
E-PUPI-TS004-E October 2004 items 1 through 5) 17
1 103278-200 1 Retaining Ring 1 103278-225 1 Retaining Ring

2 103242-000 1 Spacer Cyl Barrel Spring 2 103815-000 1 Spacer Cyl Barrel Spring
3 103240-000 1 Cylinder Barrel Spring 267 3 103813-000 1 Cylinder Barrel Spring
4
The Artex Group 107758-000
LLC Toll free1 in the Spacer Shaft Spring
US: 877.839.5533 Phone 979.836.5533 4 108337-000
www.artexgroupllc.com 1 Spacer Shaft Spring
5 109418-000 1 Barrel and Sleeve 5 109433-000 1 Barrel and Sleeve
6 agents of Artex,
employees, customers and 990723-000
to aid in repair and1preventive
Hold-down
maintenanceKit 6
of equipment manufactured by Artex. This document may990724-000 1 or re-transmitted
not be altered, reproduced Hold-down Kit the express written authorization of Artex.
without
7 104211-000 1 strictly
Artex Shoe Retainer
prohibits Plate
unauthorized 7 The Artex103817-000
use of this document. Copyright © 2010, Group, LLC. All rights1reserved. Shoe Retainer Plate
8 104199-000 9 Shoe Piston Subassembly 8 103818-000 9 Shoe Piston Subassembly
9 107854-000 1 Fixed Clr Thrust Plate 9 108341-000 1 Fixed Clr Thrust Plate
10 109366-000 1 Swashplate Subassembly 10 109254-000 1 Swashplate Subassembly
THE
GROUP LLC

Hold-down Kits
and Valve
Parts List
Parts
Parts ListPlate
List Hold-down Kits And Valve Plate
Hold-downKits
Hold-down Kits
andValve
and ValvePlate
Plate
Table 8.0 Hold-down Kit
Models 3322/3922/4622 Models 5422/6422
Kit
TableNo.8.0990723-000
Hold-down Kit Kit No. 990724-000
Table 8.0 Hold-down Kit
Models
PART NO. 3322/3922/4622
QTY. DESCRIPTION Models
PART NO. 5422/6422
QTY. DESCRIPTION
Models 3322/3922/4622 Models 5422/6422
95912-100 95912-125
Kit No. 990724-000 Screw 5/16-18
4 Cap
Kit No. 990723-000 Screw 5/16-18
4 Cap
Kit No. 990723-000
108377-000 4 Washer Kit No. 990724-000
108377-000 4 Washer
107858-000 2 Hold-down Strap 108340-000 2 Hold-down Strap
PART NO. QTY
103237-001 4. . DESCRIPTION
Spacer PART NO. QTY
103237-002 4. . DESCRIPTION
Spacer
PART NO. QTY DESCRIPTION PART NO. QTY DESCRIPTION
95912-100 4 Cap Screw 5/16-18 95912-125 4 Cap Screw 5/16-18
95912-100 44 Cap Screw 5/16-18 95912-125
108377-000 44 Cap Screw 5/16-18
Washer
108377-000
Valve Plate Washer
108377-000 42 Washer 108377-000
108340-000 42 Washer
Hold-down Strap
107858-000 Hold-down Strap
107858-000 24 Hold-down 108340-000 24 Hold-down
Spacer Strap
(Item 13)
103237-001 Spacer Strap 103237-002
103237-001 4 Spacer 103237-002 4 Spacer
Magnified Magnified Magnified
Valve Plate
Valve Plate
(Item 13)
(Item 13)
CW Propel Valve Plate CW V-Groove Plate CW Quiet Plate
Table
CW9.0 Valve
Propel Plate
Valve Plate CW V-Groove Plate CW Quiet Plate
CW Propel Valve Plate CW V-Groove Plate CW Quiet Plate
(Item 17)
MODEL 3322/3922 MODEL 4622 MODEL 5422 MODEL 6422

TableNO.
9.0 Valve Plate
PART9.0 PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION
Table Valve Plate
(Item 17)
107224-000
(Item 17) 107784-000 103848-000 103976-000 Propel Valve Plate (Counterclockwise)
106458-000
MODEL 3322/3922 106459-000
MODEL 4622 104297-000
MODEL 5422 103950-000
MODEL 6422 Propel Valve Plate (Clockwise)
MODEL
PART NO.3322/3922 MODEL
PART NO.4622 MODEL
PART NO.5422 MODEL
PART NO.6422 DESCRIPTION
106988-000 107808-000 104857-000 107143-000 V-Groove Plate (Counterclockwise)
PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION
106456-000
107224-000 106457-000
107784-000 104964-000
103848-000 104006-000
103976-000 V-Groove Plate
Propel Valve (Clockwise)
Plate (Counterclockwise)
107224-000 107784-000 103848-000 103976-000 Propel Valve Plate (Counterclockwise)
111823-001
106458-000 4993532-001
106459-000 4993881-001
104297-000 114557-000
103950-000 Quiet
PropelPlate
Valve(Counterclockwise)
Plate (Clockwise)
106458-000 106459-000 104297-000 103950-000 Propel Valve Plate (Clockwise)
113169-000
106988-000 113632-000
107808-000 113148-000
104857-000 112375-000
107143-000 Quiet PlatePlate
V-Groove (Clockwise)
(Counterclockwise)
106988-000 107808-000 104857-000 107143-000 V-Groove Plate (Counterclockwise)
106456-000 106457-000 104964-000 104006-000 V-Groove Plate (Clockwise)
106456-000 106457-000 104964-000 104006-000 V-Groove Plate (Clockwise)
111823-001 4993532-001 4993881-001 114557-000 Quiet Plate (Counterclockwise)
111823-001 4993532-001 4993881-001 114557-000 Quiet Plate (Counterclockwise)
113169-000 113632-000 113148-000 112375-000 Quiet Plate (Clockwise)
113169-000 113632-000 113148-000 112375-000 Quiet Plate (Clockwise)
268
THE
GROUP LLC

Parts List Parts List
SAE C Auxiliary Mounting Adapter (14 Tooth 16/32 Pitch Spline)
FLANGE CHARGE CHARGE CHARGE
ADAPTER O-RING PAD ADAPTER COVER COVER COVER RETAINING ECCENTRIC GEROTOR VALVE
BOLT CUST. ADAPTER O-RING BOLTS SUBASSY O-RING SHAFT KEY RING RING SUBASSY PLATE
KIT NO. DISPLACEMENT 97 105 95 96 20 18 24 21 22 23 15 16 17
990742-000 14cc/.85 CID 104511-150 8761-159 108081-000 8761-159 * 108027-000 8761-157 109306-001 101311-000 109312-000 * * *
990743-000 21cc/1.25 CID 104511-150 8761-159 108081-000 8761-159 * 108027-000 8761-157 109306-002 101311-000 109312-000 * * *
990791-000** 21cc/1.25 CID 104511-150 – 111084-000 8761-159 – 108027-000 8761-157 109306-002 101311-000 109312-000 – – –
990743-000 28cc/1.70 CID 104511-150 8761-159 108081-000 8761-159 * 108027-000 8761-157 109306-002 101311-000 109312-000 * * *
35cc/2.12CID 104511-150 8761-159 108081-000 8761-159 * 108027-000 – 109306-003 101312-000 109312-000 * * *
Parts List
*When replacing use existing Bolts, Eccentric Ring , Gerotor Subassembly and Valve Plate. Parts List
**Metric Thread
Servo Piston
NOTE: All Parts can be purchased separately.
Servo Piston
SAE C Auxiliary Drive Integral Design (27 Tooth 24/48 Pitch Spline, No Charge Pump)
ITEM NO. PART NO. DESCRIPTION Hole indicates Hole indicates
21 112119-000 27 Tooth 24/48 Pitch Spline Coupling Servo Piston with Servo Piston with
(Item 26) (Item 26)
Pressure Override Score indicates
Pressure Override Sc
Hardened Ha
Servo Piston Se
*Note: Never disassemble

Parts List
There are three types of
Servo Pistons. They are
There are three types of
Servo Pistons. They are the Servo Piston,
NOT interchangeable. NOT interchangeable. critical calibrations
Servo Piston have been made at
the factory.
e indicates
vo Piston with
ssure Override Score indicates Hole indicates Hardened Servo Piston Hardened Servo Pis
Hardened Servo Piston with
(Item
Table26)
11.0 Servo Piston
Servo Piston Table 11.0
Pressure Override Servo Piston Score indicates
Hardened
Servo Piston
MODEL 3322 MODEL *Note: 3922 NeverMODELdisassemble
4622MODEL
MODEL
33225422 MODEL
MODEL39226422MODEL 4622 MODEL 5422 MODEL 6422
PART NO. PART NO. the Servo PART Piston,
NO. PARTPART
NO. NO. PART PART
NO.NO. PART DESCRIPTION
NO. PART NO. PART NO.
There are three types of critical calibrations *Note: Never disassemble
109558-002 109558-001 109558-001 109558-002
110018-000 109558-001
110018-000 109558-001
Servo Piston with
the 110018-000
Pressure
Servo Override 110018-000
Piston,
Servo Pistons. They are have been made at
NOT 109559-002
interchangeable. 109559-001 the factory.
109559-001 109559-002
110017-000 109559-001
110017-000 109559-001
Servo Piston critical
110017-000
calibrations 110017-000
113241-001 113241-001 113241-001 113241-001
113241-001 113241-001
113241-001 Servo Piston, have113241-001
113241-001 been made at 113241-001
4997993-002
Hardened 4997993-001
Servo Piston 4997993-001 4997993-002
4997664-000 4997993-001
4997664-000 Servo Piston, the
4997993-001 factory.
Hardened*
4997664-000 4997664-000
4997992-002 4997992-001 4997992-001 4997992-002
4997922-001 4997992-001
4997922-001 4997992-001
Servo Piston, Hardened*
4997922-001
with 4997922-001
Hardened Servo Piston Pressure Override
*Note: Hardened servo Piston
Table 11.0 Servo Piston should be used in pumps
L 4622
RT NO.
MODEL 5422
PART NO.
Servo Piston
MODEL 6422
PART NO.
Table 11.1
DESCRIPTION
Servo Piston Table 11.1 with external displace-
ment stops.
9558-001 110018-000 Cover
MODEL 3322 MODEL 3922
110018-000
PART NO.
Standard
Servo Piston
PART
MODEL Servo
NO. with Pressure
4622Piston
PARTOverride
NO.
MODEL Cover
PART NO.
5422 Cover MODELStandard
6422
PART NO.
Servo Piston Cover
DESCRIPTION
9559-001 110017-000 110017-000 Model 3322/3922/4622
Servo Piston Model
Model 5422/6422
3322/3922/4622 Model 5422
(Item 29)
109558-002 109558-001 (Item 29) 110018-000
109558-001 110018-000 Servo Piston with Pressure Override
3241-001 113241-001 113241-001 Servo Piston,
109559-002 109559-001 109559-001 110017-000 110017-000
ITEM Servo Piston
7993-001 4997664-000 4997664-000 ITEM
Servo Piston, PART NO.
Hardened* DESCRIPTION ITEM PART NO.
PART NO. DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION ITEM PART
113241-001
Neutral Adjustment 113241-001 113241-001 Neutral Adjustment
113241-001 113241-001
29 Servo Piston,
108372-000 Cover No
No Tap
Tap 29 108372
7992-001 4997922-001 4997922-00135 34 29 Hardened*
Servo Piston, 108145-000
with Cover No Tap 35 34
29 108145-000 Cover
4997993-00233 4997993-001
Pressure 4997993-001
Override 4997664-000
33 4997664-000
30 Servo Piston,
109371-000 Hardened*
Cover .50-20 30 109371
4997992-002 30
4997992-001 109331-000
4997992-001 Cover .50-20
4997922-001 30
4997922-001 109331-000 Cover .50-20
Servo Piston, Hardened* with
*Note: Hardened servo Piston Pressure Override
should be used in pumps
with external displace- *Note: Hardened servo Piston
30
Table 11.2
ment stops. Table 11.2 should be used in pumps
30
ervo Piston Cover Servo Piston Table 11.1 with external displace-
Optional External Servo Stop AssemblyOptional External Servo Stop Assembly
ment stops.
2/3922/4622 Cover Model 5422/6422 Standard Servo Piston Cover
Model 3322/3922/4622 Model 3322/3922/4622
ITEM PART NO. Model 3322/3922/4622
DESCRIPTION
Model 5422/6422
NO. DESCRIPTION (Item 29)
Optional External
Optional External
-000 Cover No Tap Servo 29
Stop 108372-000
35 34 111Cover No 16254-6
Tap 1 Stop
Servo Thread Seal,35with 34 externally 111 adjustable
16254-6 stop in one direction
1 Thread Seal, with externally adjustable st
ITEM PART ITEM PART NO. DESCRIPTION
33
30Adjustment 109371-000
Neutral 110 16254-26NO.
Cover .50-20 2DESCRIPTION
Washer 33 110 16254-26 2 Washer
-000 Cover .50-20 29 108145-000 29 108372-000 Cover No Tap
35 34 109 16021-6 1Cover Nut,
No TapHex .375-16 109 16021-6 1 Nut, Hex .375-16
33
108
30 111583-000
109331-000 269
2Cover Set Screw .375-16
.50-20 30
108 109371-000
111583-000 2CoverSet .50-20
Screw .375-16
162 162
108 30 111581-000 1 Cover .375-16 108 Tap for Adjustable
30 Stop
111581-000 1 Cover .375-16 Tap for Adjustable Stop
The Artex Group LLC111Toll free in the US: 877.839.5533 Phone 979.836.5533 111 110 www.artexgroupllc.com Mail: sales@artexgroupllc.com
110 162 111582-000 1 Nut (Servo Stop) 162 111582-000 1 Nut (Servo Stop)
30 contains confidential29
NOTICE: This document, including all attachments, 111580-000
and proprietary 1 propertyCover
information that is the of The .375-16
Artex
30 Group,Tap foritsServo
LLC, 29 Piston
subsidiaries 111580-000
and/or 1 of this document
affiliates (“Artex”). Use Cover .375-16 Tap
is restricted for Servo Piston
to authorized
xternal Servo Stop
employees, Assembly
customers and agents of Artex, to aid30
in repair and preventive maintenance of equipment manufactured by Artex. This document may not be altered, reproduced or re-transmitted without the express written authorization of Artex.
Table
Artex strictly prohibits 11.2 use of this document. Copyright © 2010, The Artex Group, LLC. All rights reserved.
unauthorized
2/3922/4622 Optional External Servo Stop AssemblyModel 5422/6422

Model 5422/6422
NO. QTY DESCRIPTION Optional External ITEM PART
Model
Optional DESCRIPTION
NO. QTY
3322/3922/4622
External ITEM PART NO. QTY DESCRIPTION
Servo Stop Servo Stop
1 Thread Seal, with externally adjustable stop in one 111
direction16254-8 1 Thread Seal, with externally
111 adjustable
16254-8
stop in one direction
1 Thread Seal, with externally adjustable st
THE
GROUP LLC

Parts List
Pressure Override Parts List
Valve Pressure Override Valve
Table 12.0 Pressure Override Valve
4994730-XXX POR Relief Valve Assembly POR

Item 76,163 10 (Item76, 163)
Externally Adjustable POR Valve
11 ITEM PART NO. QTY. DESCRIPTION
1
11 4995049-001 1 Spring, Guide, POR
7
10 4996993-001 1 Seat, POR, S/A
2 6 9 4994960-001 1 Poppet, POR
8 8770-014 1 Back up Ring, Piston
9 7 8765-014 1 O-Ring, Piston
6 8765-020 1 O-Ring, Plug
5 16024-006 1 Jam Nut
8 4 16139-618 1 Set Screw, Half Dog
3 3 4994729-001 1 Piston, POR
2 4994545-001 1 Plug, POR
4 5 1 See Table 12.1 Valve Spring,
176
Table 12.1
POR Valve Pressure Setting Ranges
PRESSURE
SETTING ITEM 1 ADJUSTMENT
PART NO. bar[lbf/in2] PART No. RANGE (psi)
4994730-150 103,4[1500]
1
4994730-200 137,9[2000]
4994730-250 172,4[2500] 110732-350 1500-4000
4994730-300 206,8[3000]
4994730-350 241,3[3500]
4994730-400 275,8[4000]
110732-450 3500-5000
4994730-450 310,3[4500]
4994730-500 344,7[5000]
4994730-550 379,2[5500] 110732-550 4500-6000*
4994730-575 396,4[5750]
4994730-600 413,7[6000]*
110732-650 5500-6000*
4994730-650 448,1[6500]*
*Do not set to this pressure level without Eaton Engineering approval.
High Pressure Relief Table 13.0 High Pressure Relief Valve

Valve 110700-XXX Relief Valve Assembly
(Item 78,79) ITEM PART NO. QTY. DESCRIPTION
2 1 113105-000 1 Plug, Relief Valve
2 2 16133-12 1 O-Ring
4 3 4992535-001 1 Spring Conical
4 See Table 13.1 Relief Valve S/A
4
5 4992534-001 1 Retaining Ring, Round Ext.
5 3
5 3
High Pressure Relief Valve Settings

1 1
Identify Pressure settings by the part number of the high pressure
valve. The part number is followed by a dash and the related
pressure rating, i.e., 110700-150. This setting represents a
psi(lbf/in2) of 1500 lbf/in2. Ranges for the high pressure relief valves
are available from 1500 to 6000 lbf/in2 in increments of 500 lbf/in2.
110700-XXX 110700-099
270
Low Pressure Relief
ValveTHE
Plug
Subassembly
(Item 48)
GROUP LLC
Table 14.0
Parts List 2 HD Hydrostatic

103072-XXX Pump Service
Sub-assembly
Series 2 Variable
Piston
Parts Pump
List 1
1
2
8785-014
8765-117
1
1 O-ring
Parts List
Tube Fitting
Series 2 Variable Piston Pump

Series 2 Variable
Low Pressure Relief 111809-XXX Damped Low Pressure Relief
Piston
Valve PlugPump Valve Sub-assembly
Subassembly ITEM PART NO. QTY. DESCRIPTION
103072-XXX 1 8785-014 1 Tube Fitting, O-Ring
Low48)
(Item Pressure Relief Table 14.0
111809-XXX 2 8785-117 1 O-Ring
Valve Plug
Subassembly
2 4993670-001 Sub-assembly
103072-XXX (Orificed) Low Pressure Relief
(Item 48) 2 Valve
TableSub-assembly
14.0
ITEM
1 PART NO.
8785-014 1 DESCRIPTION
Tube Fitting
12 8785-014
8765-117 1 Tube Fitting, O-Ring
O-ring
12 103072-XXX Sub-assembly
2 8765-117 O-Ring
1 ITEM PART NO. QTY. DESCRIPTION
111809-XXX
1 8785-014 Damped1 LowTubePressure
Fitting Relief
Table 14.1
Valve
2 Sub-assembly
8765-117 1 O-ring
1
Low
ITEM Pressure
PART NO.Relief
QTY.Valve
DESCRIPTION
103072-XXX 1(Item 1)8785-014 Damped
111809-XXX 1 Low Tube Fitting, O-Ring
Pressure Relief
4993670-001
111809-XXX 2 Valve 8785-117
Sub-assembly 1 O-Ring
PRESSURE
PART
ITEMNO. PARTSETTING
NO. QTY. bar[lbf/in2
]
DESCRIPTION
4993670-001
103072-030 (Orificed)
20,7[300] Low Pressure Relief
103072-XXX 1 8785-014 1 Tube Fitting, O-Ring
2 Valve
103072-032Sub-assembly
22,1[320]
111809-XXX 2 8785-117 1 O-Ring
ITEM
103072-033PART22,5[326.3]
NO. DESCRIPTION
1103072-0348785-014
23,4[340] Tube Fitting, O-Ring
4993670-001 (Orificed) Low Pressure Relief
2103072-0358765-117
24,1[350] O-Ring
1 2 Valve Sub-assembly
103072-037 25,5[369.8]
ITEM PART
103072-038 NO.
26,2[380] DESCRIPTION
Table
1 14.1
103072-040 8785-014
27,0[391.6] Tube Fitting, O-Ring
2
Low 8765-117
Pressure
103072-041 Relief Valve O-Ring
28,3[410]
1 103072-043 30,0[435.1]
(Item 1)
4993670-001 Table 14.1
PRESSURE
Low NO.
PART Pressure SETTING Reliefbar[lbf/in Valve 2]
KIT NO. 990713-000
103072-030 20,7[300] (Obsolete Design)
(Item 1)
PART NO.
103072-032 22,1[320]QTY. DESCRIPTION
4993670-001
103072-033
109077-00 PRESSURE
22,5[326.3] 1 LPRV Plug
PART NO. 23,4[340]
103072-034
8785-0121 SETTING 1 bar[lbf/in O-Ring ]
2
103072-030
103072-035
108870-002 20,7[300] 1
24,1[350] LPRV Spring
103072-032
103072-037
108869-000 22,1[320] 1
25,5[369.8] LPRV Poppet
103072-033
103072-038
16048-253 22,5[326.3]
26,2[380] 10 *Shim (.020)
103072-034
103072-040
* Number of shims 23,4[340]
27,0[391.6]
required to achieve PSI setting:
103072-035
103072-041 24,1[350]
300-32028,3[410]
psi = 5 shims; 320-340 psi = 6 shims;
103072-037
103072-043 340-34830,0[435.1]
psi = 7 shims; 435 psi = 12 shims
25,5[369.8]
990713-000 103072-038 26,2[380]
103072-040 27,0[391.6]
103072-041 28,3[410]
KIT NO. 990713-000
103072-043 30,0[435.1] (Obsolete Design)
109077-00 1
LPRV Plug 25
8785-0121 1 O-Ring
KIT NO. 990713-000 (Obsolete Design)
271 108870-002 1 LPRV Spring
PART NO.
108869-000 QTY
1 . LPRV DESCRIPTION
Poppet
109077-00
16048-253 10 1 LPRV
*Shim Plug
(.020)
employees, customers and agents of Artex, to aid in repair and preventive maintenance of equipment manufactured by Artex. This 8785-0121 not be altered, reproduced 1
* Number of shims required to achieve PSI setting:
document may or O-Ring
re-transmitted without the express written authorization of Artex.
108870-002 300-320 psi = 5 shims; 1 320-340 LPRV psiSpring
= 6 shims;
108869-000 340-348 psi = 7 shims; 1 435 psi LPRV = 12Poppet
shims
990713-000 16048-253 10 *Shim (.020)
Kits
Kits
THE15.0
Table
Table 15.0 End
End Cover
Cover
Bearing
Bearing Shim
Shim Kit
Kit (Item
(Item 41)
41)
Parts
Models List
3322/3922/4622
Models 3322/3922/4622 Models 5422/6422
LLC Models
Parts
GROUP List 5422/6422
Kits
Kit
Kit No.
No. 990715-000
990715-000 Kit
Kit No.
No. 990388-000
990388-000
PART
PART NO.
NO. QTY.
107744-003
QTY. DESCRIPTION
11
DESCRIPTION
Bearing
Kits PART
PART NO.
NO. QTY.
QTY. DESCRIPTION HD Hydrostatic Pump Service
DESCRIPTION
107744-003 Bearing Shim
Shim 103798-003
103798-003 11 Bearing
Bearing Shim
Shim
107744-005
Table 15.0 End CoverShim
107744-005
107744-010
107744-010
1
1
11
Bearing Shim
107744-015
107744-015 11
Bearing
Bearing
Bearing
Bearing
Kit (Item
Bearing
Shim
Shim
Shim
41)
Bearing Shim
Shim
103798-005
103798-005
103798-010
103798-010
Table 15.0 End Cover
103798-015
11
11
11
Bearing
Bearing Shim
Bearing
Shim
Bearing Shim
Bearing
Shim
Bearing Shim
Parts List
Models 3322/3922/4622
107744-020
107744-020 11 Bearing
Bearing Shim
Shim
Bearing 103798-015
Shim Kit
103798-020
103798-020
(Item
Models 5422/6422
11
41)
Bearing
Shim
Bearing Shim
Shim Kits
107744-030
107744-030 1
1 Bearing
Bearing Shim
Kit No. 990715-000 Shim Models 3322/3922/4622
103798-030
103798-030
Kit No. 990388-00011 Bearing
Bearing Shim
Shim Models 5422/6422
Parts
PARTList
NO. QTY. DESCRIPTION
Table 16.0 Shaft Seal Kits
Kit No. 990715-000
PART NO. QTY. DESCRIPTION Kit No. 990388-000
Table 16.0 Shaft
107744-003 1 Seal Kits
Bearing Shim PART NO. 103798-003
QTY. DESCRIPTION1 Bearing Shim PART NO. QTY. DESCRIPTION
Kits
(Item
(Item 116)
116)
107744-005 1 Bearing Shim 107744-003 103798-005
1 Bearing1 Shim Bearing Shim 103798-003 1 Bearing Shim
Models 3322/3922/4622
107744-010 1 Bearing Shim Models
107744-0055422/6422
103798-010
1 Bearing1 Shim Bearing Shim Drive
Drive Shaft
103798-005Shaft Seal
1
Seal Bearing Shim
Models 3322/3922/4622 Models 5422/6422
107744-015 1 Bearing Shim 107744-010 103798-015
1 Bearing1 Shim Bearing Shim 103798-010 Spacer
1
Spacer Bearing Shim
Seal
Seal Kit
Kit No.
No. 990709-000
990709-000 Seal
Seal Kit
Kit No.
No. 990753-000
990753-000
107744-020 1 Bearing Shim 107744-015 103798-020
1 Bearing1 Shim Bearing Shim 103798-015 1 Retaining
Bearing Shim
Ring
Table
PART 15.0
NO. End Cover Retaining Ring
NO. QTY
107744-030
PART QTY1.. DESCRIPTION
Bearing Shim
DESCRIPTION PART
PART NO.
NO. QTY.
107744-020 QTY.
103798-030
1 DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION
Bearing1 Shim Bearing Shim 103798-020 1 Bearing Shim
Bearing Shim1 Kit (Item
108395-000 41)
Drive Shaft Seal 110192-000 1 Drive
108395-000 1 Drive Shaft Seal 107744-030 1 1
110192-000 Drive Shaft
Bearing ShimSeal
Shaft Seal 103798-030 1 Bearing Shim
Models 5422/6422
101680-250
101680-250
Table 11 Shaft Retaining
3322/3922/4622
16.0 Retaining
Seal Kits Ring
Ring 101680-250
101680-250 1
Models
1 Retaining
Retaining Ring
5422/6422 Ring
107836-000
107836-000 11 Spacer
Spacer 107836-000
107836-000 11 Spacer
Spacer
(Item990715-000
Kit No. 116)
990388-000 Table Kit
16.0 No.Shaft Seal Kits
990388-000
PART NO. QTY.
Models DESCRIPTION
3322/3922/4622 (Item
Models 116)
5422/6422 Drive Shaft Seal
103798-003
107744-003
Table
Table Seal 17.017.0 1
Kit No. Magnetic
Magnetic Bearing
990709-000 Shim
Speed Sensor
Speed Sensor Seal Models
Kit 3322/3922/4622
103798-003
Kit Kit No. 990753-000 1 Bearing Shim Models 5422/6422 Spacer
103798-005
107744-005
(Item 85) 1 Bearing Shim 103798-005 1 Bearing Shim Retaining Ring
(Item PART 85) NO. Seal
PARTKit No. 990709-000 Seal Kit No. 990753-000
103798-010
107744-010 1 QTY. Bearing DESCRIPTION Shim NO.
103798-010 QTY. 1 DESCRIPTION
Bearing Shim
Magnetic
108395-000 1 Speed
Magnetic
103798-015
107744-015 1 Bearing
Speed Sensor
Sensor Drive
Shim Shaft Seal PART
110192-000 NO. Speed
103798-015
Speed QTY.
1 Sensor
Sensor 1DESCRIPTION
DriveMating
Shaft Seal
Bearing
Mating Connector
Shim
Connector PART NO. Kit QTY.
Kit DESCRIPTION
103798-020
107744-020
Kit 101680-250 1
No.990745-000 1 Bearing Retaining
Shim Ring 101680-250
108395-000 103798-020 11 1 Retaining
Drive Shaft Ring
BearingSealShim 110192-000 1 Drive Shaft Seal
Kit No.990745-000 Kit
Kit 1No.No. 990766-000
990766-000
103798-030
107744-030 107836-000 1 1 Bearing Spacer Shim 107836-000
101680-250 103798-030 1 Spacer
1Retaining Ring Shim 101680-250
Bearing 1 Retaining Ring
107836-000 1 Spacer 107836-000 1 Spacer
PART
PART NO. NO. QTY.
QTY. DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION PART
PART QTY. QTY. DELPHI DELPHI PACKARD PACKARD P/N P/N
Table
4997282-00116.0 Shaft1 Seal Magnetic Kits Speed Sensor
Table Sensor Kit Connector Connector 11 1216-2193
(Item
16160-125 116) 17.0 Magnetic
4997282-001
1
1 Magnetic
Retaining
SpeedSpeedSensor 1216-2193
16160-125
(Item 85) 1 Retaining Ring Ring Table Terminal
17.0
Terminal Magnetic22 Speed 1212-4075
Sensor Kit
1212-4075
Models 5422/6422 8761-016
Models 11 O-Ring Drive 5422/6422
Shaft Seal Drive Shaft Seal
8761-0163322/3922/4622 O-Ring Models (Item 85) Recommended
Recommended wire wire size:
size: 16
16 -- 18
18 AWG
AWG
Magnetic Speed
108307-000
108307-000 11 Sensor
Plug
Plug
Recommended
Speed Sensor
Recommended
Spacer cable
cable diameter:
Mating
diameter: 2.0 -- 2.4
2.4 mm
2.0 Connectormm Kit Spacer
Seal Kit No. Seal 990753-000
Kit No. 990709-000 SealMagnetic
Kit No. 990753-000
Alternate
Alternate
Speed reference
reference
Sensor source:
source:
Kit No.990745-000 Power
Kit and
No.
RetainingSignal Group
990766-000
Ring North American Headquarters Speed Sensor Mating
Retaining Ring Connector Kit
PART NO. PART QTYTable . NO.18.0
DESCRIPTION
QTYRepair Gasket Power and Signal Group North American Headquarters
Table 18.0 .
Repair Gasket Kit
DESCRIPTION Kit PART NO. QTY. 1-800-722-5273
1-800-722-5273
Kit No.990745-000
DESCRIPTION
Kit No. 990766-000
110192-000 108395-000
1 Drive Shaft Seal
1990710-000 Drive Shaft Seal 110192-000 www.powerandsignal.com/netstore/start
1www.powerandsignal.com/netstore/start
Drive Shaft Seal
Kit
Kit PARTNo.
No. 990710-000
NO. QTY . DESCRIPTION PART QTY. DELPHI PACKARD P/N
101680-250 101680-250
1 Retaining
1 RingRetaining Ring 101680-250 1 Retaining Ring
107836-000 107836-000
1 ITEM 4997282-001
Spacer
1 1 Spacer Magnetic Speed 107836-000
Sensor PART NO. 1 Connector QTY. Spacer DESCRIPTION
1ITEM
ITEM PART
PART NO.
NO. QTY.
1216-2193 QTY. PART QTY. DELPHI PACKARD P/N
DESCRIPTION
DESCRIPTION
ITEM PART
PART NO. NO. QTY. DESCRIPTION
16160-125 1 QTY. DESCRIPTION
Retaining Ring 4997282-001Terminal 1 215-4 Magnetic Speed Sensor
1212-4075 Connector
55 108480-000 11 End Cover Gasket (Models (Models 33/39/46) 15-4 8761-157
8761-157 1
1 Charge
Charge Cover1 O-Ring
Cover O-Ring 1216-2193
8761-016108480-000 1 O-RingEnd Cover Gasket 16160-125 33/39/46)
Recommended 1 26 Retaining
wire size: Ring
16 - 18 AWG 11
16254-8 Terminal
Thread Seal 2 1212-4075
55 108307-000 108974-000
108974-000 11Plug End End Cover
Cover GasketGasket (Models
(Models 54/64)54/64)
Recommended 26 16254-8
cable diameter: 2.0 - 2.4 2mm O-Ring Thread Seal
r Kit Table 17.0110003-000
Magnetic Speed 1 Sensor Kit 8761-016 1 27 O-Ring 8761-144 Recommended
(Models wire size:
33/39/46) 16 - 18 AWG
77 110003-000 11 EP
EP Control
Control GasketGasket Alternate reference27 8761-144
source: 2 O-Ring (Models 33/39/46)
108307-000 Power and 1 Signal PlugGroup North American Recommended cable diameter: 2.0 - 2.4 mm
Headquarters
(Item 85) 27 8761-157 2 O-Ring (Models 54/64)
77 Table 108992-000
108992-000
18.0 Repair11 Gasket Manual
Manual Control Gasket
KitControl Gasket
1-800-722-5273 27 8761-157 2 O-Ring
Alternate(Models
reference54/64)source:
77 Sensor 108879-000 11 Solenoid Control Gasket 28
28Gasket 108300-000
108300-000
www.powerandsignal.com/netstore/start 22 Ring
Power
Ring Seal
Sealand (Models
Signal33/39/46)
(Models Group North American Headquarter
33/39/46)
Magnetic
Speed 108879-000
Speed Mating Sensor Connector SolenoidKit ControlTable Gasket 18.0
Speed Repair
Sensor Mating Kit
Connector Kit 1-800-722-5273
15Kit No. 990710-000 108915-000 22 Ring Seal (Models
(Models 54/64)54/64)
15 B
B 8761-042
8761-042 22 O-Ring
O-Ring A A Pad(cust)
Pad(cust) 108915-000 Ring Seal
www.powerandsignal.com/netstore/start
KitKitNo. 15No.990745-000
B
15ITEM
B
990766-000
8761-045
8761-045 22 O-Ring
O-Ring B-Pad(cust)
B-Pad(cust) Kit No. Kit 990710-000
No. 990766-000 32
32ITEM 8761-139 8761-139
PART NO. QTY. 22 O-Ring
O-Ring (Models
(Models 33/39/46)
DESCRIPTION 33/39/46)
15 B PART NO. QTY.
8761-158 1 DESCRIPTION
O-Ring C-Pad(cust) 8761-145 2 O-Ring (Models 54/64)
15 B 8761-158 1 O-Ring C-Pad(cust) 15-4 8761-145
8761-157 2 1 O-Ring
Charge (Models
Cover 54/64)
ITEM
O-Ring PART NO. QTY. DES
155C 108480-000 1 End ITEM PART NO. QTY. 8785-012 DESCRIPTION
PART
PART 15 CQTY 8761-157
NO.. 8761-157
QTY. DESCRIPTION
DELPHI PACKARD 11 P/NCover
O-Ring
O-Ring Pad Gasket
Pad
(Models 33/39/46)
PART QTY. 49 49
DELPHI
26 8785-012
PACKARD
16254-8 P/N 22
1
O-Ring
O-Ring
Thread Seal 15-4 8761-157 1 Char
5 108974-000 1 (charge
End Cover
(charge cover)
cover) Gasket
5 (Models 54/64)
108480-000 57 1 End Cover Gasket44 (Models
110457-000 33/39/46)
Static Face Seal
r 4997282-001
Connector 1 8761-158 1 Magnetic Speed
1216-2193 Sensor Connector 1 5727 110457-000
8761-144
1216-2193 2 Static
O-Ring Face Seal26 33/39/46)16254-8
(Models 1 Thre
15 7C
15 C 2 8761-158 110003-000 1
1 1 O-Ring
EP
O-Ring Pad Pad
Control Gasket
5 108974-000 59 1 End Cover
8761-017 Gasket 22 (Models 54/64)
O-Ring
16160-125
Terminal 1 Retaining
1212-4075 Ring
(charge cover) Terminal 2 5927 8761-017
1212-4075
8761-157 2 O-Ring
O-Ring (Models 27 54/64) 8761-144 2 O-Rin
7 108992-000 1 (charge
Manual cover)
Control 7 Gasket 110003-000 60 1 EP Control Gasket
108562-000 22 Back-up Ring
8761-016
Recommended 15-2 wire 1 16 O-Ring
size:
103223-000 - 18 AWG 44 1 Sealing Washer Recommended wire 6028 size: 16 108562-000
- 18 AWG
108300-000 2 Back-up
Ring SensorRing
Seal (Models
15-2
7 103223-000
108879-000 Sealing
Solenoid Washer
Control 7 Gasket 108992-000 cable 87 1diameter: Manual
8761-016 Control Gasket
1 Speed 27 33/39/46)
O-Ring 8761-157 2 O-Rin
Recommended
108307-000
15-4 cable
8761-156diameter:
1 Plug 2.0 1 - 2.4 mm
Charge Cover O-Ring Recommended 87 2.0
8761-016 - 2.4 mm 1 Speed Sensor O-Ring
Alternate 15-4
15reference
B 8761-156
8761-042
source: 1 2 Charge
O-RingCover O-Ring
A Pad(cust)
7 108879-000
Alternate reference 91 1
source: 108915-000
Solenoid
107762-000 Control 2
Gasket
1 Ring Seal (Models
Swashplate 28 54/64)108300-000
Gasket 2 Ring
Power and 91 107762-000 1 Swashplate Gasket
15 BSignal Group
8761-045 North American 2 Headquarters
O-Ring B-Pad(cust) 15 B Power and
8761-042 Signal Group
93 232 North American
8761-139
O-Ring A Pad(cust)
8761-010 Headquarters
11 2 O-Ring
Swashplate (Models 33/39/46) 108915-000 2 Ring
Table 18.0 Repair Gasket Kit
1-800-722-5273 1-800-722-5273 93 8761-010 Swashplate O-Ring O-Ring
15 B 8761-158
www.powerandsignal.com/netstore/start 1 O-Ring C-Pad(cust) 15 B www.powerandsignal.com/netstore/start
8761-045 2 8761-145
O-Ring B-Pad(cust)2 O-Ring (Models 32 54/64) 8761-139 2 O-Rin
Kit No. 15 C 990710-000
8761-157 1 O-Ring Pad 15 B 8761-158 49
1 8785-012
O-Ring C-Pad(cust)2 O-Ring 8761-145 2 O-Rin
(charge cover)15 C
ON ITEM PART NO. QTY. DESCRIPTION8761-157 ITEM57 1 PART 110457-000
O-RingNO. PadQTY. 4 DESCRIPTION Static Face Seal 49 8785-012 2 O-Rin
ITEM15 C PART 8761-158
NO. QTY. 1 DESCRIPTION O-Ring Pad 59 (charge
8761-017 cover) 2 O-Ring 57 110457-000 4 Stati
ket (Models 33/39/46) 15-4 8761-157 1 (charge Charge
cover)15 Cover
C O-Ring 8761-158 15-4 60 1 8761-157 O-Ring Pad 1 Charge Cover O-Ring
5 108480-000 1 End Cover Gasket (Models 33/39/46) 108562-000 2 Back-up Ring59 8761-017 2 O-Rin
ket (Models 54/64) 15-2 26 16254-8
103223-000 4 1 Sealing Thread
Washer Seal 26 16254-8
(charge cover) 1 Thread Seal
5 26 108974-000EATON 1Heavy-Duty EndSeries
Cover2 Gasket
Hydrostatic (Models
Pumps 54/64)
Parts and Repair 87
E-PUPI-TS004-E 8761-016
October 2004 1 Speed Sensor60O-Ring 108562-000 2 Back
2615-4 27 8761-156 8761-144 1 2 Charge O-Ring
Cover (Models
O-Ring 33/39/46) 27 E-PUPI-TS004-E
4 8761-144 2 O-Ring (Models 33/39/46)
EP Control Gasket 15-2 103223-000 Sealing Washer
EATON Heavy-Duty Series 2 Hydrostatic Pumps Parts and Repair October 2004
sket 7 110003-000 1 91 107762-000 1 Swashplate Gasket 87 8761-016 1 Spee
27 8761-157 2 O-Ring 15-4
(Models 8761-156
54/64) 27 1 Charge
8761-157 Cover 2 O-Ring
l Gasket 7 108992-000 1 Manual Control Gasket 93 8761-010 1 O-RingSwashplate
(Models 54/64) O-Ring
91 107762-000 1 Swas
ol Gasket 7 28
108879-000 108300-000
1 2
Solenoid Ring Seal
Control Gasket (Models 33/39/46) 28 108300-000 2 Ring Seal (Models 33/39/46) 93 8761-010 1 Swas
cust) 15 B 8761-042 108915-000 2 2 A Pad(cust)
O-Ring Ring Seal (Models 54/64) 272 108915-000 2 Ring Seal (Models 54/64)
cust) 15 B 32
8761-045 8761-139 2 2
O-Ring O-Ring
B-Pad(cust)
The Artex Group LLC Toll free in the US: 877.839.5533 Phone 979.836.5533 (Models 33/39/46) 32 8761-139 2
www.artexgroupllc.com O-RingMail:(Models 33/39/46)
cust) 15NOTICE:
B This8761-158 8761-145 1 2
O-Ring O-Ring
C-Pad(cust) (Models 54/64) 8761-145 2 O-Ring (Models 54/64)
document, including all attachments, contains confidential and proprietary information that is the property of The Artex Group, LLC, its subsidiaries and/or affiliates (“Artex”). Use of this document is restricted to authorized
15 C customers
employees, 49 and agents 8785-012
8761-157 of Artex,1to aid in repair 2 preventive
O-Ring
and Pad O-Ring maintenance of equipment manufactured49 8785-012
by Artex. This document 2 reproduced
may not be altered, O-Ring
26 57 110457-000
EATON Heavy-Duty (charge cover)
4 Series 2Static Face Pumps
Hydrostatic Seal Parts and Repair 57 E-PUPI-TS004-E
110457-000 October 20044 Static Face Seal
15 C 8761-158
59 8761-017 1 O-Ring
2 Pad O-Ring 26 EATON59 Heavy-Duty 8761-017 2 Pumps
Series 2 Hydrostatic O-Ring
Parts and Repair E-PUPI-TS004-E October 2004
(charge cover)
60 108562-000 2 Back-up Ring 60 108562-000 2 Back-up Ring
er 15-2 103223-000 4 Sealing Washer
THE
GROUP LLC

Disassembly Disassembly
The following repair information may performance. After washing the parts
be used in the inspection, conversion with clean solvent, blow the parts dry
and repair of the Eaton Series 2 with air. Inspect all mating surfaces.
Heavy-Duty Variable Displacement Replace all damaged parts. Do not use
Pump. The manual displacement grit paper, files or grinders on finished
control, electronic proportional (EP) parts.
control, high pressure relief valves,
Whenever a pump is disassembled, it is
pressure override valves and the
preferable to replace all seals. Lubricate
auxiliary pump options are covered.
new seals with petroleum jelly before
These procedures cover the basic series installation. Use only clean,
2 pump. The Eaton Series 2 is available recommended hydraulic fluid on
in two frame sizes with various displace- finished surfaces before reassembly.
ments and options. The procedures for
Thoroughly clean the exterior of the
the pumps with options that are not
pump before disassembly. Make sure all
shown are basically the same.
open ports are sealed.
Work in a clean area, as the level of
cleanliness maintained when repairing CAUTION: Disconnect or disable all
the pump may affect pump electrical or mechanical
power to the pump
before beginning work.
Control Subassembly Removal

4. Using a 1/8" bit socket
1. Remove the control valve. If your pump has a or hex key, remove
manual control, solenoid activated control, or the three button head
hydraulic remote control, proceed to step 3. If your cap screws and lock-
pump has an optional Electronic Proportional (EP) washers. Carefully lift
control, follow steps 4 through 8. the electronic module
off the control.
2. Remove the five retaining cap screws using a 1/4

in. bit socket or hex key. Remove the control sub-
assembly by lifting it straight up. Go to step 9. 5. Unlatch and
disconnect the
connector between
the electronic module
and the solenoid coils.
6. Using a 1/4" hex key

3. For pumps with an or 1/2" socket/end
optional EP control, wrench, remove the
disconnect all power five hex head cap
to the input device. screws.
Release the latches
and disconnect the
connectors between
the electronics module
and the command
CAUTION: Handle electronic input device.
equipment with care.
273
THE
GROUP LLC

Disassembly
Disassembly 12. Using a 9/16" hex key
or allen wrench,
remove the socket
head plug. This plug
retains the clocking
7. Lift the valve assem-
link, that is removed
bly straight up and
later (Step 44).
away from the pump.
Take care not to
damage the feedback
12a. Remove the lower
link or swashplate
clocking link
link.The swashplate
retaining plug. Use
link must remain
a 5/8 allen wrench.
seated on the
swashplate pin.
Continue with step 9.
8. Remove the control

valve gasket and
discard.
Note: Depending on the configuration, the pump will

have either high pressure relief valves or check valve
subassemblies. High pressure relief valve settings are
marked on the end of each relief valve subassembly.
9. Remove the control When high pressure relief valves are used, the valve
valve feedback sub- located in the low pressure side of the closed circuit
assembly by lifting it acts as the inlet check valve.
straight up.
13. If the pump has
optional internal pres-
sure override valve
plugs, use a 12 mm
hex key or allen
10. ONLY remove orifices wrench to remove the
if orifice size needs to two plugs, springs
be changed. The type and spring end.
of control and applica-
Note: The pressure
tion determine orifice
override valve come
size and location.
in two configurations,
Orifice sizes are
Shim adjustable and
stamped on the face
externally adjustable.
of each orifice.
Externally Adjustable POR Valve
To preserve factory
Orifices are staked to
settings, do not mix
retain them in their
“Pressure Override”
pockets.
parts from one valve
to another.
Shim Adjusted POR Valve

11. Using a 9/16" hex key 14. Using a pair of needle
or allen wrench, nose pliers remove
remove the two high the valve poppet.
pressure relief valves
or check valve sub-
assemblies.
28 274
THE
GROUP LLC

Disassembly
Disassembly
Charge Relief Valve Removal
14. Using a 1-1/4 in. 18. Using a large pair of

socket or end wrench, adjustable pliers
remove the charge remove the charge
pressure relief valve pump cover. Gently
from the pump rock the cover back
housing. and forth as you pull
upward.
19. Remove the sealing

Current production version
O-ring for the charge
pump cover from the
Obsolete Relief Valve Design end cover.
Note: The current version charge relief is a factory set

cartridge design pressure setting. This is
stamped on the valve. This version consists of a
20. Remove the charge
cap, spring and poppet.
pump coupling and
gerotor star.
Charge Pump & Auxiliary Pad Removal Note: The gerotor star
is a slip fit on the
15. Using a 5/16 in. hex coupling and is driven
key or allen wrench, by a small key. Use
remove the cap caution not to lose
screws from the the key. Slide the
auxiliary pump star from the
adapter flange. coupling. It is not
Remove the mounting necessary to remove
flange from the pump the retaining ring
end cover. from the coupling.
16. Turn the auxiliary

pump adapter over 21. Remove the gerotor
and using an O-Ring outer ring from the
pick or similar tool, eccentric ring located
remove the sealing in the end cover.
ring.
17. Using a 1/4 bit socket

22. Remove the eccentric
or hex key, remove
ring. Note position of
the cap screws for the
the eccentric ring for
charge pump cover.
reassembly. Eccentric
ring position in the
end cover is used to
determine charge
pump input rotation.
275
THE
GROUP LLC

Disassembly
Disassembly
23. Remove the charge 27. Remove the rear
pump valve plate. bearing shims from
Note the valve plate the end cover. Do not
position as it is also discard shims as they
used to determine will be re-used.
charge pump input
rotation.
Note: ONLY remove the

pressure override
passage plugs if you
intend to change the
End Cover Removal
pump rotation.
24. Remove the end cover Proper orientation in

retaining cap screws. end cover is shown
Use caution as the for each
end cover has an direction of rotation
internal preload. If the below.
end cover doesn’t rise
when the cap screws
are loosened, you Plugged for
may have to tap the Plugged for
counter-clockwise
clockwise
end cover to break the rotation
rotation
gasket seal.
Carefully remove the
end cover. Do not
drop any internal
parts such as the Passage plugs in housing must
valve plate, bearing also be swapped whenever
direction of rotation is changed.
cup, etc. which may
stick to the end cover.
Use caution when 29. Remove the two
handling all close hollow dowels from
tolerance parts. the pump housing.
25. Carefully turn the end

cover over and
remove the valve
plate and dowel pin.
30. Using an O-ring pick

or similar tool,
remove the sealing
O-rings and backup
rings from the pump
26. Remove the rear housing.
bearing cup from the
end cover. The bear- Note: Only pumps
ing cup is a slip fit with the internal
into the end cover. pressure override
option have the
additional O-rings and
backup rings shown.
30 276
THE
GROUP LLC
Disassembly
Disassembly
Rotating Group Removal 34. Install the puller on

the bearing puller. DO
NOT REMOVE THE
31. Remove the bearing
BEARING AT THIS
plate and two dowel
TIME. Use the puller
pins from the cylinder
handle to remove the
barrel.
pump drive shaft,
Note: If using a small swashplate and
screwdriver or similar rotating group from
tool to pry the bearing the pump housing.
plate from the cylin-
der barrel, be careful
35. Properly support
not to scratch or
the rotating group
damage the lapped
using a ridge
surfaces of the
mounted shaft
cylinder barrel or
coupling or soft
bearing plate.
jaw device to
secure the input
Shown are the valve plate end of drive shaft
(left) and bi-metal bearing inverted position.
plate (right). Bearing Remove the slide
plates are bi-directional block from the
and valve plates are uni- swashplate.
directional.
CAUTION: Do not damage bearing

or sealing surfaces
32. Remove the hold-

36. Remove the rear
down springs and
bearing by using the
washers.
bearing puller that
was previously
installed.
33. Install a low clear- 37. Carefully slide the

ance, split-type bear- swashplate and
ing puller under the rotating group up and
rear bearing. over the pump shaft
subassembly.
Note: See the special
tool section for
dimensions required
to make a low
clearance bearing
puller.
277
THE
GROUP LLC

Disassembly
Disassembly
Rotating Group Disassembly Swashplate Bearing Removal
38. Remove the pump 43. Using a 5/8 in. allen

drive shaft wrench or bit socket,
subassembly from remove the clocking
cylinder barrel. link retaining plug.
Note: When it is necessary to replace the front

bearing, use a hydraulic press to remove the bearing
44. Remove the two
from the shaft. Replacement bearings are pressed to a
swashplate bearings
specific dimension and are listed on page 56 (Main
and clocking links.
Shaft Bearing Stop Limit Tool).
39. Position the swash-

plate and rotating
group back on the
support base. Using a
1/4 in. allen wrench or
45. Remove the two
bit socket, remove the
bearing races from
screws, spacers and
the pump housing.
strap from one side of
the swashplate.
Loosen, but do not
remove, the other
side.
41. Place the swashplate 47. Remove the shaft seal

and rotating group on by using a large
a clean, flat surface. screwdriver or similar
Using a 1/4 in. allen tool to drive the seal
wrench or bit socket, from the housing.
remove the loosened
screws, and carefully
remove the swash-
plate from the
rotating group.
42. Remove the piston 48. Remove the front

subassemblies and bearing race. It may
piston retainer. Place be a slip- or press-fit
them on a clean, in the housing.
protective surface for
inspection and
cleaning.
278
The Artex
32 Group LLC Toll free
EATON in theSeries
Heavy-Duty US:2 877.839.5533 Phone
Hydrostatic Pumps Parts 979.836.5533
and Repair E-PUPI-TS004-Ewww.artexgroupllc.com
October 2004 Mail: sales@artexgroupllc.com
THE
GROUP LLC

Disassembly
Disassembly
Servo Piston Removal
49. Using a 1/2 in. end 53. Using an O-ring pick

wrench or socket, or similar tool,
remove the retaining remove and the seals
cap screws from the from the underside of
servo piston cover. both servo covers.
50. Using a 3/4 in. end 54. Using an O-ring pick

wrench, remove the or similar tool,
servo adjustment remove the two servo
screw lock nut and piston seals from the
special beveled pump housing.
washer from the
Note: Use caution not
adjustable side servo
to scratch or damage
piston cover.
the servo piston bore.
51. Using a 1/2 in. end

wrench or socket,
remove the retaining
cap screws and
remove the servo
piston cover from the
pump housing.
52. Unscrew the cover

from the servo piston
adjustment screw.
279
EATON document. Series
Heavy-Duty Copyright © 2010, The Artex
2 Hydrostatic Pumps Group, LLC.
Parts andAll Repair
rights reserved.
E-PUPI-TS004-E October 2004 33
THE
GROUP LLC

Assembly Assembly
*Note: Before re-assembly, clean all parts and sub-assemblies. Inspect and replace damaged parts and
subassemblies. When reworking parts, do not use course grit paper, files or grinders on finished
surfaces. Replace all gaskets and seals. Lubricate all seals with petroleum jelly for retention during
reassembly. Freely lubricate all bearings and finished surfaces with clean hydraulic fluid.
1. When replacement of 5. Screw the lock nut on

the front bearing cup the servo piston
is necessary, simply adjustment screw. DO
place it in the pump NOT TIGHTEN the lock
housing. nut at this time.
6. Lubricate and install

2. Lubricate and care-
the servo piston into
fully install two new
the pump housing.
O-ring seals and back-
Place into the side
up rings into the
opposite the speed
servo piston bore of
sensor port. The flat
the pump housing.
side of the servo
Install the black seal-
piston must be
ing ring first, then the
perpendicular to, and
blue back-up ring. Be
facing, the center of
careful not to twist or
the pump housing.
kink the seals.
Install the four servo
Servo Piston Installation cover retaining cap
screws. Torque cap
screws to 16 ft. lbs.
3. Lubricate and install [21,7 Nm] to 17 ft. lbs.
new seals on both [23 Nm].
servo piston covers.
7. Using a square, check
to make sure the flat
side of the servo
piston is perpen-
dicular to the pump
housing face.
4. Place the servo piston
cover on the servo
piston adjustment
screw. Screw about 8. Install the remaining
half way down the servo piston cover
screw. Install a new and remaining four
threaded seal and servo cover retaining
beveled washer. Place cap screws. Torque
the threaded seal first, cap screws to 16 ft.
then the washer. The lbs. [21,7 Nm] to 17 ft.
beveled side of the lbs. [23 Nm].
washer must face the
seal.
280
THE
GROUP LLC

Assembly Assembly
Swashplate Bearing Installation
9. Lubricate and install 11b. Lubricate and

the two bearing races reassemble the
into the pump hous- rotating group.
ing on the locating
pins with the grooved
side of the races
toward the center of
the pump housing.
11c. Measure the com-

10.Apply a small amount bined thickness of
of petroleum jelly on the piston shoes and
the pin pivots to help retainer (dimension
to hold them upright. B). The difference
Install the two between dimension
clocking links into the A and dimension B
pump housing. is the fixed clearance
(dimension C).
Lubricate and install the two swashplate bearings The fixed clearance must not exceed .008 inches.
into the pump housing by aligning the hole in the Whenever the fixed clearance exceeds .008 inches, the
side of the bearings with clocking links. piston/shoe assemblies should be reevaluated.
Rotating Group and Swashplate Installation

12. Position the swash-
11. Before proceeding further, the fixed clearance plate on the support
must be checked. The preset fixed clearance is base. Lubricate the
the clearance between the piston shoe face thrust plate and install
and thrust plate. The formula for this clear- it on the swashplate.
ance is: Dimension A minus Dimension B Install the two
equals Dimension C. Dimension C must not spacers, strap,
exceed .008 inches. washers and retaining
screws.
Max. Clearance ( C ) .008
DO NOT tighten the
A–B=C Piston
two retaining screws.
Retaining Cap Screw

IMPORTANT: The
Washer bronze side of the
Retaining Strap
Shoe Retainer strap must face the
Plate
Bronze Side swashplate.
Faces Swashplate
Spacer Piston Shoe 13. Carefully install the

swashplate on the
Swashplate
rotating group.
Thrust Plate
11a. Measure the height

of the retaining strap
spacer (dimension A)
using a micrometer
of dial vernier
calipers.
281
EATON Heavy-Duty Series 2 Hydrostatic Pumps Repair E-PUPI-TI004-E April 2004 35
35
THE
GROUP LLC

Assembly Assembly
14. Holding the swash- 19. Reinstall the bearing
plate and the rotating puller on the rear
group together, care- bearing so it can be
fully install it back on used as a handle.
the support base.
Install the remaining
two spacers, strap,
washers and retaining
screws. Torque all four
20. Carefully lift the entire
retaining cap screws
subassembly and
to 17–18 ft. lbs.
install it into the
[23–24,4 Nm].
pump housing. Align
the two notches in the
swashplate with the
15. Lubricate and install two clocking links,
the input drive shaft and the swashplate
into the rotating side with the notch in
group/swashplate the servo piston.
subassembly.
Important: The
swashplate assembly
must be fully seated
on the swashplate
16. Lubricate and install bearings.
the rear bearing on
the shaft and bearing 21. Install the lower
subassembly. Support clocking link retaining
the subassembly in a plug. Torque plugs to
slightly raised 125 ft. lbs. [169,5 Nm].
position.
17. Using a hydraulic press, press the rear bearing

cone on the shaft. The bearing cone must be firmly
21a. Install the clocking
seated against the machined shoulder of the pump
link plug and torque
shaft. Note: The bearing cone may be heated for
to 125 ft. lbs. [169,5
installation.
Nm].
Tip: Place two heavy
rubber bands
across both arms to help
to retain the two
hold down arms.
22. Remove the bearing

18. Apply a small amount puller and two rubber
of petroleum jelly to bands from the
the back side of the swashplate sub-
slide to hold it in posi- assembly.
tion. Lubricate and
install the slide block
on the swashplate.
36
282
THE
GROUP LLC

Assembly
Assembly
Swashplate Neutral Adjust Adjusting Shaft Bearing End Play
and End Cover Assembly
23. The swashplate must be set to neutral. Place a
parallel bar across the face of the pump housing,
making sure the bar is resting firmly on the 23e. Using 3/4 in. end
housing face. wrench, tighten the
servo adjustment
screw lock nut, using
23a. Using a depth caution not to dis-
micrometer, meas- turb the neutral or
ure the distance zero swashplate
from the parallel bar position.
to the face of the
swashplate and note 23f. Torque the lock nut to 45 ft. lbs. [61 Nm]. Remove
the dimension. the depth micrometer and parallel bar.
24. Install the two hollow

dowel pins in the
pump housing and
23b. Move the depth the two hold-down
micrometer to the springs and washers
opposite side of the on the swashplate
swashplate and hold-down arms.
measure the
distance from the
parallel bar to the 25. Install two hold-down
face of the swash- arm assembly
plate and note the alignment tools and
dimension. dowels.
Note: The alignment
tool is a special tool.
23c. With the two dimensions noted, turn the face of Dimensions required
the depth micrometer so that the zero position is to make this tool are
right in between the two noted dimensions. located in the Special
Tool section.
23d. Use a 3/8 in. end
wrench to turn the 26. Lubricate and install
servo piston adjust- the rear bearing
ment screw clock- shims and cup into
wise or counterclock- the pump end cover.
wise to bring the
swashplate to the
zero position.
Note: Earlier units
used a screwdriver 27.Check the drive shaft end play.
slot to adjust the
zero position.
27a. Install the end cover
without either the
valve or bearing
plates, aligning it
with the alignment
tool dowels.
283
THE
GROUP LLC

Assembly Assembly
27b. Remove the four 27f. Install a magnetic
dowel pins and base indicator on the
carefully remove the mounting flange
two alignment tools with the indicator’s
using caution not to gauge probe on the
disturb the housing input shaft.
gasket.
27g. Using slip joint pliers, grip the drive shaft as low
as possible and pry upward to determine shaft
27c. If you are not using end play. The reading must be between .002 to
the special align- .007 inch. To adjust shaft end play, either add or
ment tools, you delete the shims located under the bearing cup in
must align the the end cover. When end play is correct, remove
swashplate hold- the magnetic base indicator.
down ears and
springs with the 28. Reposition the pump
recesses machined and remove the end
into the end cover cover. Add or remove
face. Elevate the end bearing shims as
cover slightly and, necessary
using a machinist
ruler or similar tool,
align the ears and
springs with the
recesses on both 29. Lubricate and install
sides of the end the pump housing
cover. sealing and back-up
rings.
27d. Install four of the Note: On units with
end cover retaining the pressure override
cap screws and option, special
tighten. tapered sealing and
back-up rings are
used. Correct installa-
tion is with the taper
on the sealing ring
facing upward and
with the taper on the
27e. Reposition and back-up ring facing
support the pump on downward.
the end cover. Use a
hammer to gently
tap the input shaft
30. Install the two dowel
inward.
pins in the cylinder
barrel subassembly
block face. Freely
lubricate the bearing
plate and install it on
the cylinder barrel
subassembly, aligning
it with the dowel pins.
284
THE
GROUP LLC

Assembly Assembly
34. For pumps with clock-
wise input rotation,
install the eccentric
Charge Pump Installation
ring so the identifica-
tion “dots” are
31. Note one side of the aligned. The wide side
kidney slots in the of the eccentric ring is
charge pump valve on the (B) side of the
plate is wider than the end cover.
other. Note the (A) For pumps with coun-
and (B) stamped on terclockwise input
the end cover, next to rotation, install the
the high pressure eccentric ring so the
ports. The position of identification “dots”
the charge pump are not aligned. The
valve plate deter- wide side of the
mines charge pump eccentric ring is on
input rotation. the (A) side of the end
cover.
32. For pumps with clock-
35. Lightly coat the
wise input rotation,
charge pump drive
install the charge
key with petroleum
pump valve plate so
jelly to help hold it in
the wide side of the
position during
kidney slot is on the
assembly. Install the
(A) side of the pump
drive key in its recess
end cover.
located in the charge
For pumps with coun- pump coupling.
terclockwise input
Install the gerotor star
rotation, install the
on the charge pump
plate so that the wide
coupling by aligning
side of the kidney slot
with the drive key.
is on the (B) side of
Next, install the
the pump end cover.
charge pump coupling
subassembly and
33. Note one side of the gerotor’s outer ring
eccentric ring is wider into the pump end
than the other and cover.
that the wide side has
an identification “dot.” 36. Lightly coat the
The eccentric ring charge pump sealing
also determines ring with petroleum
charge pump input jelly and install it into
rotation. the end cover.
Small Recess 37. Note the small and

large recess cast into
the charge pump
cover subassembly.
The large recess side
of the charge pump
Large Recess cover must face
toward the charge
pump inlet.
285
39
THE
GROUP LLC
Assembly
Assembly
38. Install the charge 42. Install the pump end

pump cover over the cover, using the two
coupling and into the alignment tool dowels
pump end cover, to align the end cover.
aligning the large It may be necessary to
recess in the cover rotate the charge
subassembly with the pump coupling
charge pump inlet. slightly to align the
Install the four splines before the end
retaining cap screws. cover will set squarely.
If the charge pump
39. Using a “T” handle to
coupling does not
rotate the charge
have a thru-shaft, the
pump subassembly,
pump drive shaft may
torque the retaining
have to be rotated
cap screws to 20–24
slightly to align the
ft. lbs. [27–32,5 Nm].
splines.
Note: If the charge
pump assembly does
not have a thru-drive,
the charge pump
assembly must be
rotated from the other 43. Check alignment of
side. the charge pump
coupling and pump
shaft splines. Make
End Cover Installation sure the the swash-
plate hold down arms
*Note: Special tools Required (see Page 5)
and springs are
aligned with the
40. Install the dowel pin recesses machined
in the end cover. into the face of the
Lightly coat the end end cover.
cover side of the
valve plate with petro- Remove the four dowel pins. Carefully remove the two
leum jelly to hold in alignment tools using caution not to disturb the
place. Install the valve housing gasket and sealing rings.
plate over the bearing
cup, aligning it with
the dowel pin.
41. If you are using the 44. Install the end cover
special hold-down retaining cap screws.
arm assembly align-
ment tool, install For models 3322, 3922
them and the dowels and 4622 torque cap
on the pump housing. screws
to 35–40 ft. lbs.
[54–47,4 Nm].
On models 5422 and
6422 torque the cap
screws to 60–65 ft. lbs.
[81,3–88,1 Nm].
286
THE
GROUP LLC

Assembly
Assembly
Auxiliary Pad Installation Pressure Override and High Pressure Relief Valve
Installation
45. Lubricate and install
the seal ring on the 47. Lubricate and install
auxiliary pump the internal pressure
mounting flange. override valve poppet
into the pump hous-
ing using a small
deep-wall socket or
similar tool.
46. Install the auxiliary Note: It works best to
pump mounting install the poppet
flange on the end vertically into the
cover, aligning the housing.
retaining cap screw
holes. Install the 48. Install the valve plug,
retaining cap screws shims, and valve
and torque to spring end.
20–24 ft. lbs.
[27,1–32,5 Nm]. Note: It works best to
install the parts
46. Remove the input vertically into the
shaft retaining ring. pump housing as
Use a pair of internal there will be less
retaining ring pliers chance of the parts
with .090 straight tips falling out of position.
and carefully remove
the retaining ring and
spacer ring(s). 49. Torque plug to
It will be easier to 100–105 ft. lbs.
remove the actual [135,6–142,3 Nm].
shaft seal later on dur-
ing disassembly.
50. Install the high

pressure valves or
check valve assem-
blies. Torque to
120–130 ft. lbs.
[162,7–176,2 Nm].
287
THE
GROUP LLC

Assembly
Assembly
51. Install charge relief 58. Install the control
valve. valve assembly on the
pump housing,
Torque plug to 120 ft. lbs.
aligning the control
[162,7 Nm] to 130 ft.
valve subassembly
lbs. [176,2 Nm].
with the feedback link.
Install the retaining
cap screws and
torque to 20 ft. lbs.
[27,1 Nm] to 24 ft. lbs.
[32,5 Nm].
Proceed to step 66.
59. For units with an

optional EP control
valve, carefully align
the valve assembly to
the pump housing.
Align the hole in the
control feedback link
Control Installation with the swashplate
link.
52. Lubricate and install Carefully lower the
the control feedback valve assembly
subassembly on the straight down onto
swashplate sub- the pump, guiding the
assembly. control feedback link
onto the swashplate
link. The feedback link
must engage the
swashplate link.
53. Install the control
valve gasket on the
pump housing, 60. Using a 1/4" hex key
aligning with the or 1/2" socket/end
screw holes. wrench, tighten the
five hex head cap
screws. Torque to
22±2 lbf·ft
[29.83±2.7Nm]
57. Install the control valve. If your unit has a manual
control, solenoid activated control, or hydraulic
remote control, continue to step 58. If your unit
has an optional Electronic Proportional (EP) control
61. Connect the electronic
valve, follow steps 59 through 65.
module and the
solenoid coils. The
connectors must be
latched securely.
288
THE
GROUP LLC

Assembly
Assembly
62. Carefully position the 68. Install the spacer

electronic module. Tuck washer on top of the
all cables under the seal.
module. Avoid pinching
When severe wear in
cables at mounting
the seal area of the
points.
shaft is noted, you
Install the three may want to add an
lockwashers and three additional spacer
button head cap screws. washer(s) to relocate
Torque the to 40-48 the seal. A maximum
lbf·in[4,5–5.4 Nm]. of two spacers may
be used.
63. Connect the command input device to the 69. Install the retaining
electronic module. ring into the pump
64. Connect the electrical power source to the housing using internal
connector on the control electronic module. retaining ring pliers.
Continue with step 66.
66. Install the seal into

the pump housing,
protecting the shaft
seal with a seal bullet
or similar tool. Install 70. Tap the retaining ring
the seal with the lip of inward until it snaps
the seal facing firmly in its groove
inward. (See Tools on using a seal driver or
page 56.) similar tool.
67. Drive the seal into the

pump housing using a
seal driver or similar
The Series 2 Variable
tool. Drive the seal in
Displacement Pump is
just far enough to
now ready for test and
install the spacer
installation.
washer and retaining
ring.
289
THE
GROUP LLC

Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
This section provides the information necessary to troubleshoot a typical hydrostatic system using an Eaton
Series 2 hydrostatic pump. Using this section will help you to diagnose any minor problems that may occur.
Maintaining cleanliness while you work will prevent contamination of the hydrostatic system and insure contin-
uous and satisfactory transmission life.
Manual
Displacement
Control
Proportional
Solenoids (2)
A
B
C
Electronic Solenoid
Operated Control
With Electronic
Feedback
Swashplate Sensor
44 290
THE
GROUP LLC

Troubleshooting Troubleshooting
Valve/Test Port Valve / test Port Locations
Locations
Manual Check Valve or
Control Optional Port A
Valve High Pressure
Relief Valve
System
Pressure
Test Port
For Port A
Charge
Pressure
Test Port
System
Pressure
Test Port
For Port B
Charge Pressure
Relief Valve Check Valve or
Optional Port B
High Pressure
Relief Valve
Optional
Speed
Sensor
(Not Shown)
Charge Pump
291
THE
GROUP LLC

Troubleshooting
Gauge Requirements, Gauge Port Size and Locations
Troubleshooting
Inlet Vacuum Gauge System Pressure Gauges (2)
Gauge -30 to + 30 inHg (Mercury) 0 - 10,000 PSI [0 - 610 bar]
[-1 to + 2 bar]
Requirements, (Compound Gauge) Charge Pressure Gauge
Gauge Port Size 0 - 600 PSI [0 - 37 bar]
and Locations
Inlet Vaccum PSI PSI PSI

Vac Press
1-5/16 - 12 UN 2B
-16 SAE O-Ring Port
Customer Must
Supply Tee Fitting
(Not Shown)
Charge Pressure
Gage Port
Optional System Gage Ports (2) 7/8 14 UNF 2B -
9/16 18 UNF 2B - 6 O-Ring Ports 10 O-Ring Port
Pressure Readings The pressures given in this manual are gauge pressures or delta pressures. A
pressure gauge reads zero when connected to atmospheric pressure. Any reading
above or below this zero point is referred to as gauge pressure (PSI). Delta pressure
is the difference of two gauge pressures in a hydraulic circuit.
For example: Charge pressure reading of 340 PSI [23,4 bar]
Minus Case pressure reading of 20 PSI [ 1,5 bar]
Equals Differential Pressure of 360 D PSI [23,4 bar]
Typical hydrostatic circuits usually include inlet pressure, case pressure, low or
charge pressure and system or high pressure. These pressures will vary per each
individual application and operating conditions.
Nominal Operating Inlet Vacuum: Should not exceed 10 in. Hg. [254 mm Hg] (inches of
Pressures mercury) for an extended period of time
(at Normal Operating
Case pressure: Should not exceed 40 PSI [2,8 bar] for an extended
Temperature)
period of time
Charge Pressure:* Neutral 340 PSI [23,4 bar]
Forward or Reverse 280 PSI [19,3 bar]
*Charge pressure relief valves are factory preset to their nominal setting with a 2 GPM [7,6 l/min]
flow rate. The original valve pressure will increase approximately 3 PSI [,21 bar ] per 1 GPM [3,8
l/min] additional flow over the valve. The charge pressures given above are typical. Higher charge
pressures may be set at the factory for your particular application.
292
The Artex Group
46 LLC Toll freeHeavy-Duty
EATON in the US:Series877.839.5533
2 Hydrostatic Pumps Phone 979.836.5533
Parts and Repair E-PUPI-TS004-Ewww.artexgroupllc.com
October 2004 Mail: sales@artexgroupllc.com
THE
GROUP LLC
Troubleshooting
Fault-Logic Tables Troubleshooting
Fault-Logic Tables
This Fault-Logic Trouble Shooting Guide is designed as

a diagnostic aid in locating possible transmission
problems by the user. Match the transmission
symptoms with the problem statements and follow the Symptom:
action steps shown in the box diagrams. This will give
Action
expedient aid in correcting minor problems, Step
eliminating unnecessary machine down time. Inspect
Ok
Following the fault-logic diagrams are diagram action
comments to further help explain the action steps
Comment
Number 1 ?
shown in the diagrams.
Where applicable, the action comment number of the Decision Defective
statement appears in the action block of the diagram.
Repair
Solution or
Replace
Neutral Difficult or
Impossible
Inspect External Inspect Inspect

Pump Control Ok Pump Control Ok Servo Piston Ok Replace Pump
1 Linkage (if Used) 2 Valve 3 Adjustment
Defective Defective Misadjusted
Repair Repair
or or Re-Adjust
Replace Replace
293
THE
GROUP LLC

Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting
Fault-Logic Tables
Fault-Logic Tables
Transmission Operates
in One Direction Only
Inspect External Inspect Inspect

Pump Control Ok Pump Control OK System Relief
1 Linkage (if Used) Valve Valves
2 4
Defective Defective Defective
Repair Repair Repair

or or or Ok
Replace Replace Replace
Inspect Inspect
Replace
Ok Charge Ok Shuttle
Pump
Check Valves Valve
6 5
Defective Defective
Repair Repair
or or
Replace Replace
294
THE
GROUP LLC
Troubleshooting HD Hydrostatic Pump Service

Troubleshooting
Fault-Logic Tables Fault-Logic Tables
System Operating Hot
Check Oil Inspect Inspect Heat Check

Level in Ok Heat Ok Exchanger By-Pass Ok Charge
7 Reservoir 8 Exchanger 9 Valve (if Used) Pressure
Below Level Clogged Defective
Fill to Repair Low in Low in

Proper Clean or Neutral,Forward Forward
Level Replace or Reverse or Reverse
Ok
Inspect Inspect Inspect Charge Inspect Charge
Charge Ok Inlet Ok Relief Valve Relief Valve
Pump 15 Filter 11 (At Pump) 13 (At Motor) 14
Defective Clogged Defective Defective

Ok or Replace or or
Replace Inspect Motor Inspect Inspect

Transmission Ok By-Pass Valve Ok IPOR Valve Ok System Relief
(Pump & Motor) (if Used) 10 (if Used) 16 Valves 4

or or or
295
THE
GROUP LLC
Fault-Logic Tables
Troubleshooting
Fault-Logic Tables
System Response
Sluggish
Check Inspect Inspect System Replace

Charge Ok Pump Control Ok By-Pass Valve Ok Transmission
Pressure 2 Valve 10 (if Used) (Pump & Motor)
Defective Defective
Repair Repair
or or
Replace Replace
Ok
Low in Low in
Low
Forward Neutral,Forward
In
or or
Neutral
Reverse Reverse
Inspect Charge Inspect Charge Inspect Charge Inspect Inspect

Relief Valve Relief Valve Relief Valve Ok Inlet Ok Charge
13 (At Pump) 14 (At Motor) 13 (At Pump) 11 Filter 15 Pump
Defective Defective Defective Clogged Defective
Repair Repair Repair Repair

or or or Replace or
Replace Replace Replace Replace
296
THE
GROUP LLC
Troubleshooting
Fault-Logic Tables
Troubleshooting
Fault-Logic Tables
System Will Not

Operate in Either
Direction
Check Oil Inspect External Inspect Motor Check

Level in Ok Pump Control Ok By-Pass Valve Ok Charge
7 Reservoir 1 Linkage (if Used) 10 (if Used) Pressure
Below Level Defective Defective
Fill to Repair Repair Low in Low in

Proper or or Neutral,Forward Forward
Level Replace Replace or Reverse or Reverse
Ok
Inspect Inspect Inspect Charge Inspect Charge
Charge Ok Inlet Ok Relief Valve Relief Valve
Pump 15 Filter 11 (At Pump) 13 (At Motor) 14
Defective Clogged Defective Defective

Ok or Replace or or
Replace Inspect Inspect Inspect

Transmission Ok Pump Control Ok IPOR Valve Ok System Relief
(Pump & Motor) Valve 2 (if Used) 16 Valves 4

or or or
297
THE
GROUP LLC
Tips
Troubleshooting
Tips
1. Inspect External Pump Control Linkage for: 3. Inspect Servo Piston for:
Manual Operated Controls A. Improper servo piston adjustment
A. Mis-adjusted or disconnected 4. Inspect System Relief Valves for:
B. Binding, bend or broken A. Improper pressure relief setting (consult own-
Hydraulic Remote Controls ers/operator manual for system relief valve set-
A. Improper pilot pressure tings)
B. Defective proportional valve (see proportional B. Valve poppet held off seat
valve manual) C. Broken valve springs (2)
Electrical Operated Controls D. Broken valve stem
A. Disconnected electric signal connection 5. Inspect Shuttle Valve for:
2. Inspect Pump Control Valve for: A. Bent or broken return centering spring
Manual Operated Controls B. Worn or stuck shuttle spool
A. Plugged control orifice C. Bent or broken shuttle spool
B. Damaged mounting gasket 6. Inspect Charge Check Valves for:
C. Mis-adjusted, damaged or broken neutral A. Valve held off seat
return spring
B. Broken valve spring
D. Broken control connector pin
E. Broken or missing control linkage pin(s) 7. Check Oil Level in Reservoir:
F. Worn, struck or bent control spool A. Consult owner/operators manual for the proper
type fluid and level
Hydraulic Remote Controls
A. Plugged control orifice 8. Inspect Heat Exchanger for:
B. Damaged mounting gasket A. Obstructed air flow (air cooled)
C. Mis-adjusted, damaged or broken neutral B. Obstructed water flow (water cooled)
return spring C. Improper plumbing (inlet to outlet)
D. Broken control connector pin D. Obstructed or insufficient fluid flow
E. Broken or missing control linkage pin(s) E. Cooling fan failure (if used)
F. Worn, struck or bent control spool 9. Inspect Heat Exchanger By-Pass Valve for:
G. Worn, or stuck hydraulic control pistons A. Improper pressure setting
Electrical Operated Controls B. Stuck or broken valve
A. Plugged control orifice
B. Damaged mounting gasket
C. Worn, stuck or bent control spool
D. Stuck solenoid valve(s)
E. Defective solenoid coil(s)
F. Mis-adjusted Potentiometer
G. Defective Potentiometer
H. Mis-adjusted speed sensor (on motor when
used)
I. Defective speed sensor
J. Defective electronics module
298
The52Artex Group LLC TollHeavy-Duty
EATON free in the US:
Series 877.839.5533
2 Hydrostatic Phone
Pumps Parts 979.836.5533
and Repair www.artexgroupllc.com
E-PUPI-TS004-E October 2004 Mail: sales@artexgroupllc.com
THE
GROUP LLC

Hydraulic Fluid
Recommendations Hydraulic Fluid
Recommendations
Introduction The ability of Eaton hydrostatic components to provide the desired performance
and life expectancy depends largely on the fluid used. One of the most important
characteristics to consider when choosing a fluid to be used in a hydraulic system
is viscosity. Viscosity choice is always a compromise; the fluid must be thin
enough to flow easily but thick enough to seal and maintain a lubricating film
between bearing and sealing surfaces. Viscosity requirements are specified later in
this document.
Viscosity and Fluid temperature affects viscosity. In general, as the fluid warms it gets thinner
Temperature and viscosity decreases. The opposite is true when fluid cools.
When choosing a fluid, consider the start-up and operating temperatures of the
hydrostatic system . Generally, the fluid is thick when the hydraulic system is
started. With movement, the fluid warms to a point where the cooling system
begins to operate. From then on, the fluid is maintained at the temperature for
which the hydrostatic system was designed.
In actual applications this sequence varies; hydrostatic systems are used in many
environments from very cold to very hot. Cooling systems also vary from very elab-
orate to very simple, so ambient temperature may affect operating temperature
Cleanliness Cleanliness of the fluid is extremely important. Eaton recommends that the fluid
used in its hydrostatic components be maintained at ISO Cleanliness Code 18/13
per SAE J1165. The code allows a maximum of 2500 particles per milliliter greater
than 5 µm and a maximum of 80 particles per milliliter greater than 15 µm. When
components with different cleanliness requirements are used in the same system,
the cleanest standard should be applied. A reputable filter supplier can supply filter
information.
Fluid Maintenance Maintaining correct fluid viscosity and cleanliness level is essential for all
hydrostatic systems. Field testing and monitoring are the only ways to get accurate
measurements of system cleanliness. Test and establish fluid maintenance
schedules designed to meet the viscosity and cleanliness requirements.
Fluid Selection Premium grade petroleum based hydraulic fluids will provide the best
performance. These fluids typically contain additives that are beneficial. Eaton rec-
ommends fluids that contain anti-wear agents, rust inhibitors, anti-foaming agents,
and oxidation inhibitors. Premium grade petroleum-based hydraulic fluids carry an
ISO VGA rating.
SAE grade crankcase oils may be used, but it should be noted that these oils may
not contain all of the recommended additives. Using crankcase oils may increase
fluid maintenance requirements.
Hydraulic fluids that contain V.I. (viscosity index) improvers, sometimes called
multi-viscosity oils, may be used. These V.I.-improved fluids are known to
“shear-down” with use. Their actual viscosity drops below the rated value. Fluid
maintenance must be increased if V.I.-improved fluids are used. Automotive
automatic transmission fluids contain V.I. improvers.
Synthetic fluids may be used. A reputable fluid supplier can provide information on
synthetic fluids. Review applications that require the use of synthetic fluids with
your Eaton representative.
299
THE
GROUP LLC

Hydraulic Fluid
Hydraulic Fluid Recommendations
Recommendations
ISO
Viscosity/Cleanliness OPTIMUM CLEANLINESS
Guidelines MINIMUM RANGE MAXIMUM REQUIREMENTS
10cSt 16 - 39 cSt 2158 cSt 18/13
[60 SUS] [80 - 180 SUS] [10,000 SUS]
Additional Notes: • If the color of the fluid has become black, it is
• Fluids too thick to flow in cold weather start-ups possible an overheating problem exists.
will cause pump cavitation and possible • If the fluid becomes milky, water contamination
damage. Motor cavitation is not a problem may be a problem.
during cold start-ups. Thick oil can cause high • Take fluid level reading when the system is
case pressures which in turn cause shaft seal cold.
problems. • Contact your Eaton representative if you have
specific questions about the fluid requirements.
Biodegradable Oil RATING WITH BIODEGRADABLE OIL COMMENTS

(Vegetable) Guidelines 80% of normal pressure rating 82° C (180° F) max fluid temp (unit)
listed for mineral oils. 71° C (160° F) max fluid temp (reservoir)
Additional Notes: • Specific vegetable oil products may provide
• Viscosity and ISO cleanliness requirements normal unit life when operating at pressure
must be maintained as outlined. ratings higher than those indicated above.
• Based on limited product testing to date, no
reduction in unit life is expected when operating
at the pressure ratings indicated above.
• Vegetable oil is miscible with mineral oil.
However, only the vegetable oil content is
biodegradable. Systems being converted from
mineral oil to vegetable oil should be repeatedly
flushed with vegetable oil to ensure 100%
biodegradability.
300
THE
GROUP LLC

Special Tools
Special Tools
End Cover Tools
End Cover Tools
4.75
.040 X 45˚
BOTH ENDS FOUR REQ'D.
1.500 MAT'L: DRILL ROD
End Cover Tool #1 .060 X 45˚
1.013–.005
.250 .307–.001
.785–.005 .519
.211–.005
.25R
1.731 –.005
2.231
3.731 3.462–.001
6.000
3.641–.005
.25R
.437–.005R
1.247–.005
MATERIAL 1.875 4.25 Break all Sharp
HIGH CARBON STEEL .125 Corners and Edges
HDB & TEMPER
48-52 Rc
.312–.002' THRU 1.50 .50
2 PLACES
.25R
End Cover Tool #2
.437–.005R
.125 R
6.000
2.50
2.560–.005R .50R
4 PLACES
Series 2 Pump
.38 R
End Cover Tool
1.00 Models 33-46
.25R
Hold Down Arm
.063 R +.015 Unit Assembly Guide
2 PLACES .063 -.000
2 PLACES
FH00-1754
301
EATON document. Copyright
Heavy-Duty Series 2©Hydrostatic
Pumps LLC.and
Parts All rights
Repairreserved.
E-PUPI-TS004-E October 2004 55
THE
GROUP LLC

Special Tools
Special Tools
Main Shaft Main Shaft Bearing Stop Limit Tool
Bearing Stop It is recommended that replacement shafts be
Limit Tool purchased as an assembly with the bearing
already pressed into place. In the event a bear-
ing is replaced in the field, it must be pressed
into place to the following dimensions in order
prevent damage to the pump.
A (±.001) B (±.030) C
(±.030)D
Models 33/39/46 6.113 1.31 2.18 3.00 min.
Models 54/64 6.692 1.37 2.32 3.00 min.
(All dimensions are given in inches.)
C Material – Steel
( All dimensions are given in inches.)
D
2.50
B
5.00
6.00 Dia.
Low Clearance .375 O Dowel Pin (2) Places
Bearing Puller Press Fit First Half
Light Slip Fit Opposite Half
.052
.072 .021 F
.041
C
D
B .510
.490 E .302
.322
1.101
A .99
.240
.260
.125 Material: 4340 Steel
.094 R. Heat Treat: 45-55 Rc
Material – Stentor A B C D E F
Heat Treatment – 45-55 Rc Models 3322/3922/4622 2.36/2.38 1.55/1.57 4.26/4.24 2.99/3.01 1.49/1.51 .130/.140
(All dimensions are given Models 5422/6422 2.55/2/57 1.64/1.66 4.46/4.43 3.18/2.21 1.59/1.61 .180/.190
in inches.)
(All dimensions are given in inches.)
302
THE
GROUP LLC
Special Tools
Shaft Seal
Installation Tools Special Tools
& Instructions Shaft Seal Installation Tools & Instructions
Pump Housing
Shaft
Driver Bullet
Ensure the shaft sealing surface and housing seal bore are 4. With the shaft seal on the bullet, insert bullet over drive
clean and free of all dirt and debris to avoid shaft and into the seal pocket. Take care to ensure seal is
introducing any contaminants into unit. properly aligned with housing bore as seal is pressed in to
1. Grease the inside surface of seal that contacts shaft. minimize chance of damaging seal.
2. Select correct bullet and driver. Bullet and drive 5. Using the driver and a mallet, push the seal until the tool
shaft chamfer must align with each other leaving bottoms on the pilot of flange.
no gap between the bullet and shaft. Bullet should 6. Remove the tool and insert the retaining ring into the seal
pilot on shaft diameter so bullet cannot shift side to pocket. A spacer is required, whenever there is a
side, allowing step between bullet and shaft seal significant groove in the shaft from the seal. (A maximum
diameter. of two spacers may be used before the shaft must be
3. Press the new, greased shaft seal over a shaft bullet. replaced), place it between the shaft seal and the
Closed face of the shaft seal faces the closed end of retaining ring.
the bullet. 7. Using the tool and mallet, drive the seal, spacer(as
required if using, and retaining ring in until the retaining
ring snaps into place in the groove.
Bullet/Driver Selection
Each seal requires use of a
specific bullet and driver. *96,5 [3.80]
Check measurements and/or
**121,9 [4.80]
part numbers of bullet and
driver to determine the
correct bullet and driver to use *44,7/44,6 [1.760]/ [1.754]
for your unit.
Measurements are expressed in Bullet
standard mm[Inch]. **47,9/47,7 [1.885]/[1.879]
*(units using seal 108395-000)
**(units using seal 110192-000)
*129,5 [5.10]
Units using seal 108395-000 **154,9 [6.10]
SEAL ID BULLET DRIVER

1.750 4994026-001 4994028-001
*45,2 +0,13 [1.778 +0.005]
Units using seal 110192-000 2.490 Driver

SEAL ID BULLET DRIVER **49,1 +0,13 [1.933 +0.005]
1.875 4994027-001 4994028-002 5.250
7.00
303
THE
GROUP LLC
Model Codes
Model codes
The following 31-digit coding system has been developed to identify all of the configuration options for the
Series 2 hydrostatic pump. Use this model code to specify a pump with the desired features. All 31-digits of the
code must be present when ordering. You may want to photocopy the matrix below to ensure that each number
is entered in the correct space.
Model Code—Heavy Duty Series 2 Pump
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
A C L 0 A
123 Product Series

ACL Hydrostatic-Heavy Duty Variable Pump (Series 2)
12 13 High Pressure relief Valve Setting Ports A & B
456 Displacement NOTE: You must choose relief valve settings for both
054 54 cm3/r [3.316 in3/r] at 15.5 DEG ports A & B
064 64 cm3/r [3.885 in3/r] at 18 DEG 0 None
075 75 cm3/r [4.594 in3/r] at 18 DEG 2 138 bar [2000 lbf/in2] with 2 bar [29 lbf/in2]
089 89 cm3/r [5.439 in3/r] at 18 DEG 3 172 bar [2500 lbf/in2] with 2 bar [29 lbf/in2]
105 105 cm3/r [6.431in3/r] at 18 DEG M 207 bar [3000 lbf/in2] with 2 bar [29 lbf/in2]
N 241 bar [3500 lbf/in2] with 2 bar [29 lbf/in2]
78 Input Shaft P 276 bar [4000 lbf/in2] with 2 bar [29 lbf/in2]
01 21 Tooth 16/32 Pitch Spline with [3.22] Extension R 310 bar [4500lbf/in2] with 2 bar [29 lbf/in2]
02 23 Tooth 16/32 Pitch Spline with S 345 bar [5000 lbf/in2] with 2 bar [29 lbf/in2]
3/8-24 UNF x 19.05 [.750] minimum full thread in T 379 bar [5500 lbf/in2] with 2 bar [29 lbf/in2]
end of shaft U 414 bar [6000 lbf/in2] with 2 bar [29 lbf/in2]
03 38 [1.50] diameter tapered with V 430 bar [6250 lbf/in2] with 2 bar [29 lbf/in2]
9.525 [.375] x 25.4 [1.00] square key W 448 bar [6500 lbf/in2] with 2 bar [29 lbf/in2]
13 13 Tooth 8/16 Pitch Spline [089–105] Y 483 bar [7000 lbf/in2] with 2 bar [29 lbf/in2]
14 14 Tooth 12/24 Pitch Spline
15 14 Tooth 12/24 Pitch Spline [1.56] Extension, for Rear 14 15 Pressure Override (POR) Setting
Pump of Tandem, Mates to Front Pump with Integral Ports A & B
C-Pad and Charge Pump NOTE: You must choose pressure override settings for
16 14 Tooth 12/24 Pitch Spline with 3/8-24 UNF X 19,05 both ports A and B. The pressure override setting
[.750] minimum full thread in end of shaft should be 35 bar less than the high pressure relief
21 21 Tooth 16/32 Pitch Spline valve.
23 23 Tooth 16/32 Pitch Spline 0 None
27 27 Tooth 16/32 Pitch Spline 1 448 bar [6500 lbf/in2] Adjustable Range 379-448 bar
28 27 Tooth 24/48 Pitch Spline [5500-6500 lbf/in2]
29 27 Tooth 24/48 Pitch Spline for Rear Pump of 2 395 bar [5750 lbf/in2] Adjustable Range 310-414 bar
Tandem, Mates to Front Pump with Integral C-Pad [4500-6000 lbf/in2]
[054–[075] A Pressure Transducer (No pressure override valve)
N 103 bar [1500 lbf/in2] Adjustable Range 103-275 bar
[1500-4000 lbf/in2]
9 Input Rotation P 138 bar [2000 lbf/in2] Adjustable Range 103-275 bar
[1500-4000 lbf/in2]
L Counterclockwise (Lefthand)
R 172 bar [2500 lbf/in2] Adjustable Range 103-275 bar
R Clockwise (Righthand)
[1500-4000 lbf/in2]
10 Valve Plate S 207 bar [3000 lbf/in2] Adjustable Range 103-275 bar
[1500-4000 lbf/in2]
0 V-Groove T 241 bar [3500 lbf/in2] Adjustable Range 103-275 bar
1 Propel [1500-4000 lbf/in2]
3 Quiet Valve Plate U 276 bar [4000 lbf/in2] Adjustable Range 241-345 bar
[3500-5000 lbf/in2]
11 Main Ports (Includes Gauge Ports) V 310 bar [4500 lbf/in2] Adjustable Range 241-345 bar
A 25,4 [1.00] - Code 61 Per SAE J518 [3500-5000 lbf/in2]
B 25,4 [1.00] - Code 62 Per SAE J518 W 345 bar [5000 lbf/in2] Adjustable Range 310-414 bar
C 25,4 [1.00] - Code 61 with M10 X 1 Threaded Holes [4500-6000 lbf/in2]
D 25,4 [1.00] - Code 62 with M12 X 1.75 Threaded Y 379 bar [5500 lbf/in2] Adjustable Range 310-414 bar
Holes [4500-6000 lbf/in2]
E 25,4 [1.00] - code 62 per SAE J518 same side Z 414 bar [6000 lbf/in2] Adjustable Range 379-448 bar
location [5500-6500 lbf/in2]
F 25,4 [1.00] - code 61 per SAE J518 same side
location
G 25,4 [1.00] - Code 62 with M12 X 1.75 Threaded

Holes same side location
304
58
NOTICE: This document, EATON Heavy-Duty
including all attachments, Seriesand
contains confidential 2 Hydrostatic Pumps Parts
proprietary information that isand Repair E-PUPI-TS004-E
the property of The Artex Group,October 2004
LLC, its subsidiaries and/or affiliates (“Artex”). Use of this document is restricted to authorized
THE
GROUP LLC

Model Codes
(con’t) Model codes
16 17 Special Pump Features 1 13,9 cm3/r [0.85 in3/r] (Models 054–089)
00 No Special Features 2 17,4 cm3/r [1.06 in3/r] (Models 054–105)
01 Plugged Magnetic Speed Sensor Port 3 21,0 cm3/r [1.28 in3/r] (Models 054–105)
02 Magnetic Speed Sensor 4 27,9 cm3/r [1.70 in3/r] (Models 054–105)
03 Adjustable Servo Stop (one direction, servo bolt side) 5 34,7 cm3/r [2.12 in3/r] (Models 089, 105)
12 Rear Pump Unit for Tandem Assembly (no shaft seal)
13 Servo Piston with Externally Adjustable Stops in 25 Auxiliary Mounting
Both Directions 1 None (Models 054–105)
14 Rear Pump Unit for Tandem Assembly (no shaft seal), C A-Pad, Dual 2 Bolt Mount, No Shaft Seal, 9 Tooth
Servo Piston, with Externally Adjustable Stops in 16/32 Pitch Spline
Both Directions D B-Pad, Dual 2 Bolt Mount, No Shaft Seal, 13 Tooth
19 Adjustable Servo Stop (one direction, opposite of 16/32 Pitch Spline
servo bolt) E B-B-Pad, Dual 2 Bolt Mount, No Shaft Seal, 15 Tooth
20 Rear Pump Unit for Tamdem Assembly (no shaft 16/32 Pitch Spline
seal, adjustable servo stop in one direction, opposite F C-Pad, 4 Bolt Mount, No Shaft Seal, 14 Tooth 12/24
of servo bolt) Pitch Spline
H C-Pad, Intregal to End Cover (typically front pump of
18 19 Control tamdem), 4 Bolt Mount, No Shaft Seal, 27 Tooth
EC Electronic Proportional Control 12 Vdc without 24/48 Pitch Spline
Electronic Driver J C-Pad, Intregal to End Cover (typically front pump of
ED Electronic Proportional Control 24 Vdc without tamdem), 4 Bolt Mount, No Shaft Seal, 14 Tooth
Electronic Driver 12/24 Pitch Spline for units with Charge Pump
EE Electronic Proportional Control 12 and 24 Vdc and K A-Pad, Dual 2 Bolt Mount, No Shaft Seal, 9 Tooth
Electronic Driver with 1 to 6 Vdc Potentiometric 16/32 Pitch Spline
Command Input L B-B-Pad, Dual 2 Bolt Mount with metric thread, No
EG Electronic Proportional Control 12 and 24 Vdc and Shaft Seal, 15 Tooth 16/32 Pitch Spline
Electronic Driver with ±20 mA Command Input
EL Electronic Proportional Control 12 and 24 Vdc and 26 Charge Pump Options
Electronic Driver with ±100 mA Command Input 0 None
FR Forward-Neutral-Reverse Control 12V with two 2-Pin A Remote Filter Ports
Weatherpack Connectors
FR Forward-Neutral-Reverse Control 24V with two 2-Pin 27 Charge Pressure Relief Valve Setting
Weatherpack Connectors A 21 bar [304.5 lbf/in2] - Standard
HA Hydraulic Remote Control with 5-15 bar [73-218 B 22,5 bar [326.3 lbf/in2]
lbf/in2] C 24 bar [348 lbf/in2]
MA Manual Displacement Control D 25,5 bar [369.8 lbf/in2]
MB Manual Displacement Control with Normally Closed E 27 bar [391.5 lbf/in2]
Neutral Lockout Switch (Wide Band Neutral) F 28,5 bar [413.4 lbf/in2]
MC Manual Displacement Control with Normally Open G 30 bar [435.1lbf/in2]
Neutral Lockout Switch(Wide Band Neutral) H 23 bar [340 lbf/in2]
ML Manual Displacement Control with Wide Band J 18 bar [260 lbf/in2]
Neutral K 22 bar [320 lbf/in2]
PA Port Plate L Orificed Low Pressure Valve
SE Solenoid Control 12 V with Non-contact Feedback
Sensor with Electrical Connectors Per DIN 43650 28 Charge Pump Special Features
0 No Charge Pump Special Features
20 Control Orifice Supply (P) 29 Paint and Packaging

21 Control Orifice Servo (S1) 0 Painted Primer Blue (Standard)
22 Control Orifice Servo (S2)
0 None 30 Identification On Unit
A 0,53 [.021] Diameter 0 Standard
B 0,71 [.028] Diameter
C 0,91 [.036] Diameter 31 Design Code
D 1,12 [.044] Diameter A A
E 1,22 [.048] Diameter
F 1,32 [.052] Diameter
G 1,45 [.057] Diameter
H 1,65 [.065] Diameter
J 1,85 [.073] Diameter
K 2,06 [.081] Diameter
L 2,39 [.094] Diameter
M 2,59 [.102] Diameter
23 Control Special Features

0 No Control Special Features
3 Destroke Valve
24 Charge Pump Displacement

0 None
305
THE
GROUP LLC
Hydraulics
Bent Axis Motor
Bent Axis PN: 108664
Motors
General Overview
Eaton’s family of bent axis A full range of options are Typical application:
motors offer vehicle design- available to tailor these units •Earth moving machines and
ers greater flexibility than to your application needs. construction equipment
ever before. Capable of oper- To optimize vehicle operating
ation in open or closed circuit • Agricultural and forestry
charachteriscs, an array of vehicles
applications. These units are control options are available
well suited to a vast array of on variable displacement • Marine and Off--Shore
both industrial-stationary and models; automatic, operator equipment
on-off highway mobile appli- selectable, hydraulic, electric, • Industrial conveying,
cations and circuit types. manual. mixing, and other stationary
The proven design incorpo- Flange or recessed gearbox in-plant uses.
rating convex valve plates, mounting options allow use
high quality components and with many types of drive sys-
manufacturing techniques, tems including compact plan-
results in high performance etary wheel and track drives.
products capable of up to
350 bar (5075 psi) continu- Flushing valves can be added
ous and 450 bar (6525 psi) for integrated closed circuit
peak performance. This high cooling and flushing.
performance, yet compact
design allows high power
density in small spaces. Fully
laboratory tested and field
proven, these motors provide
maximum efficiency and long
life. Heavy duty bearings per-
mit high radial and axial
loads.

306
THE
GROUP LLC
Bent Axis Motor

Model Code Breakdown
307
Max.pressure cont. pnom bar (psi) 350 (5100) 350 (5100) 350 (5100) 350 (5100) 350 (5100) 350
(5100)
Max.pressure peak pmax bar (psi) 450 (6500) 450 (6500) 450 (6500) 450 (6500) 450 (6500) 450
(6500)
THE
Max.flowmotor qmax l/min (U.S. gpm) 61 (16.1) 109 (28.7) 135 (35.6) 198 (52.2) 486 (55) 214 (56.4)
Max. power motor pmax kW 35.5 64 79 115.5 108 125
at pnom (hp) (47.5) (85.5) (106) (154.5) (145) (167.5)
Max. torque cont. Tnom Nm GROUP 60.5
LLC 109 167 223 247 306
(pnom ) (lbf ft) (44.5) (80) (123) (164) (182) (225)
Max. torque peak
(pmax )
Tmax Nm
(lbf ft)
76
(56)
139
(102)
216
(159) Bent Axis Motor
288
(212)
217
(234)
391
(288)
Fixed Displacement
Moment of J kg m2 0.0007 0.0002 0.0002 0.004 0.004 0.004
Inertia(1) (lbf ft2) (0.016) (0.047) (0.047) (0.094) (0.094) (0.094)
Weight(1) m kg (lbs) 5.5 (12.1) 13 (28.7) 13 (28.7) 22 (48.5) 20 (44.1) 22 (48.5)
External drain Specifications and Performance Technical Data
flow(2) qd l/min (U.S. gpm) 0.4 (0.10) 0.4 (0.10) 0.6 (0.16) 0.7 (0.18) 0.7 (0.18) 0.8 (0.21)
SIZE 75 87 108 161 225

Displacement Vg cm3 /rev 75.3 87.0 107.5 160.8 225.1
in3 /rev (4.60) (5.30) (6.56) (9.81) (13.73)
Max. speed motor N0max rpm 3450 3750 3000 2700 2400)
Max. pressure cont. Pnom bar (psi) 350 (5100) 350 (5100) 350 (5100) 350 (5100) 350 (5100)
Max. pressure peak Pmax bar (psi) 450 (6500) 450 (6500) 450 (6500) 450 (6500) 450 (6500)
Max. flow motor qmax l/min (U.S. gpm) 259 (68.3) 325 (85.7) 322 (85) 434 (114.5) 540 (142.5)
Max. power motor Pmax kW 151 190.5 188 253 315
at pnom (hp) (202.5) (255.5) (252) (339) (422)
Max. torque cont. Tnom Nm 420 485 599 896 1254
Pnom (lbf ft) (310) (357) (442) (661) (925)
Max. torque peak Tmax Nm 540 623 770 1152 1613
Pmax (lbf ft) (398) (460) (568) (849) (1189)
Moment of J kg m2 0.0008 0.0013 0.0013 0.025 0.040
Inertia(1) (lbf ft2) (0.190) (0.308) (0.308) (0.593) (0.949)
Weight(1) m kg (lbs) 30 (66.1) 45 (99.2) 45 (99.2) 61 (134.5) 86 (189.6)
External qd l/min 0.9 1.0 1.2 1.8 2.5
drain flow(2) (U.S. gpm) (0.23) (0.26) (0.31) (0.47) (0.66)
Calculation of Maximum
Speed Allowable
(Theoretical values, without considering
nhm e nv; approximate values). Peak opera-
tions must not excede 1% of every minute.
A simultaneous maximum pressure and (030-225)
maximum speed not recommended.)
(011-020)
(1)Approximate values.
(2)Average values at 250 bar (3600 psi)with
mineral oil at 45 °C (113 °F)and 35 cSt of
viscosity.
EATON Hydraulics Bent Axis Motors E-MOPI-MC001-E1 September 2003 33
308
THE
GROUP LLC
Bent Axis Motor

Fixed Displacement
Model Codes
Fixed The following 25-digit coding system
has been developed to identify stan-
Fixed
Displacement
The
dardfollowing
has
Axisbeen
25-digit
configuration
Fixeddeveloped
codingforsystem
options
to identify
Displacement Motors.
Bent
stan-
Use
Displacement dard configuration
this model code tooptions
specify for Bent
a motor
Model Codes Axis Fixed Displacement Motors. Use
with the desired features. All 25 digits
this model
codecode
musttobe
specify a motor
Model Codes of the
with
a newtheproduct
desirednumber
present
features.forAll
to release
25 digits
ordering.
of the code must be present to release
a new product number for ordering.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
1B 2A 3F 40 58 67 7D 81 93 10M 11
0 120 130 140 150
A 160 170 180 19A 200 210 220 23A 240 25A
B A F 0 0 0 A 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 A
CODE CODE
POSITION FEATURE CODE FEATURE DESCRIPTION POSITION FEATURE CODE FEATURE DESCRIPTION
CODE CODE
1,2,3
POSITION Code title
FEATURE CODE FEATURE DESCRIPTION 8,9
POSITION Output shaft
FEATURE CODE FEATURE DESCRIPTION
1,2,3 Code title BAF Fixed displacement bent axis 8,9 Output shaft 01 20mm Straight Keyed Shaft
piston motor (011 displacement code)
BAF Fixed displacement bent axis 01 20mm Straight Keyed Shaft
4,5,6 Displacement piston motor 02 25mm
(011 Straight Keyed
displacement Shaft (020 and
code)
011 10.9 cm3/r [.66 in3/r] 030 displacement code)
4,5,6 Displacement 02 25mm Straight Keyed Shaft (020 and
020 19.6cm3/r
cm3/r[.66
[1.20in3/r]
in3/r] 03 30mm
030 Straight Keyed
displacement code)Shaft (040 and
011 10.9 055 displacement code)
030
020 30.0cm3/r
19.6 cm3/r[1.20
[1.83in3/r]
in3/r] 03 30mm Straight Keyed Shaft (040 and
04 35mm
055 Straight Keyed
displacement code)Shaft
040
030 40.1cm3/r
30.0 cm3/r[1.83
[2.45in3/r]
in3/r] (075 displacement code)
04 35mm Straight Keyed Shaft
044
040 44.3cm3/r
40.1 cm3/r[2.45
[2.67in3/r]
in3/r] 05 40mm
(075 Straight Keyed
displacement Shaft (087 and
code)
055
044 54.8cm3/r
44.3 cm3/r[2.67
[3.34in3/r]
in3/r] 108 displacement code)
05 40mm Straight Keyed Shaft (087 and
075
055 75.3cm3/r
54.8 cm3/r[3.34
[4.60in3/r]
in3/r] 06 45mm
108 Straight Keyed
displacement code)Shaft
087 87.0cm3/r
cm3/r[4.60
[5.30in3/r]
075 75.3 06 45mm Straight Keyed Shaft
07 50mm
(161 Straight Keyed
displacement Shaft
code)
108
087 107.5cm3/r
87.0 cm3/r[5.30
[6.56in3/r]
161 160.8cm3/r
cm3/r[6.56
[9.81in3/r]
in3/r] 07 50mm Straight Keyed Shaft
108 107.5 08 7/8 straight
(225 keyed code)
displacement shaft (020 and 030
225
161 225.1cm3/r
160.8 cm3/r[9.81
[13.73in3/r]
in3/r] displacement code)
08 7/8 straight keyed shaft (020 and 030
7 Mounting type 225 225.1 cm3/r [13.73 in3/r] 09 1 1/4 straight code)
displacement keyed shaft (040 and 055
7 Mounting type 1 ISO 80 mm (011 displacement code) displacement code)
09 1 1/4 straight keyed shaft (040 and 055
12 ISO80
ISO 100mm
mm(011(020displacement
and 030 code) 11 1 3/4 straight code)
displacement keyed shaft (075, 087, 108,
displacement code) 160 and 226 displacement code)
2 ISO 100 mm (020 and 030 11 1 3/4 straight keyed shaft (075, 087, 108,
3 ISO 125 mm (040
displacement code)and 055 12 13 tooth
160 splined
and 226 shaft 16/32
displacement dp (020 and
code)
displacement code) 030 displacement code)
3 ISO 125 mm (040 and 055 12 13 tooth splined shaft 16/32 dp (020 and
4 ISO 140 mm (075
displacement code)displacement code) 13 13 tooth
030 splined shaft
displacement code)8/16 dp (075, 087,
108, 161 and 225 displacement code)
45 ISO140
ISO 160mm
mm(075(087displacement
and 108 code) 13 13 tooth splined shaft 8/16 dp (075, 087,
displacement code 14 14 tooth
108, splined
161 and shaft 12/24 dpcode)
225 displacement (040 and
5 ISO 160 mm (087 and 108 055 displacement code)
6 ISO 180 mm (161
displacement code displacement code 14 14 tooth splined shaft 12/24 dp (040 and
20 14 tooth
055 w20 splined
displacement shaft per DIN 5480
code)
67 ISO180
ISO 200mm
mm(161displacement codecode
displacement (011 displacement code)
20 14 tooth w20 splined shaft per DIN 5480
7B SAE200
ISO “B”mm2 bolt (020 and 030
displacement code 25 18 tooth
(011 w25 splined
code)
displacement code) (020 and 030 displacement code)
B SAE “B” 2 bolt (020 and 030 25 18 tooth w25 splined shaft per DIN 5480
C SAE “C” 4 boltcode)
displacement (040 and 055 30 14 tooth w30displacement
splined shaft code)
per DIN 5480
displacement code) (020 and 030
C SAE “C” 4 bolt (040 and 055 (040, 044 and 055 displacement code)
D SAE “D” 4 boltcode)
(075, 087, 108 and 161 30 14 tooth w30 splined shaft per DIN 5480
displacement 35 16 tooth
(040, w35 055
044 and splined shaft per DIN
displacement code)5480
displacement code) (075 displacement code)
D SAE “D” 4 bolt (075, 087, 108 and 161 35 16 tooth w35 splined shaft per DIN 5480
E SAE “E” 4 boltcode)
displacement (225 displacement code) 40 18 tooth w40 splined shaft per DIN 5480
(075 displacement code)
EU Gearbox
SAE “E” 4135
boltmm
(225 displacement code) 40
(087 and 108 displacement code)
18 tooth w40 splined shaft per DIN 5480
(030 displacement code 45 21 tooth w45displacement
splined shaft code)
per DIN 5480
U Gearbox 135 mm (087 and 108
V Gearbox
(030 160 mm (044,
displacement code055 AND 075 (161 displacement code)
displacement code) 45 21 tooth w45 splined shaft per DIN 5480
V Gearbox 160 mm (044, 055 AND 075 50 24 tooth
(161 w50 splined
code)
W Gearbox 190 mm
displacement code) (225 displacement code)
(087 displacement code) 50 24 tooth w50 splined shaft per DIN 5480
W Gearbox 190 mm (225 displacement code)
Y Gearbox
(087 200 mm code)
displacement
Y Gearbox 200 mm
309
THE
GROUP LLC
Fixed
Bent Axis Motor
Displacement
Model Codes
Fixed Displacement
Model Codes
CODE CODE
POSITION FEATURE CODE FEATURE DESCRIPTION POSITION FEATURE CODE FEATURE DESCRIPTION
10 Main ports 12,13 Control

A Opposite side ports - G 3/4 o-ring port 00 No control - fixed displacement
(011 displacement code) 14 Control pressure
B Rear ports - G 1 o-ring port (020 and 030 0 None - fixed displacement
displacement code)
15 Control orfice
C Rear ports - G 1 1/4 o-ring port (040 and
055 displacement code) 0 None
D Rear ports - G 1 1/2 o-ring port (075, 087 16 Control special features
and 108 displacement code) 0 None
E Opposite side ports - 3/4 code 62 split 17,18 Min/max displacement
flange with M10 threads (020, 030, 040
and 055 displacement code) 00 Fixed displacement per model code
positions 4,5,6
F Opposite side ports - 1 code 62 split 19 Seals
flange with M12 threads (075, 087 and
108 displacement code) A Nitrile (standard)
G Opposite side ports - 1 1/4 code 62 split B Fluorocarbon
flange with M14 threads (161 and 225 20 Additional features
displacement code)
0 No additional features
H Same side ports bottom - 1/2 code 62
split flange with M8 threads (020 and 21,22 Motor special features
030 displacement code) 00 None
J Same side ports bottom - 3/4 code 62 23 Paint
split flange with M10 threads (040, 044, 0 No paint
055 and 075 displacement code)
A Primer blue
K Same side ports bottom - 1 code 62
split flange with M12 threads (087 and 24 Identification
108 displacement code) 0 Standard Eaton identification
L Opposite side ports - 3/4 code 62 SAE 25 Design code
split flange (020 and 030 displacement A A
code)
M Opposite side ports - 1 code 62 SAE
split flange (040, 055, 075, 087 and 108)
N Opposite side ports - 1 1/4 code 62 SAE
split flange (161 and 225 displacement
code)
P Opposite side ports - 1 1/2 code 62 SAE
split flange (225 displacement code)
0 No optional valving
11 Valves
3 Shuttle valve 8.5 l/min [2.25 gal/min] at
21 bar [305 lbf/in2] – for use with oppo-
site side split flange ports.
21 bar [305 lbf/in2]– for use with oppo-
site side split flange ports.
21 bar [305 lbf/in2] with adapter flange
– for use with same side ports bottom.
21 bar [305 lbf/in2] with adapter flange
– for use with same side ports bottom.
310

THE
GROUP LLC
Bent Axis Motor

Fixed
Displacement Fixed Displacement
87cc
Model Code Pos. 4, 5, 6
Code 087
Mounting Flange Options

Model Code Position 7
SAE
Code: D
Port C
Fixed
Displacement
Port D
87cc
Model Code Pos. 4, 5, 6
Code 087
ISO Options
Porting
Code:
Model 5
Code Position 10
Port C
SAE DESCRIPTION SIZE
Port E Port C Port A Port B A 1” SAE Code 62

System Port
Opposite Side B 1” SAE Code 62
Port E System Port
Code: M C 1-1/16”-12 UNF-2B
Case Drain
Port D
D 1-1/16”-12 UNF-2B
Case Drain (plugged)
E G 1/8”
Port D Flushing Port
OR 2-263
114.5 (4.51) G 1/2"
Metric W40x2x18x9g 53 (2.09)
DESCRIPTION SIZE
Gearbox A 1” Metric Code 62

Port A Port B
System Port
Port C
190 h6 (7.48)
Code: W
140 (5.51)
22 (0.87)
196 (7.72)
Opposite Side
20°
B 1” Metric Code 62
System Port
115 (4.53)
133 (5.24)
Code: F
M12
C G 3/8”
170
Case Drain
(
311
6.69
224 (8.82) D G 3/8”

)
15 (0.59)
5°
The Artex Group LLC Toll free in the US: 877.839.5533 Phone 979.836.5533 www.artexgroupllc.com 260 (10.24 Mail: Case Drain
sales@artexgroupllc.com (plugged)
G 1/2"
NOTICE: This document, including all attachments, contains confidential and proprietary information that is the
20property
E G 1/8”
(0.79) of The Artex Group, LLC, its subsidiaries and/or affiliates (“Artex”). Use of this document is restricted to authorized
45 (1.77) 91 (3.58)
employees, customers and agents of Artex, to aid in repair and preventive maintenance of equipment manufactured by Artex. This document may not be altered, reproduced or re-transmitted Flushing Port
without (plugged)
65 (2.56)
Port E Port D 155.5 (6.12) 178 (7.01)
215 (8.46)
THE
Fixed 1-3/4"
Displacement
ø44.45 ±0.05 [1.75]

GROUP LLC 1/2"– UNF Depth .36 [1.42] Straight Keyed
Shaft
Shaft OptionsA 0.44x0.36x2.36 Key
49.15 [1.97]
Bent Axis Motor Available in: 75cc, 87cc, 108cc,
161cc and 225cc
Fixed Displacement
SAE mount units
Code: 11
66.5 [2.62]
Shaft Options
9.4 [0.37]
1/2"–20 UNF Depth .36 [1.42] 13T-8/16 DP

Fixed Splined Dia. SplinedA Shaft
ø43.7 [1.72]
Displacement D.P. 8/16 z 13
1-3/4" Available in:
ø44.45 ±0.05 [1.75]

75cc, 87cc, 108cc, 161cc and
Straight Keyed
1/2"– UNF Depth .36 [1.42]
Port Options Shaft
225cc SAE mount units
49.15 [1.97]
A 0.44x0.36x2.36 Key
Model Code Pos. 10 Available in: 75cc, 87cc, 108cc,
161cc andB225cc
Code: 13
SAE mount units
66.5 [2.62]
9.4 [0.37]
Code: 11
66.5 [2.62]
9.4 [0.37] C Thread

D Minimum Full Thread Depth
Bent Axis Motor

1/2"–20 UNF Depth .36 [1.42] 13T-8/16 DP
Fixed
CODE DESCRIPTION DIAMETER Splined
A B
Fixed Displacement Splined
C Shaft Dia.
D A
ø43.7 [1.72]
A Displacement
Opposite side ports - G 3/4" O-RIng Port (011 Displacement Code)
D.P. 8/16 z 13 Available in:
B Rear Ports - G 1" O-RIng Port (020 and 030 Displacement Code)
Port Options Port Options
75cc, 87cc, 108cc, 161cc and
225cc SAE mount units
C Rear Ports - G 1 1/4" O-RIng Port (040 and 055 Displacement Code)
Fixed
D Model
Rear Ports - G Code
1 1/2" O-RIngPos. 10087 and 108 Displacement Code)
Port (075, Dia.
A
Code:Dia.
13 A
Displacement
E Opposite side ports - 3/4" code 62 - Metric - Split Flange 18 mm 23.8 mm 50.8 mm M10 B
20 mm
(020, 030, 040 and 055 Displacement Code) (0.71 in) 66.5 [2.62] (0.94 in) (2.00 in) (0.79 in)
Port
F Options
Opposite side ports - 1" code 62 - Metric - Split Flange 24 mm 27.8 mm
9.4 [0.37]
57.2 mm M12 24 mm
(075 Displacement Code) (0.95 in) (1.09 in) (2.25 in) (0.94 in)
Model
F Code
Opposite Pos.
side ports 10 62 - Metric - Split Flange 25 mm
- 1" code 27.8 mm 57.0 mm M12 25 mm
B
(075, 087 and 108 Displacement Code) B
(0.99 in) (1.10 in) (2.25 in) (0.98 in)
G Opposite side ports - 1 1/4" code 62 - Metric - Split Flange 32 mm 31.7 mm 66.7 mm M14 28 CDmm Thread
Minimum Full Thread Depth
(161 and 225 Displacement Code) (1.26 in) (1.25 in) (2.63 in) (1.10 in)
H Same side ports bottom - 1/2" code 62 with M8 threads 13 mm 18.2 mm 40.5 mm M8 14 mm
(020 and 030 displacement code) (0.51 in) (0.72 in) (1.59 in) (0.55 in)
CODE DESCRIPTION DIAMETER A B C D
J Same side ports bottom - 3/4" code 62 with M10 threads 19 mm 23.8 mm 50.8 mm M10 C Thread 18 mm
(040,
A 044, 055 and 075side
Opposite displacement
ports - G 3/4" code)O-RIng Port (011 (0.75 in)
Displacement
C Thread
Code) (0.94 in) (2.00 in) D Minimum Full (0.71 in)Depth
Thread
D Minimum Full Thread Depth
K Same
B side Rear ports Ports
bottom- G - 1"1"code
O-RIng 62 Port
with (020
M12 andthreads 25 mm
030 Displacement Code) 27.8 mm 57.0 mm M12 25 mm
(087
C and 108 displacement
Rear Ports - G 1 code) 1/4" O-RIng Port (040 and 055(0.99 in)
Displacement Code)(1.10 in) (2.25 in) (0.98 in)
CODE Opposite
L DESCRIPTION
D side ports
Rear PortsA - 3/4" code 62 - SAE - Split
- G 1 1/2" O-RIngBPort (075, 087 C Flange 19 mm
DIAMETER
and 108 Displacement 23.8
A
Code) mm 50.8
B mm 3/8”
C - 16 24 mm
D
DIAMETER
(020 and 030 Displacement Code) (0.75 in) D (0.94 in) (2.00 in) UNC 2B (0.94 in)
A Opposite
ECode) side ports -side
Opposite G 3/4"portsO-RIng
- 3/4"Port
code(011 62 -Displacement
Metric - SplitCode) Flange 18 mm60 23.8
EATON mm Hydraulics50.8 mm
Bent Axis Motors M10 E-MOPI-MC001-E1 20 mm September
Port (011 Displacement Opposite side ports - 1" code 62 - SAE - Split Flange
M
B Rear Ports (020,
- G 1" 030, 040 and
O-RIng Port 055
(020 Displacement
and 030 Code) 25
Displacement Code)
mm
(0.71 in) 27.8 mm (0.9457.2 in) mm (2.00 7/16”-14
in) 20 mm
(0.79 in)
nd 030 Displacement Code) (040and 055 Displacement Code) (0.99 in) (1.09 in) (2.25 in) UNC 2B (0.79 in)
C F PortsOpposite
Rear 1 1/4"-side
- G ports O-RIng ports Port- 1"(040
code and62 055
- Metric - Split Flange
Displacement Code) 24 mm 27.8 mm 27.8 mm 57.2 mm M12 24 mm
M Opposite side
40 and 055 Displacement Code) (075 Displacement Code) 1" code 62 - SAE - Split Flange 25 mm 57.2 mm 7/16”-14 27 mm
(0.95 in) (1.09 in) (2.25 in) (0.94 in)
D Rear Ports
(075, 087 and- G108
1 1/2" O-RIng PortCode)
Displacement (075, 087 and 108 Displacement (0.99 in) Code) (1.09 in) (2.25 in) UNC 2B (1.06 in)
75, 087 and 108 Displacement F Code)
Opposite side ports - 1" code 62--Split Metric - Split Flange 25 mm 23.8 mm 27.850.8 mm mm 57.0M10 mm M12 25 mm
E
N Opposite side ports - 13/4" 1/4"codecode6262- -Metric
SAE - Split Flange Flange 18
32mm mm 31.6mm 66.7mm 1/2”-13 20
25 mm
Metric - Split Flange 18(020, mmand
(161 030,225(075,
040 and 087055
Displacement
and23.8 108mm Displacement
Displacement
Code) Code) 50.8 mm Code) M10 (0.71 in)
(1.26
(0.99
20 mm in) (1.25
(0.94 in) (1.10(2.63in) in)
(2.00 (2.25 in)
UNC 2B (0.79
(0.98 in)
(0.98 in)
Code) (0.71
G in) side Opposite (0.94 in) - 1 1/4" code (2.0062in)- Metric - Split Flange 32(0.79 mm in) 27.8
F
P Opposite ports -side ports
-1"1 1/2"
code 62 - 62
code Metric
- SAE- -SplitSplitFlange
Flange 38mm 24 mm 36.5mmmm 31.757.2 mm mm
79.4mm 66.7M12 mm
5/8”-11 M14 24
35 mmmin 28 mm
tric - Split Flange 24(075 mm (161 and
(225 Displacement Code) 22527.8
code) Displacement
mm Code)
57.2 mm M12 (0.95
(1.50in) in) (1.26
24 mmin) (1.09
(1.44 in) (1.25 in)
(2.25
(3.13)in) (2.63 in)
UNC 2B (0.94
(1.38 in) (1.10 in)
(0.95
H in) Same side (1.09
ports in)bottom - 1/2" (2.25codein) 62 with M8 threads 31213(0.94 mm in) 18.2 mm 40.5 mm M8 14 mm
F Opposite side ports - 1" code 62 - Metric - Split Flange 25 mm 27.8 mm 57.0 mm M12 25 mm
tric - Split Flange 25The mmArtex
(075, 087 and(020108
Group and LLC 03027.8displacement
Toll
Displacement mm
free inCode)the US: code)
57.0 mm
877.839.5533 M12 Phone (0.51
(0.99 in)979.836.5533 25 mm in) www.artexgroupllc.com
(1.10 in) (0.72(2.25in) in)Mail: (1.59 in)
sales@artexgroupllc.com (0.98 in) (0.55 in)
e) (0.99
NOTICE: This J in) including
document, Same side (1.10
ports
all attachments, in)
bottom
contains -
confidential (2.25
3/4"
and code in) 62information
proprietary with M10 that isthreads 19
the property of (0.98
mm
The Artexin) 23.8
Group, LLC, its subsidiaries mm
and/or 50.8
affiliates (“Artex”). Usemm
of this document M10
is restricted to authorized18 mm
G
employees, Opposite
customers sideofports
and agents Artex, to-aid
1 1/4" code
in repair 62 - Metric
and preventive - Split
maintenance Flange manufactured
of equipment 32 mm by Artex. This document31.7 mm
may not 66.7 mm
be altered, reproduced M14 the express written
or re-transmitted without 28authorization
mm of Artex.
Metric - Split Flange 32(161 mmand 225 (040, 044, 055
Displacement 31.7and mm 075strictly
Code)
Artex displacement
prohibits mm code)
66.7 unauthorized M14
use of (1.26
this (0.75
in) Copyright
document. 28©mm in) The(1.25
2010, in) LLC.(0.94
Artex Group, in)
(2.63
All rights in)
reserved. (2.00 in) (1.10 in) (0.71 in)
(1.26 in)
K side Same (1.25
side ports in)
bottom (2.63 in) (1.10 in)
H Same ports bottom - 1/2" code-62 1" with
codeM8 62 threads
with M1213threads mm 25 mm 18.2 mm 27.840.5 mm mm 57.0M8 mm M12 14 mm 25 mm
62 with M8 threads 13(020 mmand 030 (087 and 108
displacement 18.2displacement
mmcode) code)
40.5 mm M8(0.51 in) (0.99
14 mm in) (0.72 in) (1.10(1.59in) in) (2.25 in) (0.55 in) (0.98 in)
(0.51
L in) Opposite side (0.72 in) - 3/4" code
ports (1.5962in)- SAE - Split Flange 19(0.55
mm in) 23.8 mm 50.8 mm 3/8” - 16 24 mm
THE
Fixed GROUP LLC

Displacement
Application Bent Axis Motor
Information
Fixed Displacement
Application Information
Hydraulic fluids: For further information see the Seals: Installation:
Premium grade petroleum Fluids and Filtration Guidelines Eaton bent axis motors are
based hydraulic fluids will pro- section (pages 66-68) or Eaton equipped with standard NBR Eaton bent axis motors can be
vide the best performance in Hydraulic Fluids (Acrylonitrile-Butadiene installed in most orientations.
Eaton hydraulic components. Recommendations (3-401). Elastomer) for temperatures Units have two case drain
These fluids typically contain up to 90˚C. For special uses ports and care must be taken
additives that are beneficial to Filtering: (high temperatures or special to ensure that motor cases
hydraulic systems. Eaton rec- Proper filtration and oil cleanli- fluids) optional Fluorocarbon remain full at all times.
ommends fluids that contain ness are essential for long life seals can be specified up to Always use the case drain port
anti-wear agents, rust and satisfactory performance temperatures of 120˚C. If on the highest point on the
inhibitors, anti-foaming agents, of bent using special fluids, contact motor. Gearbox mount
and oxidation inhibitors. Eaton Hydraulics. motors may not be installed in
axis piston units. Maximum a vertical orientation with the
Premium grade petroleum allowable contamination class
based hydraulic fluids carry an Output shaft: shaft pointing upwards.
is 19/16 in accordance with
ISO VG rating. ISO 4406 (6 per SAE). Main shaft bearings can bear For further details see at
Viscosity range at operating For further information see the both radial and axial loads. For General installation guidelines
temperature must be of 15 - Fluids and Filtration Guidelines details of allowable loading,
40 cSt. For short periods and section (pages 66-68) or Eaton contact your Eaton represen- Valves:
upon cold start, a max. viscos- Hydraulic Fluids tative.
ity of 800 cSt is allowed. Flange mounted shuttle valves
Recommendations (3-401). are available for flushing and
Viscosities less then 10 cSt Minimum rotating speed:
are not recommended. A vis- Operating pressure: cooling of closed circuit sys-
cosity range of 10 -15 cSt is Maximum operating pressure Minimum operating speed is tems. Two different flow rate
allowed for extreme operating on main system ports of Eaton the minimum motor rpm at options can be selected
conditions and for short peri- bent axis motors is 350 bar which smooth rotation is depending on duty cycle
ods only. For further informa- (5000 psi) continuous, and 450 assured. Smooth operation at requirements..
tion see the Fluids and bar (6500 psi) peak. If two low speeds depends on many
Filtration Guidelines section motors are connected in factors, such as the type of Variable Motor System
(pages 66-68) or Eaton series, working pressure has to load and operating pressure. Ports:
Hydraulic Fluids be limited to following values: Variable motor end-covers
Recommendations (3-401). (Pinlet + Poutlet) < 350 bar At speeds of 150 rpm and have both Opposite side and
(5000 psi) continuous higher, the motor output shaft Rear ports. Unused ports are
Temperature ranges: will rotate smoothly under plugged with blind flanges.
(Pinlet + Poutlet) <400 bar
The operating temperature of (6500 psi) peak. most operating conditions. Port selection is made in
the oil must be between -25ºC Operation at speeds below model code position 10 of the
and 90ºC (-13ºF to 194ºF). Case drain pressure: 150 is usually acceptable. variable motor model code
Please contact Eaton found on page 6
Operation at temperatures Maximum recommended Hydraulics.
above 90ºC (194ºF) or lower motor case pressure is 3.0 bar
than -25ºC (-13ºF) is not (44 psi) and 5.0 bar (73 psi)
recommended. peak. Excessive case pressure
will reduce the life of the main
shaft seal.
Relationship between direction of rotation and direction of flow:
313
Bent Axis
Motors
Application
THE
Information
GROUP LLC
Bent Axis Motor

Fluid and 2. Viscosity index 3. Viscosity grades

The optimum viscosity of the Under the ISO standard,
Filtration hydraulic fluid at normal sys- hydraulic fluids are divided
Guidelines tem operating temperature into 6 grades of viscosity. In
(temperature of the tank for order to choose the correct
1. Types of fluid open circuits or temperature type of fluid, it is essential to
of the circuit for closed cir- know the operating tempera-
The table below shows the cuits) must fall between the ture of the fluid (temperature
main categories of hydraulic minimum and maximum val- of the tank for open circuits
fluid as referenced in ISO ues shown below. or temperature of the circuit
6743- 4. Under normal oper- for closed circuits). At nor-
ating conditions, Eaton The minimum viscosity
shown is permitted in mal system operating tem-
Hydraulics recommends min- perature, the viscosity of the
eral oil-based fluids with anti- extreme conditions and for
short intervals. This value fluid must fall within the opti-
corrosive and anti-wear addi- mum viscosity range above.
tives (HL or HM grade) for its refers to a maximum fluid
bent-axis piston units. Flame- temperature of 90˚C (tem-
perature at case drain). 4. Contamination grades
resistant fluids (HF grade) and
organic fluids (HE grade) may The maximum viscosity for Efficient filtering is essential
not be fully compatible with short intervals and during for hydraulic systems to
materials and may therefore cold starts is shown below. operate properly. A good
reduce the maximum pres- quality fluid extends the
The temperature of the fluid working life of hydraulic parts
sure and speed specification
should not exceed a maxi- and makes the system more
of Bent Axis piston units.
mum of +90˚C or minimum reliable
Customers are advised to
of -25˚C.
contact Eaton Hydraulics
VARIABLE AND FIXED DISPLACENIC
before using flame-resistant FLUIDS
or organic fluids. Optimum 15-40 (cSt)
MINERAL OIL-BASED FLUIDS Minimum 10 (cSt)
HH Additive-free Maximum 800 (cSt)
HL Anticorrosive, antioxiadant
HM HL and anti-wear additives
HV HM additives and
viscosity controls
314
66
employees, EATON
customers and agents Hydraulics
of Artex, Bent
to aid in repair Axis Motors
and preventive E-MOPI-MC001-E1
maintenance September
of equipment manufactured 2003
by Artex. This document may not be altered, reproduced or re-transmitted without the express written authorization of Artex.
Motors
Application
Information
THE
GROUP LLC
Bent Axis Motor

Fluid and Filtration Guidelines (cont.) NUMBER OF PARTICLES

PER ML
GREATER THAN
5 µM
GREATER THAN
15 µM
Code From-to From-to

5. Filtering grade 20/17 5.000-10.000 640-1.300
ISO 4572 states that the filtering grade ßx is the ratio 20/16 5.000-10.000 320-640
between the number of particles of contaminant (per unit 20/15 5.000-10.000 160-320
volume) of a size greater than or equal to x mm entering the 20/14 5.000-10.000 80-160
filter and the number of particles of the same size leaving
the filter. The grade ßx therefore gives a good indication of 19/16 2.500-5.000 320-640
the quality of the filter. 19/15 2.500-5.000 160-320
Example: A filter with a filtering ratio of ß20 ≥ 100 is able to 1914 2.500-5.000 80-160
capture all particles greater than or equal to 20 µm. Eaton 19/13 2.500-5.000 40-80
Hydraulics recommends filters with the following Bx ratios
for its Bent Axis piston motors: 18/15 1.300-2.500 160-320
18/14 1.300-2.500 80-160
MAXIMUM CONTAMINATION 18/13 1.300-2.500 40-80
GRADES ISO NAS 1638
18/12 1.300-2.500 20-40
Fixed and Variable Bent Axis Motors 19/16 10
17/14 640-1.300 80-160
RATIO ßX FILTERING EFFICIENCY NOTES 17/13 640-1.300 40-80
2 50% Average size of filter pores equal 17/12 640-1.300 20-40
to smallest particles 17/11 640-1.300 10-20
20 95% Normal retention
100 99% Absolute retention 16/13 320-640 40-80
16/12 320-640 20-40
CONTAMINATION GRADE 16/11 320-640 10-20
ISO 4406 RATIO ßX
16/10 320-640 5-10
19/16 ß20 ≥ 100 15/12 160-320 20-40
18/15 ß10 ≥ 100 15/11 160-320 10-20
15/10 160-320 5-10
6. ISO 4406 table 15/9 160-320 2,5-5
The two figures in the code show the number of solid parti-
cles per fluid volume unit greater than 5 and 15 microns 14/11 80-160 10-20
respectively. Grade 18, for example, indicates that the num- 14/10 80-160 5-10
ber of particles per ml is between 1300 and 2500. The table 14/9 80-160 2,5-5
below shows recommended contamination grades set out in 14/8 80-160 1,3-2,5
ISO 4406.
13/10 40-80 5-10
13/10 40-80 2,5-5
13/10 40-80 1,3-2,5
12/9 20-40 2,5-5

12/8 20-40 1,3-2,5
11/8 10-20 1,3-2,5
315
Bent Axis
Motors
THE
Application
Information GROUP LLC
Bent Axis Motor

Fluid and Filtration Guidelines (cont.) Installation Guidelines
Bent Axis
Motors
7. Comparison between ISO 4406, NAS 1638 and SAE The following installation guidelines for Eaton Bent Axis pis-
ton motors are designed for standard components applied
The table below isApplication
a comparison between standards ISO within catalog ratings. Observing these guidelines below will
4406 (Cetop RP 70Information
H), NAS 1638 (1964) and SAE (1963). help ensure acceptable life of the motors.
ISO 4406 NAS 1638 SAE 1. Filling the case

(CETOP RP 70 H) (1964) (1963)
21/18 12 -
The case of bent axis piston motors must be pre-filled with
hydraulic oil before the system is started for the first time.
21/17 11 -
19/16 Fluid10 and Filtration - Guidelines (cont.) Use the case drain connection
Installation Guidelines at the highest point to ensure
18/15 9 6 the case remains full at all times. See figure below.
7. Comparison between ISO 4406, NAS 1638 and SAE The following installation guidelines for Eaton Bent Axis pis-
17/14 8 5 ton motors are designed for standard components applied
16/13 The table
7 below is a comparison
4 between standards ISO within catalog ratings. Observing these guidelines below will
4406 (Cetop RP 70 H), NAS 1638 (1964) and SAE (1963). help ensure acceptable life of the motors.
15/12 6 3
14/11 ISO 44065 NAS2 1638 SAE 1. Filling the case
(CETOP RP 70 H) (1964) (1963)
13/10 4 1 The case of bent axis piston motors must be pre-filled with
21/18 12 -
19/9 3 0 hydraulic oil before the system is started for the first time.
21/17 11 -
18/8 19/16 2 10 - - Use the case drain connection at the highest point to ensure
10/7 18/15 1 9 - 6 the case remains full at all times. See figure below.
9/6 17/14 0 8 - 5
16/13 7 4
15/12 6 3
14/11 5 2 Figure 1 - Filling the case
Bent axis design 13/10
motors and pumps: 4 1
19/9 3 0
Flushing the bearings Caution:
18/8 2 -
The operating temperature
10/7 influences 1the operating- life of the Starting the motor with little or no oil in the case causes
bearings to a significant
9/6 degree. As a result
0 it is essential
- to immediate and permanent damage to the piston unit.
maintain oil temperature at the bearings at acceptable levels. 2. Connections
Figure 1 - Filling the case
Fixed and Variable Bent
displacement
axis designunits
motorsareand
designed
pumps: to allow
flushing the shaft bearings with
Flushing the fresh oil. Flushing is recom-
bearings To reduce noise levels, flexible hoses are recommended
Caution:
mended where pumps/motors are installed
The operating temperature vertically
influences and
the operating life of(Main
the system pressure
Starting the lineslittle
motor with as well
or noasoilcase
in thedrain lines).
case causes
where operating cycles display
bearings long periods
to a significant degree. at
As high pressure
a result it is essential to immediate and permanent damage to the piston unit.
(> 250 bar). maintain oil temperature at the bearings at acceptable levels. Case drain hoses should be as short as possible.
2. Connections
Fixed and Variable displacement units are designed to allow
flushing the shaft bearings with fresh oil. Flushing is recom- To reduce
Minimize noisedrops
pressure levels, due
flexible
to hoses are recommended
couplings, elbows and differ-
mended where pumps/motors are installed vertically andences (Mainin system pressure lines as well as case drain lines).
diameter.
Recommended flushing flow rates
where operating cycles for each
display longnominal
periods atsize.
high pressure
(> 250 bar). Case drain hoses should be as short as possible.
DISPCLACEMENT FLUSHING FLOW RATES Where non-flexible tubes are used, ensure that the pipes do
20 3lpm [0.8gpm] not pullMinimize
on thepressure
cover of thedue
drops motor.
to couplings, elbows and differ-
30 Recommended 4lpm [1.1gpm]
flushing flow rates for each nominal size. ences in diameter.
40 DISPCLACEMENT 4lpm [1.1gpm] FLUSHING FLOW RATES All hoses
Whereconnected
non-flexibletotubes
tankare(case
used,drain lines)
ensure should
that the pipes be
do
55 20 4lpm [1.1gpm] 3lpm [0.8gpm] immersed at on
not pull least
the 200
covermm of the[8motor.
in.] below the minimum oil
75 30 5lpm [1.3gpm] 4lpm [1.1gpm] level and at least 150 mm [6 in.] from the bottom of the tank.
87 40
8lpm [2.1gpm] 4lpm [1.1gpm] All hoses connected to tank (case drain lines) should be
55 4lpm [1.1gpm] immersed at least 200 mm [8 in.] below the minimum oil
108 8lpm [2.1gpm] Drive shaft
level and at least 150 mm [6 in.] from the bottom of the tank.
75 5lpm [1.3gpm]
161 87 10lpm [2.6gpm] 8lpm [2.1gpm] Take special care to ensure that mechanical parts of the
225 108 10lpm [2.6gpm] 8lpm [2.1gpm] motor Drive shaft
are coupled correctly. Ensure that the shaft and flange
161 10lpm [2.6gpm] Take special care to ensure that mechanical
are lined up accurately to prevent additionalparts of the
loads on the
225 10lpm [2.6gpm] motor are coupled correctly. Ensure that the shaft and flange
shaft bearings. Flexible couplings should be used.
are lined up accurately to prevent additional loads on the
shaft bearings. Flexible couplings should be used.
Caution: incorrectly aligned parts significantly reduce the
serviceCaution:
life of incorrectly
the bearings.
aligned parts significantly reduce the
service life of the bearings.
316
employees, customers and agents of
68Artex, to aid in repairEATON
and preventive
Hydraulicsmaintenance
Bent of equipment
Axis manufactured by Artex.
Motors E-MOPI-MC001-E1 This document
2003 may not be altered, reproduced or re-transmitted without the express written authorization of Artex.
68 EATON Hydraulics Bent Axis Motors E-MOPI-MC001-E1 SeptemberSeptember
2003
Bent Axis
Motors
THE
Application
GROUP LLC
Information
Bent Axis Motor
Installation Guidelines (cont.) Installation below the tank
Installation below the minimum level of the fluid (or immersed
Installation position in fluid) does not create particular problems.
Motors may be installed both above and below the level of Gearbox mount motors should not be installed vertically with
the fluid in the tank, (lowest level of the oil when the system the shaft turned upwards.
is operating). When motors are used in open circuit applica-
tions, the oil level is affected by the number and size of any Flushing
hydraulic cylinders used in the system. For mobile installa- If Bent Axis piston motors are to be installed with shaft
tions it is important to take into account the slope of the turned upwards, or run at high oil temperature inside the
ground and the effect of centrifugal forces on the oil level. tank (>50∞ C), or if units are used for a long operation time
at high pressures(>250 bar), it is recommended to flush
Installation above the tank motor/pump bearings, by using oil at equal or lower tempera-
Particular care should be taken when installing units above ture than the tank. Flush the bearings through the Port E
the tank. Special case drain hoses must always be used to
prevent the case from being siphoned out.
Always use the highest case drain port available and ensure
that the line is designed such that the motor case remains
full at all times.
It is recommended to position a pre-loaded check valve in the
cased drain line (maximum pressure when open: 0.5 bar [8
psi]) to prevent oil from draining from the motor case when
the system is not in use
The oil level of the units should be checked at regular inter-
vals. It is essential to check the level if the system is out of
service for extended periods of time, since the force of gravi-
ty causes oil to drain from the case.
Figure 2 - Installation above the tank
317
THE
GROUP LLC
Introduction
Bent Axis Motor
Parts and Service
Introduction
This manual will provide you with service information and Dry parts with clean compressed air. Avoid cleaning parts
procedures for disassembly and assembly of Eaton® Fixed with cloth or paper towel as these can introduce contamina-
and Variable Displacement Bent Axis Motors. Procedures tion. visually inspect all mating surfaces. Replace any compo-
outlined in this manual will allow you to better service your nents that have scratches, burrs or evidence of smeared
motors and obtain the best results possible. To ensure material. Don’t use abrasive tools including coarse grit
accuracy of repair and prevent part loss or damage, certain papers, files or grinders on internal parts.
components or subassemblies are disassembled, inspected, Note: All torque specifications are for lubricated threads.
and reassembled when removed from the motor. Bolts for gasketed surfaces should be checked for proper
Note: All requests or inquiries must be accompanied by the torque.
complete model and serial number. A good service policy is to replace all old seals with new
Important: Cleanliness is extremely important when repair- seals whenever unit is disassembled. Lubricate seals with
ing a hydrostatic motor. Before disconnecting the lines, clean petroleum jelly. Use only clean, recommended oil when
foreign material from exterior of unit. Work in a clean area. assembling unit. See Hydrostatic Fluid Recommendations in
Clean all metal parts in clean solvent. publication 03-401 and 03-405.
Identification Tag A - Part Number/Displacement (cu.in./rev.)
Refer to specific motor BAF Fixed Displacement Motors

assembly part listings for 11 183BAXXXXXA
your Eaton motor when 20, 30 383BAXXXXXA
ordering replacement parts. 40, 44, 583BAXXXXXA
Parts lists are available from 75, 87, 108, 161 783BAXXXXXA
Eaton. Sample tag shows 225 983BAXXXXXA
motor identification.
When ordering replacement BAV Variable Displacement Motors
parts, you must include the 55, 75, 108 524BAXXXXXA
following information: 161 724BAXXXXXA
225 924BAXXXXXA
{
Displacement
Design Code
Serial Number Example: Base Part Number
0411 - XXXXXX
{
{
{
04 = Year
11 = Month
XXXXXX = Serial Code Number
Tools Required Specifications:

• Allen Key
• Depth Vernier Caliper Continuous max. pressure . . . . . . . . . .5100 psi (350 bar)
• Snap Ring Closing and Expanding Pliers
• Screwdrivers Peak pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6500 psi (450 bar)
• Shaft Puller Max pressure into casing . . . . . . . . . .35 psi (1,5 bar)
• Rubber Mallet
Max. circuit fluid temperature . . . . . . .167°F (+75°C)
• Dial Indicator
• Torque Wrench Max. leakage fluid temperature . . . . . .195°F (+90°C)
Viscosity range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-800 cSt (1,85 ¸
105°E)
Normal viscosity range . . . . . . . . . . . .15-60 cSt (2,3¸8°E)
Oil cleanliness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ISO-DIN 4406 = 19/16
318
EATON Bent Axis Motors Parts and Repair E-MOPI-TS003-E February 2005 3
Parts
Assembly and List
THE
(BAF– Bent Axis Fixed Displacement)
GROUP LLC
Parts Bent Axis Motor

Assembly andParts
List
(BAF– Bent Axis Fixedand
Displacement)
Parts
Assembly List Assembly and List
(BAF– Bent Axis Fixed Displacement)
(BAF - Bent Axis Fixed Displacement)
Axial Threaded Ports
32
32
32
32
TABLE 2.0 32 Radial Threaded Ports

32
Radial Split Threaded Ports
TABLE 2.0 Radial Threaded Ports Radial Split Threaded Ports
BAF PARTS
BAF PARTS
BENT AXIS FIXED DISPLACEMENT MODEL PARTS

BENT AXIS FIXED DISPLACEMENT MODEL PARTS
1. Pin 22. Shims
1. Pin
2. Gasket 23. 22.
Seal Cover Shims
2. 3.GasketValve Plate 24. 23.
O-Ring* Seal Cover
4. Housing 25. Circlip
3. Valve Plate 24. O-Ring*Radial Split Threaded Ports
TABLE 2.0 5. Washer Radial
26. Threaded
Bolt Ports
4. 6.Housing
Plug 27. 25.
Bolt Circlip
BAF PARTS
5. 7.WasherCylinder Barrel 28. 26.
Bolt Bolt
8. 29. Bolt
6. Plug Belleville Washers (As Required) 27. Bolt
9.
BENT AXIS FIXED DISPLACEMENT ShimsMODEL
(As Required)
PARTS 32. End Cover
7. Cylinder
10. Barrel
Center Pivot 28. Bolt
1. Pin 8. Belleville
11. Bolt Washers (As Required) 22. Shims 29. Bolt
2. Gasket 9. 12. Retaining
Shims Piston
Plate
(As Required) 23. Seal Cover32. End Cover
13. Assembly: Piston + Rod
3. Valve Plate
10. CenterStraight
Pivot Keyed Shaft 24. O-Ring*
14.
4. Housing11. Bolt Splined Shaft
15. 25. Circlip
5. Washer12. 16. Tapered
Retaining
Roller
Plate
Bearing 26. Bolt
17. Spacer
6. Plug 13. PistonBall
18. Assembly:
Bearing Piston + Rod Bolt
27.
7. Cylinder14.
Barrel 19. Spacer
Straight Keyed Shaft 28. Bolt
8. Belleville 20. Retaining Ring 29. Bolt
15.Washers
21.
(As Required)
Splined Shaft
Shaft Seal*
9. Shims (As 16. Required) Tapered Roller Bearing 32. End Cover
* Included in seal kit
10. Center Pivot17. Spacer
11. Bolt 18. 319
Ball Bearing EATON Bent Axis Motors Parts and Repair E-MOPI-TS003-E February 2005 5
12. Retaining The Artex Group LLC Toll free in the US: 877.839.5533 Phone 979.836.5533 www.artexgroupllc.com Mail: sales@artexgroupllc.com
19.Plate Spacer
13. Piston
employees, Assembly: Piston +preventive
Rod maintenance of equipment manufactured by Artex. This document may not be altered, reproduced or re-transmitted without the express written authorization of Artex.
20. and agents
customers Retaining Ring
of Artex, to aid in repair and
14. Straight21. Keyed Shaft Shaft Seal*
15. Splined Shaft
16. Tapered * Included
Roller Bearing in seal kit
THE
GROUP LLC
Bent Axis Motor

Parts
Pre-Load Spring Parts
Pre-load Spring
The system of pre-loading the cylinder barrel has been There is no interchangeability of components between the
modified to improve performance and facilitate maintenance two designs. There is a gradual phase-in of the new design
of BAV and BAF axial piston motors. The new design during 2004 & 2005.
eliminates the Belleville spring and its substitutes a coil 1. Central rod
spring in the cylinder barrel.
2. Cylinder barrel
This new design has different components from the
Belleville spring design. 3. Valve plate
The new design includes: 4. Coil spring
• Cylinder barrel Design Code B Change/timeline consists of the following:
• Central rod
DISPLACEMENT DATES
• Valve plate
55, 90,108 cc/rev 2004
160, 225 cc/rev 2005
Belleville Spring Design Coil Spring Design
Belleville Spring Design Coil Spring Design
Design Code A Design Code B
Design Code A Design Code B
320
Metric/SAE/Gearbox 9900281-001 9900281-002
75* Metric/SAE/Gearbox 9900280-003 9900280-004
Parts Metric/Gearbox 9900281-003 9900281-004
THE SAE 9900281-005 9900281-006
Shaft & Bushing
108 Metric/SAE/Gearbox 9900280-005 9900280-006
Metric/Gearbox 9900281-007 9900281-008
Kits SAE GROUP LLC 2 9900281-010
9900281-009
161 Metric/SAE 9900280-007 9900280-008
Metric/SAE 9900281-011 9900281-012
225 Metric/SAE 9900280-009 9900280-010 Bent Axis
1
Motor
Metric/SAE 9900281-013 9900281-014
*Note: For BAV75 motor with W40 Shaft, use only SAE kit.
1) Shaft Parts
2) Bushing Seal Kits
TABLE 5.0 SHAFT KITS
TABLE 4.0 BAF SEAL KITS
MATERIAL MATERIAL
DISPLACEMENT MOUNTING STANDARD (NBR) VITON (FKM)
CC/REV CONFIGURATION BAF BAF
1
11
EATON Metric/SAE
EATON 9900282-003
EATON 9900282-004 EATON
KIT PRODUCT DISPLACEMENT SHAFT
20, 30
NUMBER Metric/SAE
CODE 9900282-005
CODE 9900282-006 CODE SHAFT DESCRIPTION TYPE
30 Metric only 9900283-001 9900283-002
Pos. 4,5,6 Pos. 8,9
44, 55 Metric/SAE 9900282-007 9900282-008
9900332-001 BAF
Gearbox 11
9900283-003 9900283-004 -20 14 Tooth w/ 20 splined shaft Metric
9900332-002
75 MetricBAF 11
9900282-009 9900282-010 -01 20mm Straight keyed shaft Metric
SAE 9900282-011 9900282-012
Gearbox 9900283-005 9900283-006
9900332-003
87, 108 MetricBAF 020 & 030 9900282-014
9900282-013 -25 18 Tooth w/25 splined shaft Metric
9900332-004
87, 108 SAE BAF 020 & 030 9900282-016
9900282-015 -02 25mm Straight keyed shaft Metric
87, Gearbox 9900283-007 9900283-008
108 Gearbox 9900283-009 9900283-010
9900332-005
161 BAF / BAV
Metric/SAE 040, 044 & 055
9900282-017 9900282-018 -30 14 Tooth w/30 splined shaft Metric
9900332-006
225 BAF / BAV
Metric/SAE 040, 044 & 055
9900282-019 9900282-020 -03 30mm Straight keyed shaft Metric
24
21
9900332-007 BAF / BAV 75 -35 16 Tooth w/35 splined shaft Metric
9900332-008 BAF / BAV 75 -04 35mm Straight keyed shaft Metric
9900332-009 BAF / BAV 087 & 108 -40 18 Tooth w/40 splined shaft Metric
9900332-010 BAF / BAV 087 & 108 -05 Bent Axis Motor
40mm Straight keyed shaft
Metric
9900332-011
9900332-012
BAF / BAV
BAF / BAV
161
161
-45
-06
Shaft &splined
21 Tooth w/45 Bushing
shaft Metric
45mm Straight keyed shaft Metric
Kits
Parts 9900332-013 BAF / BAV 225 -50 24 Tooth w/50 splined shaft
EATON Bent Axis Motors Parts and Repair E-MOPI-TS003-E February 2005 Metric 7
9900332-014 BAF / BAV 225 -07 50mm Straight keyed shaft Metric
Shaft & Bushing
Kits 9900332-015 BAF / BAV 2 020 & 030 -12 13 Tooth splined shaft SAE
9900332-016 BAF / BAV 020 & 030 -08 7/8 Straight keyed shaft SAE
1
9900332-017 BAF / BAV 040, 044 & 055 -14 14 Tooth splined shaft SAE
9900332-018 BAF / BAV 040, 044 & 055 -09 1) Shaft 1 1/4 Straight keyed shaft SAE
2) Bushing
9900332-019 BAF / BAV 75 -13 13 Tooth splined shaft SAE
TABLE 5.0 SHAFT KITS
9900332-020 BAF / BAV 75 -11 1 3/4 Straight keyed shaft SAE
9900332-021 BAF / BAV 087 & 108 -13 13 Tooth splined shaft SAE
EATON 9900332-022
EATON BAF / EATON
BAV 087 & 108
EATON -11 1 3/4 Straight keyed shaft SAE
KIT PRODUCT DISPLACEMENT SHAFT
NUMBER CODE CODE CODE SHAFT DESCRIPTION TYPE
9900332-023 BAF / Pos.BAV4,5,6 161 Pos. 8,9 321

-13 13 Tooth splined shaft SAE
9900332-0019900332-024TheBAF Artex Group LLC BAFToll/ 11
BAV 161
free in the US: 877.839.5533 -20 Phone 979.836.5533 14 Tooth
-11 w/ 20 splined
www.artexgroupllc.com shaftStraight
1 3/4 Metric
Mail: keyed shaft
sales@artexgroupllc.com SAE
9900332-002 NOTICE: This document,
BAF including all attachments, contains
11 confidential and proprietary information
-01 that is the property of The20mm Straight
Artex Group, keyedand/or
LLC, its subsidiaries shaft Metric
affiliates (“Artex”). Use of this document is restricted to authorized
9900332-025 BAF / BAV 225 -13 13 Tooth splined shaft SAE
9900332-003 BAF 020 & 030 -25 18 Tooth w/25 splined shaft Metric
9900332-026 BAF / BAV 225 -11 1 3/4 Straight keyed shaft SAE
9900332-004 BAF 020 & 030 -02 25mm Straight keyed shaft Metric
THE
GROUP LLC
Disassembly
Bent Axis Motor
Disassembly
When disassembling or assembling any Bent Axis piston
motor we recommend you choose an ideal workplace.
The work area must be clean and free of airborne
contaminants.
Clean parts which have been disassembled, use clean
solvents and appropriate tools which have been previously
cleaned. Use new, clean and threadless rags to handle and
dry parts. Remove the shaft seal following the procedure for
your type of seal.
Note: Thoroughly clean the exterior of the unit and

around stationary seal assembly before
disassembly. Make sure all open ports are sealed.
Step 1
Mark housing and cover so that they may be matched up
later during assembly.
NOTE: See page 5 for different end cover types.
Step 2
FIG 1.
Remove the end cover bolts.
WRENCH SIZE
MOTOR (mm)
BAF 20/30 6
BAF 40/55 8
BAF 75 10
BAF 90/108 10
BAF 161 10
BAF 225 12
FIG 2.
322
THE
GROUP LLC
Disassembly
Bent Axis Motor
Disassembly
Step 3
Remove the end cover, gasket and valve plate.
FIG 3.
Step 4
Remove retaining ring using appropriate pliers.
FIG 4.
Step 5
Pry off seal cover and shims with using two
screwdrivers.
FIG 5.
10 EATON Bent Axis Motors Parts and Repair E-MOPI-TS003-E February 2005
323
THE
GROUP LLC
Disassembly
Bent Axis Motor
Disassembly
Step 6
Assemble the motor on the shaft puller. Secure it with two
screws on opposite ends of the square flange. Screw
threaded pin A on the shaft.
FIG 6.
Step 7
Remove rotating kit from the housing by turning the shaft
puller handle. Use your other hand to guide the cylinder barrel
during removal to avoid contact with the housing.
FIG 7.
Step 8
Mark cylinder barrel, shaft and retaining plate in a line with each
other. This will be used as a match mark for alignment during
the assembly process.
FIG 8.
324
THE
GROUP LLC
Disassembly Bent Axis Motor

Disassembly
Step 9
Remove cylinder barrel, Belleville washers and shims (as
required).
FIG 9.
Step 10
Using an allen key, remove screws which attach the
retaining plate.
WRENCH SIZE
MOTOR MM
BAF 20/30 5
BAF 44/55 4
BAF 75 5
BAF 90/108 5
BAF 161 5
BAF 225 6
FIG 10.
325
THE
GROUP LLC
Disassembly Bent Axis Motor

Disassembly
Step 11
Remove retaining plate with pistons.
FIG 11.
Step 12
Use a permanent fine point pen to label the retaining plate
and pistons with corresponding location numbers. This will
ensure correct placement when they are reassembled.
Carefully separate pistons, starting from the index mark on
the retaining plate, and neatly place them down according to
disassembly order.
FIG 12.
Step 13
With appropriate pliers, remove the retaining ring, spacer and
shims. Once this is completed, remove bearings.
Once that you have disassembled the unit, check status of
individual parts, carefully following the steps described in the
next section.
FIG 13.
326
EATON Bent Axis Motors Parts and Repair E-MOPI-TS003-E February 2005
The Artex Group LLC Toll free in the US: 877.839.5533 Phone 979.836.5533 www.artexgroupllc.com Mail: sales@artexgroupllc.com13
THE
GROUP LLC
Check Condition
of Parts
Bent Axis Motor
Check Condition of Parts
Valve Plate
Check valve plate (item 3) protrusion out of the housing (see
page 44, Critical Dimensions). If the distance measured is
slightly less than normal requirements, replace Belleville
washers. If, there is no protrusion or the valve plate is
recessed in housing, this may indicate the following:
A) Excessive wear of distributor spherical surfaces or
cylinder barrel.
B) Yield of Belleville washers. (Does not apply to coil spring
design.)
C) End Cover deformation.
Inspect other internal components for damage.
FIG 1.
Seal Cover
Remove O-ring and shaft seal from cover and check wear.
Signs of excessive wear or seal extrusion may indicate exces-
sive case pressure. (Pressure should not exceed 35 psi - 2.5
bar).
Note: Replace all seals when servicing motors.
FIG 2.
Cylinder Barrel
Inspect Sealing face of cylinder barrel for raised edges, wear
or smearing of material.
FIG 3.
327
THE
GROUP LLC
Bent Axis Motor

Check Condition
of Parts Check Condition of Parts
Piston
Inspect spherical base of the pistons and their seats on the
shaft, the piston surface and the piston bores surface.
TABLE 6.0 PISTON PARTS
DISPLACEMENT
(CM3)
DIM A(mm) DIM B(mm) DIM C(mm) DIM D(mm)
+0 +0
20 16 -0.005 0.02 ÷ 0.10 0.80 ÷ 0.90 16 -0.005
+0 +0
30 16 -0.005 0.02 ÷ 0.10 0.80 ÷ 0.90 16 -0.005
-0.020 -0.020
40 20 -0.025 0.02 ÷ 0.10 1.00 ÷ 1.16 20 -0.025
-0.020 -0.020
55 20 -0.025 0.02 ÷ 0.10 1.00 ÷ 1.16 20 -0.025
+0 +0
75 22 -0.005 0.02 ÷ 0.10 0.29 ÷ 0.59 22 -0.005
+0
90 25 -0.005 0.02 ÷ 0.10 0.51 ÷ 0.65 25 +0
-0.005 FIG 4.
+0 +0
108 25 -0.005 0.02 ÷ 0.10 0.51 ÷ 0.65 25 -0.005
+0 +0
160 28.7 -0.005 0.02 ÷ 0.08 0.96 ÷ 1.10 28.7 -0.005
-0.020 -0.020
226 32 -0.025 0.02 ÷ 0.10 1.38 ÷ 1.578 32 -0.025
PART IDENTIFICATION
A = Piston rod diameter
B = Piston-rod axial end float
C = Rod rotation (Max)
D = Piston bore diameter
Bearings
Inspect bearings. Replace where there is excessive
clearance or pitting on race. Check bearing pockets in
housing for wear.
FIG 5.
328
Artex strictly prohibits unauthorized use of this document. EATON Bent
Copyright © Axis
2010, TheMotors PartsLLC.
Artex Group, andAllRepair E-MOPI-TS003-E February 2005
rights reserved. 15
THE
GROUP LLC
Assembly Bent Axis Motor

Assembly
Step 1
Lubricate shaft with petroleum jelly, slip in bearing, spacer and
bearing. Use appropriate tool and rubber mallet to drive into place.
FIG 1.
Step 2
Assemble the spacer, the shims and the retaining ring. Ensure the
bearings are free to rotate without any axial movement on the
shaft. Add additional shims as required.
FIG 2.
Step 3
To ensure there is no axial movement, place a dial indicator on the
outer bearing race. Axial movement should read between + 0.005
and 0.08 mm.
Note: Hold shaft stationary during measurement
FIG 3.
329
THE
GROUP LLC
Assembly
Bent Axis Motor
Assembly
Step 4
Install seven pistons into the retaining plate using the
corresponding numbered pockets for correct placement and
original assembly order.
FIG 4.
Step 5
Secure pistons and retaining plate on shaft in original marked
position. Pour two drops of Loctite 242 on every retaining
plate screw.
FIG 5.
Step 6
Tighten screws on retaining plate to shaft assembly using
allen key.
FIG 6.
330
THE
GROUP LLC
Assembly
Bent Axis Motor
Assembly
Step 7
Ensure the two-piece pistons can rotate and move freely in any
direction.
FIG 7.
Step 8.
Install shims, Belleville washers (as required) and center pivot
into cylinder barrel. Match up alignment marks created before
disassembly.
Lubricate pistons and insert into cylinder barrel. Align
Match marks created during disassembly.
FIG 18.
Step 9.
Verify the cylinder barrel may pivot laterally as shown in
figure 9.
FIG 9.
331
THE
GROUP LLC
Assembly
Bent Axis Motor
Assembly
Step 10
Secure housing in the bench vice and lubricate bearing seats
with petroleum jelly.
FIG 10.
Step 11
Insert the rotating kit into the housing, turning the handle
gradually until it is fully seated.
FIG 11.
Step 12
Assemble cover, shaft seal, o-ring and shims (see tables page
42). Then secure with the retaining ring.
FIG 12.
332
THE
GROUP LLC
Assembly
Bent Axis Motor
Assembly
Step 13
Attach the shaft puller rod onto the shaft and pull the shaft
bearing out against the retaining ring.
FIG 13.
Step 14
Lubricate the spherical surface of the valve plate, then
assemble it with the cylinder barrel/housing. Verify the shaft
can’t turn freely in housing.
Note: Also make sure that the hole for pin 1 is set aligned to
the vertical center line of the casing.
FIG 14.
Step 15
Check that valve plate sits slightly higher than housing. The distance
measured between the two should be as follows (applies to Belleville
spring design only).
DISTANCE
DISPLACEMENT (mm)
BAF 20/30 1.3 +1.5
BAF 44/55 1.3 +1.5
BAF 75 1.3 +1.5
BAF 90/108 1.4 +1.6
BAF 161 1.5 +1.7
BAF 225 1.5 +1.7
FIG 15.
20 EATON Bent Axis Motors Parts and Repair E-MOPI-TS003-E February 2005 333
THE
GROUP LLC
Assembly
Bent Axis Motor
Assembly
Step 16
Install gasket, assemble end cover and tighten screws and
torque according to requirements in table shown below.
TABLE 7.0 BAF END COVER BOLT

TIGHTENING TORQUE VALUES
BOLT M8 M10 M12 M14

Torque (Nm) 2.5 5.0 8.5 13.5
FIG 16.
TABLE 7.1 BAV MOTOR CONTROL

BOLT TORQUE VALUES
POS. BAV 55 BAV 75 BAV 108 BAV 161 BAV 225

Bolt M 14x45 - 8.8 M 16x50 - 8.8 M 18x60 - 8.8 M 18x60 - 8.8 M 20x60 - 12.9
1 (12 N-m) (18 N-m) (26 N-m) (26 N-m) (40 N-m)
Bolt - - - M 10x35 - 8.8 M 10x35 - 8.8
2 - - - (5 N-m) (5 N-m)
Plug G 1/8” - 8.8 G 1/8” - 8.8 G 1/8” - 8.8 G 1/8” - 8.8 G 1/8” - 8.8
3 (3 N-m) (3 N-m) (3 N-m) (3 N-m) (3 N-m)
Bolt M 8x35 - 12.9 M 10x30 - 12.9 M 10x30 - 12.9 M 12x30 - 12.9 M 12x30 - 12.9
4 (4 N-m) (7 N-m) (7 N-m) (12 N-m) (12 N-m)
Bolt M 10x35 - 8.8 M 12x40 - 8.8 M 12x40 - 8.8 M 14x45 - 8.8 M 14x45 - 8.8
5 (4 N-m) (8 N-m) (8 N-m) (12 N-m) (12 N-m)
Plug G 1/4” - 8.8 G 1/4” - 8.8 G 1/4” - 8.8 G 1/4” - 8.8 G 1/4” - 8.8
6 (4 N-m) (4 N-m) (4 N-m) (4 N-m) (4 N-m)
Bolt M 8x65 - 12.9 M 10x70 - 12.9 M 10x70 - 12.9 M 12x70 - 12.9 M 12x70 - 12.9
7 (4 N-m) (7 N-m) (7 N-m) (12 N-m) (12 N-m)
Bolt M 8x16 - 45H M 8x16 - 45H M 8x16 - 45H M 8x16 - 45H M 8x16 - 45H
8 (3.5* N-m) (3.5* N-m) (3.5* N-m) (3.5* N-m) (3.5* N-m)
Bolt M 8x8 - 45H M 8x8 - 45H M 8x8 - 45H M 8x8 - 45H M 8x8 - 45H
9 (2.5* N-m) (2.5* N-m) (2.5* N-m) (2.5* N-m) (2.5* N-m)
10 The tightening torque of caps, plugs and fittings must be comprised between 4 and 7 daNm
*Add Loctite 243
334
Application
Information
THE
GROUP LLC
Fluid and Filtration Guidelines (cont.) Installation Guidelines
7. Comparison between ISO 4406, NAS 1638 and SAE
Bent Axis Motor
The following installation guidelines for Eaton Bent Axis pis-
Installation Guidelines
ton motors are designed for standard components applied
The table below is a comparison between standards ISO within catalog ratings. Observing these guidelines below will
Installation
4406 (Cetop RP 70 H),Guidelines
NAS 1638 (1964) and SAE (1963). help ensure acceptable life of the motors.
ISO 4406 NAS 1638 SAE 1. Filling the case

(CETOP RP 70 H) (1964) (1963)
21/18 12 -
The case of bent axis piston motors must be pre-filled with
hydraulic oil before the system is started for the first time.
21/17 11 -
NOTE: For dimensions and 10
19/16 porting reference -see dimensions Use the case drain connection at the highest point to ensure
section axial piston catalogue. the case remains full at all times. See figure below.
18/15 9 6
17/14 8 5
16/13 7 4
The following installation guidelines for Eaton Bent Axis
15/12 6 3
piston motors are designed for standard components applied
14/11 5 2
within catalog ratings. Observing these guidelines below will
13/10
help ensure acceptable life 4 of the motors. 1
19/9 3 0
1. Filling the Case
18/8 2 -
10/7
The case of bent axis piston1 motors must -be pre-filled with
hydraulic oil before the system
9/6 0 is started for
- the first time.
Use the case drain connection at the highest point to ensure
the case remains full at all times. See figure 1. Figure 1 - Filling the case
Bent axisStarting
Caution: design the
motors and
motor pumps:
with little or no oil in the
Flushing case causes immediate and permanent damage
the bearings Caution:
to the piston unit.
The operating temperature influences the operating life of the Starting the motor with little or no oil in the case causes
bearings to a significant degree. As a result it is essential to immediate and permanent damage to the piston unit.
2. Connections
maintain oil temperature at the bearings at acceptable levels. 2. Connections
To reduce noise levels, flexible hoses are recommended
Fixed
(Mainand Variable
system displacement
pressure units
lines as well are designed
as case drain lines).to allow
flushing the shaft bearings with fresh oil. Flushing is recom- To reduce noise levels, flexible hoses are recommended
mended where
Case drain hosespumps/motors are as
should be as short installed vertically and
possible. (Main system pressure lines as well as case drain lines).
where operating cycles display long periods at high pressure
(> 250 bar).
Minimize pressure drops due to couplings, elbows and Case drain hoses should be as short as possible.
differences in diameter.
Minimize pressure drops due to couplings, elbows and differ-
Where non-flexible tubes are used, ensure that the pipes do
Recommended flushing flow rates for each nominal size. ences in diameter.
not pull on the cover of the motor.
DISPCLACEMENT FLUSHING FLOW RATES Where non-flexible tubes are used, ensure that the pipes do
20All hoses connected to tank (case3lpm
drain lines) should be
[0.8gpm] not pull on the cover of the motor.
30immersed at least 200 mm [8 in.]4lpmbelow the minimum oil
[1.1gpm]
level and at least 150 mm [6 in.] from the bottom of the tank.
40 4lpm [1.1gpm] All hoses connected to tank (case drain lines) should be
55Drive Shaft 4lpm [1.1gpm] immersed at least 200 mm [8 in.] below the minimum oil
75 5lpm [1.3gpm] level and at least 150 mm [6 in.] from the bottom of the tank.
Take special care to ensure that mechanical parts of the
87 8lpm [2.1gpm]
motor are coupled correctly. Ensure that the shaft and flange
108 Drive shaft
are lined up accurately to prevent 8lpm [2.1gpm]loads on the
additional
161 10lpm
shaft bearings. Flexible couplings should[2.6gpm]
be used. Take special care to ensure that mechanical parts of the
225 10lpm [2.6gpm] motor are coupled correctly. Ensure that the shaft and flange
Caution: Incorrectly aligned parts significantly reduce the are lined up accurately to prevent additional loads on the
service life of the bearings. shaft bearings. Flexible couplings should be used.
Caution: incorrectly aligned parts significantly reduce the

service life of the bearings.
68 EATON Hydraulics Bent Axis Motors E-MOPI-MC001-E1 September 2003
335
If Bent Axis piston m
tions it is important to take into account the slope of the turned upwards, or ru
ground and the effect of centrifugal forces on the oil level. tank (>50∞ C), or if u
at high pressures(>2
Installation above the tank motor/pump bearings
THE Particular care should be taken when installing units above ture than the tank. Fl
GROUP LLC that the line is designed such that the motor case remains
full at all times.
Bent Axis Motor

Installation Guidelines
the system is not in use
service for extended periods of time, since the force of gravi-
ty causes oil to drain from the case.
Installation position
Motors may be installed both above and below the level of
the fluid in the tank, (lowest level of the oil when the system
is operating). When motors are used in open circuit applica-
tions, the oil level is affected by the number and size of any
hydraulic cylinders used in the system. For mobile installations
it is important to take into account the slope of the ground
and the effect of centrifugal forces on the oil level.
Installation above the tank

Particular care should be taken when installing units above
that the line is designed such that the motor case remains
full at all times.
the system is not in use Figure 2 - Installation above the tank

EATON Hydraulics Bent Axis Motors
service for extended periods of time, since the force of
gravity causes oil to drain from the case.
Installation below the tank

Installation below the minimum level of the fluid (or immersed in
fluid) does not create particular problems.
Gearbox mount motors should not be installed vertically with
the shaft oriented upwards.
Flushing
If Bent Axis piston motors are to be installed with shaft turned
upwards, or run at high oil temperature inside the tank (>50ΥC),
or if units are used for a long operation time at high
pressures (>250 bar), it is recommended to flush motor/pump
bearings, by using oil at equal or lower temperature than the
tank. Flush the bearings through Port E
System Start-up
Before starting system for the first time, fill system components
with new and filtered oil. In addition, clean the reservoir and fill
with the same type of oil. We recommend flushing the circuit.
Verify that charge pressure is correct (closed circuits). Check
reservoir level and top-off if necessary.
336
THE
GROUP LLC
Hydraulics
Torque Hub
PN: 108663
Fairfield W12T
General Properties: The lubricant used in all Torque-

Hub® should have a minimum viscosity index of 95
cst and maintain a minimum viscosity of 40 cst under
normal operating temperature conditions. These
recommendations are based on a temperature rise of
50o to 100o F at normal operating conditions.
Maintenance
Oil mounts for each series of Torque-Hub® drives are
indicated in the appropriate series literature. An initial
oil change should be made after the first 50 hours of
operation. Subsequent oil changes should be on a
regular basis. 30-60 day interval.
Oil temperature should be no higher than 160o to 180o

for continuous operation, and no higher than 200o F
for intermittent operation. For special applications,
high horsepower, high speeds or wide temperature
changes, please consult Fair- field Manufacturing.
Oil Fill Level

When the Torque-Hub® unit is mounted horizontally,
the gearbox should be filled half-full of oil. Consult
the appropriate series literature for approximate fill
volumes. Vertically mounted Torque-Hub® units may
require special lubrication procedures. Please contact
Fairfield Manufacturing for vertically mounted
applications.
337
Torque II Series
W12T
.750-16 UNF-2B THD. .750-16 THD. X 3.25 (82,6MM)
O’RING BOSS PORT 14.445 IN .8520-.8485 (21,641-21,552MM) DIA
1.54
14.435 TYP. (12) ON 16.750 (425,45MM) DIA B.C.
2 HOLES 90° APART (39,1MM)
(366,78MM)
& LOCATED AS SHOWN 19.00 (h10)
(482,6MM) .375-18 NPTF THD.
NO. 3 7.00 DIA
DIA (3) HOLES 90° APART
SPINDLE MOUNT HOLES (177,8MM) R. ON 5.500 (139,70MM)
PRESSURE PORTS .750-16 UNF-2B THD. THRU DIA. B.C.
16.14
.4375-20 SAE STRAIGHT THD. TYP. (20) HOLES EQ. SPACED (410,0MM) DIA. NO 1 14.44 PIPE PLUGS
O-RING BOSS LOCATED AS SHOWN ON (366,8MM) (COVER)
12.990 37°
2 PORTS 14.567 (370,00 MM) DIA. B.C. DIA. (3 PLACES)
12.980
LOCATED AS SHOWN ON (329,82MM) NO 2
9.650 (245,11mm) (h10)
DIA. B.C. DIA.
NO. 2
90°
MOTOR MOUNT HOLES

.500-13UNC-2B THD.
PIPE PLUGS
.91 (23,1 mm) MIN. FULL THD.
(HUB SPINDLE SIDE)
TYP. 4 HOLES ON
(2 PLACES)
6.375 (161,93 mm) DIA. B.C. .045 R
.025 VIEW OF W12T7I NO 3
(1,14MM)
.002 (1/2 SCALE)
S.A.E. “C” MOUNT MAX. (,64 MM)
.74 (,05 MM)
(VIEW IS AT 3/4 SCALE) (18,8MM) 1.00 1.09 .250 R
5.005-5.001 (127,13-127,03 MM) DIA. PILOT, .500 (12,7MM) MAX DEPTH (25,4 MM) (27,7 MM) (6,35 MM)
14T, 12/24 SPLINE, 2.22 (56,4MM) MAX. DEPTH 5.47 MAX
(138,9 MM) 16.78
(426,2 MM)
MAX
Please refer to Fairfield Brake Literature

for brake operating conditions or contact Fairfield.
NOTE: MM SHOWN IN ( ) OTHER MODELS ALSO AVAILABLE

MOTOR CAVITY DIMENSIONS VARY WITH MODEL FAIRFIELD BRAKE AVAILABLE
Catalog prints are representative of the units.
Before final design request a certified print from Fairfield.
FAIRFIELD W12T TRANSMISSION
P/N 108663
13.60
57.00
58.00
ARTEX OH BOOM P/N 105780

P/N 100032 KERR AM3K MH
P/N 107140
1-1/2
1-1/2
950D DRUM
P/N 108657
47.11
EATON MODEL 87 MOTOR

P/N 108664
87
52.25
BRAKE ACTUATOR
P/N 100083
23.75
2
ITEM # PART NUMBER QTY. DESCRIPTION
1 100083 2 Actuator Brake, 30/30 Spring
2 100692SA 1 Equalizer Bar, Brake, 950 Series Drum
3 100696 1 Brake Rod S/A, Series 950 Drum - Fab
4 100697 2 Bearing, 950 Brake Shaft, 2 Dia.
5 102365 2 Valve, 1/4, Emergency Quick Release
6 102513 2 Rod, Threaded Zinc 5/8-18 X 3
Clevis Pin, Brake Equalizer, 1"dia., 3 1/8" 12

7 105796 1 UL, Zn-Plt, w/ Ret. Pins
8 106984 2 Clevis, Yoke End, 5/8 - 18, Drop Forged 15
9 107163 4 Clevis Pin, 5/8 x 1-3/4

11
Drum, Ser.4818/09D(950D Split), Oil India -

10 108657 1 Fabrication 13.60
10
Transmission, Fairfield W12T40, 4.09 Split
11 108663 1 Speed, 39.34:1 Red.
Motor, Hydraulic, Bent Axis, Eaton Model

12 108664 1 87, SAE D/D
1
Bearing, QM, 3-7/16 dia., Steel Housing, CL

13 109432 1 Series, Dbl. Collar 17
Brake Band S/A, Segmented Liner, 950 Ser. 57.00

14 109557SA 2 Drum, Standard Cradle
3
Transmission Mount, W12T, 950D Drum
15 109724 1 Cradle - Fabrication
Drum Cradle, 950D Drum, W12T, Band

16 109725SA 1 Brakes 16
17 100032 1 Spooler, Boom, Artex Standard
18 100182 1 Cylinder, Hydraulic, 2 x 8 ASAE
19 100183 1 Cylinder, Hydraulic, 3 x 8 ASAE 18 13
20 100606 2 Bearing, F4B, 1-1/2 Dia., Normal Duty

58.00
21 102078 2 Bearing, PB, 1-3/4 Dia., Normal Duty
Boom Riser, 950 Cradle, 3 x 8 ASAE

22 105781 2 Cylinder - Fabrication
PLAN VIEW
02 NONE
OH Boom Shaft, 950 Cradle, 3 x 8 ASAE
23 105780 1 Cyl. - Fabrication
Measuring Head, AM3K with Cased Hole

24 107140 1 Integral Tension
23 20 20
21
21 21
18 17 24
1-1/2
1-1/2
22
19
20
1-1/2
1-1/2
22
20 14
19
22 10
10
12 47.11
22
13
9 13
8
87
52.25 16
6
NOT SHOWN NOT SHOWN 8 6

5 5 23.75
9
1
2
16
7
4
2
1
END VIEW SIDE VIEW

03 NONE 01 NONE
Hi Lo
4-2 SOLENOID
DG4V-3S
P/N: 110639
1 X 1 X
A1 B1 A2 B2
P T P T
SOLENOID #1 - UPPER SOLENOID #2 - LOWER
P
FLOW DIVIDER RELIE VALVE
DELTA PM2 MODULAR RV5
PN: 110492 PN: 110642
FLOW CONTROL VALVE
PCM-600S P T
PN:108438 2
T
A
1
ENERGIZE SEQUENCE
HI = B1 + A2
FROM CHARGE PUMP
SEE DWG 108661 Lo = B2 + A1
N = B1 + B2
B = A1 + A2
TOLERANCES
000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030
HI-LO SHIFT , FAIL-SAFE,

0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG
FIN = 125 RMS
ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES FAIRFIELD W12T - OIL INDIA

OWNED BY AND INTENDED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF BRENHAM ARTEX LLC DRAWN BY: JMH
A -
CHECKED BY: JSH

110644
Hi Lo
A B
Hi = A
2 4 Lo = B
4-3 SOLENOID
SV9-8F B=0
P/N: 109958 N = A+B
FLOW DIVIDER 3 1
DELTA PM2
PN: 110492 2
FLOW CONTROL VALVE 3-2 SOLENOID
PCM-600S P T SV4-8
PN:108438 2 P/N: 109958
3 1
A
1
FROM CHARGE PUMP

SEE DWG 108661 WINCH
MOTOR
CASE
CASE TO
COOLER
& FILTER
TOLERANCES
000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030
HI-LO SHIFT , FAIRFIELD W12T

0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG
FIN = 125 RMS
ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES OIL INDIA

OWNED BY AND INTENDED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF BRENHAM ARTEX LLC DRAWN BY: KEN
A -
CHECKED BY: JSH

110387
THE
GROUP LLC
Hydraulics
Torque Hub
PN: 108663
W12T
Performance Data Oil Bearing Curve
Continuous Intermittent Fill to half full with 90 weight gear lube with EP additive 40,000
125,000 in-lb 250,000 in-lb on most applications. 37,500
14,113 Nm 28,227 Nm 35,000

Approximate Volume 169.6 oz. (5.3 quarts) 32,500
30,000
Speed Limitations
ALLOWABLE RADIAL LOAD (lbs)

27,500
Note: Oil level and type will vary with specific model and application.
25,000
Input Speed: 3,750 RPM Maximum Intermittent (Periods of
30 minutes or less) Conditions of Bearing Curve 22,500 3000 HOURS @ 100 RPM
(Contact Fairfield for specific speed information) 20,000
Life = 3,000 hours B-10 17,500
Weight Speed = 100 RPM output 15,000

12,500
Approximately 568 lbs (258 kg)
To adjust for loads and speeds other than shown on curve: 10,000
10/3 7,500
Note: Specific models will change weights.
( 100 RPM
) ( Load (Curve) )
Adjusted Life (hrs) = 3,000 Speed (Adjusted) x Load (Adjusted) 5,000 MAX. BEARING LIFE LINE
2,500 HUB MOUNTING FLANGE
-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-6
W12T Model Formula
W 12 T C 1 8 3 4 40 DISTANCE FROM HUB MOUNTING FACE (in)
W - Torque-Hub® Wheel Drive Reduction

20 – 20.25:1
29 – 29.16:1
40 – 39.34:1 Input Rating
Two Speed
MAX. INPUT TORQUE 4,000 lb-in (452 Nm)
Motor Mount Spindle Hub Flange to Flange Input MAX. INPUT SPEED 3750 RPM
C – SAE “C” 4 – 14T, 12/24 Spline MIN. BRAKING TORQUE 4,000 lb-in (452 Nm)
D – SAE “D” Frame Mounting B.C.
Mount Dia. 5 – 13T, 8/16 Spline MIN. SHIFT PRESSURE 400 psi (27,6 bar)
MAX. SHIFT PRESSURE 1500 psi (103,4 bar)
1 (20) 3/4-16 Holes 12.990 (12) .850/.848 5.46”
on a 14.567 B.C. 12.980 Holes on a 16.750
Dia. B.C. Reduction
SPEED PRESSURE PRESSURE
2 (20) 3/4-16 Holes 12.990 (12) .850/.848 3.00” Input Ratio SPLIT HIGH SPEED LOW SPEED
on a 14.567 B.C. 12.980 Holes on a 16.750
Dia. B.C. 3 – 3.46:1 3.46:1 20.25:1 70.07:1
4 – 4.09:1 4.09:1
6.23:1
20.25:1
20.25:1
82:84:1
126.16:1
6 – 6.23:1
3.46:1 29.16:1 100.89:1
4.09:1 29.16:1 119.26:1
6.23:1 29.16:1 181.67:1
Studs 3.46:1 39.34:1 136.19:1
Fairfield Manufacturing Company, Inc. 0 – Not Included 4.09:1 39.34:1 160.90:1
6.23:1 39.34:1 245.09:1
First in Custom Gears and Drive Systems 1 – 3/4-16 by 1.40”
PRESSURE BOTH SPEEDS NEUTRAL
www.fairfieldmfg.com 8 – 3/4-16 by 2.14” PRESSURE NEITHER SPEEDS BRAKE
338
THE
GROUP LLC
Hydraulics
Torque Hub
PN: 108663
Procedure for long-term storage of planetary reducers
1. Seal the input-side of the gearbox with an Input Adaptor, flat bolt-on Plate, Rubber Stopper or Hydraulic
Motor. If a hydraulic motor is used remove input coupling where appropriate. Grease the coupling, store in
plastic bag and wire to hydraulic motor
2. The gearbox should be placed in a horizontal position for long term storage. Half-Fill the Gearbox with the
same gear oil as required by the application. This, along with Item 3, is extremely important in order to keep
the bearings and output seal lubricated.
3. Starting with the initial oil fill of the unit and every six (6) months there after rotate the input of the unit
sufficiently for one full output revolution. This should be done regardless of the amount of oil placed in the unit.
4. In addition to Item 3, every 6 months turn the gearbox over by 180 degrees, such that the oil makes contact
with the opposite internal side of the gearbox. This is required in order to keep all internal surfaces coated with
oil, as Item 3 will generally not create the required splash.
5. If the unit is not painted, keep the outside of the gearbox oiled to prevent oxidation of the exterior surfaces.
6. Before placing in service, drain the unit completely of oil and any accumulated water. Then refill with the
correct amount of oil as required by the application. The purpose of this step is to separate the accumulated
water from the oil.
7. When first placing the unit in service, limit the input speed to 100-500 RPM for 10 to 15 minutes. This should
allow oil to reach all internal surfaces without damaging any initially un-lubricated parts.
For the purpose of the procedures “long term storage’ is defined as more than six months when storage conditions
or past experience have been less than ideal, i.e. temperature extremes, humidity extremes (condensation and
water build up), indoor versus outdoor storage. If there are any questions please consult a Fairfield application
engineer or representative.
339
THE
GROUP LLC
Hydraulics
CMYK
REMOTE CONTROL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE - Series VR1E02 Torque Valve

RC Pressure Relief Valve PN: 100148
Veljan Series VR1E02 Remote Control Valves are direct These seat type valves mainly SYMBOL
operated Pressure Relief Valves. These are usable as consist of a seat, cone and a P
remote control valves for all pilot operated pressure control pressure spring. The valve is
valves e.g Veljan series VR4 & VR5. These may be located leak-free below the setting
upto 3 meters distance from the main valves and are used pressure. A damping spool
to control maximum circuit pressure of any degree below maintains a stable function after
the main valve pressure setting. the setting pressure is reached. T
PC
SPECIFICATIONS
Example:
Type : Poppet design Foot Mounting
Mounting : Panel/foot/subplate/
Lock nut
cartridge (manifold) T
Direction of flow : P T
Operating pressure range : 0 - 5000 psi
at inlet port P (0 to 350 bar)
Pressure setting range : 100 - 5000 psi
P
(7 to 350 bar)
Nominal flow : 3.8 lpm (1 gpm)
Fluid : Mineral oil according
to DIN 51524/25
Damping spool
Viscosity range : 10 to 650 cSt
(60 to 3900 SSU)
P - Q - Characteristics
Optimum viscosity : 30 cSt (180 SSU) (116) 8
P bar (psi)
Ambient temperature range : -- 20° C...+60°C

(87) 6
(--4°F...+140°F)
Fluid temperature range : -- 18°C...+80° C nominal flow
(58) 4
Pressure drop
(-- 0°F...+176°F) (29) 2

Contamination level : Max. Permissible
according to NAS 0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1638 class 8 (class 9 (0.26) (0.53) (0.79) (1.06) (1.32) (1.59) (1.85)
for 15 micron and Viscocity 35 cst

Test Temp 50°c + 5°c Flow lpm (gpm)
smaller) or ISO 17/14
ORDERING CODE
VR1E02 - 3 3 1 1 - A - 1 - ***
Series
Body mounting*
0 - Cartridge, 1 - Foot Mounting, 2 - Panel Mounting, 3* - Subplate Mounting
Pressure setting range
1 - 100-1500 psi (7 to 105 bar), 2 - 100-3000 psi (7 to 210 bar), 3 - 100-5000 psi (7 to 350 bar)
Connections
0 - None (for cartridge), 1 - 1/4” NPTF, 2 - G 1/4”
Type of control
1 - Hand knob (32mm dia), 2* - Hand knob (50mm dia), 3 - Acorn nut with lead seal,
Design letter
Seal class
1- Buna N - (Standard), 5 - Viton,
Modification
Order subplate and mounting screws separately (see page 6).
* While using control type 2 with subplate mounting body, use additional adapter plate(order no VS16-64188)
with 4 nos valve mounting screws M10 x 55, DIN 912 -12.9 (order no V700-71447-8).
340
3
CMYK
THE
GROUP LLC
Hydraulics
Torque Valve
PN: 100148
REMOTE CONTROL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE - Series VR1E02
IINSTALLATION
Weight : 4.61 lbs (2.1 kg)

Panel Mounting - VR1E02 (# 2)
B1
A1
øA2
øA9
PC P T
øA3
øA8
B3
4
øB
A7
B2
A5 A6
A4
max
Dimensions Dimensions
in mm in mm
A1 0.26 6.5 B1 3.26 83.0
A2 ø0.28 ø7.2 B2 1.56 39.7
A3 ø2.5 ø63.5 B3 3.26 83.1
A4 5.54 140.7 B4 ø3.25 ø82.5
A5 3.5 88.7
A6 2.05 52.0
A7 0.51 13.0
A8 ø1.26 ø32.0
A9 ø0.41 ø10.4
Foot Mounting - VR1E02 (# 1) Weight : 4.61 lbs (2.1 kg)
B1
øB5
B2
B3
P T
øA1
341
A5
A4
B4
A3
THE
GROUP LLC
Hydraulics
Thermostatic Valve
PN: 100756
Three-Way Thermostatic Valve
Fluid Power Energy (FPE) Thermostatic Valves utilize the principle
of expanding wax, which in the semi-liquid state undergoes large
expansion rates within a relatively narrow temperature range. The
self-contained element activates a stainless steel sleeve, which directs
flow. All FPE Thermostatic Valves are factory set at predetermined
temperatures: no further adjustments are necessary. A wide range
of temperatures are available for water and oil temperature control
applications.
When used in a diverting application, on start-up the total fluid flow

is routed back to the main system. As fluid temperature rises to the
Features
control range, some fluid is diverted to the cooling system. As fluid
temperature contin- ues to increase, more flow is diverted. When the
Wide Range of Temperatures
thermostat is in a fully stroked condition, all fluid flow is directed to
the cooling system. FPE Thermostatic Valves may also be used in a
Heavy Duty
mixing application.
Self-Contained
In a mixing application, hot fluid enters the “B” port and colder fluid
enters the “C” port. The flows mix and the thermostat adjusts to reach
Replaceable Element
the desired temperature, exiting the “A” port.
Non-Adjustable
Standard FPE thermostatic valve housings are made from aluminum
and grey iron castings, however, ductile iron, bronze, steel and stainless
Rugged Construction
steel housings are available.
Tamper-Proof
Optional
1010 features: High over temperature element, plated element. Other
Operate in Any Position
options available upon request.
Available for Refrigeration Service
* (Replace * with body material type; A=Cast Iron, AL=Aluminum, B=Bronze, D=Ductile Iron, S=Steel, SS=Stainless Steel)
342
THE
GROUP LLC
Hydraulics
Thermostatic Valve
PN: 100756
PRESSURE RATINGS
MATERIAL PSI
A, AL, B 150
D 250
S, SS 500
PART # DESCRIPTION
*1010 VALVE BODY (*See table for material)
*1020 VALVE COVER (*See table for material)
All models 1080 GASKET (Older than 1979)
1572** O-RING (Standard material is Buna-N)
Flow vs. Pressure Drop
1071 LIP SEAL
1/2” 3/4” 1” 1060-Temp THERMOSTAT (Temp to follow dash)
1600 HEX BOLT
1601 LOCK WASHER
1590 NAMEPLATE
FPE Model 1000* Replacement Kit (Includes the following:)

1572** O-RING (Standard material is Buna-N)
1071 LIP SEAL
1060-Temp THERMOSTAT (Temp to follow dash)
(For Viton® (V) or Neoprene (E) O-Ring material, replace ** with V or E)
FLOWIN U.S. GPM Viton® is a registered trademark of Dupont Dow Elastomers
SAE 10 @ 100° F
Recommended Pressure Drop is 2 to 7 PSI
343
THE
GROUP LLC
Accessories
The Artex Group LLC

Phone 979.836.5533

PLATINUM
REGISTRATION, INC.
THE
GROUP LLC
Accessories
Intercom System
PN: 08-108652
General Description
This system is designed to mount inside a

wireline unit to provide communications
between personnel inside the logging cabin
and personnel working outside at the wellsite.
The system consists of three components,

the intercom and the remote speaker. The
intercom is powered from12vdc. The remote
speaker connects to the intercom output port
DEPTH: 2.72" 6.9 CM
WEIGHT: 3 LBS 1.37 KG
through either a bulkhead cable or a cable
spool of up to 250’ in length.
The remote speaker serves both as a speaker

and a microphone. The intercom comes with
connectors for two remote speakers. A switch
is provided on the front panel to select which
speaker is in use. One speaker can be installed
in the logging unit near the wireline drum
and the other speaker can be placed near the
well head through a 100’ – 250’ cable reel.
ALS3A012 INTERCOM CABLE
SPEAKER
WIDTH: 6.75" 17.15 CM

HEIGHT: 8.53" 21.67 CM
DEPTH: 7.92" 20.12 CM
WEIGHT: 9 LBS 4.08 KG
345
THE
GROUP LLC
Accessories
6061 Aircraft grade construction major body parts.

Collector
JAS PN: 500503
Hermetically sealed removable, replaceable, mercury Artex PN: 109019
wetted contacts.
Field Serviceable, simple snap ring to replace wetted

contacts.
Up to 30 Amp rating.
Industry standard 30” flying leads, 14 ga. other

terminations available.
Teflon stranded wire for drum connection.

Industry standard collector for truck wiring.
Model Contacts Volts Amps Connector P/N
AR435 SS 04 4 500 4 @ 30 Amps 16S-4 Pin 500503
346
THE
GROUP LLC
Accessories
Cabin Pressurizer
PN: 109915
Visionaire 46-6000 Air Cab Pressurizer.
In many cases an environmental cabserves as the primary

method ofdust control for operators for bothsurface
and underground mobileequipment. Historically, when
theoperator of a piece of mobileequipment has had a dust
problem, acab could be installed to correct the situation.
With more and more awareness of the problemsassociated
with silica exposure onsurface mining operations, a cab
byitself can no longer be assumed toresolve the problem.
As part of its surface dust initiative, Coal Mine Safety

and Health has initiated a program to determine the dust
control limitations of cabs. The purpose of this study was
to determine the effectiveness of cabs for dust and quartz
control and to determine what types of improvements
could bemade to cab air filtration systems.
27.58
15.51
2.66
3.34 7.81 8.93 3.75 9.88
347
THE
GROUP LLC
Accessories
Cabin Pressurizer
PN: 109915
Visionaire 46-6000 Air Cab Pressurizer.
ITEM
PART NUMBER DESCRIPTIONQ TY.
NO.
1 15-30-2901 P004307 2
2 15-30-2023 G080023 1
3 17-41-1430 P101290 1
4 14-20-1000 73R9202 1
5 15-30-2900 X002014 1
6 30-6000-001 FILTER BRACKET 1

PRESSURE
7 30-6000-002 1
BLOWER BRKT
1
2
6
3
4
348
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
F
F
12.44
19.18
2.52
0
E E
0.86
5.11
6.51
D D
C
C
16.04 16.04
10.01
REV
46-6000-202
3.29
D
B
B
0 0
16.36
22.80
26.96
0
3.22
3.90
6.15
6.91
10.90
0
2.00
9.50
A
VISIONAIRE, INC.
UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED: NAME DATE
A
DIMENSIONS ARE IN INCHES DRAWN
TOLERANCES:
FRACTIONAL CHECKED TITLE:
ANGULAR: MACH BEND
TWO PLACE DECIMAL
ENG APPR.
OVERVIEW OF
HORIZONTAL PRESSURIZER
THREE PLACE DECIMAL MFG APPR.
INTERPRET GEOMETRIC Q.A.

PROPRIETARY AND CONFIDENTIAL TOLERANCING PER:
COMMENTS:
THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS MATERIAL
SIZE DWG. NO. REV
D
DRAWING IS THE SOLE PROPERTY OF
VISIONAIRE, INC. ANY
REPRODUCTION IN PART OR AS A WHOLE FINISH 46-6000-202
WITHOUT THE WRITTEN PERMISSION OF NEXT ASSY USED ON
VISIONAIRE, INC. IS PROHIBITED.
APPLICATION SCALE: 1:5 WEIGHT: SHEET 1 OF 1
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
THE
GROUP LLC
Accessories
iSyS Printer
PN: 108655
iTerra Lite iSyS Printer
Accessories
Printrex Printer
PN: 100994
QF Chassis Industrial Printer
Model 840DL/G • 820DL/G
Note: Refer to manufacturers manuals for details.

349
THE
GROUP LLC
Accessories
RF Monitoring Panel
PN: 105718
Specifications for Model SB200A
RF input: BNC connector

50 Ohm impedance
RF input sensitivity – 1 millivolt across 50 ohms at 100 Mhz
Frequency spectrum – VHF – 100 Khz to 400 Mhz

– UHF – 400 Mhz to 1 Ghz.
Power requirements - +12 Volts D.C. @ 500 milliamps
Alarm points: RF – 0 dBm

Voltage – 0.250 Volts (250 milliVolts)
Current – 0.025 Amps (25 milliAmps)
Voltage (stray/induced) - alarms when 0.25 Volts AC or DC is exceeded
Current (stray/induced) - alarms when more than 0.025 Amps (25

milliamps) AC or DC is detected
Alarm contacts – Normally Open (N.O.)

Rated for 110 volts AC/DC at 5 amps maximum
Packaging: standard rack mount – single R.U. with a depth of 8.0

inches (20.32 cm)
Ventilation requirements: none
Sense terminal – when unit is off – there is a 5 Kohm resistance to

ground.
Sense terminal wiring - #10 AWG is preferred.
The sense terminal will continuously monitor the lead resistance.

Should the resistance increase above 100 ohms, the unit will enter
an alarm condition and the system must be corrected before the
monitoring unit can be “reset” Computer Rack
350
THE
GROUP LLC
Accessories
RF Monitoring Panel
PN: 105718
System Operating Overview for Model SB200A
The RF-VI monitoring system is designed to fit in a conventional rack.

The unit is 19 inches wide by 1 RU high (1.75 “).
No special venting allowance is required for this unit.
The system is designed to operate directly from a regulated +12 volt DC source.
Figure #1: Shel-Bar RF-VI Monitoring unit – Model #SB200A
The left hand side of the unit employs the RF monitoring segment.
Figure #2: Left hand side of the RF-VI monitoring system – showing the RF monitoring section.
The right hand side of the unit displays the Voltage and Current monitoring of the well head to truck connection.
Figure #3: Right hand side of the RF-VI monitoring system – showing the indicators for the voltage and current monitoring.
351
THE
GROUP LLC
Accessories
RF Monitoring Panel
PN: 105718
The rear panel has been simplified from earlier units. A single connection is required for feed the +12 VDC
into the unit. This voltage is feed to both the RF and VI monitoring section. Each section can be operated
independently. Please refer to Figure #2 and #3 for the “on/off ” switch location.
Figure #4: The rear panel layout of the RF-VI unit. The ground and “VI” sense cables are connected on the left hand side. The +12
VDC are connected to the left had side of the terminal strip followed by the alarm contacts to the right. The antenna input can be
seen on the right hand side.
Figure #5: The left had side of the read RF-VI monitoring unit. The ground connection (green terminal) must be made to a good truck
ground. The +Sense (red terminal) is connected via #10 (preferred) stranded copper wire to the wellhead.
Figure #6: The center of the rear panel of the RF-VI monitoring unit. The connection for the +12
VDC can be seen. The VI section has is own alarm output as does the RF section.
352
THE
GROUP LLC
Accessories
RF Monitoring Panel
PN: 105718
* The 12 VDC input is protected from a reverse connection. No damage to the monitoring unit will result from
a reverse connection.
* The alarm output for the VI section is a “dry contact” closure – meaning there is no voltage on the terminals.
The terminals are normally open and will close when an alarm in sensed.
The closure is “latched” and will remain in an alarm state until the front panel “reset” button is pushed. It the
unit will not reset – there is a problem of too much return current or voltage from the wellhead. The current
and/or voltage problem at the well head must be addressed before the monitoring unit will reset.
There is no provision to turn the alarm condition off other than to turn the main power off. In the “off ” state
there is a resistive network of 5 kohms placed from the sense terminal to ground. This can only be changed by
turning the unit “on”.
* The alarm output for the RF section is a “dry contact” closure – meaning there is no voltage on the terminals.
The terminals are normally open and will close when an alarm in sensed.
The closure is “latched” and will remain in an alarm state until the front panel “reset” button is pushed. It the
unit will not reset – there is a problem of too much RF in the measurement area. The current and/or voltage
problem at the well head must be addressed before the monitoring unit will reset.
There is no provision to turn the alarm condition off other than to turn the main power off.
Figure #7: The right hand side of the RF-VI monitoring unit. The BNC RF input connector is shown. This has a 50 ohm input
impedance.
The antenna should offer a 50 ohm working impedance. The unit can be a broadband monopole – magnetic
roof mount or fixed. Cabling should be RF58/U as a minimum or an RG8/U cable which would be preferred.
Ask you vendor if an antenna is required.
353
THE
GROUP LLC
Accessories
RF Monitoring Panel
PN: 105718
alarm relay - internal

configuration - N.O. contacts
To other external To other external

_
+ equipment equipment
12 Volt DC
battery source Relay contacts are rated
for 110 Volts AC/DC @ 5 amps
354
THE
GROUP LLC
Accessories
RF Monitoring Panel
PN: 105718
The ground connection The Sense terminal

must be positively made is connected to the
to the truck box/chassis welhead - a #10 AWG
wire is preferred.
The connection to
the welhead must be
positively made - clean
and scrape area to
which the connection is
to be made
355
THE
GROUP LLC
Accessories
RF Monitoring Panel
PN: 105718
Roof mounted monopole antenna

connected to RF input RF-VI
monitoring unit
Ground and sense cable

RG-58U CABLE
reel and clamps
This antenna should be

mounted of the roof of the
logging cabin
356
THE
GROUP LLC
Accessories
RF Monitoring Panel
PN: 105718
Operating Procedure for Model SB200A

1. Display check: To check the signal level display. depending on the level setting, all the LEDs may not be
illuminated.
2. LED display: Indicates the signal level in %. The alarm is set to trigger after the 100% LED is illuminated.
3. Alarm Reset: Resets the alarm when triggered.
4. Power - RF: Alternate action switch to turn the power ON/OFF.
5. Power - VIR: Alternate action switch to turn the power ON/OFF.
6. Alarm: Resets VIR section.
7. Manual/Auto switch: Manual mode: use to monitor “Voltage - Current - Resistance” when selected by pushing
the Push / to Select button.
Auto Mode: it monitors “Voltage - Current - Resistance” in intervals of approx. 25 seconds. Note> If an alarm
is triggered in “Auto Mode”it will lock up in the sensed mode until the alarm is re-set.
8. Push to select: The desired mode “Volts”- “mA” - “Ohms”
9. Monitor LEDs: Indicates the Sense Mode selected “Voltage - Current - Resistance”
10. LCD Display: Indicates the Voltage in volts - Current in mAmps - Resistance in Ohms Maximum resistance
measure: 200 Ohms. Alarm is set when the loop resistence exceeds 100 Ohms.
11. Dispaly check: The display chack will indicate a number close to 500.0, the decimal place may be set at 5.000
or 500.0.
357
THE
GROUP LLC
Accessories
RF Monitoring Panel
PN: 105718
The ground terminal and the sense terminal should be jumpered together for the initial installation and testing
of the system.
Once the truck is in operation, the ground and sense terminal are connected to the well head with the appropriate
wiring. Providing that the grounding resistance value is less than 80 ohms the system will not alarm.
Should the wiring resistance value be or become greater than 100 ohms, the system will alarm and cannot be
reset until the problem has been corrected. The resistance monitoring is done on a continuous basis as a
safety feature.
Should reconnection to the well head be required, turn the RF-VI monitoring unit OFF to prevent going
into an alarm condition.
If an alarm condition exists and the unit will not reset – the + Sense and the Ground terminals should be
shorted together with a set of “banana” jacks. If the alarm condition remains, the RF-VI unit is likely defective
and arrangements for a factory return should be made.
Calibration:
It is recommended that the RF-VI monitoring unit be calibrated on a yearly basis by the factory.
Arrangements can be made through Artex USA. Please call the factory prior to shipment as a RMA number is
required. Cost and delivery information will be provided.
In a continuance of product research and development, the specifications are subject to change without notice.
358
THE
GROUP LLC
Accessories
RF Monitoring Panel
PN: 105718
Antenna
RF Amplifier
Splitter/Chopper
100 Khz to 400 400 Khz to 1

Mhz amplifier & Ghz amplifier &
detector circuits detector circuits
Front Panel
Display
359
THE
GROUP LLC
Accessories
RF Monitoring Panel
PN: 105718
5 Kohm Protection Circuit
Sense Terminal
Wiring Test Circuit
Voltage Detection Resistance Test Current Detection

Test Circuit Detection Circuit Test Circuit
Front Panel Alarm Detection

Display Circuit
360
- - -
ANTENNA
CABIN AREA DRUM AREA
RIG AND WELLHEAD AREA
RF REEL
100/150 FT RIG
RF PANEL
10 AWG WIRE
SOCKET/PLUG
10 AWG WIRE
GROUND REEL
100/150 FT
SOCKET/PLUG
CHASSIS GROUND
IN POWER
DISTRIBUTION PANEL
WELLHEAD
PN DESCRIPTION
105718 RF PANEL
105838 REEL
106158 UHF MALE CONNECTOR
106529 UHF FEMALE CONNECTOR
100465 20A 12V RELAY TOLERANCES
105287 FIXTURE LIGHT (UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED)
105285 FIXTURE GREEN COVER 000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030
105286 FIXTURE RED COVER 0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG
107641 CLAMP FIN = 125 RMS SCHEMATIC, RF PANEL / REEL / GROUND REEL
105977 10 AWG WIRE OWNED BY AND INTENDED FOR THE EXCLUSIVE USE OF BRENHAM ARTEX LLC ALL DIMENSIONS IN INCHES
110760
CHECKED BY: -
B - -
DATE: 09.07.10 NONE P/N 110760
- - -
Green LED
Red 16 AWG
Green 16 AWG
1 2
Terminal Strip
3 4
Orange 16 AWG
Red LED
5 6
DC Ground
A B Fuseblock 2
Relay F2-1 F2-4
5 Amp
Black 16 AWG
F2-2 F2-5
5 Amp
F2-3 F2-6
Brown 16 AWG
Black 10 AWG
Ground + Sense RF Input
-
V-I RF
+ RLY N.O RLY N.O
BOM
Electrical Department
( RF-Panel )
Black 10 AWG
Part number Description Quantity
Computer Rack 105718

109162
Potential Monitor,Radio Frequency Panel
Reel, Cable, Hannay, SPAVC 16-10-11
1
1
104578 Antenna, Meter with Cable and Converter 1
107641 Clamp, Ground, Detachable Cable Connection, 600 Amp, MIG-600-D 1
108484 Wire, 10 AWG, 1 Conductor, Neoprene Jacket 150'
Red 10 AWG Red 10 AWG 105271 Banana Plug (red) 10-pak 1
Green 10 AWG
105270 Banana Plug (black)10-pak 1
DC 2 100471 UHF Standard Panel Recepticle/ Amphenol 83-1R 1
DC Ground
106158 Connector, Coax, Teflon Insulated, PL259 1
DC Busbar
Power Distribution Panel 106282
105466
100789
UHF -Type Reducers, RG58 Cable
Green Indicator, Watertight Led 1000 FT 11/16" 12 VDC Panel 6"
Red Indicator, Watertight Led 1000 FT 11/16" 12 VDC Panel 6"
1
1
1
100465 Relay, General Purpose, 20A, 12VDC/ Tyco CII 187-32B200 1
Antenna Cable
107615 Terminal Ring, Blue, 16-14 AWG, 4-6 Stud 6

101713 Terminal, PIDG Faston, Blue, 16-14 AWG Blade 5
-+
Black 2 AWG
102680 Terminal, PIDG, Butt Splice, Blue, 16-14, Amp 320562 1
Black 10 AWG 102359 Terminal, PIDG, Butt Splice, Red, 22-18/ 320559 2
Breaker 120 Amp 101739 Wire, TFFN 16 ORN 156 STR CU 500 6'
100399 Wire, TFFN 16 BLK 26 STR 500S/R 6'
- + Red 2 AWG
101741 Wire, THHN 10 GRN 19 STR CU 500 S/R 6'
100401 Wire, TFFN 16 BRN 26 STR 500 S/R 6'
100402 Wire, TFFN 16 GRN 26 STR 500 S/R 6'
105743 Wire, Cable, SOOW black, 16 AWG - 2 CON 16/2 20'
RF - Reel
Ground Clamp RF Antenna TOLERANCES
Drum Area
000.0 = +/- 0.100

00.00 = +/- 0.030
0.000 = +/- 0.005
ANG = +/- 0.5 DEG

FIN = 125 RMS

SCHEMATIC, RF PANEL
DRAWN BY:
CHECKED BY:
M.H.
-
B - 110794 -
DATE: 09.07.10 NONE P/N 110794
THE
GROUP LLC
Accessories
Reels
PN: 105718
Ground Reel
RF Panel Reel
Intercom Reel
361
THE
GROUP LLC
Accessories
Rig Up
PN 150605
Well Logger’s Block

Floor Blocks & Top Blocks
• Alloy aluminum housing for maximum strength and minimum weight.
• Conductor cable ONLY is recommended for use with Well Logger’s Blocks.
• For use in high speed well logging, perforating, etc.
• Extra large double row, pre-adjusted sealed tapered bearing.
• Quick opening pin for fast string-up, light weight for easy handling.
FLOOR BLOCKS
Sheave Working Conductor Weight
Diameter Block Floor Block Load Limit Cable Size Each
(in.) No. Stock No. (Tons)* (in.)† (lbs.) Connection
14 4771 697846 1/45 8S wivel Clevis
20 4771 910726 1/47 0S wivel Clevis
24 4771 911071 05 /161 30 Swivel Clevis
*U ltimate Load is 4 times the Working Load Limit.
†O ther cable sizes available upon request.
362
THE
GROUP LLC
Electrical
Volt-Ohm-Milliammeter
PN 108877
Simpson 260® Series 9S

Analog - VOM / Volt-Ohm-Milliammeter
Certified to EN61010-1 to 600V, Category III

Case Size: 5¼ “ x 7 “ x 3⅛ “
Weight: 2¼ Pounds
Specifications
DC VOLTAGE
Ranges 250mV, 2.5V, 10V ,25V, 60V, 100V, 250V, 600V
Accuracy 2% of full scale * Sensitivity 20K per volt
Rated Circuit-To-Ground Voltage 600V max.
AC VOLTAGE
Ranges 2.5V, 10V, 25V, 60V, 100V, 250V, 600V
Accuracy 3% of full scale * Sensitivity 5K per volt
Rated Circuit-To-Ground Voltage 600V max.
DECIBEL
-20 to +10dB / -8 to +22dB / 0 to 30dB / 13 to 43dB
Reference 0dB= 1mW into 600Ω
DC CURRENT
Ranges 1mA, 10mA, l00mA, 600mA, 10A
Accuracy 2% of full scale - Voltage Drop: (Approx.) 250mV
AC CURRENT
0 to 10A
Accuracy 3% of full scale - Voltage Drop: (Approx.) 250mV
RESISTANCE
Ranges Rx 1, Rx 100, Rx 10K
Accuracy 2.5° of arc on R x 1, 2.0° of arc on R x 100 and R x 10,000
363
THE
GROUP LLC
ARTEX GROUP DIVISIONS
Houston, Texas
ARTEX USA JAS Distributing LLC
Wireline Unit Manufacturing Electronics Division
USA Brenham, Texas 77833 Houston, Texas 77065
Toll free 1.877.839.5533 Toll free 1.877.677.0941
Phone 979.836.5533 Distributing LLC Phone 281.890.5338
Division of The Artex Group LLC
Fax 979.836.8822 Division of The Artex Group LLC
Fax 281.605.4543
richard@artex-usa.com info@jas-distributing.com
ARTEX Colorado JAS Distributing LLC
Brenham, Texas
660 Rood Ave. Shape Charge Distribution
COLORADO Grand Junction, Colorado, 81501 Brenham, Texas 77833
Phone: 979.203.8679 Toll free 1.877.677.0941
rhadd.willer@artexgroupllc.com Distributing LLC
Division of The Artex Group LLC Division of The Artex Group LLC
Phone 979.277.0941
Fax 979.277.0944
robert@jas-distributing.com
Fort Worth, Texas

ARTEX Middle East JAS Distributing LLC
Abu Dhabi, UAE Fort Worth, Texas
MIDDLE EAST Mobile + 971.50.70.32189 Joshua, Texas 76058
titus@artex-usa.com Distributing LLC Toll free 1.877.677.0941
Division of The Artex Group LLC Division of The Artex Group LLC Phone 979.203.3116
kevin@jas-distributing.com
ARTEX Perú JAS Distributing LLC
Vernal, Utah
Sales and Services Vernal, Utah 84078
Lima, Perú Toll free 1.877.677.0941
PERU
Phone + 511.421.4742 Phone 435.828.7233
alfredo@artex-usa.com Distributing LLC blake@jas-distributing.com
JAS Petróleo
Electronics Division
ARTEX Brazil Buenos Aires, Argentina
Rua José Alves de Aquino nro 25 JAS - PETROLEO S.R.L Phone + 54.11.4762.1119
BRAZIL Loteamento Cidade Nova Betania Buenos Aires Phone + 54.11.4762.4484
Mossoró, Brasil Argentina Fax + 54.11.4756.8383
Division of The Artex Group LLC Mobile + 55.84.9193.8023 Petróleo horacio.navarro@jas-petroleo.com.ar
gabriel@artex-usa.com Division of The Artex Group LLC
ARTEX AGENTS
Icheri Shekher
FSU Representative
Grand Caucasus Ltd. The Artex Group LLC
Baku, Azerbaijan 6351 Highway 36 South
Tel: + 994.50.213.2440 Brenham, Texas 77833-7055
teymur@bakuoiltools.com
Toll free in the US: 877-839-5533
Mr. Amoresh Neog Phone 979-836-5533
Softline Consultants
Duliajan, Assam, India
julio.gomez@artexgroupllc.com
Tel: + 91.374.2800909/2800678 steve.wilson@artexgroupllc.com
Mob: + 91.99544.50031
amoresh@rediffmail.com
Mr. Hazim Abed

Sahara Group
Agent for Iraq, Jordan PLATINUM
REGISTRATION, INC.
Tel: + 962.79547.3266
hazim.abed@sahara-petroleum-services.com ISO Registration Number: 4124011

Manual Oil India LTD Truck PDF

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Manual Oil India LTD Truck PDF

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

THE

Artex Truck Manual

Toll free in the US: 877.839.5533

ISO Registration Number: 4124011 Proudly ISO Certified

PROPRIETARY AND TRADE SECRET

Not to be disclosed for use other than the

Manual number: 108823

Issued to:Oil India Ltd.

Toll free in the US: 877.839.5533

ISO Registration Number: 4124011 Proudly ISO Certified

6400D Series Wireline Truck

6400D Series Wireline Truck

Toll free in the US: 877.839.5533

ISO Registration Number: 4124011 Proudly ISO Certified

6400D Series Wireline Truck

Qty / Part Rev Description Reference Designators Type / Lev

1 460-002 Aluminum, Oil India #1 L1

Wednesday, November 10, 2010 460-108658 Page 1 of 24

6400D Series Wireline Truck

6400D Series Wireline Truck

1 460-003 Steel, Oil India #1 L1

6400D Series Wireline Truck

1 460-004 EM Cable/ Wireline, Oil India #1 L1

1 460-006 Power Distribution Panel, Oil India #1 L1

6400D Series Wireline Truck

Wednesday, November 10, 2010 460-108658

6400D Series Wireline Truck

1 460-007 Winchman's Control Panel, Oil India #1 L1

6400D Series Wireline Truck

Wednesday, November 10, 2010 460-108658

6400D Series Wireline Truck

1 460-008 Hydraulic Power Train, Oil India #1 L1

6400D Series Wireline Truck

Wednesday, November 10, 2010 460-108658

6400D Series Wireline Truck

6400D Series Wireline Truck

6400D Series Wireline Truck

1 460-009 Winch Assembly, Oil India #1 L1

Wednesday, November 10, 2010

6400D Series Wireline Truck

Wednesday, November 10, 2010 460-108658

6400D Series Wireline Truck

1 460-010 Grease System, Oil India #1 L1

1 460-011 Generator, Oil India #1 L1

1 460-012 Measuring System, Oil India #1 L1

6400D Series Wireline Truck

1 460-014 Acquisition System, Oil India #1 L1

Qty / Part 150383

6400D Series Wireline Truck

6400D Series Wireline Truck

6400D Series Wireline Truck

6400D Series Wireline Truck

1 460-016 Hardware, Oil India #1 L1

1 460-017 Interior & Accessories, Oil India #1 L1

Wednesday, November 10, 2010

6400D Series Wireline Truck

1 460-018 Wiring Harness, Oil India #1 L1

1 460-019 General Electrical, Oil India #1 L1

6400D Series Wireline Truck

1 460-020 Lights & Fixtures, Oil India #1 L1

Wednesday, November 10, 2010 460-108658

6400D Series Wireline Truck

Wednesday, November 10, 2010 460-108658